diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 02:26:36 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 02:26:36 -0700 |
| commit | d9bd32113e04ae05f5f4b28c4c85098c656c067a (patch) | |
| tree | 1510247af17558dd6921ad5b775668c199f73940 /26378.txt | |
Diffstat (limited to '26378.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 26378.txt | 14797 |
1 files changed, 14797 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/26378.txt b/26378.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2766716 --- /dev/null +++ b/26378.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14797 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Care of Books, by John Willis Clark + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Care of Books + +Author: John Willis Clark + +Release Date: August 20, 2008 [EBook #26378] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CARE OF BOOKS *** + + + + +Produced by Sigal Alon, Christine D. and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This +file was produced from images generously made available +by The Internet Archive/Canadian Libraries) + + + + + + + + + + + THE + CARE OF BOOKS + + + London: C. J. CLAY AND SONS, + CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE, + AVE MARIA LANE, + Glasgow: 50, WELLINGTON STREET. + +[Illustration] + + Leipzig: F. A. BROCKHAUS. + New York: THE MACMILLAN COMPANY. + Bombay: E. SEYMOUR HALE. + +[_All Rights reserved._] + + + + + THE + CARE OF BOOKS + + An Essay on the + Development of Libraries and + their Fittings, from the earliest times to + the end of the Eighteenth Century + + By + + JOHN WILLIS CLARK, M.A., F.S.A. + + Registrary of the University + and formerly Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge + + CAMBRIDGE + at the University Press + 1901 + + + Cambridge: + + PRINTED BY J. AND C. F. CLAY, + AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. + + + FRANCISCO AIDANO GASQUET + MONACHO BENEDICTINO + D.D. + MAGISTRO DISCIPULUS + + + + +PREFACE. + + +When engaged in editing and completing _The Architectural History of the +University and Colleges of Cambridge_, I devoted much time and attention +to the essay called _The Library_. The subject was entirely new; and the +more I looked into it, the more convinced did I become that it would well +repay fuller investigation than was then possible. For instance, I felt +certain that the Customs affecting monastic libraries would, if one could +only discover them, throw considerable light on collegiate statutes +relating to the same subject. + +The _Architectural History_ having been published, I had leisure to study +libraries from my new point of view; and, while thus engaged, I +fortunately met with the admirable paper by Dom Gasquet which he modestly +calls _Some Notes on Medieval Monastic Libraries_. This brief essay--it +occupies only 20 pages--opened my eyes to the possibilities that lay +before me, and I gladly place on record here the debt I owe to the +historian to whom I have dedicated this book. + +When I had the honour of delivering the Rede Lecture before the University +of Cambridge in June 1894, I attempted a reconstruction of the monastic +library, shewing its relationship, through its fittings, to the +collegiate libraries of Oxford and Cambridge; and I was also able, +following the example set by Dom Gasquet in the above-mentioned essay, to +indicate the value of illuminated manuscripts as illustrating the life of +a medieval student or scribe. In my lectures as Sandars Reader in +Bibliography, delivered before the University of Cambridge in 1900, I +developed the subject still further, extending the scope of my enquiries +so as to include the libraries of Greece and Rome. + +In writing my present book I have availed myself freely of the three works +above mentioned. At the same time I have incorporated much fresh material; +and I am glad to take this opportunity of stating, that, with the single +exception of the Escorial, I have personally examined and measured every +building which I have had occasion to describe; and many of the +illustrations are from my own sketches. + +I call my book an _Essay_, because I wish to indicate that it is only an +attempt to deal, in a summary fashion, with an extremely wide and +interesting subject--a subject, too, which might easily be subdivided into +separate heads each capable of more elaborate treatment. For instance, +with regard to libraries in Religious Houses, I hope to see a book +written, dealing not merely with the way in which the books were cared +for, but with the subjects most generally studied, as indicated to us by +the catalogues which have survived. + +A research such as I have had to undertake has naturally involved the +co-operation of numerous librarians and others both in England and on the +Continent. From all these officials I have experienced unfailing courtesy +and kindness, and I beg them to accept this collective expression of my +gratitude. To some, however, I am under such particular obligations, that +I wish to mention them by name. + +In the first place I have to thank my friends Dr Jackson of Trinity +College, Dr Sandys of S. John's College, Dr James of King's College, and +F. J. H. Jenkinson, M.A., University Librarian, for their kind help in +reading proofs and making suggestions. Dr Sandys devoted much time to the +revision of the first chapter. As my work deals largely with monastic +institutions it is almost needless to say that I have consulted and +received efficient help from my old friend W. H. St John Hope, M.A., +Assistant Secretary to the Society of Antiquaries. + +My researches in Rome were made easy to me by the unfailing kindness and +ready help accorded on every occasion by Father C. J. Ehrle, S.J., Prefect +of the Vatican Library. My best thanks are also due to Signor Rodolfo +Lanciani, to Professor Petersen of the German Archeological Institute, +Rome, and to Signor Guido Biagi of the Biblioteca Laurenziana, Florence. +At Milan Monsignor Ceriani of the Ambrosian Library was so kind as to have +the library photographed for my use. + +The courteous officials who administer the great libraries of Paris with +so much ability, have assisted me in all my researches. I wish specially +to thank in this place M. Leopold Delisle and M. Leon Dorez of the +Bibliotheque Nationale; M. A. Franklin of the Bibliotheque Mazarine; M. H. +Martin of the Bibliotheque de l'Arsenal; and M. A. Perate, +Sous-Conservateur du Chateau de Versailles. + +I have also to thank Senor Ricardo Velasquez for his beautiful elevation +of the bookcases in the Escorial Library; Father J. van den Gheyn, S.J., +of the Royal Library, Brussels, for his trouble in shewing me, and +allowing me to have photographed, several MSS. from the library under his +charge; my friends Mr T. G. Jackson, R.A., Architect, for lending me his +section of Bishop Cobham's library at Oxford; E. W. B. Nicholson, M.A., +Librarian, and Falconer Madan, M.A., Sub-Librarian, in the Bodleian +Library, for information respecting the building and its contents; Mr F. +E. Bickley of the British Museum for much help in finding and examining +MSS.; and Lionel Cust, M.A., Director of the National Portrait Gallery, +for general direction and encouragement. + +Messrs Macmillan have allowed me to use three illustrations which appear +in the first chapter; Mr Murray has given the same permission for the +woodcut of the carrells at Gloucester; and Messrs Blades for the +representation of James Leaver's book-press. + +Lastly I wish to thank the staff of the University Press for using their +best efforts to produce the work rapidly and well, and for many acts of +personal kindness to myself. + + JOHN WILLIS CLARK. + + SCROOPE HOUSE, + CAMBRIDGE, + _September 23rd, 1901._ + + + + + CONTENTS. + + + CHAPTER I. + + Introduction. Assyrian Record-Rooms. Libraries in Greece, Alexandria, + Pergamon, Rome. Their size, use, contents, and fittings. Armaria or + presses. The Vatican Library of Sixtus V. a type of an ancient + Roman library 1 + + + CHAPTER II. + + Christian libraries connected with churches. Use of the apse. Monastic + communities. S. Pachomius. S. Benedict and his successors. Each + House had a library. Annual audit of books. Loan on security. Modes + of protection. Curses. Prayers for donors. Endowment of libraries. + Use of the cloister. Development of Cistercian book-room. Common + press. Carrells 61 + + + CHAPTER III. + + Increase of monastic collections. S. Riquier, Bobbio, Durham, Canterbury. + Books kept in other places than the cloister. Expedients for housing + them at Durham, Citeaux, and elsewhere. Separate libraries built in + fifteenth century at Durham, S. Albans, Citeaux, Clairvaux, etc. + Gradual extension of library at S. Germain des Pres. Libraries + attached to Cathedrals. Lincoln, Salisbury, Wells, Noyon, Rouen, + etc. 101 + + + CHAPTER IV. + + The fittings of monastic libraries and of collegiate libraries probably + identical. Analysis of some library-statutes. Monastic influence at + the Universities. Number of books owned by Colleges. The collegiate + library. Bishop Cobham's library at Oxford. Library at + Queens' College, Cambridge. At Zutphen. The lectern-system. + Chaining of books. Further examples and illustrations 131 + + + CHAPTER V. + + Recapitulation. Invention of the stall-system. Library of Corpus Christi + College, Oxford, taken as a type. System of chaining in Hereford + Cathedral. Libraries of Merton College, Oxford, and Clare College, + Cambridge. The stall-system copied at Westminster Abbey, Wells, + and Durham Cathedrals. This system possibly monastic. Libraries + at Canterbury, Dover Priory, Clairvaux 171 + + + CHAPTER VI. + + The lectern-system in Italy. Libraries at Cesena, at the Convent of + S. Mark, Florence, and at Monte Oliveto. Vatican Library of Sixtus IV. + Ducal Library at Urbino. Medicean Library, Florence. System of + chaining there used. Characteristics of medieval libraries 199 + + + CHAPTER VII. + + Contrast between the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries. Suppression of + the Monasteries. Commissioners of Edward VI. Subsequent changes in + library fittings. S. John's College, and University Library, Cambridge. + Queen's College, Oxford. Libraries attached to churches and schools. + Chaining in recent times. Chains taken off 245 + + + CHAPTER VIII. + + The wall-system. This began on the Continent. Library of the Escorial. + Ambrosian Library at Milan. Library of Cardinal Mazarin. Bodleian + Library at Oxford. Works and influence of Wren. French conventual + libraries of the seventeenth century 267 + + + CHAPTER IX. + + Private libraries. Abbat Simon and his book-chest. Library of Charles V. + of France. Illustrations of this library from illuminated manuscripts. + Book-lectern used in private houses. Book-desks revolving round a + central screw. Desks attached to chairs. Wall-cupboards. A scholar's + room in the fifteenth century. Study of the Duke of Urbino. Library + of Margaret of Austria. Library of Montaigne. Conclusion 291 + + + + + LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS + + FIG. PAGE + + 1. Plan of the Record-Rooms in the Palace of Assur-bani-pal, King of + Nineveh 2 + + 2. Plan of the temple and precinct of Athena, Pergamon; with that of the + Library and adjacent buildings 9 + + 3. Plan of the Porticus Octaviae, Rome. From _Formae Urbis Romae + Antiguae_, Berlin, 1896 13 + + 4. Plan of the Forum of Trajan; after Nibby. From Middleton's + _Remains of Ancient Rome_ 15 + + 5. Plan of the Stoa of Hadrian, at Athens. From Miss Harrison's + _Mythology and Monuments of Ancient Athens_ 17 + + 6. Elevation of a single compartment of the wall of the Library + discovered in Rome, 1883. From notes and measurements made by + Signor Lanciani and Prof. Middleton 23 + + 7. Plan of the Record-House of Vespasian, with the adjoining + structures. From Middleton's _Remains of Ancient Rome_ 26 + + 8. Part of the internal wall of the Record-House of Vespasian. Reduced + from a sketch taken in the 16th century by Pirro Ligorio. From + _Commissione Archeologica Comunale di Roma_ 26 + + 9. A reader with a roll: from a fresco at Pompeii 28 + + 10. Book-box or capsa 30 + + 11. A Roman taking down a roll from its place in a Library 35 + + 12. Desk to support a roll while it is being read 36 + + 13. A Roman reading a roll in front of a press (_armarium_). + From a photograph of a sarcophagus in the garden of the Villa + Balestra, Rome _To face_ 38 + + 14. Press containing the four Gospels. From a mosaic above the tomb of + the Empress Galla Placidia at Ravenna 39 + + 15. Ezra writing the Law. Frontispiece to the _Codex Amiatinus_. + In the background is a press with open doors. The picture was + probably drawn in the middle of the sixth century A.D. + _Frontispiece_ + + 16. Great Hall of the Vatican Library, looking west + _To face_ 47 + + 17. A single press in the Vatican Library, open. From a photograph + _To face_ 48 + + 18. Rough ground-plan of the Great Hall of the Vatican Library, + to illustrate the account of the decoration _To face_ 60 + + 19. Press in the cloister at the Cistercian Abbey of Fossa Nuova 83 + + 20. Ground-plan and elevation of the book-recesses in the cloister of + Worcester Cathedral 84 + + 21. Ground-plan of part of the Abbey of Fossa Nuova. To shew the + book-room and book-press, and their relations to adjoining + structures: partly from Enlart's _Origines Francaises de + l'Architecture Gothique en Italie_, partly from my own + measurements 85 + + 22. Ground-plan of part of Kirkstall Abbey, Yorkshire 86 + + 23. Ground-plan of part of Furness Abbey. From Mr W. H. St J. Hope's + plan 88 + + 24. Arches in south wall of Church at Beaulieu Abbey, Hampshire, once + possibly used as book-presses _To face_ 89 + + 25. The cloister, Westminster Abbey. From Mr Micklethwaite's plan of + the buildings 91 + + 26. Part of the ancient press in Bayeux Cathedral, called _Le + Chartrier de Bayeux_. From a photograph _To face_ 94 + + 27. Press in the church at Obazine, Central France. From a photograph + _To face_ 95 + + 28. Ground-plan of one of the windows in the cloister of Durham + Cathedral 96 + + 29. Range of carrells in the south cloister at Gloucester Cathedral. + From Mr Murray's _Handbook to the Western Cathedrals_ 97 + + 30. A single carrell, Gloucester Cathedral _To face_ 98 + + 31. Library at Durham, built by Prior Wessyngton about 1446 107 + + 32. Library of the Grey Friars House, London, commonly called Christ's + Hospital. From Trollope's _History of Christ's Hospital_ + _To face_ 109 + + 33. Bird's-eye view of part of the Monastery of Citeaux. From a drawing + dated 1718 110 + + 34. Ground-plan of part of the Monastery of Citeaux. From a plan dated + 1718 111 + + 35. Ground-plan of the Library at Citeaux 111 + + 36. Part of the Abbey of S. Germain des Pres, Paris. From a print dated + 1687; reproduced in _Les Anciennes Bibliotheques de Paris_, par + Alf. Franklin, Vol. I. p. 126 115 + + 37. Part of the Abbey of S. Germain des Pres, Paris. From a print in + _Histoire de l'Abbaye Royale de Saint Germain des Prez_, par Dom + Jacques Bouillart, fol. Paris, 1724, lettered "l'Abbaye ... telle + qu'elle est presentement" 116 + + 38. Plan of the Old Library, Lincoln Cathedral 119 + + 39. Interior of the Old Library, Lincoln Cathedral _To face_ 118 + + 40. Plan of the Cloister, etc., Lincoln Cathedral 120 + + 41. Exterior of the Library at Salisbury Cathedral, looking north-east + _To face_ 122 + + 42. Plan of the Library in Wells Cathedral 122 + + 43. Plan of the Library at Lichfield Cathedral. From _History and + Antiquities of Staffordshire_, by Stebbing Shaw, fol. Lond. + 1798, Vol. II. P. 244 123 + + 44. Chapter-Library at Noyon, France _To face_ 124 + + 45. A single pillar of the cloister beneath the Chapter-Library + at Noyon. 125 + + 46. Plan of the Library at the south-east angle of the south transept + of the Cathedral at Troyes 126 + + 47. Interior of the _Cour des Libraires_, Rouen, shewing the + gate of entrance from the street, and the Library _To face_ 130 + + 48. Pembroke College, Cambridge, reduced from Loggan's print, taken + about 1688 149 + + 49. Long Section of Old Congregation House and Library, Oxford, looking + south. From _The Church of S. Mary the Virgin, Oxford_, by + T. G. Jackson, Architect 150 + + 50. Ground-plan of the Library at Queens' College, Cambridge 152 + + 51. Elevation of book-desk in Library of Queens' College, Cambridge 152 + + 52. Ground-plan of the Library at Zutphen 154 + + 53. General view of the north side of the Library attached to the + church of S. Walburga at Zutphen _To face_ 155 + + 54. Desk and reader on the south side of the Library at Zutphen. From + a photograph 155 + + 55. Elevations of (A) one of the bookcases in the Library at Zutphen; + (B) one of those in the Library at Queens' College, Cambridge 156 + + 56. End of iron bar: Zutphen 156 + + 57. End of one of the desks on the north side of the Library: + Zutphen. 157 + + 58. Piece of chain, shewing the ring attached to the bar, the swivel, + and one of the links, actual size: Guildford 158 + + 59. Piece of the iron bar, with chain: Zutphen 159 + + 60. Chained book, from a Dominican House at Bamberg, South Germany 159 + + 61. Single desk in the Old Library: Lincoln Cathedral 161 + + 62. Elevations of (A) one of the bookcases in the Library at Zutphen; + (B) one of those in the Library at Queens' College, Cambridge; + (C) one of those in the Library of Lincoln Cathedral 163 + + 63. Interior of a Library. From a MS. of a French translation of the + first book of the _Consolation of Philosophy_ by Boethius, + written in Flanders towards the end of the fifteenth century 164 + + 64. Library of the College de Navarre, Paris, now destroyed + _To face_ 165 + + 65. General view of the Library at Trinity Hall, Cambridge + _To face_ 169 + + 66. Elevation of a book-desk and seat in the Library of Trinity Hall, + Cambridge 168 + + 67. Lock at end of book-desk: Trinity Hall 169 + + 68. A French Library of 1480. From MS. 164 in the Fitzwilliam Museum, + Cambridge _To face_ 169 + + 69. The interior of the Library of the University of Leyden. From a + print by Jan Cornelis Woudanus, dated 1610 _To follow_ 170 + + 70. Bookcases and seat in the Library at Corpus Christi College, + Oxford. From a photograph taken in 1894 _To face_ 173 + + 71. Elevation of one bookcase in the Library of Corpus Christi College, + Oxford 173 + + 72. Bookcase in the Chapter Library, Hereford Cathedral. From a sketch + taken in 1876 175 + + 73. Part of a bookcase in the Chapter Library, Hereford _To face_ 175 + + 74. Part of a single volume, shewing the clasp, the ring for the chain, + and the mode of attaching it: Hereford 175 + + 75. A single volume, standing on the shelf, with the chain attached to + the iron bar: Hereford 176 + + 76. Iron bar and socket, closed to prevent removal of the bar: + Hereford 176 + + 77. Iron bar, with part of the iron plate or hasp which is secured by + the lock and keeps the bar in place: Hereford 177 + + 78. Piece of chain, shewing the swivel: Hereford 178 + + 79. Hook to hold up the desk: Bodleian Library, Oxford 179 + + 80. Exterior of the Library at Merton College, Oxford, as seen from + 'Mob Quadrangle.' From a photograph by H. W. Taunt, 1899 + _To face_ 179 + + 81. Ground-plan of the Library at Merton College, Oxford 180 + + 82. Interior of the West Library at Merton College, Oxford. From a + photograph by H. W. Taunt, 1899 _To face_ 181 + + 83. Bookcase in the West Library of Merton College, Oxford. From a + photograph by H. W. Taunt, 1899 _To face_ 181 + + 84. Elevation of a bookcase and seat in the West Library at Merton + College, Oxford. Measured and drawn by T. D. Atkinson, Architect 182 + + 85. Stall-end in the Library of Clare College, Cambridge 187 + + 86. Ring for attachment of chain, Wells 189 + + 87. Bookcases in the Library of Durham Cathedral. From a photograph + _To face_ 189 + + 88. Conjectural plan of the Library over the Prior's Chapel at Christ + Church, Canterbury 191 + + 89. Sketch of the probable appearance of a bookcase, and a reader's + seat, in the Library at Christ Church, Canterbury 193 + + 90, 91. Ground-plan and section of Library at Cesena 200 + + 92. General view of the Library at Cesena. From a photograph + _To face_ 201 + + 93. Bookcases at west end of south side of Library, Cesena 201 + + 94. Part of a bookcase, at Cesena to shew the system of chaining 202 + + 95. Piece of a chain, Cesena 203 + + 96. Chained book at Ghent 204 + + 97. Ground-plan of part of the Vatican Palace, shewing the building of + Nicholas V., as arranged for library purposes by Sixtus IV., and + its relation to the surrounding structures. From Letarouilly, _Le + Vatican_, fol. Paris, 1882, as reproduced by M. Fabre 210 + + 98. Ground-plan of the rooms in the Vatican Palace fitted up for + library-purpose by Sixtus IV _To follow_ 208 + + 99. Interior of the Library of Sixtus IV., as shewn in a fresco in the + Ospedale di Santo Spirito, Rome. From a photograph taken by + Danesi _To face_ 225 + + 100. The library-settles (_spalliere_) once used in the Vatican + Library of Sixtus IV., and now in the Appartamento Borgia. From a + photograph _To face_ 228 + + 101. Bookcases in the Medicean Library, Florence 235 + + 102. Copy, slightly reduced, of a sketch by Michelangelo for one of the + bookcases in the Medicean Library, Florence 236 + + 103. Elevation of desks at Cesena 237 + + 104. Elevation of desks in the Medicean Library: Florence 237 + + 105. A book in the Medicean Library, to shew attachment of chain 238 + + 106. Piece of chain in the Medicean Library, of the actual size 238 + + 107. Diagram to explain the ironwork at the Medicean Library 239 + + 108. Outline of bolt forming part of ironwork 239 + + 109. West oriel of the Library at S. John's College, Cambridge 249 + + 110. Bookcases in the Library of S. John's College, Cambridge 250 + + 111. Bookcases in the Library of Peterhouse, Cambridge 252 + + 112. Bookcases in the south room of the University Library, Cambridge. + _To face_ 253 + + 113. Bookcase in the old Library of King's College, Cambridge, made + with the bequest of Nicholas Hobart, 1659 255 + + 114. Ground-plan of Library, Grantham, Lincolnshire 257 + + 115. Ring and link of chain: Wimborne Minster 261 + + 116. Bookpress in the school at Bolton, Lancashire. From + _Bibliographical Miscellanies_ by William Blades + _To face_ 264 + + 117. General view of the Library of the Escorial, looking north + _To face_ 269 + + 118. Bookcases in the Library of the Escorial on an enlarged scale 268 + + 119. Elevation of a bookcase, and section of a desk, in the Library + of the Escorial 270 + + 120. Ground-plan of the Ambrosian Library at Milan 271 + + 121. Interior of the Ambrosian Library at Milan. From a photograph + taken in 1899 _To face_ 271 + + 122. Bookcases, in the Bibliotheque Mazarine, Paris. From a photograph + by Dujardin, 1898 _To face_ 273 + + 123. Elevation of a bookcase and section of a desk in the Bibliotheque + Mazarine, Paris 274 + + 124. A portion of the bookcases set up in the eastern wing of the + Bodleian Library, Oxford, built 1610-1612. From Loggan's _Oxonia + Illustrata_, 1675 275 + + 125. Entrance to Wren's Library at Lincoln Cathedral, with part of + the bookcase which lines the north wall _To face_ 277 + + 126. Part of Wren's elevation of the east side of the Library of + Trinity College, Cambridge, with a section of the north range + of Nevile's Court, shewing the door to the Library from the + first floor 278 + + 127. Elevation of one bay on the east side of the Library of Trinity + College, Cambridge, drawn to scale from the existing building 279 + + 128. Interior of the north-east corner of the Library of Trinity + College, Cambridge, shewing the bookcases, table, desk and + stools, as designed by Sir Christopher Wren 281 + + 129. Ground-plan of Library and adjacent parts of S. Paul's Cathedral, + London. Designed by Sir Christopher Wren 283 + + 130. Sir Christopher Wren's Library at S. Paul's Cathedral, London, + looking north-east _To face_ 282 + + 131. Bookcase in the north room of the University Library, Cambridge, + designed by James Essex, 1731-1734 286 + + 132. Interior of the Library of the Jesuits at Rheims, now the + _Lingerie de l'Hopital General_ _To face_ 287 + + 133. Ground-plan of the Library of the Jesuits at Rheims 288 + + 134. Simon, Abbat of S. Albans (1167-1183), seated at his book-chest. + From MSS. Cotton 293 + + 135. Two men in a library. From a MS. of _Les cas des malheureux + nobles hommes et femmes_ in the British Museum 295 + + 136. A Carmelite in his study. From a MS. of Le Miroir Historial in + the British Museum _To face_ 296 + + 137. Three musicians in a Library. From a MS. of a French translation + of _Valerius Maximus_, in the British Museum 297 + + 138. A bibliomaniac at his desk. From the _Ship of Fools_ 298 + + 139. S. John writing his Gospel. From a MS. _Hours_ in the + Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge 303 + + 140. S. Jerome writing. From an oil painting by Benedetto Bonfigli, + in the Church of S. Peter at Perugia _To face_ 304 + + 141. Circular book-desk. From a MS. of _Fais et Gestes du Roi + Alexandre_, in the British Museum 304 + + 142. S. Luke writing his Gospel. From the Dunois _Horae_, a MS. in + the possession of H. Y. Thompson, Esq. 305 + + 143. A lady seated in her chair reading. From a MS. written in France, + early in the fifteenth century 306 + + 144. Screw-desk. From a fifteenth century MS. in the Bibliotheque de + l'Arsenal, Paris 307 + + 145. Hexagonal desk, with central spike, probably for a candle. From a + French MS. of _Le Miroir Historial_ 307 + + 146. A lecturer addressing an audience. From a MS. of _Livre des cas + des malheureux nobles hommes et femmes_, written in France at + end of fifteenth century _To face_ 308 + + 147. S. Mark writing his Gospel. From a MS. _Hours_ written in + France in the fifteenth century 309 + + 148. The author of _The Chronicles of Hainault_ in his study + (1446) _To face_ 309 + + 149. S. Jerome in his study. From _Les Miracles de Nostre Dame_, + written at the Hague in 1456 _To face_ 310 + + 150. A writer with his desk and table. From a MS. of _Le Livre des + Proprietes des Choses_ in the British Museum _To face_ 309 + + 151. S. Luke writing his Gospel. MSS. Douce, Bodl. Lib. Oxf., + No. 381 311 + + 152. S. Augustine at his desk. From a painting by Fra Filippo Lippi at + Florence 312 + + 153. S. Jerome reading. From an oil painting by Catena, in the National + Gallery, London _To face_ 313 + + 154. A writer at work. From a French translation of Valerius Maximus, + written and illuminated in Flanders in 1479, for King Edward IV. + _To face_ 313 + + 155. A scholar's room in the fifteenth century. From a MS. in the Royal + Library at Brussels _To face_ 314 + + 156. Dean Boys in his Library, 1622 317 + + + + +THE CARE OF BOOKS. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + + INTRODUCTION. ASSYRIAN RECORD-ROOMS. LIBRARIES IN + GREECE, ALEXANDRIA, PERGAMON, ROME. THEIR SIZE, USE, + CONTEXTS, AND FITTINGS. ARMARIA OR PRESSES. THE VATICAN + LIBRARY OF SIXTUS V. A TYPE OF AN ANCIENT ROMAN LIBRARY. + +I propose, in the following Essay, to trace the methods adopted by man in +different ages and countries to preserve, to use, and to make accessible +to others, those objects, of whatever material, on which he has recorded +his thoughts. In this investigation I shall include the position, the +size, and the arrangement, of the rooms in which these treasures were +deposited, with the progressive development of fittings, catalogues, and +other appliances, whether defensive, or to facilitate use. But, though I +shall have to trace out these matters in some detail, I shall try to +eschew mere antiquarianism, and to impart human interest, so far as +possible, to a research which might otherwise exhaust the patience of my +readers. Bibliography, it must be understood, will be wholly excluded. +From my special point of view books are simply things to be taken care of: +even their external features concern me only so far as they modify the +methods adopted for arrangement and preservation. I must dismiss the +subject-matter of the volumes which filled the libraries of former days +with a brevity of which I deeply regret the necessity. I shall point out +the pains taken to sort the books under various comprehensive heads; but I +shall not enumerate the authors which fall under this or that division. + +The earliest repositories of books were connected with temples or palaces, +either because priests under all civilisations have been _par excellence_ +the learned class, while despots have patronised art and literature; or +because such a position was thought to offer greater security. + +[Illustration: Fig. 1. Plan of the Record-Rooms in the Palace of +Assur-bani-pal, King of Nineveh.] + +I will begin with Assyria, where the record-rooms, or we might almost say +the library, in the palace of Assur-bani-pal, King of Nineveh, were +discovered by Mr Layard in 1850 at Kouyunjik, on the Tigris, opposite +Mosul. The plan (fig. 1), taken from Mr Layard's work[1], will shew, +better than a long description, the position of these rooms, and their +relation to the rest of the building--which is believed to date from about +700 B.C. The long passage (No. XLIX) is one of the entrances to the +palace. Passing thence along the narrower passage (No. XLII) the explorers +soon reached a doorway (E), which led them into a large hall (No. XXIX), +whence a second doorway (F) brought them into a chamber (No. XXXVIII). On +the north side of this room were two doorways (G. G), each "formed by two +colossal bas-reliefs of Dagon, the fish-god." "The first doorway," says Mr +Layard, "guarded by the fish-gods, led into two small chambers opening +into each other, and once panelled with bas-reliefs, the greater part of +which had been destroyed. I shall call these chambers 'the chambers of +records,' for, like 'the house of the rolls' or records, which Darius +ordered to be searched for the decree of Cyrus concerning the building of +the Temple of Jerusalem[2], they appear to have contained the decrees of +the Assyrian kings, as well as the archives of the empire." + +Mr Layard was led to this conclusion by finding, in these rooms, enormous +quantities of inscribed tablets and cylinders of baked clay. "To a height +of a foot or more from the floor they were entirely filled with them; some +entire, but the greater part broken into many fragments, probably by the +falling in of the upper part of the building.... These documents appear to +be of various kinds. Many are historical records of wars, and distant +expeditions undertaken by the Assyrians; some seem to be royal decrees, +and are stamped with the name of a king, the son of Esarhaddon; others +again ... contain lists of the gods, and probably a register of offerings +made in their temples[3]." + +So far Mr Layard. Subsequent researches have shewn that these two small +rooms--they were 27 feet and 23 feet long respectively, with a uniform +breadth of 20 feet--contained the literature as well as the official +documents of Assyria. The tablets have been sorted under the following +heads: History; Law; Science; Magic; Dogma; Legends: and it has been shewn +(1) that there was a special functionary to take charge of them; (2) that +they were arranged in series, with special precautions for keeping the +tablets forming a particular series in their proper sequence; (3) that +there was a general catalogue, and probably a class-catalogue as well[4]. + +Excavations in other parts of Assyria have added valuable information to +Layard's first discovery. Dr Wallis Budge, of the British Museum, whom I +have to thank for much kind assistance, tells me that "Kouyunjik is hardly +a good example of a Mesopotamian library, for it is certain that the +tablets were thrown about out of their proper places when the city was +captured by the Medes about B.C. 609. The tablets were kept on shelves.... +When I was digging at Derr some years ago we found the what I call 'Record +Chamber,' and we saw the tablets lying _in situ_ on slate shelves. There +were, however, not many literary tablets there, for the chamber was meant +to hold the commercial documents relating to the local temple...." Dr +Budge concludes his letter with this very important sentence: "We have no +definite proof of what I am going to say now, but I believe that the +bilingual[5] lists, which Assur-bani-pal had drawn up for his library at +Nineveh, were intended 'for the use of students.'" + +To this suggestion I would add the following. Does not the position of +these two rooms, easily accessible from the entrance to the palace, shew +that their contents might be consulted by persons who were denied +admission to the more private apartments? And further, does not the +presence of the god Dagon at the entrance indicate that the library was +under the protection of the deity as well as of the sovereign? + +As a pendant to these Assyrian discoveries I may mention the vague rumour +echoed by Athenaeus of extensive libraries collected in the sixth century +before our era by Polycrates[6], tyrant of Samos, and Peisistratus, +tyrant of Athens, the latter collection, according to Aulus Gellius[7], +having been accessible to all who cared to use it. It must be admitted +that these stories are of doubtful authenticity; and further, that we have +no details of the way in which books were cared for in Greece during the +golden age of her literature. This dearth of information is the more +tantalizing as it is obvious that private libraries must have existed in a +city so cultivated as Athens; and we do, in fact, find a few notices which +tell us that such was the case. Xenophon[8], for instance, speaks of the +number of volumes in the possession of Euthydemus, a follower of Socrates; +and Athenaeus records, in the passage to which I have already alluded, the +names of several book-collectors, among whom are Euripides and Aristotle. + +An allusion to the poet's bibliographical tastes has been detected in the +scene of _The Frogs_ of Aristophanes, where AEschylus and Euripides are +weighing verses against each other in the presence of Dionysus. AEschylus +exclaims: + + [Greek: kai meket' emoige kat' epos, all' es ton stathmon + autos ta paidi', he gyne, kephisophon, + embas kathestho syllabon ta biblia, + ego de dy' epe ton emon ero monon.] + + Come, no more single lines--let him bring all, + His wife, his children, his Cephisophon, + His books and everything, himself to boot-- + I'll counterpoise them with a couple of lines[9]. + +With regard to Aristotle Strabo has preserved a tradition that he "was the +first who made a collection of books, and taught the kings of Egypt how to +arrange a library[10]"--words which may be taken to mean that Aristotle +was the first to work out the arrangement of books on a definite system +which was afterwards adopted by the Ptolemies at Alexandria. + +These notices are extremely disappointing. They merely serve to shew that +collections of books did exist in Greece; but they give us no indication +of either their extent or their arrangement. It was left to the Emperor +Hadrian to build the first public library at Athens, to which, as it was +naturally constructed on a Roman design, I shall return after I have +described those from which it was in all probability imitated. + +But, if what may be termed Greece in Europe declines to give us +information, that other Greece which extended itself to Asia Minor and to +Egypt--Greater Greece it would be called in modern times--supplies us with +a type of library-organisation which has been of far-reaching influence. + +After the death of Alexander the Great (B.C. 323) a Greek dynasty, that of +the Ptolemies, established itself at Alexandria, and another Greek dynasty +at Pergamon. Both were distinguished--like Italian despots of the +Renaissance--for the splendour and the culture of their courts, and they +rivalled one another in the extent and richness of their libraries; but, +if we are to believe Strabo, the library at Pergamon was not begun until +the reign of Eumenes II. (B.C. 197-159), or 126 years after that at +Alexandria[11]. + +The libraries at Alexandria (for there were two)--though far more +celebrated and more extensive than the library at Pergamon--need not, from +my point of view, detain us for more than a moment, for we are told very +little about their position, and nothing about their arrangement. The site +of the earliest, the foundation of which is ascribed to Ptolemy the Second +(B.C. 285-247), must undoubtedly be sought for within the circuit of the +royal palace, which was in the fashionable quarter of the city called +Brucheion. This palace was a vast enceinte, not a separate building, and, +as Strabo, who visited Alexandria 24 B.C., says, + + Within the precincts of the palace is the Museum. It has + a colonnade, a lecture-room, and a vast establishment + where the men of letters who share the use of the Museum + take their meals together. This College has a common + revenue; and is managed by a priest who is over the + Museum, an officer formerly appointed by the kings of + Egypt, but, at the present time, by the Emperor[12]. + +That the older of the two libraries must have been in some way connected +with these buildings seems to me certain from two considerations. First, a +ruler who took so keen an interest in books as Ptolemy, would assuredly +have kept his treasures under his own eye; and, secondly, he would hardly +have placed them at a distance from the spot where the learned men of +Alexandria held their meetings[13]. + +At some period subsequent to the foundation of Ptolemy's first library, a +second, called the daughter of the first[14], was established in connexion +with the Temple of Serapis, a magnificent structure in the quarter +Rhacotis, adorned so lavishly with colonnades, statuary, and other +architectural enrichments, that the historian Ammianus Marcellinus +declares that nothing in the world could equal it, except the Roman +Capitol[15]. + +This brief notice of the libraries of Alexandria shews that the earlier of +the two, besides being in a building dedicated to the Muses, was also +connected in all probability with a palace, and the second with a temple. +If we now turn to Pergamon, we shall find the library associated with the +temple and [Greek: temenos] of Athena. + +The founder selected for the site of his city a lofty and precipitous +hill, about a thousand feet above the sea-level. The rocky plateau which +forms the summit is divided into three gigantic steps or terraces. On the +highest, which occupies the northern end of the hill, the royal palace is +believed to have been built. On the next terrace, to the south, was the +temple of Athena; and on the third, the altar of Zeus. External to those +three groups of buildings, partly on the edge of the hill, partly on its +sides, were the rest of the public buildings. The lower slopes were +probably occupied in ancient times, as at present, by the houses of the +citizens. + +These magnificent structures, which won for Pergamon the distinction of +being "by far the noblest city in Asia minor[16]," were in the main due to +Eumenes the Second, who, during his reign of nearly forty years (B.C. +197-159), was enabled, by the wise policy of supporting the Romans, to +transform his petty state into a powerful monarchy. The construction of a +library is especially referred to him by Strabo[17], and from the +statement of Vitruvius that it was built for the delight of the world at +large (_in communem delectationem_), we may infer that it was intended to +be public[18]. That he was an energetic book-collector, under whose +direction a large staff of scribes was perpetually at work, may be +gathered from the well-known story that his bibliographical rival at +Alexandria, exasperated by his activity and success, conceived the +ingenious device of crippling his endeavours by forbidding the exportation +of papyrus. Eumenes, however, says the chronicler, was equal to the +occasion, and defeated the scheme by inventing parchment[19]. It is +probable that Eumenes not only began but completed the library, for in +less than a quarter of a century after his death (B.C. 133) the last of +his descendants bequeathed the city and state of Pergamon to the Romans. +It is improbable that they would do much to increase the library, though +they evidently took care of it, for ninety years later, when Mark Antony +is said to have given it to Cleopatra, the number of works in it amounted +to two hundred thousand[20]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 2. Plan of the temple and precinct of Athena, +Pergamon; with that of the Library and adjacent buildings.] + +The site of the acropolis of Pergamon was thoroughly explored between 1878 +and 1886 at the expense of the German Government; and in the course of +their researches the archeologists employed discovered certain rooms which +they believe to have been originally appropriated to the library. I have +had the accompanying ground-plan (fig. 2) reduced from one of their +plates, and have condensed my description of the locality from that given +in their work[21]. I have also derived much valuable information from a +paper published by Alexander Conze in 1884[22]. + +Of the temple of Athena only the foundations remain, but its extent and +position can be readily ascertained. The enclosure, paved with slabs of +marble, was entered at the south-east corner. It was open to the west and +to the south, where the ground falls away precipitously, but on the east +and north it was bounded by a cloister in two floors. The pillars of this +cloister were Doric on the ground-floor, Ionic above. The height of those +in the lower range, measured from base to top of capital, was about 16 +feet, of those in the upper range about 9 feet. + +This enclosure had a mean length of about 240 feet, with a mean breadth of +162 feet[23]. The north cloister was 37 feet broad, and was divided down +the centre by a row of columns. The east cloister was of about half this +width, and was undivided. + +On the north side of the north cloister, the German explorers found four +rooms, which they believe to have been assigned to library purposes. The +platform of rock on which these chambers stood was nearly 20 feet above +the level of the floor of the enclosure, and they could only be entered +from the upper cloister. Of these rooms the easternmost is the largest, +being 42 feet long, by 49 feet broad. Westward of it are three others, +somewhat narrower, having a uniform width of 39 feet. The easternmost of +these three rooms is also the smallest, being only 23 feet long; while the +two next have a uniform length of about 33 feet. + +At the south-west corner of this building, but on a lower level, and not +accessible from it, other rooms were found, the use of which is uncertain. + +We will now return to the eastern room. The foundations of a narrow +platform or bench extended along the eastern, northern, and western sides, +and in the centre of the northern side there was a mass of stone-work +which had evidently formed the base for a statue (fig. 2, A). The +discovery of a torso of a statue of Athena[24] in this very room indicated +what statue had occupied this commanding position, and also what had +probably been the use of the room. + +This theory was confirmed by the discovery in the north wall of two rows +of holes in the stone-work, one above the other, which had evidently been +made for the reception of brackets, or battens, or other supports for +shelves[25], or some piece of furniture. The lower of these two rows was +carried along the east wall as well as along the north wall. Further, +stones were found bearing the names of Herodotus, Alcaeus, Timotheus of +Miletus, and Homer, evidently the designations of portrait-busts or +portrait-medallions; and also, two titles of comedies. + +Lastly, the very position of these rooms in connexion with the colonnade +indicates their use. It will be observed that the colonnade on the north +side of the area is twice as wide as that on the east side--a peculiarity +which is sufficient of itself to prove that it must have been intended for +some other purpose than as a mere covered way. But, if it be remembered +that libraries in the ancient world were usually connected with colonnades +(as was probably the case at the Serapeum at Alexandria, and was certainly +the case at Rome, as I shall proceed to shew) a reason is found for this +dignified construction, and a strong confirmation is afforded for the +theory that the rooms beyond it once contained the famous library. + +When the Romans had taken possession of Pergamon, those who had charge of +the city would become familiar with the library; and it seems to me almost +certain that, when the necessity for establishing a public library at Rome +had been recognised, the splendid structure at Pergamon would be turned to +as a model. But, if I mistake not, Roman architecture had received an +influence from Pergamon long before this event occurred. What this was I +will mention presently. + +No public library was established in Rome until the reign of Augustus. +Julius Caesar had intended to build one on the largest possible scale, and +had gone so far as to commission Varro to collect books for it[26]; but it +was reserved for C. Asinius Pollio, general, lawyer, orator, poet, the +friend of Virgil and Horace, to devote to this purpose the spoils he had +obtained in his Illyrian campaign, B.C. 39. In the striking words of Pliny +"he was the first to make men's talents public property (_ingenia hominum +rem publicam fecit_)" The same writer tells us that he also introduced the +fashion of decorating libraries with busts of departed authors, and that +Varro was the only living writer whose portrait was admitted[27]. Pollio +is further credited, by Suetonius, with having built an _atrium +libertatis_[28], in which Isidore, a writer of the seventh century, +probably quoting a lost work of Suetonius, places the library, with the +additional information, that the collection contained Greek as well as +Latin books[29]. + +The work of Pollio is recorded among the acts of generosity which Augustus +suggested to others. But before long the emperor turned his own attention +to libraries, and enriched his capital with two splendid structures which +may be taken as types of Roman libraries,--the library of Apollo on the +Palatine Hill, and that in the Campus Martius called after Octavia, sister +to the emperor. I will take the latter first. + +The _Porticus Octaviae_, or, as it was sometimes called, the _Opera +Octaviae_, must have been one of the most magnificent structures in Rome +(fig. 3). It stood in the Campus Martius, near the Theatre of Marcellus, +between the Capitoline Hill and the Tiber. A double colonnade surrounded +an area which measured 443 feet by 377 feet, with _Jani_, or four-faced +archways, at the four corners, and on the side next the Tiber a double +hexastyle porch, which, with a few fragments of the colonnade, still +exists in a fairly good state of preservation[30]. Within this space were +two temples, one of Jupiter, the other of Juno, a _curia_ or hall, in +which the Senate frequently met, a _schola_ or "Conversation Hall[31]," +and two libraries, the one of Greek, the other of Latin books. The area +and buildings were crowded with masterpieces in bronze and marble. + +[Illustration: Fig. 3. Plan of the Porticus Octaviae, Rome. From _Formae +Urbis Romae Antiqua_, Berlin, 1896.] + +This structure was originally built by Quintus Metellus, about 146 +B.C.[32]. One of the temples was due to his own liberality, the other had +been erected by Domitius Lepidus, B.C. 179. Now twenty years before, +Metellus had fought in a successful campaign against Perseus king of +Macedonia, in which the Romans had been assisted by Eumenes II.: and in +B.C. 148, as Praetor, he received Macedonia as his province. Is it not +possible that on one or other of these occasions he may have visited +Pergamon, and, when designing his buildings in Rome, have copied what he +had seen there? Again, in B.C. 157, Crates of Mallus, a distinguished +grammarian, was sent from Pergamon as ambassador to Rome, and, being laid +up there by an accident, gave lectures on grammar, in the course of which +he could hardly have failed to mention the new library[33]. + +The buildings of Metellus were altered, if not entirely rebuilt, by +Augustus, B.C. 33, out of the proceeds of his victorious campaign against +the Dalmatians; with the additional structures above enumerated. The +_schola_ is believed to have stood behind the temples, and the libraries +behind the _schola_, with the _curia_ between them[34]. Thus the +colonnades, which Metellus had restricted to the two temples, came at last +to serve the double purpose for which they were originally intended in +connexion with a library as well as with a temple. + +The temple and area of Apollo on the Palatine Hill, which Augustus began +B.C. 36 and dedicated B.C. 28, exhibit an arrangement precisely similar to +that of the Porticus Octaviae. The size was nearly the same[35], and the +structures included in the area were intended to serve the same purposes. +The temple stood in the middle of a large open peristyle, connected with +which were two libraries, one for Greek, the other for Latin books; and +between them, used perhaps as a reading-room or vestibule, was a hall in +which Augustus occasionally convened the Senate. It contained a colossal +statue of Apollo, made of gilt bronze; and on its walls were +portrait-reliefs of celebrated writers, in the form of medallions, in the +same material[36]. + +Of the other public libraries of Rome--of which there are said to have +been in all twenty-six--I need mention only three as possessing some +peculiarity to which I shall have to draw attention. Of these the first +was established by Tiberius in his palace, at no great distance from the +library of Apollo; the second and third by Vespasian and Trajan in their +Fora, connected in the one with the temple of Peace, and in the other with +the temple dedicated in honour of Trajan himself. + +[Illustration: Fig. 4. Plan of the Forum of Trajan; after Nibby.] + +Of the first two of these libraries we have no information; but in the +case of the third we are more fortunate. The Forum of Trajan (fig. 4) was +excavated by order of Napoleon I., and the extent of its buildings, with +their relation to one another, is therefore known with approximate +accuracy. The Greek and Latin libraries stood to the right and left of the +small court between the _Basilica Ulpia_ and the _Templum Divi Trajani_, +the centre of which was marked by the existing Column. They were entered +from this court, each through a portico of five inter-columniations. The +rooms, measured internally, were about 60 feet long, by 45 feet broad. + +At this point I must mention, parenthetically, the library built by +Hadrian at Athens. Pausanias records it in the following passage: + + Hadrian also built for the Athenians a temple of Hera + and Panhellenian Zeus, and a sanctuary common to all the + gods. But most splendid of all are one hundred columns; + walls and colonnades alike are made of Phrygian marble. + Here, too, is a building adorned with a gilded roof and + alabaster and also with statues and paintings: books are + stored in it. There is also a gymnasium named after + Hadrian; it too has one hundred columns from the + quarries of Libya[37]. + +A building called the Stoa of Hadrian, a ground-plan of which (fig. 5) I +borrow from Miss Harrison's _Mythology and Monuments of Ancient Athens_, +has been identified with part at least of that which Pausanias describes +in the above passage. A lofty wall, built of large square blocks of +Pentelic marble, faced on the west side by a row of Corinthian columns, +enclosed a quadrangular court, measuring 328 feet from east to west, by +250 feet from north to south. This court, entered through a sort of +propylaea on the west side (N), was surrounded by a cloister or colonnade +27 feet wide, and containing 100 columns. None of those columns are +standing, but their number can be accurately calculated from the marks of +the bases still to be seen on the eastern side of the quadrangle. + +Within this area are the remains of a building of uncertain use, and at +present only partially excavated. + +On the east side a row of five chambers, of which that in the centre was +the largest, opened off from the colonnade[38]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 5. Plan of the Stoa of Hadrian, at Athens. + + AE, KI. Pier-arcade of the medieval church of the Panagia. + B. North-east angle of this church, of Roman work. + B, C, D, F. Portions of the Roman building which preceded the church. + L, M. Reservoirs. + N. Propylaea through which the court was entered. + +] + +If the ground plan of this structure (fig. 5) be compared with that of the +precinct of Athena and library at Pergamon (fig. 2), a striking similarity +between them will at once be recognised; and, whatever may have been the +destination of the building within the cloistered area, there can, I +think, be little doubt that the library was contained in the five rooms +beyond its limits to the east. They must have been entered from the +cloister, much as those at Pergamon were. It is possible that Hadrian may +himself have visited Pergamon, for Trajan had built an imperial residence +there; but, even if he did not do this, he would accept the type from the +great libraries built at Rome by Augustus. It should be mentioned that S. +Jerome specially commemorates this library among Hadrian's works at +Athens, and says that it was of remarkable construction (_miri +operis_)[39]. + +From this brief digression I return to the public libraries of Rome. In +the first place those built by Augustus had a regular organisation. There +appears to have been a general director called _Procurator Bibliothecarum +Augusti_[40]; and subordinate officers for each division: that is to say, +one for the Greek books, one for the Latin books. These facts are derived +from inscriptions found in _Columbaria_. Secondly, it may be concluded +that they were used not merely for reading and reference, but as +meeting-places for literary men. + +The Palatine libraries evidently contained a large collection of old and +new books; and I think it is quite certain that new books, as soon as +published, were placed there, unless there was some special reason to the +contrary. Otherwise there would be no point in the lines in which Ovid +makes his book--sent from Pontus after his banishment--deplore its +exclusion. The book is supposed to climb from the Forum to the temple of +Apollo: + + Signa peregrinis ubi sunt alterna columnis + Belides et stricto barbarus ense pater + Quaeque viri docto veteres coepere novique + Pectore lecturis inspicienda patent. + Quaerebam fratres exceptis scilicet illis + Quos suus optaret non genuisse parens; + Quaerentem frustra custos e sedibus illis + Praepositus sancto iussit abire loco[41]. + + Where, set between each pair of columns from some + foreign quarry, are statues of the Danaids, and their + barbarous father with drawn sword; and where whatever + the minds of men of old or men of to-day have imagined, + is laid open for a reader's use. I sought my brethren, + save those of course whom their father would fain have + never begotten; and, while I was seeking for them in + vain, he who was set over the room bade me leave that + holy ground. + +The second couplet can only mean that old books and new books were alike +to be found there. The general nature of the collection, and its extent, +may be further gathered from the advice which Horace gives to his friend +Celsus: + + Quid mihi Celsus agit? monitus multumque monendus + Privatas ut quaerat opes, et tangere vitet + Scripta Palatinus quaecunque recepit Apollo[42]. + + What is my friend Celsus about? he who has been + reminded, and must still be reminded again and again, + that he should draw upon his own resources, and be + careful to avoid the multifarious writings which + Palatine Apollo has taken under his charge. + +A man might say now-a-days, "Trust to your own wits, and don't go so often +to the library of the British Museum." + +Aulus Gellius, who lived A.D. 117-180, speaks of "sitting with a party of +friends in the library of the palace of Tiberius, when a book happened to +be taken down with the title M. Catonis Nepotis," and they began asking +one another who this M. Cato Nepos might be[43]. This library contained +also public records[44]. + +The same writer tells a story of a grammatical difficulty which was to be +settled by reference to a book _in templo Pacis_, in the forum of +Vespasian; and again, when a particular book was wanted, "we hunted for it +diligently," he says, "and, when we had found it in the temple of Peace, +we read it[45]." + +The library in the forum of Trajan, often called _Bibliotheca Ulpia_, was +apparently the Public Record Office of Rome. Aulus Gellius mentions that +some decrees of former praetors had fallen in his way there when he was +looking for something else, and that he had been allowed to read them[46]; +and a statement of Vopiscus is still more conclusive as to the nature of +its contents. It tells us, moreover, something about the arrangement. In +his life of the Emperor Tacitus (Sept. A.D. 275--Apr. 276) Vopiscus says: + + And lest anybody should think that I have given too + hasty a credence to a Greek or Latin author, the Ulpian + Library has in its sixth press (_armarium_) an ivory + volume (_librum elephantinum_) in which the following + decree of the Senate, signed by Tacitus with his own + hand, is recorded, etc.[47] + +Again, in his life of the Emperor Aurelian, the same writer records how +his friend Junius Tiberianus, prefect of the city, had urged him to +undertake the task, and had assured him that: "even the linen-books +(_libri lintei_) shall be brought out of the Ulpian library for your +use[48]." + +Books could occasionally be borrowed from a public library, but whether +from one of those in the city of Rome, I cannot say. The scene of the +story which proves this is laid by Aulus Gellius at Tibur (Tivoli), where +the library was in the temple of Hercules--another instance of the care of +a library being entrusted to a temple. Aulus Gellius and some friends of +his were assembled in a rich man's villa there at the hottest season of +the year. They were drinking melted snow, a proceeding against which one +of the party, a peripatetic philosopher, vehemently protested, urging +against the practice the authority of numerous physicians and of Aristotle +himself. But none the less the party went on drinking snow-water. +Whereupon "he fetched a treatise by Aristotle out of the library of Tibur, +which was then very conveniently accommodated in the temple of Hercules, +and brought it to us, saying----[49]." But I need not finish the +quotation, as it has no bearing on my special subject. + +It is probable that numerous collections of books had been got together by +individuals in Rome, before it occurred to Augustus and his friends to +erect public libraries. One such library, that belonging to the rich and +luxurious Lucullus, has been noticed as follows by Plutarch[50]: + + His procedure in regard to books was interesting and + remarkable. He collected fine copies in large numbers; + and if he was splendid in their acquisition, he was more + so in their use. His libraries were accessible to all, + and the adjoining colonnades and reading-rooms were + freely open to Greeks, who, gladly escaping from the + routine of business, resorted thither for familiar + converse, as to a shelter presided over by the Muses. + +The Romans were not slow in following the example set by Lucullus; and a +library presently became indispensable in every house, whether the owner +cared for reading or not. This fashionable craze is denounced by Seneca +(writing about A.D. 49) in a vehement outburst of indignation, which +contains so many valuable facts about library arrangement, that I will +give a free translation of it. + + Outlay upon studies, best of all outlays, is reasonable + so long only as it is kept within certain limits. What + is the use of books and libraries innumerable, if scarce + in a lifetime the master reads the titles? A student is + burdened by a crowd of authors, not instructed; and it + is far better to devote yourself to a few, than to lose + your way among a multitude. + + Forty thousand books were burnt at Alexandria. I leave + others to praise this splendid monument of royal + opulence, as for example Livy, who regards it as "a + noble work of royal taste and royal thoughtfulness." It + was not taste, it was not thoughtfulness, it was learned + extravagance--nay not even learned, for they had bought + their books for the sake of show, not for the sake of + learning--just as with many who are ignorant even of the + lowest branches of learning books are not instruments of + study, but ornaments of dining-rooms. Procure then as + many books as will suffice for use; but not a single one + for show. You will reply: "Outlay on such objects is + preferable to extravagance on plate or paintings." + Excess in all directions is bad. Why should you excuse a + man who wishes to possess book-presses inlaid with + _arbor-vitae_ wood or ivory: who gathers together masses + of authors either unknown or discredited; who yawns + among his thousands of books; and who derives his chief + delight from their edges and their tickets? + + You will find then in the libraries of the most arrant + idlers all that orators or historians have + written--book-cases built up as high as the ceiling. + Nowadays a library takes rank with a bathroom as a + necessary ornament of a house. I could forgive such + ideas, if they were due to extravagant desire for + learning. As it is, these productions of men whose + genius we revere, paid for at a high price, with their + portraits ranged in line above them, are got together to + adorn and beautify a wall[51]. + +A library was discovered in Rome by Signor Lanciani in 1883 while +excavating a house of the 4th century on the Esquiline in the modern Via +dello Statuto. I will narrate the discovery in his own words. + + I was struck, one afternoon, with the appearance of a + rather spacious hall [it was about 23 feet long by 15 + feet broad], the walls of which were plain and + unornamented up to a certain height, but beautifully + decorated above in stucco-work. The decoration consisted + of fluted pilasters, five feet apart from centre to + centre, enclosing a plain square surface, in the middle + of which there were medallions, also in stucco-work, two + feet in diameter. As always happens in these cases, the + frame was the only well-preserved portion of the + medallions. Of the images surrounded by the frames, of + the medallions themselves, absolutely nothing was left + _in situ_, except a few fragments piled up at the foot + of the wall, which, however, could be identified as + having been representations of human faces. My hope + that, at last, after fifteen years of excavations, I had + succeeded in discovering a library, was confirmed beyond + any doubt by a legend, written, or rather painted, in + bright red colour on one of the frames. There was but + one name POLONIVS THYAN ..., but this name told more + plainly the purpose of the apartment than if I had + discovered there the actual bookshelves and their + contents[52]. + +When I had the pleasure of meeting Signor Lanciani in Rome in April, 1898, +he most kindly gave me his own sketch of the pilasters and medallion, +taken at the moment of discovery. I am therefore able to reproduce exactly +(fig. 6) one compartment of the wall of the library above described. The +height of the blank wall below the stucco-work, against which the +furniture containing the books stood, has been laid down as about 3 feet 6 +inches, on the authority of Professor Middleton[53]. The remains of the +medallion are still to be seen in the Museo del Orto Botanico, Rome. The +person commemorated is obviously Apollonius Tyaneus, a Pythagorean +philosopher and wonderworker, said to have been born about four years +before the Christian era. + +[Illustration: Fig. 6. Elevation of a single compartment of the wall of +the Library discovered in Rome, 1883. + +From notes and measurements made by Signor Lanciani and Prof. Middleton.] + +A similar room was discovered at Herculaneum in 1754. A full account of +the discovery was drawn up at once by Signor Paderni, keeper of the +Herculaneum Museum, and addressed to Thomas Hollis, Esq., by whom it was +submitted to the Royal Society. I will extract, from this and subsequent +letters, the passages that bear upon my subject. + + + _Naples, 27 April, 1754._ + + ... The place where they are digging, at present, is + under _Il Bosco di Sant' Agostino_.... All the buildings + discover'd in this site are noble; ... in one there has + been found an entire library, compos'd of volumes of the + Egyptian Papyrus, of which there have been taken out + about 250....[54] + + _To the same._ + + _18 October, 1754._ + + ... As yet we have only entered into one room, the floor + of which is formed of mosaic work, not unelegant. It + appears to have been a library, adorned with presses, + inlaid with different sorts of wood, disposed in rows; + at the top of which were cornices, as in our own times. + + I was buried in this spot more than twelve days, to + carry off the volumes found there; many of which were so + perished, that it was impossible to remove them. Those + which I took away amounted to the number of three + hundred and thirty-seven, all of them at present + uncapable of being opened. These are all written in + Greek characters. While I was busy in this work I + observed a large bundle, which, from the size, I + imagined must contain more than a single volume. I tried + with the utmost care to get it out, but could not, from + the damp and weight of it. However I perceived that it + consisted of about 18 volumes, each of which was in + length a palm and three Neapolitan inches, being the + largest hitherto discovered. They were wrapped about + with the bark of a tree and covered at each end with a + piece of wood. All these were written in Latin, as + appears by a few words which broke off from them. I was + in hopes to have got something out of them, but they are + in a worse condition than the Greek[55].... + + _From Sir J. Gray, Bart._ + + _29 October, 1754._ + + ... They have lately met with more rolls of Papyri of + different lengths and sizes, some with the _Umbilicus_ + remaining in them: the greater part are Greek in small + capitals.... The Epicurean Philosophy is the subject of + another fragment. + + A small bust of Epicurus, with his name in Greek + characters, was found in the same room, and was possibly + the ornament of that part of the library where the + writings in favour of his principles were kept; and it + may also be supposed that some other heads of + philosophers found in the same room were placed with the + same taste and propriety[56]. + +Between 1758 and 1763, the place was visited by Winckelmann, who wrote +long letters in Italian, describing what he saw, to Consigliere Bianconi, +Physician to the King of Saxony. One of these, dated 1762, gives the +following account of the library: + + Ii luogo in cui per la prima volta caddero sott' occhio, + fu una piccola stanza nella villa d'Ercolano di cui + parlammo sopra, la cui lunghezza due uomini colle + braccia distese potevano misurare. Tutto all' intorno + del muro vi erano degli scaffali quali si vedono + ordinariamente negli archivi ad altezza d' uomo, e nel + mezzo della stanza v' era un altro scaffale simile o + tavola per tenervi scritture, e tale da potervi girare + intorno. Il legno di questa tavola era ridotto a + carboni, e cadde, come e facile ad imaginarselo, tutta + in pezzi quando si tocco. Alcuni di questi rotoli di + papiri si trovarono involti insieme con carta piu + grossolana, di quella qualita che gli antichi chiamavano + _emporetica_, e questi probabilmente formavano le parti + ed i libri d' un' opera intiera[57].... + + The place in which they [the rolls] were first seen was + a small room in the villa at Herculaneum of which we + spoke above, the length of which could be covered by two + men with their arms extended. All round the wall there + were book-cases such as are commonly seen in + record-rooms, of a man's height, and in the middle of + the room there was another similar book-case or table to + hold writings, of such a size that one could go round + it. The wood of this table was reduced to charcoal, and, + as may easily be imagined, fell all to pieces when it + was touched. Some of these papyrus rolls were found + fastened together with paper of coarser texture, of that + quality which the ancients called _emporetica_, and + these probably formed the parts and books of an entire + work. + +The information which these observers have given us amounts to this: the +room was about 12 feet long, with a floor of mosaic. Against the walls +stood presses, of a man's height, inlaid with different sorts of wood, +disposed in rows, with cornices at the top; and there was also a table, or +press, in the centre of the room. Most of the rolls were separate, but a +bundle of eighteen was found "wrapped about with the bark of a tree, and +covered at each end with a piece of wood." A room so small as this could +hardly have been intended for study. It must rather have been the place +where the books were put away after they had been read elsewhere. + +Before I quit this part of my subject, I should like to mention one other +building, as its arrangements throw light on the question of fitting up +libraries and record-offices. I allude to the structure built by +Vespasian, A.D. 78, to contain the documents relating to his restoration of +the city of Rome. It stood at the south-west corner of the Forum of Peace, +and what now exists of it is known as the Church of SS. Cosma e Damiano. + +The general arrangement and relation to adjoining structures will be +understood from the plan (fig. 7). The room was about 125 feet long by 65 +feet broad, with two entrances, one on the north-west, from the _Forum +Pacis_, through a hexastyle portico (fig. 7. 2), the other on the +north-east, through a square-headed doorway of travertine which still +exists (_ibid._ 1) together with a considerable portion of a massive wall +of Vespasian's time. After a restoration by Caracalla the building came to +be called _Templum Sacrae Urbis_. It was first consecrated as a church by +pope Felix IV. (526-530), but he did little more than connect it with the +_Heroon Romuli_ (_ibid._ 5), and build the apse (_ibid._ 4). + +[Illustration: Fig. 7. Plan of the Record-House of Vespasian, with the +adjoining structures.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 8. Part of the internal wall of the Record-House of +Vespasian. + +Reduced from a sketch taken in the 16th century by Pirro Ligorio.] + +The whole building was mercilessly mutilated by pope Urban VIII. in 1632; +but fortunately a drawing of the interior had been made by Pirro Ligorio +in the second half of the sixteenth century, when the original treatment +of the walls was practically intact. I give a reduced copy of a small +portion of this drawing (fig. 8). As Lanciani says: + + The walls were divided into three horizontal bands by + finely cut cornices. The upper band was occupied by the + windows; the lower was simply lined with marble slabs + covered by the bookcases ... which contained the ... + records ...; the middle one was incrusted with + tarsia-work of the rarest kinds of marble with panels + representing panoplies, the wolf with the infant + founders of Rome, and other allegorical scenes[58]. + +I explained at the beginning of this chapter that my subject is the care +of books, not books themselves; but, at the point which we have now +reached in regard to Roman libraries, it is necessary to make a few +remarks about their contents. It must be remembered, in the first place, +that those who fitted them up had to deal with rolls (_volumina_), +probably of papyrus, but possibly of parchment; and that a book, as we +understand the word, the Latin equivalent for which was _codex_, did not +come into general use until long after the Christian era. Some points +about these rolls require notice. + +The length and the width of the roll depended on the taste or convenience +of the writer[59]. The contents were written in columns, the lines of +which ran parallel to the long dimension[60], and the reader, holding the +roll in both hands, rolled up the part he had finished with his left hand, +and unrolled the unread portion with his right. This way of dealing with +the roll is well shewn in the accompanying illustration (fig. 9) reduced +from a fresco at Pompeii[61]. In most examples the two halves of the roll +are turned inwards, as for instance in the well-known statue of +Demosthenes in the Vatican[62]. The end of the roll was fastened to a +stick (usually referred to as _umbilicus_ or _umbilici_). It is obvious +that this word ought properly to denote the ends of the stick only, but it +was constantly applied to the whole stick, and not to a part of it, as for +instance in the following lines: + + ... deus nam me vetat + Inceptos olim promissum carmen iambos + Ad umbilicum adducere[63]. + + ... for heaven forbids me to cover the scroll down to + the stick with the iambic lines I had begun a song + promised long ago to the world. + +[Illustration: Fig. 9. A reader with a roll: from a fresco at Pompeii.] + +These sticks were sometimes painted or gilt, and furnished with projecting +knobs (_cornua_) similarly decorated, intended to serve both as an +ornament, and as a contrivance to keep the ends of the roll even, while it +was being rolled up. The sides of the long dimension of the roll +(_frontes_) were carefully cut, so as to be perfectly symmetrical, and +afterwards smoothed with pumice-stone and coloured. A ticket (_index_ or +_titulus_, in Greek [Greek: sillubos] or [Greek: sittubos]), made of a +piece of papyrus or parchment, was fastened to the edge of the roll in +such a way that it hung out over one or other of the ends. As Ovid says: + + Cetera turba palam titulos ostendet apertos + Et sua detecta nomina fronte geret[64]. + + The others will flaunt their titles openly, and carry + their names on an uncovered edge. + +The roll was kept closed by strings or straps (_lora_), usually of some +bright colour[65]; and if it was specially precious, an envelope which the +Greeks called a jacket ([Greek: diphthera][66]), made of parchment or some +other substance, was provided. Says Martial: + + Perfer Atestinae nondum vulgata Sabinae + Carmina, purpurea sed modo culta toga[67]. + + Convey to Sabina at Ateste these verses. They have not + yet been published, and have been but lately dressed in + a purple garment. + +Martial has combined in a single epigram most of the ornaments with which +rolls could be decorated. This I will quote next, premising that the oil +of cedar, or _arbor-vitae_, mentioned in the second line not only imparted +an agreeable yellow colour, but was held to be an antiseptic[68]. + + Faustini fugis in sinum? sapisti. + Cedro nunc licet ambules perunctus + Et frontis gemino decens honore + Pictis luxurieris umbilicis, + Et te purpura delicata velet, + Et cocco rubeat superbus index[69]. + +His book had selected the bibliomaniac Faustinus as a patron. Now, says +the poet, you shall be anointed with oil of cedar; you shall revel in the +decoration of both your sets of edges; your sticks shall be painted; your +covering shall be purple, and your ticket scarlet. + +When a number of rolls had to be carried from one place to another, they +were put into a box (_scrinium_ or _capsa_). This receptacle was +cylindrical in shape, not unlike a modern hat-box[70]. It was carried by a +flexible handle, attached to a ring on each side; and the lid was held +down by what looks very like a modern lock. The eighteen rolls, found in a +bundle at Herculaneum, had doubtless been kept in a similar receptacle. + +My illustration (fig. 10) is from a fresco at Herculaneum. It will be +noticed that each roll is furnished with a ticket (_titulus_). At the feet +of the statue of Demosthenes already referred to, and of that of +Sophocles, are _capsae_, both of which show the flexible handles. + +[Illustration: Fig. 10. Book-box or capsa.] + +I will next collect the information available respecting the fittings used +in Roman libraries. I admit that it is scattered and imperfect; but +legitimate deductions may, I think, be arrived at from it, which will give +us tolerably certain ideas of the appearance of one of those collections. + +The words used to designate such fittings are: _nidus_; _forulus_, or more +usually _foruli_; _loculamenta_; _pluteus_; _pegmata_. + +_Nidus_ needs no explanation. It can only mean a pigeon-hole. Martial uses +it of a bookseller, at whose shop his own poems may be bought. + + De primo dabit alterove _nido_ + Rasum pumice purpuraque cultum + Denaris tibi quinque Martialem[71]. + + Out of his first or second pigeon-hole, polished with + pumice stone, and smart with a purple covering, for five + denarii he will give you Martial. + +In a subsequent epigram the word occurs with reference to a private +library, to which the poet is sending a copy of his works. + + Ruris bibliotheca delicati, + Vicinam videt unde lector urbem, + Inter carmina sanctiora si quis + Lascivae fuerit locus Thaliae, + Hos _nido_ licet inseras vel imo + Septem quos tibi misimus libellos[72]. + + O library of that well-appointed villa whence a reader + can see the City near at hand--if among more serious + poems there be any room for the wanton Muse of Comedy, + you may place these seven little books I send you even + in your lowest pigeon-hole. + +_Forulus_ or _foruli_ occurs in the following passages. Suetonius, after +describing the building of the temple of the Palatine Apollo by Augustus, +adds, "he placed the Sibylline books in two gilt receptacles (_forulis_) +under the base of the statue of Palatine Apollo"[73]; and Juvenal, +enumerating the gifts that a rich man is sure to receive if burnt out of +house and home, says, + + Hic libros dabit, et _forulos_, mediamque Minervam[74]. + +The word is of uncertain derivation, but _forus_, of which it is clearly +the diminutive, is used by Virgil for the cells of bees: + + Complebuntque _foros_ et floribus horrea texent[75]. + +The above-quoted passage of Juvenal may therefore be rendered: "Another +will give books, and cells to put them in, and a statue of Minerva for the +middle of the room." + +The word _loculamentum_ is explained in a passage of Columella, in which +he gives directions for the making of dovecotes: + + Let small stakes be placed close together, with planks + laid across them to carry cells (_loculamenta_) for the + birds to build their nests in, or sets of pigeon-holes + made of earthenware[76]. + +In a second passage he uses the same word for a beehive[77]; Vegetius, a +writer on veterinary surgery, uses it for the socket of a horse's +tooth[78]; and Vitruvius, in a more general way, for a case to contain a +small piece of machinery[79]. Generally, the word may be taken to signify +a long narrow box, open at one end, and, like _nidus_ and _forulus_, may +be translated "pigeon-hole." Seneca, again, applies the word to books in +the passage I have already translated, and in a singularly instructive +manner. "You will find," he says, "in the libraries of the most arrant +idlers all that orators or historians have written--bookcases +(_loculamenta_) built up as high as the ceiling[80]." + +_Pegmata_, for the word generally occurs in the plural, are, as the name +implies, things fixed together, usually planks of wood framed into a +platform, and used in theatres to carry pieces of scenery or performers up +and down. As applied to books "shelves" are probably meant: an +interpretation borne out by the _Digest_, in which it is stated that +"window-frames and _pegmata_ are included in the purchase of a house[81]." +They were therefore what we should call "fixtures." + +A _pluteus_ was a machine used by infantry for protection in the field: +and hence the word is applied to any fence, or boarding to form the limit +or edge of anything, as a table or a bed. _Plutei_ were not attached so +closely to the walls as _pegmata_, for in the _Digest_ they are classed +with nets to keep out birds, mats, awnings, and the like, and are not to +be regarded as part and parcel of a house[82]. Juvenal uses the word for +a shelf in his second Satire, where he is denouncing pretenders to +knowledge: + + + Indocti primum, quamquam plena omnia gypso + Chrysippi invenias, nam perfectissimus horum est + Si quis Aristotelem similem vel Pittacon emit + Et iubet archetypos pluteum servare Cleanthas[83]. + + In the first place they are dunces, though you find + their houses full of plaster figures of Chrysippus: for + a man of this sort is not fully equipped until he buys a + likeness of Aristotle or Pittacus, and bids a shelf take + care of original portraits of Cleanthes. + +This investigation has shewn that three of the words applied to the +preservation of books, namely, _nidus_, _forulus_, and _loculamentum_, may +be rendered by the English "pigeon-hole"; and that _pegma_ and _pluteus_ +mean contrivances of wood which may be rendered by the English "shelving." +It is quite clear that _pegmata_ could be run up with great rapidity, from +a very graphic account in Cicero's letters of the rearrangement of his +library. He begins by writing to his friend Atticus as follows: + + I wish you would send me any two fellows out of your + library, for Tyrannio to make use of as pasters, and + assistants in other matters. Remind them to bring some + vellum with them to make those titles (_indices_) which + you Greeks, I believe, call [Greek: silluboi]. You are + not to do this if it is inconvenient to you[84].... + +In the next letter he says: + + Your men have made my library gay with their + carpentry-work and their titles (_constructione et + sillybis_). I wish you would commend them[85]. + +When all is completed he writes: + + Now that Tyrannio has arranged my books, a new spirit + has been infused into my house. In this matter the help + of your men Dionysius and Menophilus has been + invaluable. Nothing could look neater than those shelves + of yours (_illa tua pegmata_), since they smartened up + my books with their titles[86]. + +No other words than those I have been discussing are, so far as I know, +applied by the best writers to the storage of books; and, after a careful +study of the passages in which they occur, I conclude that, so long as +rolls only had to be accommodated, private libraries in Rome were fitted +with rows of shelves standing against the walls (_plutei_), or fixed to +them (_pegmata_). The space between these horizontal shelves was +subdivided by vertical divisions into pigeon-holes (_nidi_, _foruli_, +_loculamenta_), and it may be conjectured that the width of these +pigeon-holes would vary in accordance with the number of rolls included in +a single work. That such receptacles were the common furniture of a +library is proved, I think, by such evidence as the epigram of Martial +quoted above, in which he tells his friend that if he will accept his +poems, he may "put them even in the lowest pigeon-hole (_nido vel imo_)," +as we should say, "on the bottom shelf"; and by the language of Seneca +when he sneers at the "pigeon-holes (_loculamenta_) carried up to the +ceiling." + +The height of the woodwork varied, of course, with individual taste. In +the library on the Esquiline the height was only three feet six inches; at +Herculaneum about six feet. + +I can find no hint of any doors, or curtains, in front of the +pigeon-holes. That the ends of the rolls (_frontes_) were visible, is, I +think, quite clear from what Cicero says of his own library after the +construction of his shelves (_pegmata_); and the various devices for +making rolls attractive seem to me to prove that they were intended to be +seen. + +A representation of rolls arranged on the system which I have attempted to +describe, occurs on a piece of sculpture (fig. 11) found at Neumagen near +Treves in the seventeenth century, among the ruins of a fortified camp +attributed to Constantine the Great[87]. Two divisions, full of rolls, are +shewn, from which a man, presumably the librarian, is selecting one. The +ends of the rolls are furnished with tickets. + +[Illustration: Fig. 11. A Roman taking down a roll from its place in a +library.] + +The system of pigeon-holes terminated, in all probability, in a cornice. +The explorers of Herculaneum depose to the discovery of such an ornament +there. + +The wall-space above the book-cases was decorated with the likenesses of +celebrated authors--either philosophers, if the owner of the library +wished to bring into prominence his adhesion to one of the fashionable +systems--or authors, dead and living, or personal friends. This obvious +form of decoration was, in all probability, used at Pergamon[88]; Pollio, +as we have seen, introduced it into Rome: and Pliny, who calls it a +novelty (_novitium inventum_), deposes to its general adoption[89]. We are +not told how these portraits were commonly treated--whether they were +busts standing clear of the wall on the book-cases; or bracketed against +the wall; or forming part of its decoration, in plaster-work or distemper. +A suitable inscription accompanied them. Martial has preserved for us a +charming specimen of one of these complimentary stanzas--for such they +undoubtedly would be in the case of a contemporary--to be placed beneath +his own portrait in a friend's library: + + Hoc tibi sub nostra breve carmen imagine vivat + Quam non obscuris iungis, Avite, viris: + _Ille ego sum nulli nugarum laude secundus, + Quem non miraris, sed puto, lector, amas. + Maiores maiora sonent: mihi parva locuto + Sufficit in vestras saepe redire manus_[90]. + + Placed, with my betters, on your study-wall + Let these few lines, Avitus, me recall: + _To foremost rank in trifles I was raised; + I think men loved me, though they never praised. + Let greater poets greater themes profess: + My modest lines seek but the hand's caress + That tells me, reader, of thy tenderness._ + +The beautiful alto-relievo in the Lateran Museum, Rome, representing an +actor selecting a mask, contains a contrivance for reading a roll (fig. +12) which may have been usual in libraries and elsewhere, though I have +not met with another instance of it. A vertical support attached to the +table on which two masks and a MS. are lying, carries a desk with a rim +along its lower edge and one of its sides. The roll is partially opened, +the closed portion lying towards the left side of the desk, next the rim. +The roll may be supposed to contain the actor's part[91]. + +It is much to be regretted that we have no definite information as to the +way in which the great public libraries built by Augustus were fitted up; +but I see no reason for supposing that their fittings differed from those +of private libraries. + +[Illustration: Fig. 12. Desk to support a roll while it is being read.] + +When books (_codices_), of a shape similar to that with which modern +librarians have to deal, had to be accommodated as well as rolls, it is +manifest that rectangular spaces not more than a few inches wide would be +singularly inconvenient. They were therefore discarded in favour of a +press (_armarium_), a piece of furniture which would hold rolls +(_volumina_) as well as books (_codices_), and was in fact, as I shall +shew, used for both purposes. The word (_armarium_) occurs commonly in +Cicero, and other writers of the best period, for a piece of furniture in +which valuables of all kinds, and household gear, were stowed away; and +Vitruvius[92] uses it for a book-case. A critic, he says, "produced from +certain presses an infinite number of rolls." In later Latin writers--that +is from the middle of the first century A.D.--no other word, speaking +generally, occurs. + +The jurist Ulpian, who died A.D. 228, in a discussion as to what is +comprised under the term _liber_, decides in favour of including all rolls +(_volumina_) of whatever material, and then considers the question whether +_codices_ come under the same category or not--thereby shewing that in his +day both forms of books were in use. Again, when a library (_bibliotheca_) +has been bequeathed, it is questioned whether the bequest includes merely +the press or presses (_armarium vel armaria_), or the books as well[93]. + +The Ulpian Library, or rather Libraries, in Trajan's Forum, built about +114 A.D.[94], were fitted up with presses, as we learn from the passage in +Vopiscus which I have already quoted; and when the ruins of the section of +that library which stood next to the Quirinal Hill were excavated by the +French, a very interesting trace of one of these presses was discovered. +Nibby, the Roman antiquary, thus describes it: + + Beyond the above-mentioned bases [of the columns in the + portico] some remains of the inside of the room became + visible on the right. They consisted of a piece of + curtain-wall, admirably constructed of brick, part of + the side-wall, with a rectangular niche of large size in + the form of a press (_in foggia di armadio_). One + ascended to this by three steps, with a landing-place in + front of them, on which it was possible to stand with + ease. On the sides of this niche there still exist + traces of the hinges, on which the panels and the + wickets, probably of bronze, rested[95]. + +It seems to me that we have here an early instance, perhaps the earliest, +of those presses in the thickness of the wall which were so common +afterwards in the monasteries and in private libraries also. A similar +press, on a smaller scale, is described by the younger Pliny: "My +bedroom," he says, "has a press let into the wall which does duty as a +library, and holds books not merely to be read, but read over and over +again[96]." + +It must not, however, be supposed that cupboards were always, or even +usually, sunk into the wall in Roman times. They were detached pieces of +furniture, not unlike the wardrobes in which ladies hang their dresses at +the present day, except that they were fitted with a certain number of +horizontal shelves, and were used for various purposes according to the +requirements of their owners. For instance, there is a sarcophagus in the +Museo Nazionale at Rome, on which is represented a shoemaker at work. In +front of him is a cupboard, exactly like those I am about to describe, on +the top of which several pairs of shoes are set out. + +I can, however, produce three representations of such presses being used +by the Romans to contain books. + +The first occurs on a marble sarcophagus (fig. 13), now in the garden of +the Villa Balestra, Rome, where I had the good fortune to find it in +1898[97]; and Professor Petersen, of the German Archaeological School, was +so kind as to have it photographed for me. He assigns the work to about +200 A.D. + +[Illustration: Fig. 13. A Roman reading a roll in front of a press +(_armarium_). + +From a photograph of a sarcophagus in the garden of the Villa Balestra. +Rome.] + +In the central portion, 21 in. high, by 15 1/2 in. wide, is a seated +figure, reading a roll. In front of him is a cupboard, the doors of which +are open. It is fitted with two shelves, on the uppermost of which are +eight rolls, the ends of which are turned to the spectator. On the next +shelf is something which looks like a dish or shallow cup. The lower part +of the press is solid. Perhaps a second cupboard is intended. Above, it is +finished off with a cornice, on which rests a very puzzling object. There +are a few faint lines on the marble, which Professor Petersen believes are +intended to represent surgical instruments, and so to indicate the +profession of the seated figure[98]. There is a Greek inscription on the +sarcophagus, but it merely warns posterity not to disturb the bones of the +deceased[99]. + +The second representation (fig. 14) is from the tomb of Galla Placidia, at +Ravenna. It occurs in a mosaic on the wall of the chapel in which she was +buried, A.D. 449[100]; and was presumably executed before that date. The +press closely resembles the one on the Roman sarcophagus, but it is +evidently intended to indicate a taller piece of furniture, and it +terminates in a pediment. There are two shelves, on which lie the four +Gospels, each as a separate _codex_, indicated by the name of the +Evangelist above it. This press rests upon a stout frame, the legs of +which are kept in position by a cross-piece nearly as thick as themselves. + +[Illustration: Fig. 14. Press containing the four Gospels. + +From a mosaic above the tomb of the Empress Galla Placidia at Ravenna.] + +The third representation of an _armarium_ (fig. 15) occurs in the +manuscript of the Vulgate now in the Laurentian Library at Florence, known +as the _Codex Amiatinus_, from the Cistercian convent of Monte Amiata in +Tuscany, where it was preserved for several centuries[101]. The thorough +investigation to which this manuscript has lately been subjected shews +that it was written in England, at Wearmouth or Jarrow, but possibly by an +Italian scribe, before A.D. 716, in which year it was taken to Rome, as a +present to the Pope. The first quaternion, however, on one of the leaves +of which the above representation occurs, is probably older; and it may +have belonged to a certain _Codex grandior_ mentioned by Cassiodorus, and +possibly written under his direction[102]. + +The picture (fig. 15), which appears as the frontispiece to this work, +shews Ezra writing the law. On the margin of the vellum, in a hand which +is considered to be later than that of the MS., are the words: + + CODICIBUS SACRIS HOSTILI CLADE PERVSTIS + ESDRA DEO FERVENS HOC REPARAVIT OPUS. + +Behind him is a press (_armarium_) with open doors. The lower portion, +below these doors, is filled in with panels which are either inlaid or +painted, so that the frame on which it is supported is not visible, as in +the Ravenna example. The bottom of the press proper is used as a shelf, on +which lie a volume and two objects, one of which probably represents a +case for pens, while the other is certainly an inkhorn. Above this are +four shelves, on each of which lie two volumes. These volumes have their +titles written on their backs, but they are difficult to make out, and my +artist has not cared to risk mistakes by attempting to reproduce them. The +words, beginning at the left hand corner of the top-shelf, are: + + OCT.[103] LIB. REG. + HIST. LIB. PSALM. LIB. + SALOMON. PROPH. + EVANG. IIII. EPIST. XXI. + ACT. APOSTOL. + +The frame-work of the press above the doors is ornamented in the same +style as the panels below, and the whole is surmounted by a low pyramid, +on the side of which facing the spectator is a cross, beneath which are +two peacocks drinking from a water-trough. + +I regret that I could not place this remarkable drawing before my readers +in the rich colouring of the original. The press is of a reddish brown: +the books are bound in crimson. Ezra is clad in green, with a crimson +robe. The background is gold. The border is blue, between an inner and +outer band of silver. The outermost band of all is vermilion. + +I formerly thought that this book-press might represent those in use in +England at the beginning of the eighth century; but, if the above +attribution to Cassiodorus be accurate, it must be accounted another +Italian example. It bears a general similarity to the Ravenna book-press, +as might be expected, when it is remembered that Cassiodorus held office +under Theodoric and his successors, and resided at Ravenna till he was +nearly seventy years old. + +The foundation of Christianity did not alter what I may call the Roman +conception of a library in any essential particular. The philosophers and +authors of Greece and Rome may have occasionally found themselves in +company with, or even supplanted by, the doctors of the Church; but in +other respects, for the first seven centuries, at least, of our era, the +learned furnished their libraries according to the old fashion, though +with an ever increasing luxury of material. Boethius, whose _Consolation +of Philosophy_ was written A.D. 525, makes Philosophy speak of the "walls +of a library adorned with ivory and glass[104]"; and Isidore, Bishop of +Seville A.D. 600-636, records that "the best architects object to gilded +ceilings in libraries, and to any other marble than _cipollino_ for the +floor, because the glitter of gold is hurtful to the eyes, while the green +of _cipollino_ is restful to them[105]." + +A few examples of such libraries may be cited; but, before doing so, I +must mention the Record-Office (_Archivum_), erected by Pope Damasus +(366-384). It was connected with the Basilica of S. Lawrence, which +Damasus built in the Campus Martius, near the theatre of Pompey. On the +front of the Basilica, over the main entrance, was an inscription, which +ended with the three following lines: + + ARCHIVIS FATEOR VOLUI NOVA CONDERE TECTA ADDERE PRAETEREA + DEXTRA LAEVAQUE COLUMNAS QUAE DAMASI TENEANT PROPRIUM PER + SAECULA NOMEN. + + I confess that I have wished to build a new abode for + Archives; and to add columns on the right and left to + preserve the name of Damasus for ever. + +These enigmatical verses contain all that we know, or are ever likely to +know, respecting this building, which is called _chartarium ecclesiae +Romanae_ by S. Jerome[106], and unquestionably held the official documents +of the Latin Church until they were removed to the Lateran in the seventh +century. The whole building, or group of buildings, was destroyed in 1486 +by Cardinal Raphael Riario, the dissolute nephew of Sixtus IV., to make +room for his new palace, now called Palazzo della Cancelleria, and the +church was rebuilt on a new site. The connexion with Pope Damasus is +maintained by the name, S. Lorenzo in Damaso. No plan of the old +buildings, or contemporary record of their arrangement, appears to exist. +My only reason for drawing attention to a structure which has no real +connexion with my subject is that the illustrious De Rossi considers that +in the second line of the above quotation the word column signifies +colonnades; and that Damasus took as his model one of the great pagan +libraries of Rome which, in its turn, had been derived from the typical +library at Pergamon[107]. According to this view he began by building, in +the centre of the area selected, a basilica, or hall of basilican type, +dedicated to S. Lawrence; and then added, on the north and south sides, a +colonnade or loggia from which the rooms occupied by the records would be +readily accessible. This opinion is also held by Signor Lanciani, who +follows De Rossi without hesitation. I am unwilling to accept a theory +which seems to me to have no facts to support it; and find it safer to +believe that the line in question refers either to the aisles of the +basilica, or to such a portico in front of it as may be seen at San +Clemente and other early churches. + +A letter to Eucherius, Bishop of Lyons in A.D. 441, from a correspondent +named Rusticus, gives a charming picture of a library which he had visited +in his young days, say about A.D. 400: + + I am reminded of what I read years ago, hastily, as a + boy does, in the library of a man who was learned in + secular literature. There were there portraits of + Orators and also of Poets worked in mosaic, or in wax of + different colours, or in plaster, and under each the + master of the house had placed inscriptions noting their + characteristics; but, when he came to a poet of + acknowledged merit, as for instance, Virgil, he began as + follows: + + Virgilium vatem melius sua carmina laudant; + In freta dum fluvii current, dum montibus umbrae + Lustrabunt convexa, polus dum sidera pascet, + Semper honos nomenque tuum laudesque manebunt. + + Virgil's own lines most fitly Virgil praise: + As long as rivers run into the deep, + As long as shadows o'er the hillside sweep, + As long as stars in heaven's fair pastures graze, + So long shall live your honour, name, and praise.[108] + + +Agapetus, who was chosen Pope in 535, and lived for barely a year, had +intended, in conjunction with Cassiodorus, to found a college for teachers +of Christian doctrine. He selected for this purpose a house on the Caelian +Hill, afterwards occupied by S. Gregory, and by him turned into a +monastery. Agapetus had made some progress with the scheme, so far as the +library attached to the house was concerned, for the author of the +Einsiedlen MS., who visited Rome in the ninth century, saw the following +inscription "in the library of S. Gregory"--i.e. in the library attached +to the Church of San Gregorio Magno. + + SANCTORVM VENERANDA COHORS SEDET ORDINE LONGO + DIVINAE LEGIS MYSTICA DICTA DOCENS + HOS INTER RESIDENS AGAPETVS IVRE SACERDOS + CODICIBVS PVLCHRVM CONDIDIT ARTE LOCVM + GRATIA PAR CVNCTIS SANCTVS LABOR OMNIBVS VNVS + DISSONA VERBA QVIDEM SED TAMEN VNA FIDES + + Here sits in long array a reverend troop + Teaching the mystic truths of law divine: + 'Mid these by right takes Agapetus place + Who built to guard his books this fair abode. + All toil alike, all equal grace enjoy-- + Their words are different, but their faith the same. + +These lines undoubtedly imply that there was on the walls a long series of +portraits of the Fathers of the Church, including that of Agapetus +himself, who had won his right to a place among them by building a +sumptuous home for their works[109]. + +The design of Agapetus, interrupted by death, was carried forward by his +friend Cassiodorus, at a place in South Italy called Vivarium, near his +own native town Squillace. Shortly after his final retirement from court, +A.D. 538, Cassiodorus established there a brotherhood, which, for a time at +least, must have been a formidable rival to that of S. Benedict. A library +held a prominent place in his conception of what was needed for their +common life. He says little about its size or composition, but much +rhetoric is expended on the contrivances by which its usefulness and +attractiveness were to be increased. A staff of bookbinders was to clothe +the manuscripts in decorous attire; self-supplying lamps were to light +nocturnal workers; sundials by day, and water-clocks by night, enabled +them to regulate their hours. Here also was a _scriptorium_, and it +appears probable that between the exertions of Cassiodorus and his friend +Eugippius, South Italy was well supplied with manuscripts[110]. + +These attempts to snatch from oblivion libraries which, though probably +according to our ideas insignificant, were centres of culture in the +darkest of dark ages, will be illustrated by the fuller information that +has come down to us respecting the library of Isidore, Bishop of Seville +600-636. The "verses composed by himself for his own presses," to quote +the oldest manuscript containing them[111], have been preserved, with the +names of the writers under whose portraits they were inscribed. + +There were fourteen presses, arranged as follows: + + I. Origen. + II. Hilary. + III. Ambrose. + IV. Augustine. + V. Jerome. + VI. Chrysostom. + VII. Cyprian. + VIII. Prudentius. + IX. Avitus, Juvencus, Sedulius. + X. Eusebius, Orosius. + XI. Gregory. + XII. Leander. + XIII. Theodosius, Paulus, Gaius. + XIV. Cosmas, Damian, Hippocrates, Galen. + +These writers are probably those whom Isidore specially admired, or had +some particular reason for commemorating. The first seven are obvious +types of theologians, and the presses over which they presided were +doubtless filled not merely with their own works, but with bibles, +commentaries, and works on Divinity in general. Eusebius and Orosius are +types of ecclesiastical historians; Theodosius, Paulus, and Gaius, of +jurists; Cosmas, Damian, etc. of physicians. But the Christian poets +Prudentius to Sedulius could hardly have needed two presses to contain +their works; nor Gregory the Great the whole of one. Lastly, Leander, +Isidore's elder brother, could only owe his place in the series to +fraternal affection. I conjecture that these portraits were simply +commemorative; and that the presses beneath them contained the books on +subjects not suggested by the rest of the portraits, as for example, +secular literature, in which Isidore was a proficient. + +The sets of verses[112] begin with three elegiac couplets headed _Titulus +Bibliothece_, probably placed over the door of entrance. + + Sunt hic plura sacra, sunt hic mundalia plura: + Ex his si qua placent carmina, tolle, lege. + Prata vides, plena spinis, et copia florum; + Si non vis spinas sumere, sume rosas. + Hic geminae radiant veneranda volumina legis; + Condita sunt pariter hic nova cum veteri. + + Here sacred books with worldly books combine; + If poets please you, read them; they are thine. + My meads are full of thorns, but flowers are there; + If thorns displease, let roses be your share. + Here both the Laws in tomes revered behold; + Here what is new is stored, and what is old. + +The authors selected are disposed of either in a single couplet, or in +several couplets, according to the writer's taste. I will quote the lines +on S. Augustine: + + Mentitur qui [te] totum legisse fatetur: + An quis cuneta tua lector habere potest? + Namque voluminibus mille, Augustine, refulges, + Testantur libri, quod loquor ipse, tui. + Quamvis multorum placeat prudentia libris, + Si Augustinus adest, sufficit ipse tibi. + + They lie who to have read thee through profess; + Could any reader all thy works possess? + A thousand scrolls thy ample gifts display; + Thy own books prove, Augustine, what I say. + Though other writers charm with varied lore, + Who hath Augustine need have nothing more. + +The series concludes with some lines "To an Intruder (_ad +Interventorem_)," the last couplet of which is too good to be omitted: + + Non patitur quenquam coram se scriba loquentem; + Non est hic quod agas, garrule, perge foras. + + A writer and a talker can't agree: + Hence, idle chatterer; 'tis no place for thee. + +[Illustration: Fig. 16. Great Hall of the Vatican Library, looking west.] + +With these three examples I conclude the section of my work which deals +with what may be called the pagan conception of a library in the fulness +of its later development. Unfortunately, no enthusiast of those distant +times has handed down to us a complete description of his library, and we +are obliged to take a detail from one account, and a detail from another, +and so piece the picture together for ourselves. What I may call "the +pigeon-hole system," suitable for rolls only, was replaced by presses +which could contain rolls if required, and certainly did (as shewn (fig. +13) on the sarcophagus of the Villa Balestra), but which were specially +designed for _codices_. These presses were sometimes plain, sometimes +richly ornamented, according to the taste or the means of the owner. With +the same limitations the floor, the walls, and possibly the roof also were +decorated. Further, it was evidently intended that the room selected for +books should be used for no other purpose; and, as the books were hidden +from view in their presses, the library-note, if I may be allowed the +expression, was struck by numerous inscriptions, and by portraits in +various materials, representing either authors whose works were on the +shelves, or men distinguished in other ways, or friends and relations of +the owner of the house. + +The Roman conception of a library was realised by Pope Sixtus V., in +1587[113], when the present Vatican Library was commenced from the design +of the architect Fontana. I am not aware that there is any contemporary +record to prove that either the Pope or his advisers contemplated this +direct imitation; but it is evident, from the most cursory inspection of +the large room (fig. 16), that the main features of a Roman library are +before us[114]; and perhaps, having regard to the tendency of the +Renaissance, especially in Italy, it would be unreasonable to expect a +different design in such a place, and at such a period. + +This noble hall--probably the most splendid apartment ever assigned to +library-purposes--spans the Cortile del Belvedere from east to west, and +is entered at each end from the galleries connecting the Belvedere with +the Vatican palace. It is 184 feet long, and 57 feet wide, divided into +two by six piers, on which rest simple quadripartite vaults. The north and +south walls are each pierced with seven large windows. No books are +visible. They are contained in plain wooden presses 7 feet high and 2 feet +deep, set round the piers, and against the walls between the windows. The +arrangement of these presses will be understood from the general view +(fig. 16), and from the view of a single press open (fig. 17). + +In the decoration, with which every portion of the walls and vaults is +covered, Roman methods are reproduced, but with a difference. The great +writers of antiquity are conspicuous by their absence; but the +development of the human race is commemorated by the presence of those +to whom the invention of letters is traditionally ascribed; the walls +are covered with frescoes representing the foundation of the great +libraries which instructed the world, and the assemblies of the Councils +which established the Church; the vaults record the benefits conferred +on Rome by Sixtus V., in a series of historical views, one above each +window; and over these again are stately figures, each embodying some +sacred abstraction--"Thrones, dominations, princedoms, virtues, +powers"--with angels swinging censers, and graceful nymphs, and laughing +satyrs--a strange combination of paganism and Christianity--amid wreaths +of flowers, and arabesques twining round the groups and over every +vacant space, partly framing, partly hiding, the heraldic devices which +commemorate Sixtus and his family:--a web of lovely forms and brilliant +colours, combined in an intricate and yet orderly confusion. + +It may be questioned whether such a room as this was ever intended for +study. The marble floor, the gorgeous decoration, the absence of all +appliances for work in the shape of desks, tables, chairs, suggest a place +for show rather than for use. The great libraries of the Augustan age, on +the other hand, seem, so far as we can judge, to have been used as +meeting-places and reading-rooms for learned and unlearned alike. In +general arrangement and appearance, however, the Vatican Library must +closely resemble its imperial predecessors. + +[Illustration: Fig. 17. A single press in the Vatican Library, open. + +From a photograph.] + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[1] _Discoveries in the Ruins of Nineveh and Babylon_, 2 vols., 8vo. Lond. +1853. Vol. II., p. 343. + +[2] Ezra, vi. I. + +[3] Mr Layard gives a view of the interior of one of these rooms (p. 345) +after it had been cleared of rubbish. + +[4] _La Bibliotheque du Palais de Ninive_, par M. Joachim Menant. 8vo. +Paris, 1880, p. 32. + +[5] The two languages are the ancient Sumerian and the more modern +Assyrian. + +[6] Athenaeus, Book 1., Chap. 4. + +[7] _Noct. Att._ Book VII., Chap. 17. Libros Athenis disciplinarum +liberalium publice ad legendum praebendos primus posuisse dicitur +Pisistratus tyrannus. + +[8] Xenophon, _Memorabilia_, Book IV., Chap. 2. + +[9] Aristoph. _Ranae_, 1407-1410, translated by J. H. Frere. The passage +has been quoted by Castellani, _Biblioteche nell' Antichita_, 8vo., +Bologna, 1884, pp. 7, 8, and many others. + +[10] Strabo, ed. Kramer, Berlin, 8vo., 1852, Book XIII., Chap. I, Sec. 54. +[Greek: protos hon hismen synagagon biblia, kai didaxas tous en Aigypto +basileas bibliothekes syntaxin.] + +[11] Book XIII., Chap. 4, Sec. 2. + +[12] Book XVII., Chap. 1, Sec. 8. [Greek: ton de basileion meros esti kai to +Mouseion, echon peripaton kai exedran kai oikon megan, en ps to sussition +ton metechonton tou Mouseion philologon andron esti de te sunodo taute kai +chremata koina kai iereus o epi to Monseio, tetagmenos tote men upo ton +Basileon nun d upo Kaisaros.] + +[13] One of the anonymous lives of Apollonius Rhodius states that he +presided over the Museum Libraries ([Greek: ton bibliothekon ton +Mouseion]). + +[14] Epiphanius, De Pond. et Mens., Chap. 12. [Greek: eti de usteron kai +etera egeneto bibliotheke en to Serateio, mikrotera tes protes, etis +thugater onomasthe autes.] + +[15] Ammianus Marcellinus, Book XXII., Chap. 16, Sec. 12. Atriis columnariis +amplissimis et spirantibus signorum figmentis ita est exornatum, ut post +Capitolium quo se venerabilis Roma in aeternum attollit, nihil orbis +terrarum ambitiosius cernat. See also Aphthonius, _Progymn._ C. XII. ed. +Walz, _Rhetores Graeci_, i. 106. + +[16] Pliny, _Hist. Nat._, Book V., Chap. 30. Longeque clarissimum Asiae +Pergamum. + +[17] Strabo, Book XIII., Chap. 4, Sec. 2. After recounting the successful +policy of Eumenes II. towards the Romans, he proceeds: [Greek: kateskenase +de ontos ten polin, kai to Nikephorion alsei katephuteuse, kai anathemata +kai bibliothekas kai ten epi tosonde katoikian tou Pergamon ten nun ousan +ekeinos prosephilokalese]. + +[18] _De Architectura_, Book VII., Praefatio. The passage is quoted in the +next note. + +[19] Pliny, _Hist. Nat._, Book XIII., Chap. 11. Mox aemulatione circa +bibliothecas regum Ptolemaei et Eumenis, supprimente chartas Ptolemaeo, idem +Varro membranas Pergami tradidit repertas. Vitruvius, on the other hand +(_ut supra_) makes Ptolemy found the library at Alexandria as a rival to +that at Pergamon. Reges Attalici magnis philologiae dulcedinibus inducti +cum egregiam bibliothecam Pergami ad communem delectationem instituissent, +tune item Ptolemaeus, infinito zelo cupiditatisque incitatus studio, non +minoribus industriis ad eundem modum contenderat Alexandriae comparare. + +[20] Plutarch, _Antonius_, Chap. 57. To a list of accusations against +Antony for his subservience to Cleopatra, is added the fact: [Greek: +charisasthai men aute tas ek Pergamon bibliothekas, en ais eikosi muriades +biblon aplon esan]. + +[21] _Altertuemer von Pergamon_, Fol., Berlin, 1885, Band 11. Das Heiligtum +der Athena Polias Nikephoros, von Richard Bohn. The ground-plan (fig. 2) +is reduced from Plate III. in that volume. + +[22] _Die Pergamenische Bibliothek._ Sitzungsberichte der Koenigl. Preuss. +Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, 1884, II. 1259-1270. + +[23] In my first lecture as Sandars Reader at Cambridge in the Lent Term, +1900, I pointed out that this enclosure was of about the same size as +Nevile's Court at Trinity College, if to the central area there we add the +width of one of the cloisters; and that the temple of Athena was of +exactly the same width as the Hall, but about 15 feet shorter. Nevile's +Court is 230 feet long from the inside of the pillars supporting the +Library to the wall of the Hall; and it has a mean breadth of 137 feet. If +the width of the cloister, 20 feet, be added to this, we get 157 feet in +lieu of the 162 feet at Pergamon. + +[24] Now in the Royal Museum, Berlin. + +[25] Similar sockets have been discovered in the walls of the chambers +connected with the Stoa of King Attalus at Athens. These chambers are +thought to have been shops, and the sockets to have supported shelves on +which wares were exposed for sale. Conze, ut supra, p. 1260; Adler, _Die +Stoa des Koenigs Attalos zu Athen_, Berlin, 1874; Murray's _Handbook for +Greece_, ed. 1884, 1. p. 255. + +[26] Suetonius, _Caesar_, Chap. 44. + +[27] Pliny, _Nat. Hist._, Book VII., Chap. 30; Book XXXV., Chap. 2. + +[28] Suetonius, _Augustus_, Chap. 29. + +[29] Isidore, _Origines_, Book VI., Chap. 5. + +[30] Lanciani, _Ruins and Excavations of Ancient Rome_, ed. 1897, p. 471. +Middleton, Ancient Rome, 1892, II. 204, 205. + +[31] Nibby, _Roma Antica_, p. 601. [Augusto] vi aggiunse un luogo per +conversare chiamato _Schola_. + +[32] Vell. Pat., Book 1., Chap. II. Hic est Metellus Macedonicus qui +porticus quae fuere circumdatae duabus aedibus sine inscriptione positis, quae +nunc Octaviae porticibus ambiuntur, fecerat. + +[33] Suet. _De Illustr. Gramm._ c. 2. + +[34] Middleton, _Ancient Rome_, 1892, II. 205. + +[35] I have taken these dimensions from Middleton's Plan of the Palatine +Hill (_ut supra_, p. 156), but until the site has been excavated they must +be more or less conjectural. + +[36] Middleton, _Ibid._, I. 185-188. The evidence for the portraits rests +on the following passage in the _Annals_ of Tacitus ii. 37, where he is +relating how Hortalus, grandson of the orator Hortensius, being reduced to +poverty, came with his four children to the Senate: "igitur quatuor filiis +ante limen curiae adstantibus, loco sententiae, cum in Palatio senatus +haberetur, modo Hortensii inter oratores sitam imaginem, modo Augusti, +intuens, ad hunc modum coepit." + +[37] Pausanias, _Attica_, Book I., Chap. 18, Sec. 9, ed. J. G. Frazer, Vol. +I., p. 26. + +[38] The above description is derived from Miss Harrison's book, _ut +supra_, pp. 195-198; Pausanias, ed. J. G. Frazer, Vol. II., pp. 184, 185. + +[39] Eusebius, _Chronicon_, ed. Schoene, Vol. II., p. 167. + +[40] Middleton, _Ancient Rome_, I. 186. + +[41] _Tristia_, III. 59. + +[42] _Epist._, I. 3. 17. + +[43] _Noctes Atticae_, V. 21. 9. + +[44] Vopiscus, _Hist. Aug. Script._, II. 637. + +[45] Aulus Gellius, _ut supra_, XVI. 8. 2. + +[46] _Ibid._, XI. 17. 1. + +[47] Flavii Vopisci _Tacitus_, c. 8. + +[48] Id., _Aurelianus_, c. 1. + +[49] _Noctes Atticae_, XIX. 5. + +[50] Plutarch, _Lucullus_, Chap. XLII. [Greek: Spondes d' axia kai logoy +ta peri ten ton biblion kataskeuen. kai gar polla, kai gegrammena kalos, +sunege, e te chresis en philotimotera tes kteseos, aneimenon pasi ton +bibliothekon, kai ton peri autas peripaton kai scholaoterlon akolutos +upodechomenon tous Ellenas, osper eis Mouson ti katagogion ekeise +phoitontas kai sundiemereuontas allelois, apo ton allon chreion asmenos +apotrechontas]. + +[51] _De Tranquillitate Animi_, Chap. IX. Studiorum quoque quae +liberalissima impensa est, tamdiu rationem habet quamdiu modum. Quo +innumerabiles libros et bibliothecas quarum dominus vix tota vita indices +perlegit? onerat discentem turba, non instruit, multoque satius est paucis +te auctoribus tradere, quam errare per multos. Quadraginta milia librorum +Alexandriae arserunt: pulcherrimum regiae opulentiae monumentum alius +laudaverit, sicut et Livius, qui _elegantiae regum curaeque egregium id +opus_ ait _fuisse_: non fuit elegantia illud aut cura, sed studiosa +luxuria, immo ne studiosa quidem, quoniam non in studium sed in +spectaculum comparaverant sicut plerisque ignaris etiam servilium +literarum libri non studiorum instrumenta sed coenationum ornamenta sunt. +Paretur itaque librorum quantum satis sit, nihil in adparatum. "Honestius" +inquis "hoc impensis quas in Corinthia pictasque tabulas effuderim." +Vitiosum est ubique quod nimium est. Quid habes cur ignoscas homini +armaria citro atque ebore captanti, corpora conquirenti aut ignotorum +auctorum aut improbatorum et inter tot milia librorum oscitanti, cui +voluminum suorum frontes maxime placent titulique? Apud desidiosissimos +ergo videbis quicquid orationum historiarumque est, tecto tenus exstructa +loculamenta. Iam enim inter balnearia et thermas bibliotheca quoque ut +necessarium domus ornamentum expolitur. Ignoscerem plane, si studiorum +nimia cupidine oriretur: nunc ista conquisita, cum imaginibus suis +descripta, sacrorum opera ingeniorum in speciem et cultum parietum +comparantur. With this passage may be compared Lucian's tract: [Greek: +Eros apaideuton kai polla biblia onoumenon.] My friend Mr F. Darwin in +informs me that the Latin citrus, or Greek [Greek: kedros], is the +coniferous tree called _Thuia articulata = Callitris quadrivalvis_. See +Helm, _Kulturpflanzen_, Berl. 1894. Engl. Trans, p. 431. + +[52] Lanciani, _Ancient Rome_, 8vo. 1888, p. 193. + +[53] _Ancient Rome_, ed. 1892, ii. 254. + +[54] _Phil. Trans._, Vol. XLVIII., Pt 2, p. 634. + +[55] _Ibid._, p. 821. + +[56] _Ibid._, p. 825. + +[57] _Opere di G. G. Winckelmann_, Prato, 1831, VII. 197. + +[58] Lanciani, _Ruins of Ancient Rome_, pp. 213-217. He describes and +figures Ligorio's elevation, from MS. Vat. 3439, in _Commissione +Archeologica Comunale di Roma_, Ann. X. Ser. II., 1882. pp. 29-54. See +also Middleton, _Ancient Rome_, 1892, II. 15-19. The plan of Rome called +the Capitoline Plan, because it is now preserved in the Museum of the +Capitol, was fixed to the north-east wall (fig. 7. 3). + +[59] The average length of a roll may be taken at 20-30 ft.; the width at +9-11 in. See _The Palaeography of Greek Papyri_, by F. G. Kenyon, Oxf. +1899, Chap. II. + +[60] The breadth of these columns from left to right was not great, and +their length was considerably shorter than the width of the roll, as a +margin was left at the top and bottom. + +[61] _Antichita di Ercolano_, Fol. Napoli, 1779. Vol. V., Tavola 55, p. +243. + +[62] In this statue the roll is a restoration, but a perfectly correct +one. It is original, and slightly different, in the replica of the statue +at Knowle Park, Sevenoaks, Kent. See a paper on this statue by J. E. +Sandys. Litt.D. in _Melanges Weil_, 1898. pp. 423-428. + +[63] Horace, _Epodes_, XIV. 5-8. Comp. Martial, _Epigrams_, IV. 89. Ohe! +libelle, Iam pervenimus usque ad umbilicos. + +[64] _Tristia_, I. i. 109. + +[65] Catullus (XXII. 7) says of a roll which had been got up with special +smartness: + + Novi umbilici, lora rubra, membrana + Directa plumbo, et pumice omnia aequata. + +[66] Lucian, _Adv. Indoct._, Chap. 16. + +[67] _Epigrams_, X. 93. + +[68] My friend M. R. James, Litt.D., of King's College, has kindly given +me the following note: In the apocryphal Assumption of Moses Joshua is +told to 'cedar' Moses' words (= rolls), and to lay them up in Jerusalem: +"quos ordinabis et chedriabis et repones in vasis fictilibus in loco quem +fecit [Deus] ab initio creaturae orbis terrarum." Assump. Mos., ed. +Charles, I. 17. See also Dueange, s.v. Cedria. Vitruvius (II. ix. 13) +says: "ex cedro oleum quod cedreum dicitur nascitur, quo reliquae res cum +sint unctae, uti etiam libri, a tineis et earie non laeduntur." See above, +p. 22. + +[69] _Epigrams_, III. ii. 6. + +[70] Ovid (_Tristia_, I. i. 105) addressing his book, says: + + Cum tamen in nostrum fueris penetrale receptus + Contigerisque tuam, scrinia curva, domum. + + +[71] _Epigrams_, I. 117. + +[72] _Epigrams_, VII. 17. + +[73] Suet. _Aug._ 31. Libros Sibyllinos condidit duobus _forulis_ auratis +sub Palatini Apollinis basi. + +[74] _Sat._ III. 219. + +[75] _Georg._ IV. 250. + +[76] _De Re Rustica_, VIII. 8. Paxillis adactis tabulae superponantur; quae +vel loculamenta quibus nidificent aves, vel fictilia columbaria, +recipiant. + +[77] _Ibid._, IX. 12. 2. The writer, having described bees swarming, +proceeds: protinus custos novum loculamentum in hoc praeparatum perlinat +intrinsecus praedictis herbis ... tum manibus aut etiam trulla congregatas +apes recondat, atque ... diligenter compositum et illitum vas ... patiatur +in eodem loco esse dum advesperascat. Primo deinde crepusculo transferat +et reponat in ordinem reliquarum alvorum. + +[78] Vegetius, _Art. Vet._, III. 32. Si iumento loculamenta dentium vel +dentes doluerint. + +[79] Vitruvius, _De Arch._, ed. Schneider, X. 9. Insuper autem ad capsum +redae loculamentum firmiter figatur habens tympanum versatile in cultro +collocatum, etc. + +[80] Dr. Sandys, in his edition of Aristotle's _Constitution of Athens_, +1893, p. 174, has shewn that in the office of the public clerk a similar +contrivance was used, called [Greek: epistulion]: "a shelf supporting a +series of pigeon-holes, and itself supported by wooden pedestals." + +[81] Ulpian, _Digest_, 33. 7. 12. In emptionem domus et specularia et +pegmata cedere solent, sive in aediticiis sint posita, sive ad tempus +detracta. + +[82] _Ibid._, 29. 1. 17. Reticuli circa columnas, plutei circa parietes, +item cilicia, vela, aedium non sunt. + +[83] _Sat._ II. 4. I do not think that these lines refer to a library. The +whole house, not a single room in it, is full of plaster busts of +philosophers. + +[84] _Ep._ cv. (ed. Billerbeck); _Ad Att._ IV. 4, p. 2. + +[85] _Ep._ cvi. (_ibid._); _Ad Att._ IV. 5. + +[86] _Ep._ cxi. (_ibid._); _Ad Att._ IV. 8. + +[87] This cut is given in _Antiquitatum et Annalium Trevirensium libri_ +XXV. Auctoribus RR. PP. Soc. Jesu P. Christophoro Browero, et P. Jacobo +Masenio. 2 v. fol. Leodii, 1670. It is headed: Schema voluminum in +bibliothecam (sic) ordine olim digestorum Noviomagi in loco Castrorum +Constantini M. hodiedum in lapide reperto excisum. See also C. G. Schwarz, +_De Ornamentis Librorum_, 4to, Lips. 1756, pp. 86, 172, 231, and Tab. II., +fig. 4. I learnt this reference from Sir E. M. Thompson's _Handbook of +Greek and Latin Palaeography_, ed. 2, 1894, p. 57, _note_. The Director of +the Museum at Treves informs me that all the antiquities discovered at +Neumagen were destroyed in the seventeenth century. + +[88] See above, p. 11. + +[89] _Ibid._, p. 12. + +[90] _Epigrams_, Lib. IX. _Introduction_. + +[91] The whole relief is figured in Seyffert, _Dictionary of Classical +Antiquities_, ed. Nettleship and Sandys, p. 649. + +[92] _De Architectura_, Lib. VII, Pref. [Aristophanes] e certis amiariis +infinita volumina eduxit. + +[93] _Digesta Justiniani Augusti_, ed. Mommsen. 8vo. Berlin, 1870. Vol. +II. p. 88. Book XXXII. 52. + +[94] This is the date of the _Columna cochlis_. Middleton's Rome, II. 24 +note. + +[95] Nibby, _Roma Antica_, 8vo. Roma, 1839, p. 188. + +[96] _Epist._ II. 17. 8. Parieti eius [cubiculi mei] in bibliothecae +speciem armarium insertum est quod non legendos libros sed lectitandos +capit. + +[97] I should not have known of the existence of this sarcophagus had it +not been figured, accurately enough on the whole, in _Le Palais de +Scaurus_, by Mazois, published at Paris in 1822. The sarcophagus had +passed through the hands of several collectors since Mazois figured it, +and I had a long and amusing search for it. + +[98] _Mittheilungen des K. D. Archaeologischen Instituts Rom_, 1900, Band +XV. p. 171. Der Sarkophag eines Arztes. + +[99] The inscription is printed in full in _Antike Bilderwerke in Rom ... +beschrieben von Friedrich Matz., und F. von Duhn_, 3 vols., 8vo. Leipzig, +1881, Vol. II. p. 346, No. 3127^*. + +[100] Garrucci, _Arte Christiana_, Vol. IV. p. 39. It would appear from +some curious drawings on glass figured by Garrucci, _ut supra_ Pl. 490, +that the Jews used presses of similar design in their synagogues to +contain the rolls of the law. + +[101] The original of this picture is 18 in. high by 9-3/4 in. broad, +including the border. It could not be photographed, and therefore, through +the kind offices of Miss G. Dixon, and Signor Biagi, Librarian of the +Laurentian Library, the services of a thoroughly capable artist, Professor +Attilio Formilli, were secured to make an exact copy in water colours. +This he has done with singular taste and skill. My figure has been reduced +from this copy. The press has also been figured in outline by Garrucci, +_Arte Christiana_, Vol. III., Pl. 126. + +[102] The romantic story of the _Codex Amiatinus_ is fully narrated by Mr +H. J. White in _Studia Biblica et Ecclesiastica_, 8vo. Oxf. 1890, II. pp. +273-308. + +[103] The _Octateuch_, or, the five books of Moses, with the addition of +Joshua, Judges, and Ruth. + +[104] _Consol. Philosoph._, Book I. Ch. 5. Nec bibliothecae potius comptos +ebore ac vitro parietes quam tuae mentis sedem requiro. + +[105] _Origines_, Book VI. Ch. ii. Cum peritiores architecti neque aurea +lacunaria ponenda in bibliothecis putent neque pavimenta alia quam a +Carysteo marmore, quod auri fulgor hebetat et Carystei viriditas reficiat +oculos. + +[106] _Apol. adv. Rufinum_, ii. 20: Opera, ed. Vallarsi, II. 549. + +[107] _De Origine Historia Indicibus scrinii et bibliothecae Sedis +Apostolicae commentatio Ioannis Baptistae de Rossi...._ 4to. Romae, 1886, +Chapter V. A brief, but accurate, summary of his account will be found in +Lanciani's _Ancient Rome_, 8vo. 1888, pp. 187-190. Father C. J. Ehrle has +given me much help on this difficult question. + +[108] _Sidonii Apollinaris Opera_, ed. Sirmondi. 4to. Paris, 1652. Notes, +p. 33. The words of this letter, which I have translated very freely, are +as follows: + +Sed dum haec tacitus mecum revolvo, occurrit mihi quod in Bibliotheca +studiosi saecularium litterarum puer quondam, ut se aetatis illius +curiositas habet, praetereundo legissem. Nam cum supra memoratae aedis +ordinator ac dominus, inter expressas lapillis aut ceris discoloribus, +formatasque effigies vel Oratorum vel etiam Poetarum specialia singulorum +autotypis epigrammata subdidisset; ubi ad praeiudicati eloquii venit +poetam, hoc modo orsus est. + +The last three lines of the inscription are from the _AEneid_, Book I. 607. +I owe the most important part of the translation of Rusticus to Lanciani, +_ut supra_, p. 196: that of Virgil is by Professor Conington. + +[109] I have taken the text of the inscription, and my account of Agapetus +and his work, from De Rossi, _ut supra_, Chap. VIII. p. lv. + +[110] Cassiodorus, _De Inst. Div. Litt._ Chap. XXX. pp. 1145, 46. Ed. +Migne. De Rossi, _ut supra_. + +[111] Versus qui scripti sunt in armaria sua ab ipso [Isidoro] compositi. +_Cod. Vat. Pal._ 1877, a MS. which came from Lorch in Germany. De Rossi, +_ut supra_. Chap. VII. + +[112] _Isidori Opera Omnia_, 410. Rome, 1803. Vol. VII. p. 179. + +[113] See Hen. Stevenson, _Topografia e Monumenti di Roma nelle Pitture a +fresco di Sisto V. della Biblioteca Vaticana_, p. 7; in _Al Sommo +Pontefice Leone XIII. Omaggio Giubilare della Biblioteca Vaticana_, Fol. +Rome, 1881. + +[114] Signor Lanciani (_Ancient Rome_, p. 195) was the first to suggest a +comparison between the Vatican Library and those of ancient Rome. + + + + +APPENDIX TO CHAPTER I. + +DECORATION OF THE VATICAN LIBRARY. + + +The system of decoration carried out in this Library, of which I have just +given a summary description, is so interesting, and bears evidence of so +much care and thought, that I subjoin a detailed account of it, which, by +the kindness of Father Ehrle, prefect of the Library, I was enabled to +draw up during my late visits to Rome. The diagrammatic ground-plan (fig. +18) which accompanies this description, if studied in conjunction with the +general view (fig. 16), will make the relation of the subjects to each +other perfectly clear. The visitor is supposed to enter the Library from +the vestibule at the east end; and the notation of the piers, windows, +wall-frescoes, etc., begins from the same end. Further, the visitor is +supposed to examine the east face of each pier first, and then to turn to +the left. + +I will begin with the figures on the central piers and half-piers. These +figures are painted in fresco, of heroic size: and over their heads are +the letters which they are supposed to have invented. + +1. PILASTER AGAINST EAST WALL. + + ADAM. + + A tall stalwart figure dressed in short chiton. He holds an apple in his + left hand, and a mattock in his right. + + Adam divinitus edoctus primus scientiarum et litterarum inventor. + +2. FIRST PIER. + + (_a_) ABRAHAM. + + Abraham Syras et Chaldaicas litteras invenit. + + (_b_) THE SONS OF SETH. + + Filii Seth columnis duabus rerum coelestium disciplinam inscribunt. + + (_c_) ESDRAS. + + Esdras novas Hebraeorum litteras invenit. + + (_d_) MOSES. + + Moyses antiquas Hebraicas litteras invenit. + +On the cornice of the presses round this pier are the following +inscriptions: + + (_a_) Doctrina bona dabit gratiam. Prov. xiii. 15. + (_b_) Volo vos sapientes esse in bono. Rom. xvi. 19. + (_c_) Impius ignorat scientiam. Prov. xxix. 7. + (_d_) Cor sapientis quaerit doctrinam. Prov. xv. 14. + +3. SECOND PIER. + + (_a_) MERCURY. + + Mercurius Thovt AEgyptiis sacras litteras conscripsit. + + (_b_) ISIS. + + Isis regina AEgyptiarum litterarum inventrix. + + (_c_) MENON. + + Menon Phoroneo aequalis litteras in AEgypto invenit. + + (_d_) HERCULES. + + Hercules aegyptius Phrygias litteras invenit. + + On the cornice of the presses: + + (_a_) Recedere a malo intelligentia. Job xxviii. 28. + (_b_) Timere Deum ipsa est sapientia. Job xxviii. 22. + (_c_) Faciendi plures libros nullus est finis. Eccl. xii. 12. + (_d_) Dat scientiam intelligentibus disciplinam. Dan. xi. 12. + +4. THIRD PIER. + + (_a_) PHOENIX. + + Phoenix litteras Phoenicibus tradidit. + + (_b_) CECROPS. + + Cecrops Diphyes primus Atheniensium rex Graecarum litterarum auctor. + + (_c_) LINUS. + + Linus Thebanus litterarum Graecarum inventor. + + (_d_) CADMUS. + + Cadmus Phoenicis frater litteras xvi in Graeciam intulit. + + On the cornice of the presses: + + (_a_) In malevolam animam non introibit sapientia. Sap. i. 4. + (_b_) Habentes solatio sanctos libros. 1 Mach. xii. 9. + (_c_) Cor rectum inquirit scientiam. Prov. xxvii. 12. + (_d_) Sapientiam qui abiicit infelix est. Sap. iii. 14. + +5. FOURTH PIER. + + (_a_) PYTHAGORAS. + + Pythagoras. Y. litteram ad humanae vitae exemplum invenit. + + (_b_) PALAMEDES. + + Palamedes bello Troiano Graecis litteris quattuor adiecit. + + (_c_) SIMONIDES. + + Simonides Melicus quattuor Graecarum litterarum inventor. + + (_d_) EPICHARMUS. + + Epicharmus Siculus duas Graecas addidit litteras. + + On the cornice of the presses: + + (_a_) Qui evitat discere incidet in mala. Prov. vii. 16. + (_b_) Non glorietur sapiens in sapientia sua. Ier. ix. 23. + (_c_) Si quis indiget sapientia postulet a Deo. Iac. i. 15. + (_d_) Melior est sapientia cunctis pretiosissimis. Prov. viii. 11. + +6. FIFTH PIER. + + (_a_) EVANDER. + + Evander Carment. F. aborigines litteras docuit. + + (_b_) NICOSTRATA. + + Nicostrata Carmenta latinarum litterarum inventrix. + + (_c_) DEMARATUS. + + Demaratus Corinthius etruscarum litterarum auctor. + + (_d_) CLAUDIUS. + + Claudius imperator tres novas litteras adinvenit. + + On the cornice of the presses: + + (_a_) Non erudietur qui non est sapiens in bono. Eccl. xxi. 24. + (_b_) Viri intelligentes loquantur mihi. Iac. xxxiv. 34. + (_c_) Non peribit consilium a sapienti. Ier. xviii. 18. + (_d_) Sapientiam atque doctrinam stulti despiciunt. Prov. i. 17. + +7. SIXTH PIER. + + (_a_) CHRYSOSTOM. + + S. Io. Chrysostomus litterarum Armenicarum auctor. + + (_b_) VLPHILAS. + + Vlphilas Episcopus Gothorum litteras invenit. + + (_c_) CYRIL. + + S. Cyrillus aliarum Illyricarum litterarum auctor. + + (_d_) JEROME. + + S. Hieronymus litterarum Illyricarum inventor. + + On the cornice of the presses: + + (_a_) Scientia inflat charitas vero aedificat. Cor. viii. 1. + (_b_) Sapere ad sobrietatem. Rom. xii. 3. + (_c_) Vir sapiens fortis et vir doctus robustus. Prov. xxiv. 5. + (_d_) Ubi non est scientia animae non est bonum. Prov. xix. 2. + +8. PILASTER AGAINST WEST WALL. + + CHRIST. + + Our Lord is seated. Over His Head [Greek: Alpha], [Greek: Omega]; in His + Hand an open book: Ego sum [Greek: Alpha] et [Greek: Omega]; principium + et finis. At His Feet: Iesus Christus summus magister, caelestis doctrinae + auctor. + + On Christ's right hand is a POPE, standing, with triple cross and tiara. + + Christi Domini vicarius. + + On Christ's left hand is an EMPEROR, also standing, with crown, sword, + blue mantle. + + Ecclesiae defensor. + +I will now pass to the decoration of the walls. On the south wall, between +the windows, are representations of famous libraries; on the north wall, +of the eight general Councils of the Church. Each space is ornamented with +a broad border, like a picture-frame. In the centre above is the general +title of the subject or subjects below: e.g. _Bibliotheca Romanorum_; and +beneath each picture is an inscription describing the special subject. +Above each window, on the vault, is a large picture, to commemorate the +benefits conferred by Sixtus V. on Rome and on the world. I will describe +the libraries first, beginning as before at the east end of the room. + + +I. SIXTUS V. AND THE ARCHITECT FONTANA. + +(Right of Entrance.) + + Sixtus V. Pont. M. Bibliothecae Vaticanae aedificationem + prescribit. + +The Pope is seated. Fontana, a pair of compasses in his right hand, is on +one knee, exhibiting the plan of the intended library. + + +II. MOSES ENTRUSTS THE TABLES OF THE LAW TO THE LEVITES. + +(Left of Entrance.) + + Moyses librum legis Levitis in tabernaculo reponendum + tradit. + +Moses hands a large folio to a Levite, behind whom more Levites are +standing. Soldiers, etc., stand behind Moses. Tents in background. + + +III. BIBLIOTHECA HEBRAEA. + +(On first wall-space south side.) + + Esdras sacerdos et scriba Bibliothecam sacram restituit. + +Ezra, attired in a costume that is almost Roman, stands in the centre of +the picture, his back half turned to the spectator. An official is +pointing to a press full of books. Porters are bringing in others. + + +IV. BIBLIOTHECA BABYLONICA. + +(Two pictures.) + +(_a_) _The education of Daniel in Babylon._ + + Daniel et socii linguam scientiamque Chaldaeorum + ediscunt. + +Daniel and other young men are writing and reading at a table on the right +of the picture. A group of elderly men in front of them to the left. +Behind these is a lofty chair and desk, beneath which is a table at which +a group of boys are reading and writing. In the background a set of +book-shelves with a desk, quite modern in style. + +(_b_) _The search for the decree of Cyrus._ + + Cyri decretum de templi restauratione Darii iussu + perquiritur. + +Darius, crowned, his back half turned to the spectator, is giving orders +to several young men, who are taking books out of an _armarium_--evidently +copied from one of the Vatican book-cupboards. + + +V. BIBLIOTHECA ATHENIENSIS. + +(Two pictures.) + +(_a_) _Pisistratus arranges a library at Athens._ + + Pisistratus primus apud Graecos publicam bibliothecam + instituit. + +Pisistratus, in armour, over which is a blue mantle, is giving orders to +an old man who kneels before him, holding an open book. Behind the old man +attendants are placing books on desks--others are reading. Behind +Pisistratus is a group of officers, and behind them again a book-press +without doors, and a row of open books on the top. + +(_b_) _Restoration of the library by Seleucus._ + + Seleucus bibliothecam a Xerxe asportatam referendam + curat. + +Servants are bringing in books which are being hastily packed into cases. +In the background is seen the sea, with a ship; and the door of the +palace. A picture full of life and movement. + + +VI. BIBLIOTHECA ALEXANDRINA. + +(Two pictures.) + +(_a_) _Ptolemy organises the library at Alexandria._ + + Ptolemaeus ingenti bibliotheca instructa Hebreorum libros + concupiscit. + +Ptolemy, a dignified figure in a royal habit, stands in the centre. He is +addressing an elderly man who stands on his right. Behind him are three +porches, within which are seen desks and readers. In the central porch are +closed presses, with rows of folios on the top. Below are desks, at which +readers are seated, their backs turned to the presses. + +(_b_) _The Seventy Translators bring their work to Ptolemy._ + + LXXII interpretes ab Eleazaro missi sacros libros + Ptolemaeo reddunt. + +Ptolemy is seated on a throne to right of spectator with courtiers on his +right and left. The messengers kneel before him, and hand him volumes. + + +VII. BIBLIOTHECA ROMANORUM. + +(_a_) _Tarquin receives the Sibylline Books._ + + Tarquinius Superbus libros Sibyllinos tres aliis a + muliere incensis tantidem emit. + +Tarquin, seated in the centre of the picture, receives three volumes from +an aged and dignified woman. In front a lighted brazier in which the other +books are burning. + + +(_b_) _Augustus opens the Palatine library._ + + Augustus Caes. Palatina Bibliotheca magnifice ornata + viros litteratos fovet. + +Augustus, in armour, with imperial mantle, crown and sceptre, stands left +of centre. An old man seated at his feet is writing from his dictation. +Left of the Emperor are five desks; with five closed books lying on the +top of each. These desks are very probably intended to represent those of +the Vatican Library as arranged by Sixtus IV. Two men, crowned with +laurel, are standing behind the last desk, conversing. Behind them again +is a book-case of three shelves between a pair of columns. Books are lying +on their sides on these shelves. Beneath the shelves is a desk, with books +open upon it, and others on their sides beneath it. + + +VIII. BIBLIOTHECA HIEROSOLIMITANA. + +_Alexander, Bishop and Martyr, collects a library at Jerusalem._ + + S. Alexander Episc. et Mart. Decio Imp. in magna + temporum acerbitate sacrorum scriptorum libros + Hierosolymis congregat. + +A picture full of movement, occupying the whole space between two windows. +The saint is in the centre of the picture, seated. Young men are bringing +in the books, and placing them on shelves. + + +IX. BIBLIOTHECA CAESARIENSIS. + +_Pamphilus, Priest and Martyr, collects a library at Caesarea._ + + S. Pamphilus Presb. et Mart. admirandae sanctitatis et + doctrinae Caesareae sacram bibliothecam conficit multos + libros sua manu describit. + +Pamphilus, in centre of picture, is giving orders to porters who are +bringing in a basket of books. On his left a large table at which a scribe +is writing. S. Jerome, seated in right corner of picture, is apparently +dictating to the scribe. Behind them is a large book-case on the shelves +of which books lie on their sides; others are being laid on the top by a +man standing on a ladder. In the left of the picture is a table covered +with a green cloth, on which book-binders are at work. In front of this +table a carpenter is preparing boards. In background, seen through a large +window, is a view of Caesarea. + + +X. BIBLIOTHECA APOSTOLORUM. + +_S. Peter orders the safe-keeping of books._ + + S. Petrus sacrorum librorum thesaurum in Romana ecclesia + perpetuo asservari jubet. + +S. Peter is standing before an altar on which are books and a cross. In +front doctors are writing at a low table. + +[A small picture between window and west wall.] + + +XI. BIBLIOTHECA PONTIFICUM. + +_The successors of S. Peter carry on the library-tradition._ + + Romani pontifices apostolicam bibliothecam magno studio + amplificant atque illustrant. + +A pope, his left hand resting on a book, is earnestly conversing with a +cardinal, whose back is half turned to the spectator. Another pope, with +three aged men, in background. + +[A small picture on west wall.] + +We will now return to the east end of the room, and take the +representations of Councils, painted on the east and north walls, in +chronological order. + + +I. II. CONCILIUM NICAENUM I. + +(On east wall.) + +_The first Council held at Nicaea_, A.D. 325. + + S. Silvestro PP. Constantino Mag. imp. Christus dei + Filius patri consubstantialis declaratur Arii impietas + condemnatur. + +_The burning of the books of Arius._ + + Ex decreto concilii Constantinus Imp. libros Arianorum + comburi iubet. + + +III. CONCILIUM CONSTANTINOPOLITANUM I. + +_The first Council held at Constantinople_, A.D. 381. + + S. Damaso PP. et Theodosio sen. imp. Spiritus Sancti + divinitas propugnatur nefaria Macedonii haeresis + extinguitur. + + +IV. CONCILIUM EPHESINUM. + +_The Council held at Ephesus_, A.D. 431. + + S. Caelestino PP. et Theodosio Jun. Imp. Nestorius + Christum dividens damnatur, B. Maria Virgo dei genetrix + praedicatur. + + +V. CONCILIUM CHALCEDONENSE. + +_The Council held at Chalcedon_, A.D. 451. + + S. Leone magno PP. et Marciano Imp. infelix Eutyches + vnam tantum in Christo post incarnationem naturam + asserens confutatur. + + +VI. CONCILIUM CONSTANTINOPOLITANUM II. + +_The second Council held at Constantinople_, A.D. 553. + + Vigilio Papa et Iustiniano Imp. contentiones de tribus + capitibus sedantur Origenis errores refelluntur. + + +VII. CONCILIUM CONSTANTINOPOLITANUM III. + +_The third Council held at Constantinople_, A.D. 680. + + S. Agathone Papa Constantino pogonato Imp. monothelitae + haeretici vnam tantum in Christo voluntatem docentes + exploduntur. + + +VIII. CONCILIUM NICAENUM II. + +_The second Council held at Nicaea_, A.D. 787. + + Hadriano papa Constantino Irenes F. imp. impii + iconomachi reiiciuntur sacrarum imaginum veneratio + confirmatur. + + +IX. X. CONCILIUM CONSTANTINOPOLITANUM IV. + +_The fourth Council held at Constantinople_, A.D. 869. + + Hadriano papa et Basilio imp. S. Ignatius patriarcha + Constant. in suam sedem pulso Photio restituitur. + +_The burning of the books of Photius._ + + Ex decreto concilii Basilius Imp. chirographa Photii et + conciliab. acta comburi iubet. + + +In conclusion I will enumerate the series of eighteen large pictures on +the side-walls and in the lunettes at each end of the room, representing, +with some few exceptions, the benefits conferred on Rome by Sixtus. The +most important of these pictures are above the windows (fig. 16), of which +there are seven on each side-wall. A Latin couplet above the picture +records the subject, and allegorical figures of heroic size, one on each +side, further indicate the idea which it is intended to convey. + +The series begins at the east end of the room, over the door. + + +I. _Procession of Sixtus to his coronation._ + + Hic tria Sixte tuo capiti diademata dantur + Sed quantum in coelis te diadema manet. + + ELECTIO SACRA. MANIFESTATIO. + +On the left of this, over the First Nicene Council, is + + +II. _Coronation of Sixtus, with facade of old S. Peter's._ + + Ad templum antipodes Sixtum comitantur euntem + Jamque novus Pastor pascit ovile novum. + + HONOR. DIGNITAS. + +With the following picture the series on the south wall begins, above the +windows: + + +III. _An allegorical tableau. A lion with a human face, and a thunder-bolt +in his right paw, stands on a green hill. A flock of sheep is feeding +around._ + + Alcides partem Italiae praedone redemit + Sed totam Sixtus: dic mihi major uter. + + JUSTITIA. CASTIGATIO. + + +IV. _The obelisk in front of old S. Peter's. The dome rising behind._ + + Dum stabit motus nullis Obeliscus ab Euris + Sixte tuum stabit nomen honosque tuus. + + RELIGIO. MUNIFICENTIA. + + +V. _An allegorical tableau. A tree loaded with fruits, up which a lion is +trying to climb. A flock of sheep beneath._ + + Temporibus Sixti redeunt Saturnia regna + Et pleno cornu copia fundit opes. + + CHARITAS. LIBERALITAS. + + +VI. _A Columna Cochlis surmounted by a statue._ + + Ut vinclis tenuit Petrum sic alta columna + Sustinet; hinc decus est dedecus unde fuit. + + SUBLIMATIO. MUTATIO. + + +VII. _A crowd assembled in front of a church._ + + Sixtus regnum iniens indicit publica vota + Ponderis o quanti vota fuisse vides. + + SALUS GENERIS HUMANI. PIETAS RELIGIONIS. + + +VIII. _The Lateran Palace, with the Baptistery and Obelisk._ + + Quintus restituit Laterana palatia Sixtus + Atque obelum medias transtulit ante foras. + + SANATIO. PURGATIO. + + +IX. _A fountain erected by Sixtus._ + + Fons felix celebri notus super aethera versu + Romulea passim jugis in urbe fuit. + + MISERATIO. BENIGNITAS. + + +The next two pictures are above the arches leading from the west end of +the library into the corridor: + +X. _Panorama of Rome as altered by Sixtus._ + + Dum rectas ad templa vias sanctissima pandit + Ipse sibi Sixtus pandit ad astra viam. + + LAETIFICATIO. NOBILITAS. + + +XI. _An allegorical representation of the Tiara, with adoring +worshippers._ + + Virgo intacta manet nec vivit adultera conjux + Castaque nunc Roma est quae fuit ante salax. + + CASTITAS. DEFENSIO. + + +With the following picture the series on the north wall begins: + + +XII. _Section of S. Peter's, with the dome._ + + Virginis absistit mirari templa Dianae; + Qui fanum hoc intrat Virgo Maria tuum. + + AEQUIPARATIO. POTESTAS. + + +XIII. _The Obelisk in the Circus of Nero._ + + Maximus est obelus circus quem maximus olim + Condidit et Sixtus maximus inde trahit. + + REAEDIFICATIO. COGNITO VERI DEI. + + +XIV. _The Tiber, with the Ponte Sisto, and the Ospedale di Santo Spirito._ + + Quaeris cur tota non sit mendicus in Urbe: + Tecta parat Sixtus suppeditatque cibos. + + CLEMENTIA. OPERATIO BONA. + + +XV. _A similar view._ + + Jure Antoninum paulo vis Sixte subesse + Nam vere hic pius est impius ille pius. + + ELECTIO SACRA. VERA GLORIA. + + +XVI. _A similar view, with the Obelisk._ + + Transfers Sixte pium transferre an dignior alter + Transferri an vero dignior alter erat. + + RECOGNITIO. GRATITUDO. + + +XVII. _The Obelisk, now in front of S. Peter's, before it was removed._ + + Qui Regum tumulis obeliscus serviit olim + Ad cunas Christi tu pie Sixte locas. + + OBLATIO. DEVOTIO. + + +XVIII. _A fleet at sea._ + + Instruit hic Sixtus classes quibus aequora purget + Et Solymos victos sub sua jura trahat. + + PROVIDENTIA. SECURITAS. + + +[Illustration: Fig. 18. Rough groundplan of the great hall of the Vatican +Library, to illustrate the account of the decoration.] + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +CHRISTIAN LIBRARIES CONNECTED WITH CHURCHES. USE OF THE APSE. MONASTIC +COMMUNITIES. S. PACHOMIUS. S. BENEDICT AND HIS SUCCESSORS. EACH HOUSE HAD +A LIBRARY. ANNUAL AUDIT OF BOOKS. LOAN ON SECURITY. MODES OF PROTECTION. +CURSES. PRAYERS FOR DONORS. ENDOWMENT OF LIBRARIES. USE OF THE CLOISTER. +DEVELOPMENT OF CISTERCIAN BOOK-ROOM. COMMON PRESS. CARRELLS. GLASS. + + +The evidence collected in the last chapter shews that what I have there +called the Roman conception of a library was maintained, even by Christian +ecclesiastics, during many centuries of our era. I have next to trace the +beginning and the development of another class of libraries, directly +connected with Christianity. We shall find that the books intended for the +use of the new communities were stored in or near the places where they +met for service, just as in the most ancient times the safe-keeping of +similar treasures had been entrusted to temples. + +It is easy to see how this came about. The necessary service-books would +be placed in the hands of the ecclesiastic who had charge of the building +in which the congregation assembled. To these volumes--which at first were +doubtless regarded in the same light as vestments or sacred +vessels--treatises intended for edification or instruction would be +gradually added, and so the nucleus of a library would be formed. + +The existence of such libraries does not rest on inference only. There are +numerous allusions to them in the Fathers and other writers; S. Jerome, +for instance, advises a correspondent to consult church-libraries, as +though every church possessed one[115]. As however the allusions to them +are general, and say nothing about extent or arrangement, this part of my +subject need not detain us long[116]. + +The earliest collection of which I have discovered any record is that got +together at Jerusalem, by Bishop Alexander, who died A.D. 250. Eusebius, +when writing his Ecclesiastical History some eighty years later, describes +this library as a storehouse of historical records, which he had himself +used with advantage in the composition of his work[117]. A still more +important collection existed at Caesarea in Palestine. S. Jerome says +distinctly that it was founded by Pamphilus, "a man who in zeal for the +acquisition of a library wished to take rank with Demetrius Phalereus and +Pisistratus[118]." As Pamphilus suffered martyrdom in A.D. 309, this +library must have been got together soon after that at Jerusalem. It is +described as not only extensive, but remarkable for the importance of the +manuscripts it contained. Here was the supposed Hebrew original of S. +Matthew's Gospel[119], and most of the works of Origen, got together by +the pious care of Pamphilus, who had been his pupil and devoted admirer. +S. Jerome himself worked in this library, and collated there the +manuscripts which Origen had used when preparing his Hexapla[120]. At +Cirta the church and the library were evidently in the same building, +from the way in which they are spoken of in the account of the persecution +of A.D. 303-304. "The officers," we are told, "went into the building +(_domus_) where the Christians were in the habit of meeting." There they +took an inventory of the plate and vestments. "But," proceeds the +narrative, "when they came to the library, the presses there were found +empty[121]." Augustine, on his deathbed, A.D. 430, gave directions that +"the library of the church [at Hippo], and all the manuscripts, should be +carefully preserved by those who came after him[122]." + +Further, there appears to be good reason for believing that when a church +had a triple apse, the lateral apses were separated off by a curtain or a +door, the one to contain the sacred vessels, the other the books. This +view, which has been elaborated by De Rossi in explanation of three +recesses in the thickness of the wall of the apse of a small private +oratory discovered in Rome in 1876[123], is chiefly supported by the +language of Paulinus, Bishop of Nola, who lived from about A.D. 353 to +A.D. 431. He describes a basilica erected by himself at Nola in honour of +S. Felix, martyr, as having "an apse divided into three (_apsidem +trichoram_)[124]"; and in a subsequent passage, after stating that there +are to be two recesses, one to the right, the other to the left of the +apse, he adds, "these verses indicate the use of each[125]," and gives the +following couplets, with their headings: + +_On the right of the Apse._ + + Hic locus est veneranda penus qua conditur, et qua + Ponitur alma sacri pompa ministerii. + + Here are the sacred vessels stored, and here + The peaceful trappings of our holy rites. + +_On the left of the same._ + + Si quem sancta tenet meditandi in lege voluntas + Hic poterit residens sacris intendere libris. + + Here he whose thoughts are on the laws of God + May sit and ponder over holy books. + +As De Rossi explains, the first of the two niches was intended to contain +the vessels and furniture of the altar; the second was reserved for the +safe-keeping of the sacred books. The word _trichora_, in Greek [Greek: +tricho], is used by later writers to designate a three-fold division of +any object--as for instance, by Dioscorides, of the seed-pod of the +acacia[126]. + +Whether this theory of the use of the apse be accurate or fanciful, the +purely Christian libraries to which I have alluded were undoubtedly +connected, more or less closely, with churches; and I submit that the +libraries which in the Middle Ages were connected with cathedrals and +collegiate churches are their lineal descendants. + +I have next to consider the libraries formed by monastic communities, the +origin of which may be traced to very early times. Among the Christians of +the first three centuries there were enthusiasts who, discontented with +the luxurious life they led in the populous cities along the coasts of +Africa and Syria, fled into the Egyptian deserts, there to lead a life of +rigorous self-denial and religious contemplation. These hermits were +presently joined by other hermits, and small communities were gradually +formed, with a regular organization that foreshadowed the Rules and +Customs of the later monastic life. Those who governed these primitive +monasteries soon realised the fact that without books their inmates would +relapse into barbarism, and libraries were got together. The Rule of S. +Pachomius (A.D. 292-345), whose monastery was at Tabennisi near Denderah +in Upper Egypt, provides that the books of the House are to be kept in a +cupboard (_fenestra_) in the thickness of the wall. Any brother who wanted +a book might have one for a week, at the end of which he was bound to +return it. No brother might leave a book open when he went to church or +to meals. In the evening the officer called "the Second," that is, the +second in command, was to take charge of the books, count them, and lock +them up.[127] + +These provisions, insisted upon at a very early date, form a suitable +introduction to the most important section of my subject--the care of +books by the Monastic Orders. With them book-preserving and book-producing +were reduced to a system, and in their libraries--the public libraries of +the Middle Ages--literature found a home, until the invention of printing +handed over to the world at large the duties which had been so well +discharged by special communities. This investigation is full of +difficulty; and, though I hope to arrive at some definite conclusions +respecting the position, size, dimensions, and fittings of monastic +libraries, I must admit that my results depend to a certain extent on +analogy and inference. It should be remembered that in England the +monasteries were swept away more than three centuries ago by a sudden +catastrophe, and that those who destroyed them were far too busy with +their own affairs to place on record the aspect or the plan of what they +were wrecking. In France again, though little more than a century has +elapsed since her monasteries were overwhelmed by the Revolution, and +though descriptions and views of many of her great religious houses have +been preserved, and much has been done in the way of editing catalogues of +their manuscripts, there is still a lamentable dearth of information on my +particular subject. + +I shall begin by quoting some passages from the Rules and Customs of the +different Orders, which shew (1) that reading was encouraged and enforced +by S. Benedict himself, with whom the monastic life, as we conceive it, +may be said to have originated; (2) that subsequently, as Order after +Order was founded, a steady development of feeling with regard to books, +and an ever-increasing care for their safe-keeping, can be traced. + +The Rule of S. Benedict was made public early in the sixth century; and +the later Orders were but offshoots of the Benedictine tree, either using +his Rule or basing their own statutes upon it. It will therefore be +desirable to begin this research by examining what S. Benedict said on the +subject of study, and I will translate a few lines from the 48th chapter +of his Rule, _Of daily manual labour_. + + Idleness is the enemy of the soul; hence brethren ought, + at certain seasons, to occupy themselves with manual + labour, and again, at certain hours, with holy + reading.... + + Between Easter and the calends of October let them apply + themselves to reading from the fourth hour till near the + sixth hour. + + From the calends of October to the beginning of Lent let + them apply themselves to reading until the second + hour.... During Lent, let them apply themselves to + reading from morning until the end of the third hour ... + and, in these days of Lent, let them receive a book + apiece from the library, and read it straight through. + These books are to be given out at the beginning of + Lent[128]. + +In this passage the _library_--by which a book-press is probably to be +understood--is specially mentioned. In other words, at that early date the +formation of a collection of books was contemplated, large enough to +supply the community with a volume apiece, without counting the +service-books required for use in the church. + +The Benedictine Order flourished and increased abundantly for more than +four centuries, until, about A.D. 912, the order of Cluni was established. +It was so called from the celebrated abbey near Macon in Burgundy, which, +though not the first house of the Order in point of date, became +subsequently the first in extent, wealth, and reputation. As a stricter +observance of the Rule of S. Benedict was the main object which the +founder of this Order had in view, the Benedictine directions respecting +study are maintained and developed. The Customs prescribe the following +regulations for books: + + On the second day of Lent the only passage of the Rule + to be read in Chapter is that concerning the observance + of Lent. + + Then shall be read aloud a note (_brevis_) of the books + which a year before had been given out to brethren for + their reading. When a brother's name is called, he + rises, and returns the book that had been given to him; + and if it should happen that he has not read it through, + he is to ask forgiveness for his want of diligence. + + A carpet on which those books are to be laid out is to + be put down in the Chapter-House; and the titles of + those which are distributed to brethren afresh are to be + noted, for which purpose a tablet is to be made of + somewhat larger size than usual[129]. + +In a subsequent chapter it is directed that the books are to be entrusted +to the official "who is called Precentor and _Armarius_, because he +usually has charge of the library, which is also called the _armarium_ +(press)[130]. This arrangement shews that up to this date all the books, +whether service-books or not, were regarded as belonging to the church. + +I come next to the decrees given to the English Benedictines by Archbishop +Lanfranc in or about 1070. "We send you" he says "the Customs of our Order +in writing, selected from the Customs of those houses (_coenobia_) which +are in our day of the highest authority in the monastic order[131]." The +section relating to books is so interesting that I will translate it. + + On the Monday after the first Sunday in Lent ... before + the brethren go in to Chapter, the librarian (_custos + librorum_) ought to have all the books brought together + into the Chapter-House and laid out on a carpet, except + those which had been given out for reading during the + past year: these the brethren ought to bring with them + as they come into Chapter, each carrying his book in his + hand. Of this they ought to have had notice given to + them by the aforesaid librarian on the preceding day in + Chapter. Then let the passage in the Rule of S. Benedict + about the observance of Lent be read, and a discourse be + preached upon it. Next let the librarian read a document + (_breve_) setting forth the names of the brethren who + have had books during the past year; and let each + brother, when he hears his own name pronounced, return + the book which had been entrusted to him for reading; + and let him who is conscious of not having read the book + through which he had received, fall down on his face, + confess his fault, and pray for forgiveness. + + Then let the aforesaid librarian hand to each brother + another book for reading; and when the books have been + distributed in order, let the aforesaid librarian in the + same Chapter put on record the names of the books, and + of those who receive them[132]. + +It is, I think, certain that when Lanfranc was writing this passage the +Cluniac Customs must have been before him[133]. It should be noted that +the librarian is not defined otherwise than as "keeper of the books," but +we learn from the Customs of Benedictine houses subsequent to Lanfranc's +time that this duty was discharged by the Precentor, as in the Cluniac +Customs. For instance, in the Customs of the Benedictine house at +Abingdon, in Berkshire, drawn up near the end of the twelfth century, we +read: + + The precentor shall keep clean the presses belonging to + the boys and the novices, and all others in which the + books of the convent are stored, repair them when they + are broken, provide coverings for the books in the + library, and make good any damage done to them[134]. + + The precentor cannot sell, or give away, or pledge any + books; nor can he lend any except on deposit of a + pledge, of equal or greater value than the book itself. + It is safer to fall back on a pledge, than to proceed + against an individual. Moreover he may not lend except + to neighbouring churches, or to persons of conspicuous + worth[135]. + +The Customs of the Abbey of Evesham in Worcestershire give the same +directions in a slightly different form. + + It is part of the precentor's duty to entrust to the + younger monks the care of the presses, and to keep them + in repair: whenever the convent is sitting in cloister, + he is to go round the cloister as soon as the bell has + sounded, and replace the books, in case any brother + through carelessness should have forgotten to do so. + + He is to take charge of all the books in the monastery, + and have them in his keeping, provided his carefulness + and knowledge be such that they may be entrusted to him. + No one is to take a book out unless it be entered on his + roll: nor is any book to be lent to any one without a + proper and sufficient voucher, and this too is to be set + down on his roll[136]. + +The Carthusians--the second offshoot of the Benedictine tree (1084)--also +preserved the primitive tradition of study. They not only read themselves, +but were actively employed in writing books for others. In the chapter of +their statutes which deals with the furniture allowed to each "tenant of a +cell (_incola celle_)"--(for in this community each brother lived apart, +with his sitting-room, bed-room, and plot of garden-ground)--all the +articles needful for writing are enumerated, "for nearly all those whom we +adopt we teach, if possible, to write," and then the writer passes on to +books. + + Moreover he--[the tenant of the cell]--receives two + books out of the press for reading. He is admonished to + take the utmost care and pains that they be not soiled + by smoke or dust or dirt of any kind; for it is our wish + that books, as being the perpetual food of our souls, + should be most jealously guarded, and most carefully + produced, that we, who cannot preach the word of God + with our lips, may preach it with our hands[137]. + +They did, however, on occasion lend books, for it is provided that when +books are lent no one shall retain them contrary to the will of the +lenders[138]. It would be interesting to know how this rule was enforced. + +The Cistercian Order--founded 1128--adopted the Benedictine Rule, and with +it the obligation of study and writing. Moreover, in their anxiety to take +due care of their books, they went further than their predecessors; for +they entrusted them to a special officer, instead of to the precentor, and +they admitted a special room to contain them into the ground-plan of their +houses. + +At a later point I shall return to the interesting subject of the +Cistercian book-room. For the present I must content myself with +translating from their Customs the passage relating to books. It occurs in +Chapter CXV., _Of the precentor and his assistant_. After describing his +various duties, the writer proceeds: + + With regard to the production and safe-keeping of + charters and books, the abbat is to consider to whom he + shall entrust this duty. + + The officer so appointed may go as far as the doors of + the writing-rooms when he wants to hand in or to take + out a book, but he may not go inside. In the same way + for books in common use, as for instance antiphoners, + hymnals, graduals, lectionaries [etc.], and those which + are read in the Prater and at Collation, he may go as + far as the door of the novices, and of the sick, and of + the writers, and then ask for what he wants by a sign, + but he may not go further unless he have been commanded + by the abbat. When Collation is over it is his duty to + close the press, and during the period of labour, of + sleep, and of meals, and while vespers are being sung, + to keep it locked[139]. + +The Customs of the Augustinian Order are exceedingly full on the subject +of books. I will translate part of the 14th chapter of the Customs in use +at Barnwell[140], near Cambridge. It is headed: _Of the safe keeping of +the books, and of the office of Librarian (armarius)._ As the passage +occurs also in the Customs as observed in France and in Belgium, it may be +taken, I presume, to represent the general practice of the Order. + + The Librarian, who is called also Precentor, is to take + charge of the books of the church; all which he ought to + keep and to know under their separate titles; and he + should frequently examine them carefully to prevent any + damage or injury from insects or decay. He ought also, + at the beginning of Lent, in each year, to shew them to + the convent in Chapter, when the souls of those who have + given them to the church, or of the brethren who have + written them, and laboured over them, ought to be + absolved, and a service in convent be held over them. He + ought also to hand to the brethren the books which they + see occasion to use, and to enter on his roll the titles + of the books, and the names of those who receive them. + These, when required, are bound to give surety for the + volumes they receive; nor may they lend them to others, + whether known or unknown, without having first obtained + permission from the Librarian. Nor ought the Librarian + himself to lend books unless he receive a pledge of + equal value; and then he ought to enter on his roll the + name of the borrower, the title of the book lent, and + the pledge taken. The larger and more valuable books he + ought not to lend to anyone, known or unknown, without + permission of the Prelate.... + + Books which are to be kept at hand for daily use, + whether for singing or reading, ought to be in some + common place, to which all the brethren can have easy + access for inspection, and selection of anything which + seems to them suitable. The books, therefore, ought not + to be carried away into chambers, or into corners + outside the Cloister or the Church. The Librarian ought + frequently to dust the books carefully, to repair them, + and to point them, lest brethren should find any error + or hindrance in the daily service of the church, whether + in singing or in reading. No other brother ought to + erase or change anything in the books unless he have + obtained the consent of the Librarian.... + + The press in which the books are kept ought to be lined + inside with wood, that the damp of the walls may not + moisten or stain the books. This press should be divided + vertically as well as horizontally by sundry shelves on + which the books may be ranged so as to be separated from + one another; for fear they be packed so close as to + injure each other or delay those who want them[141]. + + Further, as the books ought to be mended, pointed, and + taken care of by the Librarian, so ought they to be + properly bound by him. + +The Order of Premontre--better known as the Premonstratensians, or +reformed Augustinians--repeat the essential part of these directions in +their statute, _Of the Librarian (armarius)_, with this addition, that it +is to be part of the librarian's duty to provide for the borrowing of +books for the use of the House, as well as for lending[142]. + +Lastly, the Friars, though property was forbidden, and S. Francis would +not allow his disciples to own so much as a psalter or a breviary[143], +soon found that books were a necessity, and the severity of early +discipline was relaxed in favour of a library. S. Francis died in 1226, +and only thirty-four years afterwards, among the constitutions adopted by +a General Chapter of the Order held at Narbonne 10 June, 1260, are several +provisions relating to books. They are of no great importance, taken by +themselves, but their appearance at so early a date proves that books had +become indispensable. It is enacted that no brother may write books, or +have them written, for sale; nor may the chief officer of a province +venture to keep books without leave obtained from the chief officer of the +whole Order; no brother may keep the books assigned to him, unless they +are altogether the property of the Order--and so forth[144]. A century +later, when Richard de Bury, Bishop of Durham, was writing his +_Philobiblon_ (completed 24 January, 1344-45), he could say of them and +the other friars--whom, be it remembered, he, as a regular, would regard +with scant favour-- + + But whenever it happened that we turned aside to the + cities and places where the Mendicants had their + convents we did not disdain to visit their libraries and + any other repositories of books; nay there we found + heaped up amidst the utmost poverty the utmost riches of + wisdom. We discovered in their fardels and baskets not + only crumbs falling from the master's table for the + dogs, but the shewbread without leaven and the bread of + angels having in it all that is delicious; and indeed + the garners of Joseph full of corn, and all the spoil of + the Egyptians and the very precious gifts which Queen + Sheba brought to Solomon. + + These men are as ants ever preparing their meat in the + summer, and ingenious bees continually fabricating cells + of honey.... And to pay due regard to truth ... although + they lately at the eleventh hour have entered the Lord's + vineyard ..., they have added more in this brief hour to + the stock of the sacred books than all the other + vinedressers; following in the footsteps of Paul, the + last to be called but the first in preaching, who spread + the gospel of Christ more widely than all others[145]. + +At Assisi, the parent house of the Franciscan Order, there was a library +of considerable extent, many volumes of which still exist, with a +catalogue drawn up in 1381. + +At this point I will resume the conclusions which may be deduced from this +examination of the Benedictine Rule and the Customs founded upon it. + +In the first place they all assume the existence of a library. S. Benedict +contents himself with general directions about study. The Cluniacs put the +books in charge of the precentor, who is to be called also _armarius_, and +they prescribe an annual audit of them, with the assignment of a single +volume to each brother, on the security of a written attestation of the +fact. These regulations were adopted by the Benedictines, with fuller +rules for the librarian, who is still precentor also. He is to keep both +presses and books in repair, and personally to supervise the daily use of +the manuscripts, restoring to their proper places those that brethren may +have been reading. Among these rules permission to lend books on receipt +of a pledge first makes its appearance. The Carthusians maintain the +principle of lending. Each brother might have two books, and he is to be +specially careful to keep them clean. The Cistercians appoint a special +officer to have charge of the books, about the safety of which great care +is to be taken, and at certain times of the day he is to lock the press. +The Augustinians and the Premonstratensians follow the Cluniacs and +Benedictines: but the Premonstratensians direct their librarian to take +note of the books that the House borrows as well as of those that it +lends; and they adopt the Cistercian precaution about his opening and +locking the press. + +Secondly, by the time that Lanfranc was writing his statutes for English +Benedictines, it was evidently contemplated that the number of books would +have exceeded the number of brethren, for the keeper of the books is +directed to bring all the books of the House into Chapter, and after that +the brethren, one by one, are to bring in the books which they have +borrowed[146]. Among the books belonging to the House there were probably +some service-books; but, from the language used, it appears to me that we +may fairly conclude that by the end of the eleventh century Benedictine +Houses had two sets of books: (1) those which were distributed among the +brethren; (2) those which were kept in some safe place, as part of the +possessions of the House: or, to adopt modern phrases, that they had a +lending library and a library of reference. + +Thirdly, it is evident that the loan of books to persons in general, on +adequate security, began at a very early date. On this account I have +already ventured to call monastic libraries the public libraries of the +Middle Ages. As time went on, the practice was developed, and at last +became general. It was even enjoined upon monks as a duty by their +ecclesiastical superiors. In 1212 a Council which met at Paris made the +following decree, but I am not able to say whether it was accepted out of +France: + + We forbid those who belong to a religious Order, to + formulate any vow against lending their books to those + who are in need of them; seeing that to lend is + enumerated among the principal works of mercy. + + After careful consideration, let some books be kept in + the House for the use of brethren; others, according to + the decision of the abbat, be lent to those who are in + need of them, the rights of the House being + safe-guarded. + + From the present date no book is to be retained under + pain of incurring a curse [for its alienation], and we + declare all such curses to be of no effect[147]. + +In the same century many volumes were bequeathed to the Augustinian House +of S. Victor, Paris, on the express condition that they should be so +lent[148]. It is almost needless to add that one abbey was continually +lending to another, either for reading or for copying[149]. + +Houses which lent liberally would probably be the first to relax +discipline so far as to admit strangers to their libraries; and in the +sixteenth and following centuries the libraries of the Benedictine House +of S. Germain des Pres, Paris, as well as the already mentioned House of +S. Victor, were open to all comers on certain days in the week. + +When we try to realise the feelings with which monastic communities +regarded books, it must always be remembered that they had a paternal +interest in them. In many cases they had been written in the very House in +which they were afterwards read from generation to generation: and if not, +they had probably been procured by the exchange of some work so written. +In fact, if a book was not a son of the House, it was at least a nephew. + +The conviction that books were a possession with which no convent could +dispense, appears in many medieval writers. The whole matter is summed up +in the phrase, written about 1170, "claustrum sine armario, castrum sine +armamentario[150]," an epigram which I will not spoil by trying to +translate it; and even more clearly in the passionate utterances of Thomas +a Kempis on the desolate condition of priest and convent without +books[151]. The "round of creation" is explored for similes to enforce +this truth. A priest so situated is like a horse without bridle, a ship +without oars, a writer without pens, a bird without wings, etc.; while the +House is like a kitchen without stewpans, a table without food, a well +without water, a river without fish--and many other things which I have no +space to mention. + +Evidence of the solicitude with which they protected their treasures is +not wanting. The very mode of holding a manuscript was prescribed, if not +by law, at least by general custom. "When the religious are engaged in +reading in cloister or in church," says an Order of the General +Benedictine Chapter, "they shall if possible hold the books in their left +hands, wrapped in the sleeve of their tunics, and resting on their knees; +their right hands shall be uncovered with which to hold and turn the +leaves of the aforesaid books[152]." In a manuscript at Monte Cassino[153] +is the practical injunction + + Quisquis quem tetigerit + Sit illi lota manus; + +and at the same House the possession of handkerchiefs--which were +evidently regarded as effeminate inventions--is specially excused on the +ground that they would be useful--among other things--"for wrapping round +the manuscripts which brethren handle[154]." Of similar import is the +distich at the end of a fine manuscript formerly in the library of S. +Victor: + + Qui servare libris preciosis nescit honorem + Illius a manibus sit procul iste liber[155]. + +With these injunctions may be compared a note in a fourteenth century +manuscript from the same library: + + Whoever pursues his studies in this book, should be + careful to handle the leaves gently and delicately, so + as to avoid tearing them by reason of their thinness; + and let him imitate the example of Jesus Christ, who, + when he had quietly opened the book of Isaiah and read + therein attentively, rolled it up with reverence, and + gave it again to the minister[156]; + +and the advice of Thomas a Kempis to the youthful students for whose +benefit he composed the treatise called _Doctrinale Juvenum_ which I have +already quoted: + + Take thou a book into thine hands as Simeon the Just + took the Child Jesus into his arms to carry him and kiss + him. And when thou hast finished reading, close the book + and give thanks for every word out of the mouth of God; + because in the Lord's field thou hast found a hidden + treasure[157]. + +In a similar strain a writer or copyist entreats readers to be careful of +his work--work which has cost him an amount of pains that they cannot +realise. It is impossible to translate the original exactly, but I hope +that I have given the meaning with tolerable clearness: + + I beseech you, my friend, when you are reading my book + to keep your hands behind its back, for fear you should + do mischief to the text by some sudden movement; for a + man who knows nothing about writing thinks that it is no + concern of his. Whereas to a writer the last line is as + sweet as port is to a sailor. Three fingers hold the + pen, but the whole body toils. Thanks be to God. I + Warembert wrote this book in God's name. Thanks be to + God. Amen[158]. + +Entreaties so gentle and so pathetic as these are seldom met with; but +curses--in the same strain probably as those to which the Council of Paris +took exception--are extremely common. In fact, in some Houses, a +manuscript invariably ended with an imprecation--more or less severe, +according to the writer's taste[159]. I will append a few specimens. + + This book belongs to S. Maximin at his monastery of + Micy, which abbat Peter caused to be written, and with + his own labour corrected and punctuated, and on Holy + Thursday dedicated to God and S. Maximin on the altar of + S. Stephen, with this imprecation that he who should + take it away from thence by what device soever, with + the intention of not restoring it, should incur + damnation with the traitor Judas, with Annas, Caiaphas, + and Pilate. Amen[160]. + + Should anyone by craft or any device whatever abstract + this book from this place [Jumieges] may his soul + suffer, in retribution for what he has done, and may his + name be erased from the book of the living and not be + recorded among the Blessed[161]. + +A simpler form of imprecation occurs very frequently in manuscripts +belonging to S. Alban's: + + This book belongs to S. Alban. May whosoever steals it + from him or destroys its title be anathema. Amen[162]. + +A similar form of words occurs at the Cistercian House of Clairvaux, a +great school of writing like S. Alban's, but whether it habitually +protected its manuscripts in this manner I am unable to say: + + May whoever steals or alienates this manuscript, or + scratches out its title, be anathema. Amen[163]. + +A very curious form of curse occurs in one of the manuscripts of Christ +Church, Canterbury. The writer repents of his severity in the last +sentence. + + May whoever destroys this title, or by gift or sale or + loan or exchange or theft or by any other device + knowingly alienates this book from the aforesaid Christ + Church, incur in this life the malediction of Jesus + Christ and of the most glorious Virgin His Mother, and + of Blessed Thomas, Martyr. Should however it please + Christ, who is patron of Christ Church, may his soul be + saved in the Day of Judgment[164]. + +Lastly, I will quote a specimen in verse, from a breviary now in the +library of Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge: + + Wher so ever y be come over all + I belonge to the Chapell of gunvylle hall: + He shal be cursed by the grate sentens + That felonsly faryth and berith me thens. + And whether he bere me in pooke or sekke, + For me he shall be hanged by the nekke, + (I am so well beknown of dyverse men) + But I be restored theder agen[165]. + +On the other hand, the gift of books to a monastery was gratefully +recorded and enumerated among the good deeds of their donors. Among the +Augustinians such gifts, and the labour expended upon books in general, +was the subject of a special service[166]. + +It is not uncommon to find a monastic library regularly endowed with part +of the annual revenue of the House. For instance, at Corbie, the librarian +received 10 sous from each of the higher, and 5 sous from each of the +inferior officers, together with a certain number of bushels of corn from +lands specially set apart for the purpose. This was confirmed by a bull of +Pope Alexander III. (1166-1179)[167]. A similar arrangement was made at +the library of S. Martin des Champs, Paris, in 1261[168]. At the +Benedictine Abbey of Fleury, near Orleans, in 1146, it was agreed in +chapter on the proposition of the abbat, that in each year on S. +Benedict's winter festival (21 March), he and the priors subordinate to +him, together with the officers of the House, should all contribute "to +the repair of our books, the preparation of new ones, and the purchase of +parchment." The name of each contributor, and the sum that he was to give, +are recorded[169]. At the Benedictine Monastery of Ely Bishop Nigel +(1133-1174) granted the tithe of certain churches in the diocese "as a +perpetual alms to the _scriptorium_ of the church of Ely for the purpose +of making and repairing the books of the said church[170]." The books +referred to were probably, in the first instance, service-books; but the +number required of these could hardly have been sufficient to occupy the +whole time of the scribes, and the library would doubtless derive benefit +from their labours. The _scriptorium_ at S. Alban's was also specially +endowed. + +We must next consider the answer to the following questions: In what part +of their Houses did the Monastic Orders bestow their books? and what +pieces of furniture did they use? The answer to the first of these +questions is a very curious one, when we consider what our climate is, and +indeed what the climate of the whole of Europe is, during the winter +months. The centre of the monastic life was the cloister. Brethren were +not allowed to congregate in any other part of the conventual buildings, +except when they went into the frater, or dining-hall, for their meals, or +at certain hours in certain seasons into the warming-house +(_calefactorium_). In the cloister accordingly they kept their books; and +there they wrote and studied, or conducted the schooling of the novices +and choir-boys, in winter and in summer alike. + +It is obvious that their work must have been at the mercy of the elements +during many months of the year, and some important proofs that such was +the case can be quoted. Cuthbert, Abbat of Wearmouth and Jarrow in the +second half of the eighth century, excuses himself to a correspondent for +not having sent him all the works of Bede which he had asked for, on the +ground that the intense cold of the previous winter had paralysed the +hands of his scribes[171]; Ordericus Vitalis, who wrote in the first half +of the twelfth century, closes the fourth book of his Ecclesiastical +History with a lament that he must lay aside his work for the winter[172]; +and a monk of Ramsey Abbey in Huntingdonshire has recorded his +discomforts in a Latin couplet which seems to imply that in a place so +inconvenient as a cloister all seasons were equally destructive of serious +work: + + In vento minime pluvia nive sole sedere + Possumus in claustro nec scribere neque studere[173]. + + As we sit here in tempest in rain snow and sun + Nor writing nor reading in cloister is done. + +But, when circumstances were more propitious, plenty of good work that was +of permanent value could be done in a cloister. A charming picture has +come down to us of the literary activity that prevailed in the Abbey of S. +Martin at Tournai at the end of the eleventh century, when Abbat Odo was +giving an impulse to the writing of MSS. "When you entered the cloister," +says his chronicler, "you could generally see a dozen young monks seated +on chairs, and silently writing at desks of careful and artistic design. +With their help, he got accurate copies made of all Jerome's commentaries +on the Prophets, of the works of Blessed Gregory, and of all the treatises +he could find of Augustine, Ambrose, Isidore, and Anselm; so that the like +of his library was not to be found in any of the neighbouring churches; +and those attached to them used generally to ask for our copies for the +correction of their own[174]." + +The second question cannot be answered so readily. We must begin by +examining, in some detail, the expressions used to denote furniture in the +various documents that deal with conventual libraries. + +S. Pachomius places his books in a cupboard (_fenestra_); S. Benedict uses +only the general term, library (_bibliotheca_), which may mean either a +room or a piece of furniture; and the word press (_armarium_), with which +we become so familiar afterwards, does not make its appearance till near +the end of the eleventh century. Lanfranc does not use it, but as I have +shewn that he based his statutes, at least to some extent, on the Cluniac +Customs, and as they identify the library (_bibliotheca_) with the press +(_armarium_), and call the librarian, termed by Lanfranc the keeper of the +books, the keeper of the press (_armarius_), we may safely assume that the +books to which Lanfranc refers were housed in a similar piece of +furniture. Moreover, in Benedictine houses of later date, as for instance +at Abingdon and Evesham, the word is constantly employed. + +I pointed out in the first chapter that the word press (_armarium_) was +used by the Romans to signify both a detached piece of furniture and a +recess in a wall into which such a contrivance might be inserted[175]. The +same use obtained in medieval times[176], and the passage quoted above +from the Augustinian customs[177] shews that the book-press there +contemplated was a recess lined with wood and subdivided so as to keep the +books separate. + +The books to be accommodated in a monastery, even of large size, could not +at its origin have been numerous[178], and would easily have been +contained in a single receptacle. This, I conceive, was that recess in the +wall which is so frequently found between the Chapter-House and the door +into the church at the end of the east pane of the cloister. In many +monastic ruins this recess is still open, and, by a slight effort of +imagination, can be restored to its pristine use. Elsewhere it is filled +in, having been abandoned by the monks themselves in favour of a fresh +contrivance. The recess I am speaking of was called the common press +(_armarium commune_), or common cloister-press (_commune armarium +claustri_); and it contained the books appointed for the general use of +the community (_communes libri_). + +A press of this description (fig. 19) is still to be seen in excellent +preservation at the Cistercian monastery of Fossa Nuova in Central Italy, +near Terracina, which I visited in the spring of 1900. This house may be +dated 1187-1208[179]. The press is in the west wall of the south transept +(fig. 21), close to the door leading to the church. It measures 4 ft. 3 +in. wide, by 3 ft. 6 in. high; and is raised 2 ft. 3 in. above the floor +of the cloister. It is lined with slabs of stone; but the hinges are not +strong enough to have carried doors of any material heavier than wood; and +I conjecture that the shelf also was of the same material. Stone is +plentiful in that part of Italy, but wood, especially in large pieces, +would have to be brought from a distance. Hence its removal, as soon as +the cupboard was not required for the purpose for which it was +constructed. + +[Illustration: Fig. 19. Press in the cloister at the Cistercian Abbey of +Fossa Nuova.] + +Two recesses, evidently intended for the same purpose, are to be seen in +the east walk of the cloister of Worcester Cathedral, formerly a +Benedictine monastery. They are between the Chapter-House and the passage +leading to the treasury and other rooms. Each recess is square-headed, 6 +ft. 9 in. high, 2 ft. 6 in. deep, and 11 ft. broad (fig. 20). In front of +the recesses is a bench-table, 13 in. broad and 16 in. high. This +book-press was in use so late as 1518, when a book bought by the Prior was +"delyvered to y^e cloyster awmery[180]." + +[Illustration: Fig. 20. Groundplan and elevation of the book-recesses in +the cloister of Worcester Cathedral.] + +As books multiplied ampler accommodation for them became necessary; and, +as they were to be read in cloister, it was obvious that the new presses +or cases must either be placed in the cloister or be easily accessible +from it. The time had not yet come when the collection could be divided, +and be placed partly in the cloister, partly in a separate and sometimes +distant room. This want of book-room was supplied in two ways. In +Benedictine and possibly in Cluniac houses the books were stored in +detached wooden presses, which I shall describe presently; but the +Cistercians adopted a different method. At the beginning of the twelfth +century, when that Order was founded, the need of additional book-space +had been fully realised; and, consequently, in their houses we meet with a +special room set apart for books. But the conservative spirit which +governed monastic usage, and discouraged any deviation from the lines of +the primitive plan, made them keep the press in the wall close to the door +of the church; and, in addition to this, they cut off a piece from the +west end of the sacristy, which usually intervened between the south +transept and the Chapter-House, and fitted it up for books. This was done +at Fossa Nuova. The groundplan (fig. 21) shews the press which I have +already figured, and the book-room between the transept and the +Chapter-House, adjoining the sacristy. It is 14 ft. long by 10 ft. broad, +with a recess in its north wall which perhaps once contained another +press. + +[Illustration: Fig. 21. Groundplan of part of the Abbey of Fossa Nuova. + +To shew the book-room and book-press, and their relations to adjoining +structures: partly from M. Enlart's work, partly from my own +measurements.] + +There is a similar book-room at Kirkstall Abbey near Leeds, built about +1150. The plan (fig. 22, A) shews its relation to the adjoining +structures. The _armarium commune_ (_ibid._ B) is a little to the north +of the room, as at Fossa Nuova. A room in a similar position, and destined +no doubt to the same use, is to be seen at Beaulieu, Hayles, Jervaulx, +Netley, Tintern, Croxden, and Roche. + +[Illustration: Fig. 22, Groundplan of part of Kirkstall Abbey, Yorkshire. + +A, book-room: B, _armarium commune_.] + +The catalogue of the books at the Abbey of Meaux in Holderness[181], +founded about the middle of the 12th century, has fortunately been +preserved; and it tells us not only what books were kept in one of these +rooms, but how they were arranged. After the contents of the presses in +the church, which contained chiefly service-books, we come to the "common +press in the cloister (_commune almarium claustri_)." On the shelf over +the door (_in suprema theca[182] supra ostium_) were four psalters. The +framer of the catalogue then passes to the opposite end of the room, and, +beginning with the top shelf (_suprema theca opposita_), enumerates 37 +volumes. Next, he deals with the rest of the books, which, he tells us, +were in other shelves, marked with the letters of the alphabet (_in aliis +thecis distinctis per alphabetum_). If I understand the catalogue +correctly, there were eleven of these divisions, each containing an +average of about 25 volumes. The total number of volumes in the collection +was 316. + +Again, the catalogue of the House of White Canons at Titchfield in +Hampshire, dated 1400, shews that the books were kept in a small room, on +sets of shelves called _columpnae_, set against the walls. The catalogue +begins as follows: + + There are in the Library at Tychefeld four cases to set + books on; two of which, namely the first and the second, + are on the eastern side. The third is on the south side; + and the fourth is on the north side. Each of these has + eight shelves [etc.][183]. + +Nor was this book-closet confined to Cistercian Houses. In the Cluniac +Priory at Much Wenlock in Shropshire there is a long narrow room on the +west side of the south transept, opening to the cloister by three arches, +which could hardly have been put to any other purpose. It is obvious that +no study could have gone forward in such places; they must have been +intended for security only. + +As time went on, and further room for books became necessary, it was +provided, at least in some Cistercian Houses, by cutting off two +rectangular spaces from the west end of the Chapter-House. There is a good +example of this treatment to be seen at Furness Abbey, built 1150--1200. +The following description is borrowed from Mr W. H. St John Hope's +architectural history of the buildings. + + From the transept southwards the whole of the existing + work is of later date, and distinctly advanced + character. The ground storey is pierced with five large + and elaborate round-headed doorways with good moldings + and labels, with a delicate dog-tooth ornament. Three of + these next the transept form a group.... + + The central arch opened, through a vestibule, into the + Chapter House. The others open into large square + recesses or chambers, with ashlar walls, and rubble + barrel-vaults springing from chamfered imposts on each + side. In the northern chamber the vault is kept low and + segmental, on account of the passage above it of the + dorter stair to the church.... The southern chamber has + a high pointed vault. Neither chamber has had doors, but + the northern has holes in the inner jamb, suggestive of + a grate of some kind, of uncertain date. + + The chambers just described probably contained the + library, in wooden presses arranged round the + walls[184]. + +To illustrate this description a portion of Mr Hope's plan of Furness +Abbey (fig. 23) is appended. Each room was about 13 ft. square. + +[Illustration: Fig. 23. Groundplan of part of Furness Abbey.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 24. Arches in south wall of Church at Beaulieu Abbey, +Hampshire, once possibly used as book-presses.] + +Rooms in a similar position are to be seen at Calder Abbey[185] in +Cumberland, a daughter-house to Furness; and at Fountains Abbey there are +clear indications that the western angles of the Chapter-House were +partitioned off at some period subsequent to its construction, probably +for a similar purpose. As the Chapter-House was entered from the cloister +through three large round-headed arches, each of the rooms thus formed +could be entered directly from the cloister, the central arch being +reserved for the Chapter-House itself. The arrangement therefore became +exactly similar to that at Furness. Mr Hope thinks that the series of +arches in the church wall at Beaulieu in Hampshire, two of which are here +shewn (fig. 24), may have been used for a like purpose[186]. There is a +similar series of arches at Hayles, a daughter-house to Beaulieu; and in +the south cloister of Chester Cathedral there are six recesses of early +Norman design, which, if not sepulchral, may once have contained books. + +The use of the Chapter-House and its neighbourhood as the place in which +books should be kept is one of the most curious features of the Cistercian +life. The east walk of the cloister, into which the Chapter-House usually +opened, must have been one of the most frequented parts of the House, and +yet it seems to have been deliberately chosen not merely for keeping +books, but for reading them. At Clairvaux, so late as 1709, the authors of +the _Voyage Litteraire_ record the following arrangement: + + Le grand cloitre ... est voute et vitre. Les religieux y + doivent garder un perpetuel silence. Dans le cote du + chapitre il y a des livres enchainez sur des pupitres de + bois, dans lesquels les religieux peuvent venir faire + des lectures lorsqu'ils veulent[187]. + +A similar arrangement obtained at Citeaux[188]. + +Having traced the development of the Cistercian book-closet, from a simple +recess in the wall to a pair of more or less spacious rooms at the west +end of the Chapter-House, I return to my starting-point, and proceed to +discuss the arrangement adopted by the Benedictines. They must have +experienced the inconvenience arising from want of space more acutely than +the Cistercians, being more addicted to study and the production of books. +They made no attempt, however, to provide space by structural changes or +additions to their Houses, but were content with wooden presses in the +cloister for their books, and small wooden studies, called carrells, for +the readers and writers. + +The uniformity which governed monastic usage was so strict that the +practice of almost any large monastery may be taken as a type of what was +done elsewhere. Hence, when we find a full record of the way in which +books were used in the great Benedictine House at Durham, we may rest +assured that, _mutatis mutandis_, we have got a good general idea of the +whole subject. I will therefore begin by quoting a passage from that +valuable work _The Rites of Durham_, a description of the House drawn up +after the Reformation by some one who had known it well in other days, +premising only that it represents the final arrangements adopted by the +Order, and takes no account of the steps that led to them. + + In the north syde of the Cloister, from the corner over + against the Church dour to the corner over againste the + Dorter dour, was all fynely glased from the hight to the + sole within a litle of the grownd into the Cloister + garth. And in every wyndowe iij Pewes or Carrells, where + every one of the old Monks had his carrell, severall by + himselfe, that, when they had dyned, they dyd resorte to + that place of Cloister, and there studyed upon there + books, every one in his carrell, all the after nonne, + unto evensong tyme. This was there exercise every daie. + + All there pewes or carrells was all fynely wainscotted + and verie close, all but the forepart, which had carved + wourke that gave light in at ther carrell doures of + wainscott. And in every carrell was a deske to lye there + bookes on. And the carrells was no greater then from one + stanchell of the wyndowe to another. + + And over against the carrells against the church wall + did stande certaine great almeries [or cupbords] of + waynscott all full of bookes, wherein did lye as well + the old auncyent written Doctors of the Church as other + prophane authors with dyverse other holie mens wourks, + so that every one dyd studye what Doctor pleased them + best, havinge the Librarie at all tymes to goe studie in + besydes there carrells.[189] + +At Durham the monastic buildings stood to the south of the church, and the +library-walk of the cloister was that walk, or alley, or pane, or syde +(for all these words are used), which had the church to the north of it. +The library was placed there partly for the sake of warmth, partly to +secure greater privacy. At Canterbury and at Gloucester, where the church +was to the south of the conventual buildings, the library-walk of the +cloister was still the walk next to the church, the other walks, as Mr +Hope has pointed out to me, being apparently kept clear for the Sunday +procession. + +[Illustration: Fig. 25. The cloister, Westminster Abbey. + +From Mr Micklethwaite's plan of the buildings.] + +I propose to explain the system indicated in the above quotation by +reference to a plan of the cloister at Westminster Abbey, drawn by my +friend Mr J. T. Micklethwaite (fig. 25)[190], and by quotations from his +notes upon it. At Durham every vestige of ancient arrangement has been so +completely destroyed that it is better to go to another House, where less +mischief has been done, and it happens fortunately that, so far as the +position of the cloister with reference to the church is concerned, +Westminster is the exact counterpart of Durham. I will consider first the +last paragraph of my quotation from the _Rites of Durham_, that namely +which deals with the presses for books, there called "almeries or +cupbords." + +Mr Micklethwaite shews that the two bays at the north end of the west walk +of the cloister, and the second bay from the west in the north walk (fig. +25, nos. 1, 2, 4), were appropriated to the novices, by the existence of +several sets of nine holes, evidently cut by boys in their idle moods for +the playing of some game. Similar holes have been found at Canterbury, +Gloucester, and elsewhere. Next he points out that "the nosing of the +wall-bench for six feet of the third bay from the west in the north walk, +and in the whole of the fourth and fifth bays, and nearly all the sixth, +has been cut away flush with the riser, as if some large pieces of +furniture had been placed there (_ibid._ nos. 5, 5, 5, 5). These were +evidently bookcases." Eastward of these indications of bookcases "the +bases of the vaulting-shafts are cut in a way which seems to shew that +there was a double screen there (_ibid._ nos. 6, 6), or perhaps there were +bookcases arranged so as to form a screen, which is, I think, very likely. +Beyond this screen to the right are appearances in the wall [next the +cloister-garth] which seem to indicate a blocked-up locker, but they are +rather doubtful. And on the left is a large double locker blocked (_ibid._ +7), and the blocking appears to be ancient. This locker is of the date of +the wall (Edw. I.), and may have been an additional book-closet provided, +because that on the other side of the church-door [to be described +presently] had become too small, and [was] blocked up when the larger +bookcases were made opposite the carrells[191]." + +Lastly, at the risk of some repetition, I will quote a passage from a +letter which Mr Micklethwaite was so good as to write to me on this +subject, as it brings out some additional points, and states the whole +question with great clearness. After describing the position of the +bookcases, he proceeds: + + There was thus a space, the width of the bench, between + the back of the case and the cloister-wall, which would + help to keep things dry. Whether the floor was boarded + we cannot now tell, but there is evidence that this part + of the cloister was cut off from the rest by screens of + some sort at both ends, which would make it a long + gallery lighted on one side, and with bookcases ranged + along the other, not unlike Wren's at Lincoln. The + windows must have been glazed; indeed remains of the + glazing existed to the end of the 17th century; and + there were within my memory marks of fittings along the + windows-side which I did not then understand, but which, + if they still existed, would I have no doubt tell us + something of the _carrells_. A "thorough restoration" + has taken away every trace of them. + +The "bookcase on the other side of the church door" mentioned above was in +the northernmost bay of the east cloister. Mr Micklethwaite says of it: + +"Entering the cloister from the church by the east cloister door (_ibid._ +no. 8), we find on our left hand a very broad bench against the wall, +extending as far as the entrance to the Chapter-House (_ibid._ 10). In the +most northern bay the wall-arcade, instead of being brought down by shafts +as in the others, is stopped off at the springing by original brackets, as +if to allow of some large piece of furniture being placed against the +wall. Here, I believe, stood in the thirteenth century the _armarium +commune_, or common bookcase (_ibid._ 9). At Durham there is a Norman +arched recess in the same place, not mentioned by the writer of the +_Rites_, because before his time its use had ceased, books having become +more numerous, and being provided for elsewhere[192]." + +These notes enable us to imagine what this library was like. It was about +80 feet long by 15 feet broad, extending along four bays of the cloister. +It was cut off by a screen at one end, and possibly at the other also; the +book-presses stood against the wall, opposite to the windows, which were +probably glazed, as we know those at Durham were; and there might have +been a wooden floor. Further, the older monks sat in "carrells," as we +learn from the custumary of Abbat Ware, who was in office 1258-83. The +writer is speaking of the novices, and says that after they have attained +a certain degree of proficiency they may sit in cloister, and "be allowed +to glance at books taken out of the presses (_armaria_) belonging to the +older monks. But they must not be permitted as yet to write or to have +carrells[193]." + +Whatever may have been the discomfort of this library according to our +ideas, there is good reason for believing that it was in use till 1591, +when Dean Williams fitted up part of the Dorter as a library for the use +of the Dean and Canons[194]. + +The practice of placing the book-press in the cloister obtained with equal +force in France, for the Benedictines who wrote the _Voyage Litteraire_, +and who would of course be well acquainted with what was usual in their +own Order, remark with surprise when they visit the ancient abbey of Cruas +on the Rhone, that the press is in the church. + + On voit encore dans l'eglise l'armoire ou on enfermoit + les livres, contre la coutume des autres monasteres de + l'ordre, qui avoient cette armoire dans le cloitre. On y + lit ces vers d'un caractere qui peut avoir cinq cent + ans: + + Pastor jejunat qui libros non coadunat + Nec panem praebet subjectis quem dare debet[195]. + + A shepherd starves whose store of books is low: + Nor can he on his flock their due bestow. + + +No example of an English book-press has survived, so far as I know, but it +would be rash to say that none exists; nor have I been so fortunate as to +find one in France, though I have taken a great deal of pains to obtain +information on the subject. In default of a press made specially to hold +books, I must content myself with representations of two well-known pieces +of furniture--both preserved in French churches. + +The first (fig. 26) stands in the upper sacristy of the Cathedral of +Bayeux, over the south transept. The name usually given to it, _le +Chartrier de Bayeux_, implies that it was made to hold documents. M. +Viollet-le-Duc does not accept this view, but considers that it contained +reliquaries, with which he probably would not object to associate other +articles of church-plate. + +[Illustration: Fig. 26. Part of the ancient press in Bayeux Cathedral, +called _Le Chartrier de Bayeux_. + +From a photograph.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 27. Press in the church at Obazine, Central France. + +From a photograph.] + +It is of oak, very coarse, rough, and massive. It is 9 ft. 3 inches high, +from floor to top, 17 ft. 2 inches long--(it was originally 3 ft. +longer)--and 3 ft. deep. There are two rows of cupboards each 3 ft. 8 +inches high, with massive doors that still preserve their original +ironwork. The whole piece of furniture has once been painted, indications +of which still exist, but the subjects can no longer be made out. M. +Viollet-le-Duc[196], who possibly saw the paintings when they were in a +better state of preservation than when I examined them in 1896, decides +that they once represented the translation of relics. + +My second example (fig. 27) is in the church of Obazine in Central France +(Departement de la Correze). It is far simpler and ruder than the press in +Bayeux Cathedral; and the style of ornamentation employed indicates a +somewhat earlier date; though M, Viollet-le-Duc places the construction of +both in the first years of the 13th century. It is 6 ft. 7 in. high, by 7 +ft. broad, and 2 ft. 7 in. deep. The material is oak, which still bears a +few traces of having once been painted[197]. + +These pieces of furniture were certainly not made specially for books; +but, as they belong to a period when the monastic system was in full, +vigorous, life, it is at least probable that they resemble those used by +monks to contain their books. I have shewn in the previous chapter that in +ancient Rome the press used for books was essentially the same as that +used for very different purposes; and I submit that it is unnecessary to +suppose that monastic carpenters would invent a special piece of furniture +to hold books. They would take the _armarium_ that was in daily use, and +adapt it to their own purposes. + +Before I leave this part of my subject I must mention that there is a +third press in the Church of Saint Germain l'Auxerrois, Paris. It stands +in a small room over the south end of the west porch, which may once have +been a muniment room. It was probably made about a century later than +those which I have figured. In arrangement it bears a general resemblance +to the example from Bayeux. It consists of six cupboards arranged in two +tiers, the lower of which is raised to the level of a bench which extends +along the whole length of the piece of furniture, with its ends mortised +into those of the cupboards. The seat of this bench lifts up, so as to +form an additional receptacle for books or papers[198]. + +The curious wooden contrivances called carrells, which are mentioned in +the above quotation from the _Rites of Durham_, have of course entirely +disappeared. Nothing is said about their height; but in breadth each of +them was equal to the distance from the middle of one mullion of a window +to the middle of the next; it was made of wainscot, and had a door of open +carved work by which it was entered from the cloister. This arrangement +was doubtless part of the systematic supervision of brother by brother +that was customary in a monastery. Even the aged, though engaged in study, +were not to be left to their own devices. I have carefully measured the +windows at Durham (fig. 28); and, though they have been a good deal +altered, I suppose the mullions are in their original places. If this be +so the carrells could not have been more than 2 ft. 9 in. wide, and the +occupant would have found but little room to spare. There are eleven +windows, so that thirty-three monks could have been accommodated, on the +supposition that all were fitted with carrells. + +[Illustration: Fig. 28. Groundplan of one of the windows in the cloister +of Durham Cathedral.] + +In the south cloister at Gloucester there is a splendid series of twenty +stone carrells (fig. 29), built between 1370 and 1412. Each carrell is 4 +ft. wide, 19 in. deep, and 6 ft. 9 in. high, lighted by a small window of +two lights; but as figures do not give a very vivid idea of size, and as I +could not find any one else to do what I wanted, I borrowed a chair from +the church and a folio from the library, and sat down to read, as one of +the monks might have done six centuries ago (fig. 30). There is no trace +of any woodwork appertaining to these carrells; or of any book-press +having ever stood near them. The easternmost carrell, however, differs a +good deal from the others, and it may have been used as a book-closet. +There is a bench-table along the wall of the church opposite to the +carrells; but it does not appear to have been cut away to make room for +book-presses, as at Westminster. The south alley appears to have been shut +off at the east end, and also at the west end, by a screen[199]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 29. Range of carrells in the south cloister at +Gloucester Cathedral. + +(From Mr Murray's _Handbook to the Western Cathedrals_.)] + +This drawing will help us to understand the arrangement of the wooden +carrells used at Durham and elsewhere. Each carrell must have closely +resembled a modern sentry-box, with this difference, that one side was +formed by a light of the window looking into the cloister-garth, opposite +to which was the door of entrance. This, I imagine, would be of no great +height; and moreover was made of open work, partly that the work of the +occupant might be supervised, partly to let as much light as possible pass +through into the cloister-library. The seat would be on one side of the +carrell and the desk on the other, the latter being so arranged that the +light would enter on the reader's left hand. + +[Illustration: Fig. 30. A single carrell, Gloucester Cathedral.] + +Carrells seem to have been usual in monasteries from very early times, not +to have been introduced at a comparatively late date in order to ensure +greater comfort. The earliest passage referring to them is that which I +have already quoted[200], shewing that they were in use at Westminster +between 1258 and 1283; at Bury S. Edmunds the destruction of the carrells +is mentioned among other outrages in a riot in 1327[201]; they occur at +Evesham between 1367 and 1379[202]; at Abingdon in 1383-84[203]; and at +Christ Church, Canterbury, it is recorded among the good deeds of Prior +Sellyng (1472-94), that in the south alley of the cloister "novos Textus +quos Carolos ex novo vocamus perdecentes fecit"; words which Professor +Willis renders "constructed there very convenient framed contrivances +which are now-a-days called carols[204]." Their use--at any rate in some +Houses--is evident from an injunction among the Customs of S. Augustine's, +Canterbury, to the effect that the cellarer and others who rarely sit in +cloister might not have carrells, nor in fact any brother unless he be +able to help the community by copying or illuminating, or at least by +adding musical notation[205]. They were in fact devices to provide a +certain amount of privacy for literary work in Houses where there was no +_Scriptorium_ or writing-room. At Durham, according to the author of +_Rites_, they were used exclusively for reading. + +The above-mentioned Customs of S. Augustine's, written between 1310 and +1344, give a valuable contemporary picture of the organization of one of +the more important cloister-libraries. The care of the presses is to be +entrusted to the Precentor and his subordinate, called the Succentor. The +former is to have a seat in front of the press--which doubtless stood +against the wall--and his carrell is to stand at no great distance, on the +stone between the piers of the arches next the cloister-garth. The +Succentor is to have his seat and his carrell on the bench near the +press--by which the bench which commonly ran along the cloister-wall is +obviously meant. These arrangements are made "in order that these two +officers, or at least one of them, may always be at hand to satisfy +brethren who make any demand upon their time[206]." In other words, they +were the librarian and sub-librarian, who were to be always ready to +answer questions. It is clear that brethren were not allowed to handle the +books as they pleased. + +The cloister at Durham, or at least that part of it which was used as a +library, was glazed; but whether with white glass or stained glass we are +not informed. So obvious a device for increasing both the comfort and the +beauty of a much-frequented part of the monastic buildings was doubtless +adopted in many other Houses. At Bury S. Edmunds part at least of the +cloister had "painted windows representing the sun, moon and stars and the +occupations of the months"; at Christ Church, Canterbury, Prior Sellyng +(1472-94) "had the south walk of the cloister glazed for the use of the +studious brethren"; at Peterborough the windows of the cloister + + were all compleat and fair, adorned with glass of + excellent painting: In the South Cloyster was the + History of the Old Testament: In the East Cloyster of + the New: In the North Cloyster the Figures of the + successive Kings from King _Peada_: In the West Cloyster + was the History from the first foundation of the + Monastery of King _Peada_, to the restoring of it by + King _Edgar_. Every window had at the bottom the + explanation of the History thus in Verse[207]. + +At Westminster, as recorded above, traces of the insertion of glass have +been observed. + +In later times, when regular libraries had been built for the monasteries, +a special series of portraits occasionally appeared in glass, on a system +similar to that worked out in other materials in Roman and post-Roman +libraries; and sometimes, in other libraries, subjects are to be met with +instead of portraits, to indicate the nature of the works standing near +them. But I cannot say whether cloister-glass was ever treated in this +way. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[115] _Epist._ XLIX. Sec. 3. Ad Pammachium. Revolve omnium quos supra +memoravi commentarios, et ecclesiarum bibliothecis fruere et magis concito +gradu ad optata coeptaque pervenies. + +[116] I have to acknowledge my indebtedness to the article "Libraries," in +the _Dictionary of Christian Antiquities_, and to the references there +given. + +[117] _Hist. Eccl._ VI. 20. [Greek: ekmazon de kata touto pleious logioi +kai ekklesiastikoi andres on kai epistolas as pros allelous diecharatton +eti nun sozomenas enrein euporon ai kai eis emas ephylachthesan en te kata +ten Ailian bibliotheke pros tou tenikade ten autothi diepontos paroikian +Alexandrou episkeuastheioe, aph' hes kai autoi tas ulas tes meta cheiras +upotheseos epi tauto sunagagein dedunemetha]. + +[118] _Epist._ XXXIV., _Ad Marcellum._ De aliquot locis Psalmi cxxvi. +Migne, Vol. XXII. 448. + +[119] _Ibid._ _De Viris Illustribus_, Chap. 3. Migne, Vol. XXIII. 613. +Porro ipsum Hebraicum habetur usque hodie in Caesariensi bibliotheca quam +Pamphilus martyr studiose confecit. + +[120] _Comment. in Titum_, Chap. 3, v. 9. Unde et nobis curae fuit omnes +Veteris Legis libros quos vir doctus Adamantius in Hexapla digesserat de +Caesariensi bibliotheca descriptos ex ipsis authenticis emendare. + +[121] Optatus: _De schismate Donatistarum._ Fol. Paris, 1702. App. p. 167. + +[122] _Augustini Opera_, Paris, 1838, XI. p. 102. + +[123] _Bullettino di Archeologia Christiana_, Serie terza, 1876, p. 48. + +[124] _Epist._ XXXII. Sec. 10 (ed. Migne, Vol. LXI. p. 335). Basilica igitur +illa ... reliquiis apostolorum et martyrum intra apsidem trichoram sub +altaria sacratis. + +[125] _Ibid._ Sec. 13. Cum duabus dextra laevaque conchulis intra spatiosum +sui ambitum apsis sinuata laxetur, una earum immolanti hostias +jubilationis antistiti parat; altera post sacerdotem capaci sinu receptat +orantes ... Sec. 16. In secretariis vero duobus quae supra dixi circa apsidem +esse hi versus indicant officia singulorum. + +[126] Book I. Chap. 2. _De Acacia._ [Greek: pherei sperma en thulakois +sunezeugmenois trichorois e tetrachorois]. Comp. also Book IV. Chap. 167. +The use of the apse is discussed by Lenoir, _Architecture Monastique_, +4to. Paris, 1852, Vol. I. p. 111. + +[127] Holsten, _Codex Regularum_, fol. 1759, 1. Regula S. Pachomii, No. c. +p. 31. Nemo vadens ad collectam aut ad vescendum dimittat codicem non +ligatum. Codices qui in fenestra id est intrinsecus parietis reponuntur ad +vesperum erunt sub manu secundi qui numerabit eos et ex more concludet. +The word fenestra is illustrated by a previous section of the Rule, No. +LXXXII. p. 30. Nullus habebit separatim mordacem pavulam ad evellendas +spinas si forte calcaverit absque Praeposito domus et secundo: pendeatque +in fenestra in qua codices collocantur. Ducange says that the word is used +for the small cupboard in which the Sacrament was reserved. Here it is +evidently a recess in the wall closed by a door--like one of the later +armaria. On Pachomius and his foundation see _The Lausiac History of +Palladius_, by Dom Cuthbert Butler, Camb. 1898, and esp. p. 234. + +[128] _Benedicti Regula Monachorum_, ed. E. Woelfflin, Leipzig, Teubner, +1895. + +[129] _De secunda feria quadragesimae._ In capitulo nequaquam alia Regulae +sententia legitur quam quae est de quadragesima. Recitatur quoque _Brevis_ +librorum qui anno praeterito sunt ad legendum fratribus erogati. Cum +quilibet frater nominatur, surgit, et librum sibi datum reddit: et si eum +forte non perlegerit, pro indiligentia veniam petit. Est autem unus tapes +ibi constratus super quem illi libri ponuntur, de quibus iterum quanti +dantur, dantur cum _Brevi_; et ad hoc est una tabula aliquantulum major +facta. _Antiquiores Consuetudines Cluniacensis Monasterii._ Lib. I. Cap. +LII. D'Achery, _Spicilegium_, ed. 1723, I. 667. + +[130] _Ibid._ Lib. III. Cap. X. _Ibid._ 690. _De Praecentore et Armario._ +Praecentor et Armarius Armarii nomen obtinuit eo quod in ejus manu solet +esse Bibliotheca quae et in alio nomine Armarium appellatur. + +[131] Reyner. _Apostolatus Benedictinorum in Anglia_, fol. 1626. App. Part +III. p. 211. As Lanfranc styles himself in the prologue Bishop of Rouen, +these decrees must have been issued between August 1067 and August 1070, +when he was made Archbishop of Canterbury. + +[132] Reyner, _Apostolatus Benedictinorum in Anglia_, fol. 1626. App. Part +III. p. 216. + +[133] I am aware that the Customs printed by D'Achery are dated 1110; but +it need not be assumed that they were written in that year. Similar +directions are to be found among the Veteres Consuetudines of the +Benedictine Abbey of S. Benoit sur Loire, or Fleury, founded A.D. 625. +_Floriacensis vetus Bibliotheca_, 8vo. Lyons, 1605, p. 394. + +[134] Cantor almaria puerorum juvenum et alia in quibus libri conventus +reponentur innovabit fracta praeparabit [reparabit?] pannos librorum +bibliothecae reperiet fracturas librorum reficiet. _Chronicon monasterii de +Abingdon_ (De obedientariis Abbendoniae). Rolls Series, II. 371. + +[135] Cantor non potest libros vendere dare vel impignorare. Cantor non +potest libros accommodare nisi pignore, quod tanti vel majoris fuerit, +reposito. Tutius est pignori incumbere quam in personam agere. Hoc autem +licet facere tantum vicinis ecclesiis vel excellentibus personis. _Ibid._ +pp. 373, 374. + +[136] _Mon. Angl._ II. 39. The last sentence runs as follows in the +original: Nullus librum capiat nisi scribatur in rotulo ejus; nee alicui +liber aliquis mutuo tradatur absque competenti et sufficienti memoriali, +et hoc ponatur in rotulo ipsius. I owe this quotation and the last to +Father Gasquet's _Some Notes on Medieval Monastic Libraries_, 1891, p. 10. + +[137] Adhuc etiam libros ad legendum de armario accipit duos quibus omnem +diligentiam curamque prebere monetur ne fumo ne puluere vel alia qualibet +sorde maculentur; Libros quippe tanquam sempiternum animarum nostrarum +cibum cautissime custodiri et studiosissime volumus fieri vt qui ore non +possumus dei verbum manibus predicemus. Guigonis, Prioris Carthusiae, +_Statuta_. Fol. Basle, 1510. _Statuta Antiqua_, Part 2, Cap. XVI. Sec. 9. + +[138] Libros cum commodantur nullus contra commodantium retineat +voluntatem. _Ibid._ Cap. XXXII. Sec. 16. + +[139] _Les Monuments primitifs de la Regle Cistercienne_, par Ph. +Guignard, 8vo. Dijon, 1878, p. 237. + +[140] _The Observances in use at the Augustinian Priory of S. Giles and S. +Andrew at Barnwell_: ed. J. W. Clark. 8vo. Camb., 1897, p. 15. This +passage also occurs in the Customs of the Augustinian House at Groenendaal +near Brussels. MS. in the Royal Library, Brussels, fol. 53 v^o. _De +Armario._ + +[141] As I know of no other passage in a medieval writer which describes +an _armarium_, I transcribe the original text: Armarium, in quo libri +reponuntur, intrinsecus ligno vestitum esse debet ne humor parietum libros +humectet vel inficiat. In quo eciam diversi ordines seorsum et deorsum +distincti esse debent, in quibus libri separatim collocari possint, et +distingui abinvicem, ne nimia compressio ipsis libris noceat, vel querenti +moram inuectat. + +[142] Statuta primaria Praemonstratensis Ordinis, Cap. VII. ap. Le Paige, +_Bibliotheca Praem. Ord._ fol. Paris, 1633, p. 803. The words are: Ad +Armarium pertinet libros custodire, et si sciverit emendare; Armarium +librorum, cum necesse fuerit, claudere et aperire ... libros mutuo +accipere cum necesse fuerit et nostros quaerentibus commodare sed non sine +licentia Abbatis vel Prioris absente Abbate et non sine memoriali +competenti. + +[143] The delightful story of S. Francis and the brother who wished for a +psalter of his own is told in the _Speculum Perfectionis_, ed. Sabatier, +8vo. Paris, 1898, p. 11. + +[144] These Constitutions have been printed by Father F. Ehrle in a paper +called _Die aeltesten Redactionen der Generalconstitutionen des +Franziskanerordens_, in "Archiv fuer Literatur und Kirchengeschichte des +Mittelalters," Band VI. pp. 1-138. The passages cited above will be found +on p. 111. + +[145] _The Philobiblon of Richard de Bury._ ed. E. C. Thomas, 8vo. Lond. +1888, p. 203. + +[146] In the Cluniac Customs those volumes only which had been assigned to +particular brethren are to be laid on the carpet. It is difficult to +understand the reason for this formal assignment of a book to each brother +who chose to ask for one. As brethren in those early times had no separate +cubicles or cells, it could hardly imply more than a precaution against +the difficulty of two brethren requiring the use of the same volume. +Possibly the whole intention was disciplinary, to ensure study as +prescribed by the Rule. + +[147] Delisle, _Bibl. de l'Ecole des Chartes_, Ser. 3, Vol. I. p. 225. +Interdicimus inter alia viris religiosis, ne emittant juramentum de non +commodando libros suos indigentibus, cum commodare inter praecipua +misericordiae opera computetur. Sed, adhibita consideratione diligenti, +alii in domo ad opus fratrum retineantur; alii secundum providentiam +abbatis, cum indemnitate domus, indigentibus commodentur. Et a modo nullus +liber sub anathemate teneatur, et omnia predicta anathemata absolvimus. +Labbe, _Concilia_, XI. 69. + +[148] Delisle, _Cab. des Manuscrits_, II. 226. + +[149] M. Delisle (_ut supra_, II. 124) cites an inscription in one of the +MSS. of the Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris: "Liber iste de Corbeia: sed +prestaverunt nobis usque Pascha." + +[150] Mabillon, _Thesaurus Anecdotorum_, Vol. 1. p. 151. + +[151] _Opera Thomae a Campis_, fol. 1523. Fol. XLVII. 7. The passage occurs +in his _Doctrinale Juvenum_, Cap. V. + +[152] _Medieval Monastic Libraries_: by F. A. Gasquet, p. 15. The passage +translated above occurs in a Custumary of S. Augustine's, Canterbury, MSS. +Cotton, Faustina, c. XII. fol. 196 b. + +[153] _Cat. Monte Cassino_, II. 299. + +[154] Theodmarus Cassinensis to Charlemagne, ap. Haeften, _Disquisitiones +Monasticae_, fol. 1644, p. 1088. + +[155] Delisle, _ut supra_, II. 227. + +[156] Delisle, _ut supra_, II. 227. Tu, quicunque studebis in hoc libro, +prospice, et leviter atque dulciter tractes folia, ut cavere possis +rupturam propter ipsorum tenuitatem; et imitare doctrinam Jesu Christi, +qui cum modeste aperuisset librum Ysaie et attente legisset, tandem +reverenter complicuit ac ministro reddidit. This injunction occurs, in +substance, in the _Philobiblon_ of Richard de Bury, ed. Thomas, p. 241. + +[157] _Opera Thomae a Campis_, fol. 1523. Fol. XLVII. + +[158] Amice qui legis, retro digitis teneas, ne subito litteras deleas, +quia ille homo qui nescit scribere nullum se putat habere laborem; quia +sicut navigantibus dulcis est portus, ita scriptori novissimus versus. +Calamus tribus digitis continetur, totum corpus laborat. Deo gratias. Ego, +in Dei nomine, Vuarembertus scripsi. Deo gratias. From a MS. in the Bibl. +Nat. Paris (MS. Lat. 12296) from the Abbey of Corbie: "les caracteres +denotent l'epoque carlovingienne." Delisle, _ut supra_, II. 121. + +[159] On the curse invariably used at S. Victor's, see Delisle, _ut +supra_, II. 227 _note_. + +[160] Hic est liber Sancti Maximini Miciacensis monasterii, quem Petrus +abbas scribere jussit et proprio labore providit atque distinxit, et die +caenae domini super sacrum altare sancti Stephani Deo et sancto Maximino +habendum obtulit, sub hujusmodi voto ut quisquis eum inde aliquo ingenio +non reddituius abstulerit, cum Juda proditore, Anna et Caiapha atque +Pilato damnationem accipiat. Amen. From a Benedictine House at Saint +Mesmin, Loiret. Delisle, _ut supra_, III. 384. M. Delisle considers that +the words "providit atque distinxit" mean "a ete revue et ponctuee." + +[161] Quem si quis vel dolo seu quoquo modo isti loco substraxerit anime +sue propter quod fecerit detrimentum patiatur, atque de libro viventium +deleatur et cum iustis non scribatur. From the Missal of Robert of +Jumieges, ed. H. Bradshaw Soc., 8vo. 1896, p. 316. + +[162] Hic est liber sancti Albani quem qui ei abstulerit aut titulum +deleverit anathema sit. Amen. I owe this quotation to the kindness of my +friend Dr James. + +[163] _Cat. des MSS. des Departements_, 4to. Vol. I. p. 128 (No. 255). + +[164] Quicunque hunc titulum aboleverit vel a prefata ecclesia Christi +dono vel vendicione vel accommodacione vel mutacione vel furto vel +quocunque alio modo hunc librum scienter alienaverit malediccionem Ihesu +Christi et gloriosissime Virginis matris ejus et beati Thome martiris +habeat ipse in vita presenti. Ita tamen quod si Christo placeat qui est +patronus ecclesie Christi eius spiritus salvus in die judicii fiat. Given +to me by Dr James, from a MS. in the library of Trinity College, +Cambridge. + +[165] I have to thank my friend Dr Venn for this quotation. He tells me +that it was first pointed out by Dr Swete in _The Caian._ II. p. 127. + +[166] See above, p. 71. + +[167] Delisle, _ut supra_, II. 124. + +[168] _Ibid._ p. 239. + +[169] _Ibid._ p. 365. Edwards, _Memoirs of Libraries_, I. 283. + +[170] _Supplement to Bentham's Ely_, by Wm Stevenson, 4to. 1817, p. 51. I +have to thank my friend the Rev. J. H. Crosby, Minor Canon of Ely +Cathedral, for a transcript of Bp Nigel's deed. + +[171] _Monumenta Moguntina_, ed. Jaffe, 8vo. Berlin, 1866, in _Bibl. Rer. +Germ._ Vol. III. p. 301; quoted in Bede's works, ed. Plummer, p. xx. + +[172] See Church's _S. Anselm_, ed. 1885, p. 48. The words are: Nunc +hyemali frigore rigens, aliis occupationibus vacabo, praesentemque libellum +hic terminare fatigatus decerno. Redeunte vero placidi veris sereno, etc. +_Hist. Eccl._ Pars II. lib. IV. + +[173] This couplet, written on the fly-leaf of a MS. in the library of the +University of Cambridge (Hh. VI. II), was pointed out to me by my friend +F. J. H. Jenkinson, M.A., Librarian. + +[174] Herimanni liber de restauratione S. Martini Tornacensis: ap. Pertz, +_Mon. Germ._ XIV. 313. + +[175] See above, p. 37. + +[176] See _Dictionnaire du Mobilier_, par Henri Havard, S. V. _Armoire_, +and the passages there quoted. + +[177] See above, p. 71. + +[178] The Cistercian Customs prescribe the possession of nine volumes at +least, chiefly service-books, before a house can be founded. _Documents_, +p. 253. + +[179] _Origines Francaises de l'Architecture Gothique en Italie_, par G. +Enlart, 8vo. Paris, 1894. p. 9. This valuable work contains a full and +accurate description, copiously illustrated, of Fossa Nuova and other +abbeys in remote parts of Italy. + +[180] _The Monastery and Cathedral of Worcester_, by John Noake, Lond., +1866, p. 414. + +[181] _Chronica monasterii de Melsa._ Rolls Series, Vol. III. App. p. +lxxxiii. + +[182] The word _theca_ signified in classical Latin a case or receptacle +in which any object was kept. In medieval Latin it was specially used +(_fide_ Ducange) for the chest in which the bodies or bones or relics of +saints, were kept. In this catalogue it is obvious that it may mean either +a shelf or a cupboard. + +[183] Sunt enim in libraria de Tychefeld quatuor columpnae pro libris +imponendis, unde in orientali fronte due sunt videlicet prima et secunda. +In latere vero australi est tercia. Et in latere boreali est quarta. Et +earum singule octo habent gradus [etc.]. + +[184] _Trans. Cumb. and West. Antiq. and Archaeol. Soc._ Vol. XVI. p. 259. +I take this opportunity of thanking my friend Mr Hope for allowing me to +use his plan of Furness Abbey, and also for pointing out to me the +evolution of the Cistercian book-rooms which I have done my best to +describe in the text. + +[185] _Calder Abbey: its Ruins and its History._ By A. G. Loftie, M.A. + +[186] Mr Hope tells me that he has lately re-examined these recesses, and +failed to discover traces of furniture or fittings of any kind within +them. + +[187] _Voyage Litteraire_, Paris, 1717, Vol. I. p. 101. + +[188] _Cat. des Manuscrits des Bibliotheques Publiques de France._ +Departements, Tom. V. Catalogue des Manuscrits de Citeaux, No. 635 (p. +405). Parvus liber incathenatus ad analogium cathedre ex opposito +capituli. + +[189] _The Rites of Durham_, ed. Surtees Soc. 1844, p. 70. + +[190] _Notes on the Abbey Buildings of Westminster_, Arch. Journ. XXXIII. +pp. 15-49. + +[191] _Notes on the Abbey Buildings of Westminster_, Arch. Journ. XXXIII. +pp. 21, 22. + +[192] _Notes on the Abbey Buildings of Westminster_, Arch. Journ. XXXIII. +p. 16. + +[193] MSS, Mus. Brit. MSS. Cotton, Otho. c. XI. fol. 84. + +[194] See a paper by myself in _Camb. Ant. Soc. Proc. and Comm._ IX. pp. +47-56. + +[195] _Voyage Litteraire_, ed. 1717. Part I. 297. + +[196] _Dictionnaire du Mobilier_, s. v. _Armoire_. + +[197] Viollet-le-Duc, _ut supra_, p. 4, where full details of the press at +Obazine are given. The photograph from which my illustration has been made +was specially taken for my use through the kind help of my friend Dr +James, who had seen the press in 1899. + +[198] Viollet-le-Duc, _ut supra_, p. 14. I have myself examined this +press. My friend Mr Hope informs me that there is a press of this +character in the nether vestry at S. Peter Mancroft, Norwich, described by +him in _Inventories of the parish church of S. Peter Mancroft, Norwich_, +Norf. and Norw. Archaeol. Soc, XIV. p. 29. + +[199] See Mr Hope's _Notes on the Benedictine Abbey of S. Peter at +Gloucester_, in _Records of Gloucester Cathedral_, 1897, p. 23. + +[200] See above, p. 93. + +[201] _Memorials of S. Edmund's Abbey_, Rolls Series, II. 327. The writer +is describing the mischief done by the rioters of 1327: Deinde claustrum +ingressi, cistulas, id est caroles, et armariola fregerunt, et libros et +omnia in eis inventa similiter asportaverunt. I owe this quotation to Dr +James, _On the Abbey of S. Edmund at Bury_, Camb. Ant. Soc. Octav. Publ. +No. XXVIII. p. 158. + +[202] _Liber Evesham_, Hen. Bradshaw Soc. 1893, p. 196. Abbat Ombresleye +(1367-79) built "paginam illam claustri contiguam ecclesie ubi carolae +fratrum consistunt." + +[203] _Accounts of the Obedientiaries of Abingdon Abbey_, ed. Camden +Society, 1892, p. 47. "Expense circa sedilia claustri" is the heading of +an account for wood bought and for carpenter's work. The sum spent was L2. +15_s._ 3_d._ + +[204] _Arch. Hist. of the Conventual Buildings of the Monastery of Christ +Church, Canterbury_. By R. Willis. 8vo, Lond. 1869, p. 45. + +[205] MSS. Mus. Brit. MSS. Cotton, Faustina, c. XII., fol. 149. De karulis +in claustro habendis hanc consideracionem habere debent quibus committitur +claustri tutela ut videlicet celerarius seu alii fratres qui raro in +claustro resident suas karulas in claustro non habeant, set nec aliqui +fratres nisi in scribendo vel illuminando aut tantum notando communitati +aut et sibimet ipsis proficere sciant. + +[206] MSS. Mus. Brit. MSS. Cotton, Faustina, c. XII., fol. 145. ... +precentorem et succentorem quibus committitur armariorum custodia. Cantor +habebit cathedram suam ante armarium in claustro stantem et carulam suam +iuxta desuper lapidem inter columpnas. Succentor vero super scannum iuxta +armarium carulam et sedem suam habebit, ut hii duo vel saltem unus eorum +possint semper esse parati ad respondendum fratribus seruicium petentibus. + +[207] _History of the Church of Peterburgh._ By Symon Gunton: fol. 1686, +p. 103. The author gives the subjects and legends of nine windows. I owe +this quotation to the kindness of Mr Hope. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +INCREASE OF MONASTIC COLLECTIONS. S. RIQUIER, BOBBIO, DURHAM, CANTERBURY. +BOOKS KEPT IN OTHER PLACES THAN THE CLOISTER. EXPEDIENTS FOR HOUSING THEM +AT DURHAM, CITEAUX, AND ELSEWHERE. SEPARATE LIBRARIES BUILT IN FIFTEENTH +CENTURY AT DURHAM, S. ALBANS, CITEAUX, CLAIRVAUX, ETC. GRADUAL EXTENSION +OF LIBRARY AT S. GERMAIN DES PRES. LIBRARIES ATTACHED TO CATHEDRALS. +LINCOLN, SALISBURY, WELLS, NOYON, ROUEN, ETC. + + +In the last chapter I attempted to describe the way in which the Monastic +Orders provided for the safe keeping of their books, so long as their +collections were not larger than could be accommodated in a press or +presses in the cloister, or in the small rooms used by the Cistercians for +the same purpose. I have now to carry the investigation a step farther, +and to shew how books were treated when a separate library was built. + +It must not be supposed that an extensive collection of books was regarded +as indispensable in all monastic establishments. In many Houses, partly +from lack of funds, partly from an indisposition to study, the books were +probably limited to those required for the services and for the daily life +of the brethren. In other places, on the contrary, where the fashion of +book-collecting had been set from very early days, by some abbat or prior +more learned or more active than his fellows; and where brethren in +consequence had learnt to take a pride in their books, whether they read +them or not, a large collection was got together at a date when even a +royal library could be contained in a single chest of very modest +dimensions. For instance, when an inventory of the possessions of the +Benedictine House of S. Riquier near Abbeville was made at the request of +Louis le Debonnaire in 831 A.D., it was found that the library contained +250 volumes; and a note at the end of the catalogue informs us that if the +different treatises had been entered separately, the number of entries +would have exceeded five hundred, as many books were frequently bound in a +single volume. The works in this library are roughly sorted under the +headings Divinity, Grammar, History and Geography, Sermons, +Service-books[208]. A similar collection existed at S. Gall at the same +period[209]. In the next century we find nearly seven hundred manuscripts +in a Benedictine monastery at Bobbio in north Italy[210]; and nearly six +hundred in a House belonging to the same order at Lorsch in Germany[211]. +At Durham, also a Benedictine House, a catalogue made early in the twelfth +century contains three hundred and sixty-six titles[212]; but, as at S. +Riquier, the number of works probably exceeded six or seven hundred. + +These instances, which I have purposely selected from different parts of +Europe, and which could easily have been increased, are sufficient to +indicate the rapidity with which books could be, and in fact were +accumulated, when the taste for such collections had once been set. Year +by year, slowly yet surely, by purchase, by gift, by bequest, by the zeal +of the staff of writers whom the precentor drilled and kept at work, the +number grew, till in certain Houses it reached dimensions which must have +embarrassed those responsible for its bestowal. At Christ Church, +Canterbury, for instance, the catalogue made by Henry de Estria, Prior +1285-1331, enumerates about 1850 manuscripts[213]. + +It must gradually have become impossible to accommodate such collections +as these according to the old method, even supposing it was desirable to +do so. There were doubtless many duplicates, and manuscripts of value +requiring special care. Consequently we find that places other than the +cloister were used to keep books in. At Durham, for instance, the +catalogues made at the end of the fourteenth century enumerate (1) "the +books in the common press at Durham in sundry places in the cloister" (386 +volumes)[214]; (2) "the books in the common press at Durham in the +Spendment" (408 volumes)[215]; (3) "the inner library at Durham called +Spendment" (87 volumes)[216]; (4) "the books for reading in the frater +which lie in the press near the entrance to the farmery" (17 +volumes)[217]; (5) "the books in the common press of the novices at Durham +in the cloister" (23 volumes)[218]. Of the above catalogues the first +obviously deals with the contents of the great "almeries of wainscot" +which stood in the cloister; the second and third with the books for which +no room could be found there, and which in consequence had been +transferred to a room on the west side of the cloister, where wages were +paid and accounts settled. In the _Rites of Durham_ it is termed the +treasure-house or chancery. It was divided into two by a grate of iron, +behind which sat the officer who made the payments. The books seem to have +been kept partly in the outer half of the room, partly within this grate. + +At Citeaux, the parent-house of the Cistercian order, a large and wealthy +monastery in Burgundy, the books were still more scattered, as appears +from the catalogue[219] drawn up by John de Cirey, abbat at the end of the +fifteenth century, now preserved, with 312 of the manuscripts enumerated +in it, in the public library of Dijon. + +This catalogue, written on vellum, in double columns, with initial letters +in red and blue alternately, records the titles of 1200 MSS and printed +books; but the number of the latter is not great. It is headed: + + Inventory of the books at Citeaux, in the diocese of + Chalons, made by us, brother John, abbat of the said + House, in the year of our Lord 1480, after we had caused + the said books to be set to rights, bound, and covered, + at a vast expense, by the labour of two and often three + binders, employed continuously during two years[220]. + +This heading is succeeded by the following statement: + + And first of the books now standing (_existencium_) in + the library of the dorter, which we have arranged as it + is, because the room had been for a long time useless, + and formerly served as a tailory and vestry, ... but for + two years or nearly so nothing or very little had been + put there[221]. + +A bird's-eye view of Citeaux, dated 1674, preserved in the Bibliotheque +Nationale, Paris, shews a small building between the Frater and the +Dorter, which M. Viollet-le-Duc, who has reproduced[222] part of it, +letters "staircase to the dorter." The room in question was probably at +the top of this staircase, and the arrangements which I am about to +discuss shew beyond all question that the Dorter was at one end of it and +the Frater at the other. + +There were six bookcases, called benches (_banche_), evidently +corresponding to the _sedilia_ or "seats" mentioned in many English +medieval catalogues. The writer takes the bookcases in order, beginning as +follows: + + De prima banca inferius versus refectorium (13 vols.). + In 2^a linea prime banche superius (17 vols.). + In 2^a banca inferius de latere dormitorii (18 vols.). + " " superius " " (14 vols.). + In 2^a banca inferius de latere refectorii (15 vols.). + " " superius " " (18 vols.). + +The third and fifth _banche_, containing respectively 75 volumes and 68 +volumes, are described in identical language; but the descriptions of the +4th and 6th differ sufficiently to make quotation necessary: + + In quarta banca de latere dormitorii (24 vols.). + " " " refectorii (16 vols.). + In sexta banca de latere dormitorii (25 vols.). + Libri sequentes sunt in dicta sexta banca de latere dormitorii inferius + sub analogio (38 vols.). + +It seems to me that the first _banca_ was set against the Dorter wall, so +that it faced the Frater; and that it consisted of two shelves only, the +second of which is spoken of as a line (_linea_)[223]. The second, third, +and fifth _banche_ were detached pieces of furniture, with two shelves on +each side. I cannot explain why the fourth is described in such different +language. It is just possible that only one shelf on each side may have +been occupied by books when the catalogue was compiled. I conjecture that +the sixth stood against the Frater wall, thus facing the Dorter, and that +it consisted of a shelf, with a desk below it, and a second shelf of books +below that again. + +Besides these cases there were other receptacles for books called +cupboards (_armaria_) and also some chests. These are noted in the +following terms: + + Secuntur libri existentes in armariis librarie. + In primo armario de latere versus refectorium (36 vols.). + In secundo armario (53 vols.). + In tertio armario (24 vols.). + Sequuntur libri existentes in cofro seu archa juxta gradus ascensus ad + vestiarium in libraria (46 vols.). + In quadam cista juxta analogium de latere refectorii (9 vols.). + +The total of the MSS. stored in this room amounts to 509. In addition to +these the catalogue next enumerates "Books of the choir, church, and +cloister (53 vols.); Books taken out of the library for the daily use of +the convent (29 vols.); Books chained on desks (_super analogiis_) before +the Chapter-House (5 vols.); on the second desk (5 vols.); on the third +desk (4 vols.); on the fifth desk (4 vols.); Books taken out of the +library partly to be placed in the cloister, partly to be divided among +the brethren (27 vols.); Books on the small desks in the cloister (5 +vols.); Books to be read publicly in convent or to be divided among the +brethren for private reading (99 vols.)." These different collections of +MSS., added together, make a total of 740 volumes, which seem to have been +scattered over the House, wherever a spare corner could be found for them. + +The inconvenience of such an arrangement, or want of arrangement, is +obvious; and it must have caused much friction in the House. We can +imagine the officer in charge of the finances resenting the intrusion of +his brother of the library with an asperity not wholly in accordance with +fraternal charity. And yet, so strong is the tendency of human nature to +put up with whatever exists, rather than be at the trouble of changing it, +no effectual steps in the way of remedy were taken until the fifteenth +century. In that century, however, we find that in most of the large +monasteries a special room was constructed to hold books. Reading went +forward, as heretofore, in the cloister, and I conceive that the books +stored in the new library were mainly intended for loan or for reference. +As at Durham, the monks could go there when they chose. + +These conventual libraries were usually built over some existing building, +or over the cloister. Sometimes, especially in France, the library appears +as an additional storey added to any building with walls strong enough to +bear it; sometimes again as a detached building. I will cite a few +examples of libraries in these different positions. + +At Christ Church, Canterbury, a library, about 60 ft. long by 22 ft. +broad, was built by Archbishop Chichele between 1414 and 1443, over the +Prior's Chapel[224], and William Sellyng (Prior 1472-1494) "adorned [it] +with beautiful wainscot, and also furnished it with certain volumes +chiefly for the use of those addicted to study, whom he zealously and +generously encouraged and patronised[225]." + +At Durham Prior Wessyngton, about 1446, either built or thoroughly +repaired and refitted a room over the old sacristy, between the +Chapter-House and the south Transept, or, as the _Rites_ say, "betwixt the +Chapter House and the Te Deum wyndowe, being well replenished with ould +written Docters and other histories and ecclesiasticall writers[226]." +Wessyngton's work must have been extensive and thorough, for it cost, +including the repairs of the books, L90. 16_s._ 0_d._[227]--at least L1100 +or L1200 at the present value of money. The position of this library will +be understood from the illustration (fig. 31). The room is 44 ft. 10 in. +long, by 18 ft. wide, with a window at each end, 13 ft. wide, of five +lights, and a very rough roof of oak, resting on plain stone corbels. + +[Illustration: Fig. 31. Library at Durham, built by Prior Wessyngton about +1446.] + +At Gloucester the library is in a similar position, but the date of its +construction is uncertain. It has been described as follows by Mr Hope: + + The library is an interesting room of fourteenth century + date, retaining much of its original open roof. The + north side has eleven windows, each of two square-headed + lights and perfectly plain.... [There are no windows on + the south side.] The large end windows are late + perpendicular, each of seven lights with a transom. + There are other alterations, such as the beautiful + wooden corbels from which the roof springs, which are + probably contemporary with the work of the cloister when + the western stair to the library was built, and the room + altered. + +At Winchester a precisely similar position was selected between the +Chapter-House and the south transept, above a passage leading from the +cloister to the ground at the south-east end of the church. + +At the Benedictine House of S. Albans the library was begun in 1452 by +John Whethamstede, Prior, and completed in the following year at the cost +of L150[228]--a sum which represents about L2000 at the present day--but +the position has not been recorded. + +At Worcester, also Benedictine, it seems probable that the library +occupied from very early times the long, narrow room over the south aisle +of the nave to which it was restored in 1866. This room, which extends +from the transept to the west end of the church, is 130 ft. 7 in. long, 19 +ft. 6 in. wide, and 8 ft. 6 in. high on the south side. It is lighted by +twelve windows, eleven of which are of two lights each, and that nearest +to the transept of three lights. The room is approached by a circular +stone staircase at the south-west angle of the cathedral, access to which +is from the outside only[229]. + +At Bury S. Edmund's abbat William Curteys (1429-45) built a library, on an +unknown site: but his work is worth commemorating, as another instance of +the great fifteenth century movement in monasteries for providing special +rooms to contain books. + +At S. Victor, Paris, an Augustinian House, the library was built between +1501 and 1508, I believe over the sacristy; at Groenendaal, near Brussels, +also Augustinian, it was built over the whole length of the north cloister +(a distance of 175 feet), so that its windows faced the south. + +[Illustration: Fig. 32. Library of the Grey Friars House, London, commonly +called Christ's Hospital. + +From Trollope's History.] + +The Franciscan House in London, commonly called Christ's Hospital, had a +noble library, founded 21 October, 1421, by Sir Richard Whittington, +mercer and Lord Mayor of London. By Christmas Day in the following year +the building was roofed in; and before three years were over it was +floored, plastered, glazed, furnished with desks and wainscot, and stocked +with books. The cost was L556. 16_s._ 8_d._; of which L400 was paid by +Whittington, and the rest by Thomas Wynchelsey, one of the brethren, and +his friends[230]. It extended over the whole of one alley of the cloister +(fig. 32). Stow tells us that it was 129 ft. long, by 31 ft. broad[231]; +and, according to the letters patent of Henry VIII., dated 13 January, +1547, by which the site was conveyed to the City of London, it contained +"28 Desks and 28 Double Settles of Wainscot[232]." + +I have recounted the expedients to which the monks of Citeaux were reduced +when their books had become too numerous for the cloister. I will now +describe their permanent library. This is shewn in the bird's-eye view +dated 1674 to which I have already referred, and also in a second similar +view, dated 1718, preserved in the archives of the town of Dijon[233], +where I had the good fortune to discover it in 1894. It is accompanied by +a plan of the whole monastery, and also by a special plan[234] of the +library (fig. 35). The buildings had by this time been a good deal +altered, and partly rebuilt in the classical style of the late +renaissance; but in these changes the library had been respected. I +reproduce (fig. 33) the portion of the view containing it and the +adjoining structures, together with the corresponding ground-plan (fig. +34). + +The authors of the _Voyage Litteraire_, Fathers Martene and Durand, who +visited Citeaux in 1710, thus describe this library: + + Citeaux sent sa grande maison et son chef d'ordre. Tout + y est grand, beau et magnifique, mais d'une magnificence + qui ne blesse point la simplicite religieuse.... + +[Illustration: Fig. 33. Bird's-eye view of part of the Monastery of +Citeaux. From a drawing dated 1718. A, library; B, farmery.] + + Les trois cloitres sont proportionnez au reste des + batimens. Dans l'un de ces cloitres on voit de petites + cellules comme a Clervaux, qu'on appelle les ecritoires, + parce que les anciens moines y ecrivoient des livres. La + bibliotheque est au dessus; le vaisseau est grand, + voute, et bien perce. Il y a bon fonds de livres + imprimez sur toutes sortes de matieres, et sept ou huit + cent manuscrits, dont la plupart sont des ouvrages des + peres de l'eglise[235]. + +The ground-plan (fig. 34) shews the writing-rooms or _scriptoria_, +apparently six in number, eastward of the church; and the bird's-eye view +(fig. 33) the library built over them. Unfortunately we know nothing of +the date of its construction. It occupied the greater part of the north +side of a cloister called "petit cloitre" or Farmery Cloister, from the +large building on the east side originally built as a Farmery (fig. 33, +B). It was approached by a newel-stair at its south-west corner (fig. 35). +This stair gave access to a vestibule, in which, on the west, was a door +leading into a room called small library (_petite bibliotheque_), +apparently built over one of the chapels at the east end of the church +(fig. 34). The destination of this room is not known. The library proper +was about 83 feet long by 25 feet broad[236], vaulted, and lighted by six +windows in the north and south walls. There was probably an east window +also, but as explained above, it was intended, when this plan was drawn, +to build a new gallery for books at this end of the older structure. + +[Illustration: Fig. 34, Ground-plan of part of the Monastery of Citeaux. +From a plan dated 1718.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 35, Ground-plan of the Library at Citeaux.] + +I proceed next to the library at Clairvaux, a House which may be called +the eldest daughter of Citeaux, having been founded by S. Bernard in 1115. +This library was built in a position precisely similar to that at Citeaux, +namely, eastward of the church, on the north side of the second cloister, +over the _Scriptoria_. Begun in 1495, it was completed in 1503; and was +evidently regarded as a work of singular beauty, over which the House +ought to rejoice, for the building of it is commemorated in the following +stanzas written on the first leaf of a catalogue made between 1496 and +1509, and now preserved in the library at Troyes[237]: + + La construction de cette librairie. + + Jadis se fist cette construction + Par bons ouvriers subtilz et plains de sens + L'an qu'on disoit de l'incarnation + Nonante cinq avec mil quatre cens. + + Et tant y fut besongnie de courage + En pierre, en bois, et autre fourniture + Qu'apres peu d'ans acheve fut louvrage + Murs et piliers et voulte et couverture. + + Puis en apres l'an mil v^c et trois + Y furent mis les livres des docteurs: + Le doux Jesus qui pendit en la croix + Doint paradis aux devotz fondateurs. + + Amen. + +We fortunately possess a minute description of Clairvaux, written, soon +after the completion of the new library, by the secretary to the Queen of +Sicily, who came there 13 July, 1517, and was taken, apparently, through +every part of the monastery[238]. The account of the library is as +follows: + + Et de ce meme coste [dudit cloistre] sont xiiii estudes + ou les religieulx escripvent et estudient, lesquelles + sont tres belles, et au dessus d'icelles estudes est la + neufve librairerie, a laquelle l'on va par une vis large + et haulte estant audict cloistre, laquelle librairie + contient de longeur lxiii passees, et de largeur xvii + passees. + + En icelle y a quarante huic banctz, et en chacun banc + quatre poulpitres fournys de livres de touttes sciences, + et principallement en theologie, dont la pluspart + desdicts livres sont en parchemin et escript a la main, + richement historiez et enluminez. + + L'ediffice de ladicte librairie est magnificque et + massonnee, et bien esclaire de deux costez de belles + grandes fenestres, bien vitres, ayant regard sur ledict + cloistre et cimitiere des Abbez. La couverture est de + plomb et semblablement de ladite eglise et cloistre, et + tous les pilliers bouttans d'iceulx ediffices couverts + de plomb. + + Le devant d'icelle librairie est moult richement orne et + entaille par le bas de collunnes d'estranges facons, et + par le hault de riches feuillaiges, pinacles et + tabernacles, garnis de grandes ymaiges, qui decorent et + embelissent ledict edifice. La vis, par laquelle on y + monte, est a six pans, larges pour y monter trois hommes + de front, et couronne a l'entour de cleres voyes de + massonerie. Ladicte librairerie est toute pavee de + petits carreaulx a diverses figures. + +It will be interesting to place by the side of this description a second, +written nearly two hundred years later, by the authors of the _Voyage +Litteraire_, who visited Clairvaux in the spring of 1709: + + Le grand cloitre ... est voute et vitre. Les religieux y + doivent garder un perpetuel silence. Dans le cote du + chapitre il y a des livres enchainez sur des pupitres de + bois, dans lesquels les religieux peuvent venir faire + des lectures lorsqu'ils veulent.... + + Du grand cloitre on entre dans le cloitre du colloque, + ainsi appelle, parce qu'il est permis aux religieux d'y + parler. Il y a dans ce cloitre douze ou quinze petites + cellules tout d'un rang, ou les religieux ecrivoient + autrefois des livres: c'est pourquoy on les appelle + encore aujourd'hui les ecritoires. Au-dessus de ces + cellules est la bibliotheque, dont le vaisseau est + grand, voute, bien perce, et rempli d'un grand nombre de + manuscrits, attachez avec des chaines sur des pupitres, + mais il y a peu de livres imprimez[239]. + +The plan of the substruction of this new library, as shewn on the +ground-plan of Clairvaux given by Viollet Le Duc[240], is exactly the same +as that of Citeaux (fig. 33) but on a larger scale. The library itself, as +there, was approached by a newel stair at its south-west corner. This +stair was hexagonal, and of a diameter sufficient to allow three men to +ascend at the same time. The library was of great extent--being about 206 +feet long by 56 feet broad--if the dimensions given in the above account +be correct, and if I am right in supposing a pace (_passee_) to be +equivalent to a modern _metre_; vaulted, and well lighted. The Queen's +secretary seems to have been specially struck by the beauty, the size, and +the decoration of the windows. The floor was paved with encaustic tiles. + +It will be interesting to note how, in some Houses, the library slowly +expanded itself, occupying, one after another, every coign of +vantage-ground. An excellent example of this growth is to be found in the +abbey of Saint Germain des Pres, Paris; and fortunately there are several +views, taken at different periods before the Revolution, on which the +gradual extension of the library can be readily traced. I append a portion +of two of these. The first (fig. 36), dated 1687, shews the library over +the south walk of the cloister, where it was placed in 1555. It must not, +however, be supposed that no library existed before this. On the contrary, +the House seems to have had one from the first foundation, and so early as +the thirteenth century it could be consulted by strangers, and books +borrowed from it. The second view (fig. 37), dated 1724, shews a still +further extension of the library. It has now invaded the west side of the +cloister, which has received an upper storey; and even the external +appearance of the venerable Frater, which was respected when nearly all +the rest of the buildings were rebuilt in a classical style, has been +sacrificed to a similar gallery. The united lengths of these three rooms +must have been little short of 384 feet. This library was at the disposal +of all scholars who desired to use it. When the Revolution came it +contained more than 49,000 printed books, and 7000 manuscripts[241]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 36. Part of the Abbey of S. Germain des Pres, Paris. + +From a print dated 1687; reproduced in _Les Anciennes Bibliotheques de +Paris_, par Alf. Franklin, Vol. I. p 126.] + + 1 Porta major monasterii. + 2 Atrium ecclesie. + 3 Regalis basilica. + 4 Sacrarium. + 5 Claustrum parvum B. M. + 7 Dormitorium. + 8 Bibliotheca. + 9 Dormitoria R. Patrum Congregationis. + 10 Aulae Hospitum. + 12 Refectorium. + + +[Illustration: Fig. 37. Part of the Abbey of S. Germain des Pres, Paris. + +From a print in _Histoire de l'Abbaye Royale de Saint Germain des Prez_, +par Dom Jacques Bouillart, fol. Paris, 1724, lettered "l'Abbaye ... telle +qu'elle est presentement."] + + A. Porte Exterieure. + B. Maisons de l'enclos. + C. Parvis de l'Eglise. + D. L'Eglise. + F. Saciristie. + G. Petit Cloitre. + H. Grand Cloitre. + I. Bibliotheque. + K. Dortoir. + L. Refectoire. + M. Cuisine. + Z. Dortoir des Hotes. + +I now pass to Cathedrals, which vied with monasteries in the possession of +a library; and, as might be expected, the two sets of buildings throw +light on each other. I regret that it has now become impossible to +discover the site or the extent of such a library as that of York, which +was well stocked with books so early as the middle of the eighth century; +or of that of Notre Dame de Paris, which was a centre of instruction as +well as of learning; but some good examples of capitular libraries can be +found in other places; and, like those of the monasteries, they were for +the most part built in the fifteenth century. I will begin with the +library of Lincoln Cathedral, part of which is still in existence[242]. + +The Cathedral of Lincoln was founded at the close of the eleventh century, +and in the middle of the twelfth we find the books belonging to it kept in +a press (_armarium_). We learn this from the heading of a list[243] of +them when placed in the charge of Hamo, Chancellor 1150-1182, written on +the first page of a copy of the Vulgate, the first volume in the +collection: + + Quando Hamoni cancellario cancellaria data fuit et + librorum cura commissa, hos in armario invenit libros et + sub custodia sua recepit, scilicet: + + Bibliothecam in duobus voluminibus [etc.]. + +The list which follows enumerates 42 volumes, together with a map of the +world. To this small collection there were added in Hamo's time, either by +his own gift or by that of other benefactors, 31 volumes more; so that +before his death the press contained 73 volumes, probably a large +collection for that period. Besides these, there were service-books in the +charge of the bursar (_thesaurarius_), and song-books in that of the +precentor. The three collections were probably kept in the church. + +The first indication of a separate room to contain books is afforded by +the gift of a volume by Philip Repyndon, Bishop 1405-1419, in which year +he resigned. It is given after his resignation, "to the new library to be +built within the Church of Lincoln." Again, Thomas Duffield, formerly +Chancellor, who died in 1426, bequeathed another book "to the new library +of the aforesaid church." The erection of the new library may therefore be +placed between 1419 and 1426. + +A catalogue, now in the muniment room at Lincoln, which, on internal +evidence, may be dated about 1450, enumerates 107 works, of which 77 +(more or less) have been identified as still in the library. The heading, +which I will translate, refers to a chaining of the books which had +recently taken place, possibly after the construction of the cases which I +shall describe in a subsequent chapter. + + It is to be noted that in this indenture are enumerated + all the books in the library of the church of blessed + Mary of Lincoln which have lately been secured with + locks and chains; of which indenture one part is + stitched into the end of the black book of the aforesaid + church, and the other part remains in ...[244]. + +The library--a timber structure--was placed over the northern half of the +east walk of the cloister. At present only three bays at the north end +remain; but there were originally two bays more, at the south end, between +the existing structure and the Chapter-House. These were destroyed in +1789, when the following Chapter Order was made (7 May): + + That the old Library adjoining to the Chapter House + shall be taken down, and the part of the Cloysters under + it new leaded and the walls compleated, and the Stair + case therto removed, and a new Stair Case made, agreable + to a plan and estimate of the Expence thereof. + +I will now briefly describe the room, with the assistance of the plan +(fig. 38)[245], and the view of the interior (fig. 39). + +[Illustration: Fig. 39. Interior of the Old Library, Lincoln Cathedral. + +The open door leads into Dean Honywood's Library, as described in Chapter +VIII.] + +The walls are 9 ft. 8 in. high, from the floor to the top of the +wall-plate. They are divided into bays, each 7 ft. 9 in. wide, by vertical +shafts, from which, at a height of 5 ft. 9 in. from the ground, spring the +braces which support the tiebeams of the roof. These are massive beams of +oak, slightly arched, and molded on their under-surface. Their position is +indicated by dotted lines on the plan (fig. 38). The whole roof is a +splendid specimen of fifteenth century work, enriched with carving in the +finest style of execution. There is a bold ornament in the centre of each +tiebeam; and at the foot of the central joist in each bay, which is wider +than the rest, and molded, while the others are plain, there is an angel, +projecting horizontally from the wall. The purlin, again, is molded, and +where it intersects the central joist a subject is carved: an angel +playing on a musical instrument--a bird--a rose--a grotesque figure--and +the like. Below the wall-plate is a cornice, 12 in. deep, ornamented with +a row of quatrefoils above a row of battlements. Beneath these there is a +groove, which seems to indicate that the walls were once panelled or +plastered. + +[Illustration: Fig. 38. Plan of the Old Library, Lincoln Cathedral.] + +It is probable that there was originally a row of equidistant windows in +the east and west walls, one to each bay on each side; but of these, if +they ever existed, no trace remains. There must also have been a window at +the north end, and probably one at the south end also. The present windows +are plainly modern. The room is known to have suffered from a fire, which +tradition assigns to 1609; and probably the original windows were changed +during the repairs rendered necessary at that time. + +[Illustration: Fig. 40. Plan of the Cloister, etc., Lincoln Cathedral.] + +It is not easy to decide how this library was approached. It has been +suggested that the stone newel stair at the north-west corner of the +Chapter-House was used for this purpose; but, if that be the case, how are +we to explain the words in the above order "the Stair Case thereto +removed"; and an item which occurs in the Cathedral Accounts for 1789, +"taking down the old stairs, strings, and banisters, 14_s._"? It appeared +to me, when examining the building, that there had been originally a door +on the east side, now replaced by a window, as shewn on the plan (fig. +38). Possibly the staircase destroyed in 1789 led to this door, which was +conveniently situated in the centre of a bay. The staircase built in 1789 +is the one still existing at the north-east corner of the old library +(fig. 40, A). + +At Salisbury Bishop Osmund (1078-99) is stated to have "got together a +quantity of books, for he himself did not disdain either to write books or +to bind them after they had been written"[246]; but the library, as +elsewhere, was a work of the fifteenth century. The foundation is very +clearly recorded in an act of the Chapter, dated 15 January, 1444-45. The +members present decide that as it is desirable, "for divers reasons, to +have certain schools suitable for lectures, together with a library for +the safe keeping of books and the convenience of those who wish to study +therein--which library up to the present time they have been without--such +schools and library shall be built as soon as possible over one side of +the cloister of the church, at the cost of William [Ayscough] now Bishop +of Salisbury, the Dean, and the Canons of the aforesaid church[247]." +Accordingly, a building was erected, extending over the whole length of +the east cloister, conveniently approached by the staircase at the +south-west corner of the south transept, which originally led only to the +roof. This library was curtailed to its present dimensions, and otherwise +altered, in consequence of a Chapter Order dated 25 November, 1758, part +of which I proceed to quote: + + That the southern part of the library be taken down as + far as the partitions within which the manuscripts are + placed, the whole being found much too heavy to be + properly supported by the Cloysters, which were never + designed originally to bear so great a weight. + + That the roof of the northern part of the library (where + the Theological lecture antiently used to be given by + the Chancellor of the Church) be taken down; the walls + lowered, and a new and lighter roof be placed in its + room; and that the same be fitted up in a neat and + convenient manner for the reception of the present books + and any others which shall hereafter be added to them. + +The appearance of the library, as the execution of the above order left +it, will be understood from the view (fig. 41), taken from the roof of an +adjoining alley of the cloister. Internally the room is 66 feet long, 20 +feet wide, and 12 ft. 9 in. high. It has a flat plaster ceiling, part of +the "new and lighter roof" imposed on the lowered walls in 1758. The +fittings are wholly modern. + +The library attached to S. Paul's Cathedral, London, by which I mean the +medieval cathedral commonly called Old S. Paul's, was in a similar +position. Its history is succinctly recorded by Dugdale. After describing +the cemetery called Pardon Church Hawgh, with the cloister that surrounded +it, he proceeds: + + _The Library._ + + Over the East quadrant of the before mentioned Cloyster, + was a fair _Library_ built, at the costs of _Walter + Shiryngton_, Chancelour of the Duchy of Lancaster in + King Henry the 6th's time: But in the year MDXLIX. 10. + _Apr._ both Chapell, Cloyster, and Monuments, excepting + onely that side where the _Library_ was, were pulled + down to the ground, by the appointment of _Edward_ Duke + of Somerset, then Lord Protector to King _Edward_ 6. and + the materialls carried into the Strand, towards the + building of that stately fabrick called Somerset-House, + which he then erected; the ground where they stood being + afterwards converted into a Garden, for the Pettie + Canons[248]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 42. Plan of the Library in Wells Cathedral. + +Scale 1/10 inch=1 foot.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 41. Exterior of the Library at Salisbury Cathedral, +looking north-east.] + +Nothing is known of the dimensions or arrangement of the above room; but, +as it was over a cloister, it must have been long and narrow, like that +which still exists in a similar position at Wells Cathedral, which I will +briefly mention next. + +The Chapter Library at Wells Cathedral occupies the south end of a long, +narrow room over the east pane of the cloister, approached by a spiral +staircase from the south transept. This room is about 162 feet long by 12 +feet wide; the portion assigned to the library is about 106 feet long +(fig. 42). The roof was originally divided into 13 spaces by oak +principals, very slightly arched, resting on stone corbels. There were two +windows on each side to each space. In the part fitted up as a library the +principals have been plastered over to imitate stone, and the joists +between them concealed by a ceiling. There is a tradition that this room +was fitted up as a library in 1472. The present fittings, which I shall +have occasion to mention in a subsequent chapter, were put up when the +library was refitted and stocked with books after the Restoration[249]. + +These four examples--at Lincoln, Salisbury, S. Paul's, and Wells--are +typical of Cathedral libraries built over a cloister. I will next notice +some that were detached. + +[Illustration: Fig. 43. Plan of the Library at Lichfield Cathedral. + +From _History and Antiquities of Staffordshire_, by Stebbing Shaw, fol. +Lond. 1798, Vol. 11. p. 244.] + +The library of Lichfield Cathedral[250] stood on the north side of the +cathedral, west of the north door, at some little distance from the church +(fig. 43). It was begun in 1489, when Thomas Heywood, dean, "gave L40 +towards building a library of brick," and completed in 1493. It was about +60 feet long by 15 feet wide, approached by a flight of stairs. As the +Chapter Order (9 December, 1757) which authorised its destruction speaks +of the "Library, Chapter Clerk's House, and Cloisters," I suspect that it +stood on a colonnade, after the manner of the beautiful structure at +Noyon, a cathedral town in eastern France, at no great distance from +Amiens. + +This library--which I have carefully examined on two occasions--was built +in pursuance of the following Order of the Chapter, 16 November, 1506. + + Le 16. iour de Nouembre audit an, l'affaire de la + Librairie se remet sus. Le sieur Doyen offre cent francs + pour cet oeuure. Et le 20. iour de Nouembre, ouy le + Maistre de Fabrique et Commissaires a ce deputez, fut + arrestee le long de l'allee qui meine de l'Eglise a la + porte Corbaut; et a cet effect sera tire le bois a ce + necessaire de nos forests, et se fera ladite Librairie + suiuant le pourtrait ou patron exhibe au Chapitre le + sixiesme iour de Mars 1506. Le Bailly de Chapitre donne + cent sols pour ce bastiment, a condition qu'il en aura + une clef[251]. + +This library (fig. 44) is, so far as I know, an unique specimen of a +library built wholly of wood, supported on wooden pillars with stone +bases, so that it is raised about 10 feet above the stone floor on which +they rest, probably for the sake of dryness. There is a legend that a +market used to be held there; but at present the spaces between the +pillars have been filled in on the south side. The one here represented +(fig. 45) stands on the north side, in a small yard between the library +and the cathedral. + +[Illustration: Fig. 44. Chapter-Library at Noyon, France.] + +The site selected for the building is on the south side of the choir of +the cathedral, with its longest axis north and south. It measures 72 feet +in length by 17 feet in width between walls, but was originally longer, a +piece having been cut off at the south end, where the entrance now is, and +where the library is now terminated by a stone wall of classical +character. Tradition places the entrance at the opposite end, by means of +an external staircase; an arrangement which would have been more +convenient for the members of the Chapter, as they could have approached +it through their vestry, which is on the south side of the choir. There +are now nine windows on the east side--originally there were at least ten; +but none on the west side, and it is doubtful if there ever were any, as +they would be rendered useless by the proximity of other structures. The +fittings are modern and without interest. + +[Illustration: Fig. 45. A single pillar of the cloister beneath the +Chapter Library at Noyon.] + +At Bayeux also the Chapter-library is a detached building--of stone, in +two floors, about 40 feet long by 26 feet wide, but I have not been able +to discover the date at which it was built; and at York a detached library +was built 1421-22 at the south-west corner of the south transept. This +building, in two floors, the upper of which appears to have held the +books, is still in existence. + +The Cathedral library at Troyes, built by Bishop Louis Raguier between +1477 and 1479, to replace an older structure, was in an unusual position, +and arranged in an unusual manner. It abutted against the south-east angle +of the south transept, from which it could be entered. It was nearly +square, being 30 feet long by 24 feet broad; and the vault was supported +on a central pillar, from which radiated the six desks which contained the +books (fig. 46). It was called _La Theologale_, because lectures on +theology were given in it, as in the library at Salisbury. The desks were +taken down in 1706, and the whole structure swept away in 1841-42, by the +Departmental Architect, in the course of "a thorough restoration[252]." + +[Illustration: Fig. 46. Plan of the Library at the south-east angle of the +south transept of the Cathedral at Troyes. + +A, B, C, D, Library; E, Entrance from vestibule in front of south transept +door. The room on the east side of this passage was used to keep records +in.] + +At this point I cannot refrain from mentioning a somewhat anomalous +library-foundation at Worcester, due to the zeal of Bishop Carpenter +(1444-76), though both structure and foundation have been long since swept +away[253]. In 1464 he built and endowed a library in connexion with the +charnel-house or chapel of S. Thomas, martyr, a detached building on the +north side of the cathedral. The deed in which this foundation is recorded +contains so many interesting particulars that I will state briefly the +most important points insisted upon[254]. + +The Bishop begins by stating that by ancient arrangement the sacrist of +the cathedral, assisted by a chaplain, is bound to celebrate mass daily in +the charnel-house or chapel aforesaid, to keep it in repair, and to supply +it with ornaments and vestments. For this purpose an annual endowment of +15 marks has been provided. He then describes his own foundation. + +In accordance with the intention of his predecessors, and actuated by a +desire to increase the knowledge of our holy faith, he has built a library +in the aforesaid charnel-house, and caused certain books to be chained +therein. Further, lest these volumes should be left uncared for, and so be +damaged or abstracted, he has caused a dwelling-house for a master or +keeper of the said books to be erected at the end of the said library; and +he has conferred on the said keeper a new stipend, in addition to the old +stipend of 15 marks. + +This keeper must be a graduate in theology, and a good preacher. He is to +live in the said chantry, and say mass daily in the chapel thereof. He is +to take care of all the books in the library, which he is to open on every +week-day for two hours before None, and for two hours after None, to all +who wish to enter for the purpose of study. He is to explain hard and +doubtful passages of scripture when asked to do so, and once in every week +to deliver a public lecture in the library. Moreover on Holy Thursday he +is to preach in the cathedral, or at the cross in the burial-ground. + +Further, in order to prevent any book being alienated, or carried away, or +stolen from the library, a tripartite list of all the books is to be made, +wherein the true value of each is to be set down. One of these lists is +to be retained by the Bishop, another by the sacrist, and a third by the +keeper. Whenever a book is bequeathed or given to the library it is to be +at once set down in this list together with its true value. + +On the Friday after the feast of Relics (27 January) in each year, the +sacrist and the keeper are carefully to compare the books with the list; +and should any book have disappeared from the library through the +carelessness of the keeper, he is to replace it or the value of it within +one month, under a penalty of forty shillings, whereof twenty shillings is +to be paid to the Bishop, and twenty shillings to the sacrist. When the +aforesaid month has fully expired, the sacrist is to set apart out of his +own salary a sum sufficient to pay the above fine, and to purchase and +chain in the library as soon as possible another book of the same value +and material. + +The keeper is to receive from the sacrist an annual salary of ten pounds, +and four yards of woollen cloth to make him a gown and hood. + +The sacrist is to keep the chapel, library, books, and chains, together +with the house built for the use of the keeper, in good repair; and he is, +moreover, to find and maintain the vestments and lights required for the +chapel. All these duties he is to swear on the Holy Gospels that he will +faithfully perform. + +My enumeration of Cathedral libraries would be sadly incomplete if I did +not say a few words about the splendid structure which is attached to the +Cathedral of Rouen[255]. The Chapter possessed a respectable collection of +books at so early a date as 1120; this grew, and, 29 July, 1424, it was +decided to build "a study or library (_quoddam studium seu vnam +librariam_)," which was completed in 1428. Fifty years afterwards--in +1477--it was decided that the library should be extended. The first +thought of the Chapter was that it should be built of wood, and the +purchase of good stout timber (_bona et grossa ligna_) is ordered. This +plan, however, was evidently abandoned almost as soon as it was formed, +for two years afterwards (20 April 1479) "the library lately erected" is +mentioned. These words can only refer to the existing structure which is +built wholly of stone. A week later (28 April) William Pontis, +master-mason, was asked to prepare a design for a staircase up to the +library. This he supplied on the following day. In June of the same year +the Chapter had a serious difference of opinion with him on the ground +that he had altered the design and exceeded the estimate. They came, +however, to the wise conclusion that he should go on with the work and be +requested to finish it with all dispatch. + +In the following spring (20 March 1480) it was decided to prolong the +library as far as the street; and in 1481 (18 September) to build the +beautiful stone gate surmounted by a screen in open-work through which the +court is now entered. This was completed by the end of 1482. The whole +structure had therefore occupied about five years in building. + +The library, together with a building of older date next to the Cathedral +which serves as a sort of vestibule to it, occupies the west side of what +is still called, from the booksellers' shops which used to stand there, +_La Cour des Libraires_. The whole building measures 105 ft. in length, by +25 ft. in breadth. The library proper is lighted by six windows in the +east wall, and by two windows in the north wall. The masonry of the wall +under these windows and the two lancets by which it is pierced indicate +that advantage had been taken of an earlier building to form the +substructure of the library. The west wall must always have been blank. +Access to the library was obtained directly from the transept by means of +the beautiful stone staircase in two flights which Pontis built in 1479. +This staircase leads up to a door marked BIBLIOTHECA which opens into the +vestibule above mentioned. In 1788 a room was built over the library to +contain the archives of the church, and the staircase was then ingeniously +prolonged so as to reach the new second-floor. + +Unfortunately the minutes of the Chapter tell us nothing about the +original fittings of this room[256]. In 1718 the books were kept in +cupboards protected by wire-work, over which were the portraits of +benefactors to the library[257]. + +At present the archives have disappeared; the few books that remain have +replaced them in the upper storey, and the library is used as a second +vestry. The illustration (fig. 47) shews the interior of the _Cour des +Libraires_, with the beautiful gate of entrance from the street. The +library occupies the first floor. Beneath are the arches under which the +shops used to be arranged; and above is the library of 1788. + +[Illustration: Fig. 47. Interior of the _Cour des Libraires_, Rouen, +shewing the gate of entrance from the street, and the Library.] + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[208] _Catalogi Bibliothecarum antiqui_; ed. G. Bekker, 8vo. 1885, pp. +24-28. + +[209] _Ibid._, pp. 43-53. + +[210] _Ibid._, pp. 64-73. + +[211] _Ibid._ p. 82-120. + +[212] _Catalogi Veteres Librorum Eccl. Cath. Dunelm._, ed. Surtees Soc. +1838, pp. 1-10. + +[213] See a letter by Dr M. R. James in _The Guardian_, 18 May, 1898. + +[214] _Catalogi Veteres Librorum Eccl. Cath. Dunelm._ Ed. Surtees Soc, +1838, pp. 46-79. This catalogue is dated Easter, 1395. + +[215] _Ibid._ pp. 10-34. This catalogue is dated 1391. + +[216] _Ibid._ pp. 34-38. Of the same date. + +[217] _Ibid._ pp. 80, 81. These volumes are recorded in the first of the +above catalogues. + +[218] _Ibid._ pp. 81-84. The date is 1395. For a description of the +Spendment see _Rites of Durham_, _ut supra_, p. 71. + +[219] Printed in _Catalogue general des manuscrits des Bibliotheques +Publiques de France_, V. 339-452. + +[220] Inventarium librorum monasterii Cistercii, Cabilonensis diocesis, +factum per nos, fratrem Johannem, abbatem eiusdem loci, anno Domini +millesimo CCCC octuagesimo, postquam per duos annos continuos labore +duorum et sepius trium ligatorum eosdem libros aptari, ligari, et +cooperiri, cum magnis sumptibus et expensis fecimus. + +[221] Et primo librorum existencium in libraria dormitorii, quam ut est +disposuimus, cum locus ipse prius diu fuisset inutilis et dudum arti +sutorie et vestiario serviebat, sicut per aliquas annexas armariorumque +dispositiones apparebat, sed a II^o annis vel circa nichil aut parum ibi +fuerat. + +[222] _Dictionnaire raisonne de l'Architecture_, I. 271. He does not give +the date, but, when I examined the original in the _Bibliotheque +Nationale_, I found it plainly dated 1674. It is a most valuable record, +as it shews the monastic buildings, which were greatly altered at the +beginning of the last century, in their primitive state. + +[223] With this use of the word _linea_ may be compared the word _rayon_, +now usually used in France for a shelf, especially a book-shelf. + +[224] Godwin, _De Praesulibus Angliae_, ed. Richardson, I. 126. + +[225] _Anglia Sacra_, I. 145. Librariam etiam supra Capellam Prioris +situatam perpulcra caelatura adornavit, quam etiam nonnullis libris +instaurari fecit, ad usum maxime literarum studiis deditorum, quos miro +studio et benevolentia nutrivit et fovit. + +[226] _Rites of Durham_, p. 26. + +[227] Item structura ij fenestrarum in Libraria tam in opere lapideo, +ferrario et vitriario, ac in reparacione tecti descorum et ij ostiorum, +necnon reparacione librorum se extendit ad iiij^{oo}x^i. xvj^o. et ultra. +_Hist. Dunelm. Scriptores tres._ Ed. Surtees Soc. p. cclxxiii. + +[228] _Regist. Abbatiae Johannis Whethamstede Abbatis monasterii sancti +Albani iterum susceptae_: ed. II. T. Riley, Rolls Ser. Vol. I. p. 423. + +[229] _Hist. and Ant. of Worcester._ By V. Green, 4to. Lond. 1796. Vol. I. +p. 79. The measurements in the text were taken by myself in 1895. + +[230] _Monumenta Franciscana_, ed. J. S. Brewer, Rolls Ser. Vol. I. p. +319, from a document called "Prima fundatio fratrum minorum Londoniae," +MSS. Cotton, Vitellius, F. xii. + +[231] Stow's _Survey_, ed. Strype, fol. Lond. 1720, Book 3, p. 130. + +[232] _History of Christ's Hospital_, by Rev. W. Trollope, 4to. Lond. +1834, App. p. xxiii. The view of the library (fig. 32) is borrowed from +this work. + +[233] I have to thank M. Joseph Garnier, Archiviste du Departement, for +his great kindness, not only in allowing me to examine these precious +relics, but in having them conveyed to a photographer, and personally +superintending a reproduction of them for my use. + +[234] This plan is not dated, but, from internal evidence, it forms part +of the set to which the bird's-eye view and the general ground-plan +belong. They were taken when "des projets," as the heading calls them, +were being discussed. One of these was an increase of the library by the +addition of a long gallery at the east end at right angles to the original +construction. + +[235] _Voyage Litteraire de deux Religieux Benedictins_, 4to. Paris, 1717, +I. 198, 221. + +[236] I have taken 1 _toise_=6.39 feet. + +[237] I have to thank M. Leon Dorez, of the Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris, +for kindly lending me his transcript of this catalogue, and for continual +help in all my researches. + +[238] Printed in Didron, _Annales Archeologiques_, 1845, III. 228. The +article is entitled: _Un grand monastere au XVI^{me} siecle_. I owe this +reference to my friend Mr W. H. St John Hope, Assistant Secretary to the +Society of Antiquaries. + +[239] _Voy. Litt._ I. 101, 102. + +[240] _Dictionnaire de l'Architecture_, I. 267. + +[241] For the history of this library see Bouillart's work cited at the +foot of Fig. 37; and Franklin, _Anciennes Bibliotheques de Paris_, Vol. I. +pp. 107-134. + +[242] For the historical information contained in this narrative, which +originally appeared as a paper in the _Camb. Ant. Soc. Proc. and Comm._ +IX. 37 for 18 February, 1895, I am indebted to an article in _The +Builder_, 2 April, 1892, pp. 259-263, by my friend the late Rev. E. +Venables, Canon and Precentor of Lincoln. + +[243] This list has been printed in the Appendix to _Giraldus Cambrensis_ +(Rolls Series), VII. 165-171. + +[244] Memorandum quod in ista indentura continentur omnes libri existentes +in libraria ecclesie beate Marie Lincoln de novo sub seruris cathenati, +cuius quidem indenture una pars consuitur in fine nigri libri dicte +ecclesie et altera pars remanet in.... The rest of the line is illegible. +I have to thank the Rev. A. R. Maddison for kindly lending me his +transcript of this valuable MS. + +[245] For this plan I have to thank my friend T. D. Atkinson, Esq., of +Cambridge, architect. + +[246] William of Malmesbury, _Gesta Pontificum_, Rolls Ser. p. 183. + +[247] Ex eo quod visum est eis vtile et necessarium diuersis causis eos +moventibus habere quasdam scolas competentes pro lecturis suis vna cum +libraria ad conseruacionem librorum et vtilitatem inibi studere volencium +qua hactenus caruerunt statuerunt ... quod super vna parte claustri +eiusdem ecclesie huiusmodi scole edificentur ... cum libraria [etc.]. +Chapter Act Book. I have to thank A. R. Malden, Esq., Chapter Clerk, for +his kind assistance. + +[248] Dugdale, _History of S. Paul's Cathedral_, fol. 1658, p. 132. + +[249] I have fully described this library and its fittings in _Camb. Ant. +Soc. Proc. and Comm._ 1891. Vol. viii., pp. 6-10. + +[250] My account of the library at Lichfield is derived from the _History +and Antiquities of the Church and City of Lichfield_, by Rev. Th. Harwood, +4to. Gloucester, 1806, p. 180; and the Chapter Act Book, which I was +allowed to examine through the kindness of my friend the Very Rev. H. M. +Luckock, D.D., Dean. + +[251] Levasseur, _Annales de L'Eglise Cathedrale de Noyon_, 4to. Paris, +1633, p. IIII. A marginal note tells us that the gift of the Bailly de +Chapitre was accepted 14 June, 1507. + +[252] _Voyage archeologique ... dans le Departement de l'Aube._ A. F. +Arnaud. 4to. Troyes 1837, pp. 161-163. + +[253] For the library belonging to the monastery see p. 108. + +[254] The deed is copied in _MSS. Prattinton_ (Soc. Ant. Lond.), Vol. +VIII. p. 379. For this reference I have to thank the Rev. J. K. Floyer, +M.A., librarian of Worcester Cathedral. See his _Thousand Years of a +Cathedral Library_ in the _Reliquary_ for Jan. 1901, p. 7. + +[255] My principal authority for the history of the Chapter Library is the +Minute-Book of the Dean and Chapter of Rouen Cathedral, now preserved in +the Archives de la Ville at Rouen, where I had the pleasure of studying it +in September, 1896. A summary of it is given in _Inventaire-Sommaire des +Archives Departementales_ (Seine Inferieure), 4to. Paris, 1874, Vol. II. I +have also consulted _Recherches sur les Bibliotheques ... de Rouen_, 8vo., +1853. + +[256] The Canons held a long debate, 28 May, 1479, "de ambonibus seu +lutrinis in nova libraria fiendis et collocandis"; but finally decided to +use the furniture of the old library for the present. + +[257] _Voyage Liturgique de la France_, par Le Sieur de Moleon, 1718, p. +268. I have to thank Dr James for this quotation. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +THE FITTINGS OF MONASTIC LIBRARIES AND OF COLLEGIATE LIBRARIES PROBABLY +IDENTICAL. ANALYSIS OF SOME LIBRARY-STATUTES. MONASTIC INFLUENCE AT THE +UNIVERSITIES. NUMBER OF BOOKS OWNED BY COLLEGES. THE COLLEGIATE LIBRARY. +BISHOP COBHAM'S LIBRARY AT OXFORD. LIBRARY AT QUEENS' COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE. +AT ZUTPHEN. THE LECTERN SYSTEM. CHAINING OF BOOKS. FURTHER EXAMPLES AND +ILLUSTRATIONS. + + +How were the libraries mentioned in the preceding chapter fitted up? For +instance, what manner of bookcases did Archbishop Chichele put into his +library at Canterbury in 1414, or the "bons ouvriers subtilz et plains de +sens" supply to the Abbat of Clairvaux in 1496? The primitive book-presses +have long ago been broken up; and the medieval devices that succeeded them +have had no better fate. This dearth of material need not, however, +discourage us. We have, I think, the means of discovering with tolerable +certainty what monastic fittings must have been, by comparing the +bookcases which still exist in a more or less perfect form in the +libraries of Oxford and Cambridge with such monastic catalogues as give +particulars of arrangement and not merely lists of books. + +The collegiate system was in no sense monastic, indeed it was to a certain +extent established to counteract monastic influence; but it is absurd to +suppose that the younger communities would borrow nothing from the +elder--especially when we reflect that the monastic system, as inaugurated +by S. Benedict, had completed at least seven centuries of successful +existence before Walter de Merton was moved to found a college, and that +many of the subsequent founders of colleges were more or less closely +connected with monasteries. Further, as we have seen that study was +specially enjoined upon monks by S. Benedict, it is precisely in the +direction of study that we might expect to find features common to the two +sets of communities. And, in fact, an examination of the statutes +affecting the library in the codes imposed upon some of the earlier +colleges at Oxford and Cambridge, leads us irresistibly to the conclusion +that they were derived from monastic Customs, using the word in its +technical sense, and monastic practice. The resemblances are too striking +to be accidental. + +I shall therefore, in the next place, review, as briefly as I can, the +statutes of some of the above colleges, taking them in chronological +order[258]; and I shall translate some passages from them. + +But first let me mention that the principle of lending books to students +under a pledge was accepted by the University of Oxford many years before +colleges were founded. It is recorded that Roger L'Isle, Dean of York, in +the early part of the thirteenth century, "bestowed several exemplars of +the holy Bible to be used by the Scholars of Oxford under a pledge"; that +the said books, with others, were "locked up in chests, or chained upon +desks in S. Mary's Chancel and Church to be used by the Masters upon leave +first obtained"; that certain officers were appointed to keep the keys of +these chests, and to receive the pledges from those that borrowed the +books; and that the books were so kept "till the library over the +Congregation House was built, and then being taken out, were set up in +pews or studies digested according to Faculties, chained, and had a keeper +appointed over them[259]." + +In the statutes of Merton College, Oxford, 1274, the teacher of grammar +(_grammaticus_) is to be supplied with a sufficient number of books out of +the funds of the House, but no other mention of books occurs therein[260]. +The explanatory ordinances, however, given in 1276 by Robert Kilwardby +(Archbishop of Canterbury 1273-79), direct that the books of the community +are to be kept under three locks, and to be assigned by the warden and +sub-warden to the use of the Fellows under sufficient pledge[261]. In the +second statutes of University College (1292), it is provided, "that no +Fellow shall alienate, sell, pawn, hire, lett, or grant, any House, Rent, +Money, Book, or other Thing, without the Consent of all the Fellows"; and +further, with special reference to the Library: + + Every Book of the House, now given, or hereafter to be + given, shall have a high value set upon it when it is + borrowed, in order that he that has it may be more + fearful lest he lose it; and let it be lent by an + Indenture, whereof one part is to be kept in the common + Chest, and the other with him that has the Book: And let + no Book, belonging to the House, be lent out of the + College, without a Pawn better (than the Book), and this + with the Consent of all the Fellows. + + Let there be put one Book of every Sort that the House + has, in some common and secure Place; that the Fellows, + and others with the Consent of a Fellow, may for the + Future have the Benefit of it. + + Every Opponent in Theology, or Reader of the Sentences, + or a Regent that commonly reads (_regens et legens + communiter_), when he wants it, shall have any necessary + Book, that the House has, lent to him Gratis; and when + he has done with it, let him restore it to that Fellow, + who had formerly made choice of it[262]. + +The statutes of Oriel College, dated 1329, lay down the following rules +for the management of books: + + The common books (_communes libri_) of the House are to + be brought out and inspected once a year, on the feast + of the Commemoration of Souls [2 November], in presence + of the Provost or his deputy, and of the Scholars + [Fellows]. + + Every one of them in turn, in order of seniority, may + select a single book which either treats of the science + to which he is devoting himself, or which he requires + for his use. This he may keep, if he please, until the + same festival in the succeeding year, when a similar + selection of books is to take place, and so on, from + year to year. + + If there should happen to be more books than persons, + those that remain are to be selected in the same + manner[263]. + +The last clause plainly shews how small the number of the books must have +been when the statute was written. Their safety was subsequently secured +by an ordinance of the Provost and Scholars, which, by decree of the +Visitor, dated 13 May, 1441, received the authority of a statute. The high +value set upon the books is shewn by the extreme stringency of the +penalties imposed for wilful loss or failure of restitution. After +describing the annual assemblage of the Provost and Fellows, as directed +in the former statute, the new enactment proceeds as follows: + + Any person who absents himself on that day, so that the + books selected by him are neither produced nor restored; + or who, being present, refuses to produce or to restore + them; or who refuses to pay the full value, if, without + any fraud or deception on his part, it should happen + that any one of them be missing; is to be deprived of + all right of selecting books for that year; and any + person who wittingly defers the aforesaid production or + restitution till Christmas next ensuing, shall, _ipso + facto_, cease to be a Fellow. + + Further, any scholar who has pawned or alienated, + contrary to the common consent of the college, any book + or object of value (_jocale_) belonging to the college; + or who has even suggested, helped, or favoured, such + pawning or alienation, shall, _ipso facto_, cease to be + a member of the Society[264]. + +The statutes of Peterhouse, Cambridge, dated 1344, class the books of the +Society with the charters and the muniments, and prescribe the following +rules for their safe custody: + + In order that the books which are the common property of + the House (_communes libri_), the charters, and the + muniments, may be kept in safe custody, we appoint and + ordain that an indenture be drawn up of the whole of + them in the presence of at least the major part of the + scholars, expressing what the books are, and to what + faculty they belong; of which indenture one part is to + be deposited with the Master, the other with the Deans, + as a record of the transaction. + + The aforesaid books, charters, and muniments are to be + placed in one or more common chests, each having two + locks, one key of which shall for greater security be + deposited with the Master, the other with the Senior + Dean, who shall cause the books to be distributed to + those scholars who have need of them, in the manner + which has been more fully set forth in the section which + treats of the office of the Deans[265]. + +The section referred to prescribes that the Deans + + are to distribute them [the books] to the scholars in + such manner as shall appear to them expedient; and + further, they shall, if they think proper, make each + scholar take an oath that he will not alienate any book + so borrowed, but will take all possible care of it, and + restore it to the Master and Dean, at the expiration of + the appointed time[266]. + +In 1473 Dr John Warkworth became Master. He was evidently a lover of +books, for he gave to the Library fifty-five volumes, which he protected, +after the fashion of an earlier age, by invoking a curse upon him who +should alienate them. Moreover, during his Mastership, in 1480, the +College enacted or adopted a special statute headed, _De libris Collegii_, +which may be thus translated: + + In the name of God, Amen. As books are the most precious + treasure of scholars, concerning which there ought to be + the most diligent care and forethought, lest, as + heretofore, they fall to decay or be lost, it is hereby + appointed, settled, and ordained, by the Master and + Fellows of the House or College of S. Peter in + Cambridge, that no book which has been chained in the + library there shall be taken away from, or removed out + of, the library, except by special assent and consent of + the Master and all the resident Fellows of the aforesaid + College--it being understood that by resident Fellows a + majority of the whole Society is meant. + + Provided always that no book which has been given to the + library on condition of being kept perpetually chained + therein shall, by virtue of this statute, be on any + pretence removed from it, except only when it needs + repair. + + Provided also that every book in the library which is to + be selected and distributed shall have a certain value + set upon it by the Master and the two Deans, and that + indentures shall be drawn up recording the same. + + Once in every two years, in the Michaelmas Term, a fresh + selection and distribution shall be held of every book + which is not chained in the Library--the precise day to + be fixed by the Master and the Senior Dean. + + No book so selected and distributed shall pass the night + out of College, except by permission of the Master and + the President and the other Dean who is not President; + provided always that the said book be not kept out of + the College for six months in succession. + + If it should happen that a given book be not brought in + and produced on the aforesaid day of fresh selection and + distribution, then the person who is responsible for it + shall pay to the Master, or in his absence to the Senior + Dean, the full value of the said absent book, under pain + of being put out of commons until it be restored. + + Every Fellow who is not present on the aforesaid day + shall appoint a deputy, who shall be prepared to bring + in any books which may have been lent to him, on the day + when a fresh distribution is to take place, under pain + of being put out of commons[267]. + +The statutes given in 1350 to Trinity Hall, Cambridge, by the Founder +William Bateman (Bishop of Norwich 1344-56), contain rules which are more +stringent than those already quoted, and were evidently written in +contemplation of a more considerable collection of volumes. A list of the +books which he himself presented to Trinity Hall is appended to his +statutes, and a special chapter (_De libris collegii_) is allotted to the +Library. This may be translated as follows: + + On the days appointed for the general audit of accounts + [in the Michaelmas and Easter Terms] all the books which + have been received, or shall be received in future, + either from our own liberality, or from the pious + largess of others, are to be laid out separately before + the Master and all the resident Fellows in such manner + that each volume may be clearly seen; by which + arrangement it will become evident twice in each year + whether any book has been lost or taken away. + + No book belonging to the aforesaid College may ever at + any time be sold, given away, exchanged, or alienated, + under any excuse or pretext; nor may it be lent to + anybody except a member of the College; nor may it be + entrusted in quires, for the purpose of making a copy, + to any member of the College, or to any stranger, either + within the precincts of the Hall or beyond them; nor may + it be carried by the Master, or any one else, out of the + Town of Cambridge, or out of the aforesaid Hall or + Hostel, either whole or in quires, except to the + Schools; provided always that no book pass the night out + of College, unless it be necessary to bind it or to + repair it; and when this happens, it is to be brought + back to College as soon as possible after the completion + of the binding or the repair. + + Moreover, all the books of the College are to be kept in + some safe room, to be assigned for the College Library, + so that all the Scholars of the College may have common + access to them. We give leave, however, that the poor + scholars of the college may have the loan of books + containing the texts of Canon and Civil Law for their + private use for a certain time, to be fixed at the + discretion of the Master and the three Senior Fellows, + provided they be not taken out of College; but the books + of the Doctors of Civil and Canon Law are to remain + continuously in the said Library Chamber, fastened with + iron chains for the common use of the Fellows[268]. + +It is evident that this statute was regarded as a full and satisfactory +expression of what was required, for it is repeated, with additions or +omissions to suit the taste of the respective founders, in the statutes of +New College (1400), All Souls' (1443), Magdalen (1479), Corpus Christi +(1517), Brasenose (1521), Cardinal College (1527) and S. John's College +(1555), at Oxford; and in those of King's College, Cambridge. + +Among these changes a few are sufficiently important to require special +notice. At New College William of Wykeham allows students in civil law and +canon law to keep two text-books "for their own special use during the +whole time they devote themselves to those faculties in our College, +provided they do not possess such books of their own"; the "remaining +text-books, should any be left over, and also the glosses or commentaries +of the Doctors of civil and canon law, may be lent to the persons +belonging to those faculties by the method of annual selection, as in the +other faculties"; the "books which remain unassigned after the Fellows +have made their selection are to be fastened with iron chains, and remain +in the Common Library for the use of the Fellows[269]"; the wishes of +donors, whether expressed by will or during their lifetime, are to be +respected; and, lastly, the safety of the Library is to be secured by +three locks, two large, and one small, of the kind called "a clickett." +The keys of the two former are to be kept by the Senior Dean and the +Bursar respectively; of the clickett each Fellow is to have a separate +key. At night the door is to be carefully locked with all three keys[270]. + +At All Souls' College, the founder, Henry Chichele (Archbishop of +Canterbury 1414-43), makes the books to be chained the subjects of +definite choice. The principle of an annual selection is maintained, +except for "those books which, in obedience to the will of the donors, or +the injunction of the Warden, the Vice-Warden, and the Deans, are to be +chained for the common use of the Fellows and Scholars." Further, the +preparation of a catalogue is specially enjoined. Every book is to be +entered in a register by the first word of the second leaf, and every book +given to the Library is to bear the name of the donor on the second leaf, +or in some other convenient position. The books are to be inspected once +in every year, after which the distribution, as provided for by Bateman +and Wykeham, is to take place. Each Fellow who borrows a book is to have a +small indenture drawn up containing the title according to the first word +of the second leaf, and an acknowledgment that he has received it. These +small indentures are to be left in charge of the Warden, or, in his +absence, of the Vice-Warden[271]. + +In the statutes of Magdalen College, the founder, William Waynflete +(Bishop of Winchester 1447-87), maintains the provisions of Wykeham and +Chichele, but introduces an injunction of his own, to the effect that +every Fellow or Scholar who uses the Library is to shut the book he has +consulted before he leaves and also the windows; and the last to use the +Library at night is to go through the whole room and see that all the +windows are shut and not to leave the door open--under a severe +penalty[272]. + +At Corpus Christi College, the founder, Richard Fox (Bishop of Winchester +1501-28), insists upon safeguards against the indiscriminate chaining, of +books: + + No book is to be brought into the Library or chained + there, unless it be of suitable value and utility, or + unless the will of the donor have so directed; and none + is to be taken out of it, unless it so happen that there + be there already a considerable number on the same + subject, or that another copy in better condition and of + greater value, to take its place, have been presented by + some benefactor. + + By this means those books which are of greater value, or + which contain material of greater utility to students in + each Faculty, will be stored up in the Library; while + those which are not fit for the Library, or of which a + sufficient number of copies already exist in it, may be + distributed to the Fellows of the College, according to + the system of indentures between the borrower and the + President, or in his absence the Vice-President, or one + of the Deans[273]. + +The Bishop was evidently afraid that the Library should be overcrowded, +for he even allows books to be sold, in the event of their becoming so +numerous as to be no longer of use to the Fellows for the purpose of being +borrowed. + +Lastly I will translate the following College Order or Statute which was +in force at Pembroke College, Cambridge. Unfortunately it is without date, +but from internal evidence may take rank with some of the earliest +enactments already quoted. + + Let there be in the aforesaid House a Keeper of the + Books, who shall take under his charge all the books + belonging to the community, and once in each year, + namely on the feast of the Translation of S. Thomas the + Martyr [7 July], or at the latest within the eight days + immediately following, let him render to the community + an account of the same, by exhibiting each book in order + to the Master and Fellows. + + The inspection having been made, after the Fellows have + deliberated, let him distribute them to each Fellow in + proportion to his requirements. And let the said Keeper + have ready large pieces of board (_tabulas magnas_), + covered with wax and parchment, that the titles of the + books may be written on the parchment, and the names of + the Fellows who hold them on the wax beside it. When + they have brought their books back, their names shall be + erased, and their responsibility for the books shall + come to an end, the keeper remaining liable. So shall he + never be in ignorance about any book or its borrower. + + No book is to be taken away or lent out of the House on + any pretext whatever, except upon some occasion which + may appear justifiable to the major part of the + community; and then, if any book be lent, let a proper + pledge be taken for it which shall be honourably + exhibited to the Keeper[274]. + +Let us consider, in the next place, what points of library-management have +been brought into the most prominent relief by the above analysis of +College statutes. We find that the "Common Books" of the House--by which +phrase the books intended for the common use of the inmates are meant--are +placed on the same footing as the charters, muniments, and valuables +(_jocalia_). They are to be kept in a chest or chests secured by two or +three locks requiring the presence of the same number of officials to open +them. These volumes may not be borrowed indiscriminately, but each Scholar +(Fellow) may choose the book he wants, and write a formal acknowledgment +that he has received it, and that he is bound to restore it or pay the +value of it, under a severe penalty. Once a year the whole collection is +to be audited in the presence of the Master of the College and all the +Fellows, when a fresh distribution is to be made. The books not so +borrowed are to be put in "some common and secure place"; an arrangement +which was subsequently developed into a selection of books required for +reference, and the chaining of them in "the Library Chamber for the common +use of the Fellows." + +The Register of Merton College, Oxford, contains many interesting entries +which shew that these directions respecting the choice and loan of books +were faithfully observed. I will translate a few of them[275]: + + On the twenty-fourth day of October [1483] choice was + made of the books on philosophy by the Fellows studying + philosophy. + + On the eleventh day of November [1483], in the Warden's + lodging, choice was made of the books on theology by the + Fellows studying theology[276]. + + On the eighteenth day of March [1497] choice of books on + logic was held in the Common Hall[277]. + +The next entry is particularly valuable, as it proves that all the books +on a given subject, no matter how numerous, were occasionally distributed: + + On the twenty-sixth day of the same month [August, 1500] + choice was made of the books on philosophy. It was found + that there were in all 349 books, which were then + distributed among the Fellows studying philosophy[278]. + +In 1498 (14 December) the Warden wished to borrow a book from the +library, whereupon a record of the following formalities was drawn +up[279]: + + On the same day a book of College Orders (on the second + leaf _ter posita_) was taken out of the library with the + consent of all the Fellows. And leave was given to the + Warden, in the presence of the four senior Fellows, to + make use of it for a season. As a caution for this book + the aforesaid Warden deposited a certain other book, + viz. S. Jerome's commentary on Matthew and the Epistles + of Paul (on the second leaf _sunt_). This book lay in + our possession as caution for the other book of College + Orders[280]; but, because this book was an insufficient + caution, there was deposited with it as a supplementary + caution another book, namely: Jerome on Isaiah, + Jeremiah, and Ezekiel. + +The Warden kept the book for a year, at the expiration of which we find +the following entry[281]: + + On the last day but one of the same month [1499] the + Warden returned to the Vice-Warden the book of College + Orders (on the second leaf _ter posita_) which he had + had out of the library for his own use for a season on + depositing a sufficient caution. + + Whereupon the Vice-Warden returned to him his cautions, + namely, the commentary of S. Jerome on Matthew (second + leaf _sunt_), and another, namely, S. Jerome's + exposition of Isaiah, Jeremiah, and Ezekiel (second + leaf, _Audi cela_). + +Lastly, I will quote a record of the solemn reception of a gift to the +library: + + On the same day [2 August, 1493] a handsome book was + given to the College through John Godehew, Bachelor, by + two venerable men, Robert Aubrey and Robert Feyld, to be + chained in the common library of the House for the + perpetual use of those studying in it. It is Hugh of + Vienne on the Apocalypse, on the second leaf _quod + possessio eius_. Let us therefore pray for them[282]. + +These provisions savour of the cloister. The "common books" represent the +"common press (_armarium commune_)" with which we are so familiar there; +the double or triple locks with which the book-chests are secured recall +the rules for safeguarding the said press; the annual audit and +distribution of books is directed in Lanfranc's statutes for English +Benedictines; the borrowing under a pledge, or at least after an entry +made by the Librarian on his roll of the name of the book and the name of +the brother who borrowed it, was universal in monasteries; and the setting +apart of certain books in a separate room to which access was readily +permitted became a necessity in the larger and more literary Houses. +Lastly, the commemoration of donors of books is specially enjoined by the +Augustinians[283]. + +This close similarity between monastic and secular rules need not surprise +us. I have shewn in the preceding chapter how faithfully the Benedictine +rules for study were obeyed by all the Monastic Orders; and I know not +from what other source directions for library-management could have been +obtained. Besides, in some cases the authors of the rules which I have +been considering must themselves have had experience of monastic +libraries. Walter de Merton is said to have been educated in an +Augustinian Priory at Merton; Hugh de Balsham, founder of Peterhouse, was +Bishop of Ely; William Bateman, whose library-statute was so widely +applied, had been educated in the Benedictine Priory at Norwich, and his +brother was an abbat; Henry Chichele was Archbishop of Canterbury, where, +as I have shewn, a very extensive collection of books had been got +together, to contain which worthily he himself built a library. + +Secondly, monastic influence was brought directly to bear on both +Universities through student-monks; and at Oxford, which was specially +selected as the University for monastic colleges, the Benedictines founded +Gloucester House, now Worcester College, so early as 1283. This college +had a library, on the south side of the chapel, which was built and +stocked with books at the sole charge of John Whethamstede, Abbat of S. +Albans[284]--whose work in connexion with the library of that House has +been already recorded[285]. Durham College, maintained by the Benedictines +of Durham, was supplied with books from the mother-house, lists of which +have been preserved[286]; and subsequently a library was built there to +contain the collection bequeathed in 1345 by Richard de Bury (Bishop of +Durham 1333-45)[287]. Lastly, Leland tells us that at Canterbury College +in the same University the whole furniture of the library (_tota +bibliothecae supellex_) was transferred from the House of Christ Church, +Canterbury[288]. It is, I submit, quite inconceivable that the fittings +supplied to these libraries could have been different from those commonly +used in the monasteries of S. Albans, Durham, and Canterbury. + +Further, it should be noted that the erection of a library proper was an +afterthought in many of the older colleges, as it had been in the +monasteries. For instance, at Merton College, Oxford, founded 1264, the +library was not begun till 1377; at University College, founded 1280, in +1440; at Balliol College, founded 1282, in 1431; at Oriel College, founded +1324, in 1444; at Pembroke College, Cambridge, founded 1347, in 1452. +William of Wykeham, who founded New College, Oxford, in 1380, was the +first to include a library in his quadrangle; and, after the example had +been set by him, the plan of every subsequent college includes a library +of sufficient dimensions to last till the Reformation, if not till the +present day. + +The above dates, covering as they do at least two-thirds of the fifteenth +century, shew that the collegiate libraries were being built at the same +time as the monastic. This coincidence of date, taken in conjunction with +the coincidences in enactment which I have already pointed out, seems to +me to supply an additional argument in support of my theory that the +internal fittings of collegiate and monastic libraries would be identical. +Besides, no forms are so persistent as those of pieces of furniture. A +workman, once instructed to make a thing in a particular way, carries out +his instructions to the letter, and transmits them to his descendants. + +Before we consider what these fittings were, I will briefly deal with some +other questions affecting collegiate libraries, as, for instance, their +size, position, and general arrangement. And first, as regards the number +of books to be accommodated. + +It happens, unfortunately, that very few catalogues have been preserved +of the libraries referred to in the above statutes; but, if we may +estimate the extent of the remainder from those of which we have some +account, we shall see that the number of volumes contained in a collegiate +library must have been extremely small. For instance, the catalogue[289] +appended to Bishop Bateman's statutes, dated 1350, enumerates eighty-four +volumes, classed under the following subjects, in two divisions[290], viz. +those presented to the College for the immediate use of the Fellows (_A_); +and those reserved for the Bishop's own use during his life (_B_): + + _A_ _B_ + Books on Civil Law 7 3 + Books on Canon Law 19 13 + Books on Theology 3 25 + Books for the Chapel 7 7 + -- -- + 36 48 + +At King's Hall, in 1394, eighty-seven volumes only are enumerated[291]; +and even in the University Library not more than 122 volumes were recorded +in 1424[292]. They were distributed as follows: + + [Books on General Theology][293] 54 + Books on Scholastic Theology (_Theologia disputata_) 15 + Books on Moral Philosophy 5 + Books on Natural Philosophy 12 + Books on Medicine (_medicinalis philosophia_) 5 + Books on Logic 1 + Books on Poetry 0 + _Libri sophisticales_ 1 + Books on Grammar 6 + Books on History (_Libri cronicales_) 0 + Books on Canon Law 23 + ---- + Total 122 + +The catalogue of the Library of Queens' College, dated 1472, enumerates +one hundred and ninety-nine volumes[294]; the second catalogue of the +University Library, dated 1473, three hundred and thirty volumes[295]; an +early catalogue of the library of S. Catharine's Hall, one hundred and +four volumes, of which eighty-five were given by the Founder[296]; and a +catalogue of the old library of King's College, dated 1453, one hundred +and seventy-four volumes. In these catalogues the books are not directly +classed under heads, but arranged roughly, according to subject, in their +respective cases[297]. + +At Peterhouse in 1418 we find a somewhat larger collection, namely, three +hundred and eighty volumes, divided among seventeen subjects. The general +heading of the catalogue[298] states that it contains "all the books +belonging to the house of S. Peter in Cambridge, both those which are +chained in the library, those which are divided among the Fellows, and +those of which some are intended to be sold, while certain others are laid +up in chests within the aforesaid house." This language shews that by the +time the catalogue was made the collection had been divided into books for +the use of the Fellows (_libri distribuendi_) and books chained in the +library (_libri cathenati in libraria_); in other words, into a lending +library and a library of reference. We are not told how this division had +been made, or at what time; but it is evident that by 1418 it had become +permanent, and no longer depended on the tastes or studies of the Fellows. +There was one set of books for them to select from, and another for them +to refer to; but the two were quite distinct[299]. + +In the next place I will analyse the catalogue in order to shew what +subjects were represented, and how many volumes there were in each. And +first of the contents of the library of reference: + + Libri theologie cathenati 61 + Isti sunt libri Naturalis Philosophie cathenati in librario 26 + Libri Metaphisice 3 + " Moralis Philosophie 5 + " Astronomie 13 + " Alkenemie 1 + " Arsmetrice 1 + " Musice 1 + " Geometrie 1 + " Rethorice 1 + " Logice 5 + " Gramatice 6 + " Poetrie cathenati 4 + " De Cronicis cathenati 4 + " Medicine cathenati 15 + " Iuris Ciuilis cathenati 9 + " Iuris Canonici cathenati 18 + Ex dono ducis exonie 1 + " M. Joh. Sauage 2 + Libros subscriptos donavit Mag. Edm. Kyrketon 7 + " contulit M. W. Lichfeld 2 + Ex dono M. W. Redyct 4 + Libros subscriptos contulit M. Joh. Fayre 3 + " contulit M. Will. More 13 + " " M. John Ledes 14 + ---- + 220 + +The books that were to be divided among the Fellows are classed as +follows: + + Libri theologie assignati sociis 63 + " Philosophie Naturalis Metaphisice et Moralis + diuisi inter socios 19 + " Logice diuisi inter socios 15 + " Poetrie et Gramatice assignati sociis 13 + " Medicine 3 + " Iuris Ciuilis diusi inter socios 20 + " " Canonici diuidendi inter socios 19 + " empti ad usum ... sociorum collegii cum pecuniis + eiusdem collegii 8 + ---- + 160 + +In framing these tables I have included among the _Libri cathenati_ those +specially presented to the College, 46 in number; but I have not attempted +to sort them according to subject. I have also assumed that any book or +books representing a given class, if not represented in the lending +library, as Astronomy, Arithmetic, Music, etc., would be chained for +reference. The number of this class, 220, if added to the 160 of the other +class, gives the required total, 380. + +In addition to these tables it will be interesting to construct a third, +containing the subject and number of the books represented in both +collections: + + Chained Lent + + Theology 61 63 + Natural Philosophy 26 } + Metaphysics 3 } 19 + Moral Philosophy 5 } + Logic 5 15 + Grammar 6 } + } 13 + Poetry 4 } + Medicine 15 3 + Civil Law 9 20 + Canon Law 18 19 + ---------------- + 152 152 + +The subjects of the books included in this latter table represent, in a +very clear and interesting way, the studies pursued at Peterhouse in the +14th and 15th centuries. It is prescribed by the statutes, dated 1344, +that the scholars are to study Arts, Aristotelian Philosophy, or Theology; +but that they are to apply themselves to the course in Arts until, in the +judgment of the Master and Fellows, or at least of the larger and wiser +portion of that body, they are sufficiently instructed to proceed to the +study of Theology[300]. Two may study Civil Law or Canon Law, but no more +at the same time; and one may study Medicine[301]. For both these lines of +study special leave is required. + +The course of Arts comprised Grammar, Logic, Aristotle, Arithmetic, Music, +Geometry, and Astronomy. In the first of these, including Poetry, the +lending library contained more volumes than the reference library; in +Logic it had three times as many; in Philosophy (Aristotle and his +commentators) it was well supplied; but, on the other hand, Music, +Geometry and Astronomy were wholly wanting. Theology is represented by 63 +volumes as against 61 in the reference library; Civil Law by 20 volumes +against 9 in the reference library; and Canon Law by 19 against 18. In +Medicine, however, there were only 3 against 15. By a curious coincidence +the number of volumes in the two collections dealing with the subjects +represented in both is the same. The subject most in request, as might +have been expected, was Theology. Next to this come Civil Law and Canon +Law. Medicine was evidently unpopular. I have no explanation to offer for +the curious fact that Arithmetic, Music, Geometry, and Rhetoric are +represented by only a single volume apiece in the library of +reference[302]. + +These examples, which there is no reason to regard as exceptional, are +sufficient to shew that an ordinary chamber would be large enough to +contain all the volumes possessed by a college, even after some of the +more generally useful books of reference had been chained to desks for the +resort of students. + +It has been already shewn that what Professor Willis calls "a real +library--that is to say, a room expressly contrived for the purpose of +containing books[303]"--was not introduced into the plan of colleges for +more than a century after their first foundation. He points out that such +rooms can be at once recognised by their equidistant windows, which do +not, as a rule, differ from those of the ordinary chambers, except that +they are separated by much smaller intervals. Examples of this arrangement +are still to be seen at S. John's College, Jesus College, and Queens' +College, Cambridge; but perhaps the most characteristic specimen of all is +that which was built over the Hall at Pembroke College in the same +University, by Laurence Booth (Master 1450-1480), the aspect of which has +been preserved in Loggan's print, here reproduced (fig. 48)[304]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 48. Pembroke College, Cambridge, reduced from Loggan's +print, taken about 1688. + +A, Chapel; B, Library; C, Hall; D, Master's Lodge; E, Kitchen; F, Master's +Garden; G, Fellows' Garden.] + +The upper chamber (_solarium_) which Thomas Cobham (Bishop of Worcester +1317-27) began to build over the old Congregation House on the north +side of S. Mary's Church, Oxford, about 1320, for the reception of the +books which he intended to present to the University, is the earliest of +these libraries in existence. It still retains on the south side part of a +range of equidistant single-light windows of the simplest character, +which, as just stated, mark the destination of the apartment. This room +is about forty-five feet long by eighteen feet broad, and, in its original +state, had probably seven single-light windows on each side, and a window +of two lights at the east end[305] (fig. 49). A long controversy between +the University and Oriel College rendered the benefaction useless for more +than forty years; and it was not until 1367 that the University passed a +statute directing that Bishop Cobham's books are to be chained, in proper +order; and that the Scholars who wish to use them are to have free access +to them at convenient hours (_temporibus opportunis_). Lastly, certain +volumes, of greater value, are to be sold, to the value of forty pounds, +or more, if a larger sum can be obtained for them, for the purpose of +purchasing an annual rent-charge of sixty shillings, to be paid to a +chaplain, who is to pray for the soul of the aforesaid Thomas Cobham, and +other benefactors; and who is to take charge of the books given by him and +them, and of all other books heretofore given, or hereafter to be given, +to the University[306]. The passing of this statute may probably be +regarded as the first institution of the office of University Librarian. +Notwithstanding this statute, however, the University did not obtain +peaceful possession of their library until 1410, when the controversy was +finally extinguished by the good offices of their Chancellor, Richard +Courtenay[307]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 49. Long Section of Old Congregation House and +Library, Oxford, looking south. + +From _The Church of S. Mary the Virgin, Oxford_, by T. G. Jackson, +Architect.] + +As a type of a collegiate library I will select the old library of Queens' +College, Cambridge. This room, on the first floor of the north side of the +quadrangle, forms part of the buildings erected in 1448. It is 44 ft. long +by 20 ft. wide (fig. 50), and is lighted by eleven windows, each of two +lights, six of which are in the south wall and five in the north wall. The +windows in the south wall have lost their cusps, but they are retained in +those in the north wall--and the library has in all points suffered less +from modern interference than almost any other with which I am acquainted. +The bookcases have been altered and patched more than once, in order to +provide additional shelf-room; but at the bottom of the more modern +superstructure part at least of the original medieval desk may be +detected. If this fragment be carefully examined it will be found that +there is on the inside of each end of the bookcase a groove which +evidently once supported a desk 6 ft. 6 in. long, and of a height +convenient for a seated reader to use[308] (fig. 51). The books lay on +their sides on this desk, to which they were chained in a way that I shall +explain directly, and a bench for the reader was placed between each pair +of desks. In the plan (fig. 50) I have added the half-desk which once +stood against the west wall; and I have lettered all the desks according +to the catalogue made in 1472 by Andrew Docket, the first President. + +[Illustration: Fig. 50. Ground-plan of the Library at Queens' College, +Cambridge.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 51. Elevation of book-desk in Library of Queens' +College, Cambridge.][309] + +It should be carefully noted, when studying this plan, that the distance +between each pair of windows is not more than 2 feet, and that the end of +the desk covers the whole of this space. If this fact be borne in mind +when examining libraries that are now fitted up in a different way, it +becomes possible to detect what the original method was. + +I propose to name this system of fittings the lectern-system; and I shall +shew, as we proceed, that it was adopted, with various modifications, in +England, France, Holland, Germany and Italy. + +Fortunately, one example of such fittings still exists, at Zutphen in +Holland, which I visited in April, 1894. Shortly afterwards I wrote the +following description of what is probably a unique survival of an ancient +fashion[310]. + +The library in which these fittings occur is attached to the church of SS. +Peter and Walburga, the principal church of the town. A library of some +kind is said to have existed there from very early times[311]; but the +place where the books were kept is not known. In 1555 a suggestion was +made that it would be well to get together a really good collection of +books for the use of the public. The first stone of the present building +was laid in 1561, and it was completed in 1563. The author of the +_Theatrum Urbium Belgicae_, John Blaeu, whose work was completed in 1649, +describes it as "the public library poorly furnished with books, but being +daily increased by the liberality of the Senate and Deputies[312]." + +The room is built against the south choir-aisle of the church, out of +which a door opens into it. In consequence of this position the shape is +irregular, for the church is apsidal, and the choir-aisle is continued +round part of the apse. It is about 60 feet long, by 26 feet broad at the +west end. In the centre are four octagonal columns on square bases, +supporting a plain quadripartite vault. The room is thus divided +longitudinally into two aisles, with a small irregular space at the east +end. + +The diagrammatic ground-plan, here subjoined (fig. 52), will help to make +this description clear. It makes no pretensions to accuracy, having been +drawn from notes only[313]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 52. Ground-plan of the Library at Zutphen.] + +There are two windows, each of three lights, at the west end of the room, +and four similar windows on the south side, one to each bay. There is a +fifth window, now blocked, at the south-east corner. Some of these windows +contain fragments of richly coloured stained glass--among which the figure +of a large green parrot is conspicuous; but whether these fragments were +brought from the church, or are part of the glass originally supplied to +the library, there is no evidence to shew. Most of these windows are +partially blocked, having been damaged, it is said, in one of the numerous +sieges from which Zutphen has suffered. The position of the church, close +to the fortifications, as Blaeu's bird's-eye view shews, makes this story +probable. The floor is paved with red tiles. The general appearance of the +room will be understood from the view of the north aisle reduced from a +photograph (fig. 53)[314]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 53. General view of the north side of the Library +attached to the church of S. Walburga at Zutphen.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 54. Desk and reader on the south side of the Library +at Zutphen. + +From a photograph.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 55. Elevation of (A) one of the bookcases in the +Library at Zutphen: (B) one of those in the Library at Queens' College, +Cambridge[315].] + +There are eighteen bookcases, or desks; namely, ten on the south side of +the room, and eight on the north side (fig. 52). The material is oak; the +workmanship very rude and rough. I will describe those on the south side +first. Each is 9 feet long by 5 feet 5 1/4 inches high, measured from the +floor to the top of the finial on the end; and the lower edge of the desk +on which the books lie is 2 feet 6 1/4 inches above the floor; but the +general plan, and the relative dimensions of the different parts, will be +best understood from the photograph of a single desk at which a reader is +seated (fig. 54), and from the elevation of one of the ends (fig. 55, A), +beside which I have placed the elevation of one of the desks at Queens' +College (B). The photograph shews that in fixing the height of the desk +above the ground the convenience of readers has been carefully considered. +The iron bar that carries the chains is locked into the ornamental +upright, passes through a staple in the middle of the desk, and into the +upright at the opposite end, which is left plain. This bar is half an inch +in diameter, and one inch above the level of the top of the desk. It is +prevented from bending by passing through a staple fixed in the centre of +the desk. A piece of ornamental iron-work is fixed to the upright. It is +made to represent a lock, but is in reality a mere plate of metal, and the +tongue, which looks as though it were intended to move, is only an +ornament, and is pierced by the keyhole. The lock is sunk in the thickness +of the wood, behind this plate, and the bar, which terminates in a knob, +is provided with two nicks, into which the bolts of the lock are shot +when the key is turned (fig. 56). Between each pair of desks there is a +seat for the reader. + +[Illustration: Fig. 56. End of iron bar, Zutphen.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 57. End of one of the desks on the north side of the +Library, Zutphen.] + +The desks on the north side of the room differ slightly from those on the +south side. They are rather larger, the ends are of a different shape and +devoid of ornament (fig. 57), and there is a wider interval between the +bar and the top of the desk. It seems to me probable that the more highly +ornamented desks are those which were put in when the room was first +fitted up, and that the others were added from time to time as new books +had to be accommodated. + +The books are attached to the desk by the following process. A chain was +taken about 12 inches long, more or less, consisting of long narrow links +of hammered iron. These links exactly resemble, both in shape and size, +those of a chain which may still be seen in the library of the Grammar +School at Guildford, Surrey[316]. This chain, of which a piece is here +figured (fig. 58), was probably made in 1586, or only 23 years after the +building of the library at Zutphen. It terminates, like those at Zutphen +(fig. 59), in a swivel (to prevent entanglement), attached to the ring +which is strung upon the bar. The attachment of the chain to the book was +effected by means of a piece of metal bent round so as to form a loop +through which the last link of the chain was passed. The ends of the loop, +flattened out, were attached by nail or rivet to the edge of the stout +wooden board which formed the side of the book. This mode of attachment +will be best seen in the volume which I figure next (fig. 60)--a +collection of sermons printed at Nuremberg in 1487. It is believed to have +once belonged to a Dominican House at Bamberg, in the library of which it +was chained[317]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 58. Piece of chain, shewing the ring attached to the +bar, the swivel, and one of the links, actual size. Guildford.] + +The iron loop in this specimen (fig. 60) is fastened to what I call the +right-hand board of the book; by which I mean the board which is to the +right hand of a reader when the book lies open before him; but the +selection of the right-hand or the left-hand board depended on individual +taste. Further the mode of attachment is never the same in two examples. +The iron and rivets are often clumsy, and do considerable damage to the +leaves, by forcing them out of shape and staining them with rust. + +In this method of chaining no provision is made for removing any book +from the desk when not wanted, and placing it on a shelf beneath the desk, +as was done in some Italian modifications of the system. Each volume must +lie on the desk, attached by its chain, like a Bible on a church-lectern. +The smallest number of volumes on any desk at Zutphen is six; the largest, +eleven; the total, 316. Most of those on the south side of the room were +printed during the first half of the sixteenth century; those on the north +side are much later, some as late as 1630. I did not see any manuscripts. + +[Illustration: Fig. 59. Piece of the iron bar, with chain, Zutphen.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 60. Chained book, from a Dominican House at Bamberg, +South Germany.] + +If we now reconsider the indications preserved at Queens' College, it +will, I feel sure, be recognised that the desks at Zutphen explain them, +and enable us to realise the aspect of what I conceive to have been the +most ancient method of fitting up a collegiate or a monastic library. When +such a room first became necessary in a monastery, and furniture suitable +for it was debated, a lectern would surely suggest itself, as being used +in the numerous daily services, and proving itself singularly convenient +for the support of books while they were being read. + +Another example of such fittings was once to be seen at Pembroke College, +Cambridge, in the library above the hall (fig. 48). In Dr Matthew Wren's +account of that library already quoted there is a passage which may be +translated as follows: + + I would have you know that in the year 1617 the Library + was completely altered and made to assume an entirely + new appearance. This alteration was rendered necessary + by the serious damage which, to our great sorrow, we + found the books had suffered--a damage which was + increasing daily--partly from the sloping form of the + desks, partly from the inconvenient weight of the chains + (_tum ex declivi pluteorum fabrica, tum ex inepta mole + catenarum_)[318]. + +These desks were copied at S. John's College in the same University. A +contract dated 20 June, 1516, provides that the contractor + + shall make all the Desks in the Library wythin the said + college of good and substanciall and abyll Tymber of Oke + mete and convenient for the same Library, aftir and + accordyng to the Library within ... Pembroke Hall[319]. + +The Library here referred to was on the first floor to the south of the +Great Gate of the college. It is now divided into chambers, but its +original extent can be readily made out by its range of equidistant +windows. The wall-spaces dividing these are 28 1/2 inches wide, +practically the same as those at Queens' College. + +At Peterhouse also a similar arrangement seems to have subsisted when the +catalogue of 1418 was made. The very first book, a Bible, is said to stand +"in the sixth lectern on the west side (_lectrino 6^o ex parte +occidentali_)." The word _lectrinum_ is unusual, but it emphasizes the +form of the desk more clearly than any other. + +[Illustration: Fig. 61 Single desk in the old Library, Lincoln Cathedral.] + +A splendid example of this type of case is to be seen at Lincoln (fig. +61), where three "stalls" or desks, belonging to the old library already +described[320], are still preserved. Each is about 7 ft. long, 3 ft. +broad, and 4 ft. 4 in. high to the top of the sloping portion. At each +end, and in the centre, is a massive molded standard, 7 ft. 2 in. high, +terminating in a boldly carved finial; and these three standards are +connected together by a band of open-work, of a design similar to that of +the cornice of the library. Half way between this band and the top of the +desk is the bar to carry the chains, now of wood, but formerly of course +of iron; and below this again is a shelf 18 in. wide, projecting slightly +beyond the sloping portion of the desk. The edge of the desk is protected +by a ledge, as usual, and under it is a second shelf extending the whole +width of the piece of furniture. What was the use of these shelves? As the +bar is above the desk, not below it, the books must have reposed, as a +general rule, upon the desk, instead of being laid on their sides on the +shelf below it when not wanted by a reader. The chains would not have been +long enough to allow of any other arrangement. I think, therefore, that +the lower shelf must have been a constructional contrivance, to assist in +keeping the standards in their places. The narrow upper shelf, on the +other hand, was probably intended for the convenience of the reader. He +might place on it, temporarily, any book that he was not using, and which +got in his way while he was reading one of those beside it; or, if he was +making extracts, he might set his inkstand upon it. + +These desks evidently stood in the old library against the shafts of the +roof, for one of the ends has been hollowed out in each to receive the +shaft; and the finial, which is left plain on that side, is bent over +slightly, to admit it under the brace (fig. 39). + +As I have now described three varieties of the lectern-system, I will +place before my readers, side by side, elevations of each of the three +(fig. 62) drawn to the same scale. It will be seen that they resemble each +other exactly in essentials. The differences observable are accidental, +and may be referred to individual taste. + +That this form of desk was recognised on the continent as typical of +library-fittings is proved by its appearance in a French translation of +the first book of the _Consolation of Philosophy_ of Boethius, which I had +the good fortune to find in the British Museum[321] (fig. 63). This +manuscript was written in Flanders towards the end of the fifteenth +century. In such a work the library shewn requires what I may term +generalised fittings. An eccentric peculiarity would have been quite +inadmissible. + +[Illustration: Fig. 62. Elevation of (A) one of the bookcases in the +Library at Zutphen; (B) one of those in the Library at Queens' College, +Cambridge; (C) one of those in the Library of Lincoln Cathedral.] + +In the Stadtbibliothek of Nuremberg some of the oldest works on +jurisprudence still preserve their chains. Each has a short chain about +12 in. long fixed on the upper edge of the left-hand board. The title is +written on the middle of the upper edge of the right-hand board. It is +obvious that these volumes must have lain on a desk with their titles +uppermost[322]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 63. Interior of a Library. + +From a MS. of a French translation of the first book of the _Consolation +of Philosophy_ by Boethius: written in Flanders towards the end of the +fifteenth century.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 64. Library of the College de Navarre, Paris, now +destroyed.] + +It is probable that similar fittings were used in the library of the +Sorbonne, Paris, which was first established in 1289, with books chained +for the common convenience of the Fellows (_in communem sociorum +utilitatem_)[323]. This library was divided into two separate collections, +which formed, so to speak, two distinct libraries. The first, called the +great library, or the common library, contained the books most frequently +studied. They were chained, and could only be taken out under the most +exceptional circumstances. A statute, dated 1321, the provisions of which +recall the collegiate statutes summarised above, directed that the best +book the society possessed on each subject should be thus chained. The +second division of the library, called the small library, contained +duplicates, books rarely consulted, and generally all those of which the +loan was authorised under certain conditions[324]. The following +description of this library has been given by Claude Hemere (Librarian +1638-43) in his MS. history. This I proceed to translate: + + The old library was contained under one roof. It was + firmly and solidly built, and was 120 feet long by 36 + feet broad.... Each side was pierced with 19 windows of + equal size, that plenty of daylight both from the east + and the west (for this was the direction of the room) + might fall upon the desks, and fill the whole length and + breadth of the library. There were 28 desks, marked with + the letters of the alphabet, five feet high, and so + arranged that they were separated by a moderate + interval. They were loaded with books, all of which were + chained, that no sacrilegious hand might [carry them + off. These chains were attached to the right-hand board + of every book] so that they might be readily thrown + aside, and reading not be interfered with. Moreover the + volumes could be opened and shut without difficulty. A + reader who sat down in the space between two desks, as + they rose to a height of five feet as I said above, + neither saw nor disturbed any one else who might be + reading or writing in another place by talking or by any + other interruption, unless the other student wished it, + or paid attention to any question that might be put to + him. It was required, by the ancient rules of the + library, that reading, writing, and handling of books + should go forward in complete silence[325]. + +This description indicates desks similar to those of Zutphen. Even the +height is the same. + +A library which vividly recalls the above account, with 19 windows on one +side and probably the same number on the other, was built in 1506 for the +College de Navarre, Paris, now the Ecole Polytechnique[326]. My +illustration (fig. 64) is from a photograph taken shortly before its +destruction in 1867. I have calculated that it was about 108 ft. long by +30 ft. wide. + +The library of the College d'Autun, Paris, was similarly arranged. An +inventory taken 29 July, 1462, records: "dix bancs doubles, a se seoir +d'une part et d'autre, et ung poupitre; esquelz bancs et poupitre out este +trouvez enchaisnez les livres qui s'ensuyvent, qui sont intitulez sur la +couverture d'iceulx[327]." The catalogue enumerates 174 volumes, or rather +more than 17 for each "banc" or lectern. The expression _bancs doubles_ is +interesting, as it seems to imply that there were at that time libraries +in which _bancs simples_ were used; that is to say, lecterns with only one +sloping surface instead of two. + +A study of the catalogue drawn up in 1513 for the Augustinian House of S. +Victor, Paris, by Claude de Grandrue, one of the monks, shews that the +same system must have been in use there. Further, his catalogue is an +excellent specimen of the pains taken in a large monastery to describe the +books accurately, and to provide ready access to them. A brief prefatory +note informs us that the desks are arranged in three rows, and marked with +a triple series of letters. The first row is marked A, B, C, etc.; the +second AA, BB, etc.; the third AAA, BBB, etc. To each of these letters are +appended the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4 and so on, to shew the position of the +required volume. For instance--to take one at random--_Abaelardi confessio_ +is marked P. 13: that is, it is the thirteenth book on the desk in the +first row marked P. When the catalogue proper--in which each manuscript is +carefully described--was finished, the author increased its usefulness by +the composition of an alphabetical index[328]. + +How, I shall be asked, can the form of the bookcase or desk (_pulpitum_) +be inferred from this catalogue? I reply: In the first place, because +there are no shelf-marks. The librarian notes the letter of the desk, and +the place of each book on it, but nothing more. Secondly, because the +number of manuscripts accommodated on each desk is so small. There are 50 +desks, and 988 manuscripts--or, an average of little more than 19 to +each. At Zutphen the average is exactly 18. This piece of evidence, +however, is so important that I will give it in detail. The following +table, compiled by myself from the catalogue, gives the letters used to +mark the desks, and the number of manuscripts on each. + + A 13 | AA 13 | AAA 15 + B 21 | BB 16 | BBB 16 + C 13 | CC 19 | CCC 17 + D 18 | DD 18 | DDD 19 + E 17 | EE 21 | EEE 17 + F 20 | FF 17 | FFF 29 + G 18 | GG 18 | GGG 24 + H 16 | HH 17 | HHH 29 + I 16 | II 23 | III 25 + K 17 | KK 21 | KKK 29 + L 22 | LL 21 | LLL 23 + M 21 | MM 20 | MMM 26 + N 18 | NN 20 | ---- + O 14 | OO 13 | 269 + P 19 | PP 23 | + Q 22 | QQ 27 | + R 14 | RR 26 | + S 14 | SS 28 | + T 21 | TT 24 | + ----| ----| + 334 | 385 | + +These totals give a general total of 988 manuscripts, which, divided by +50, makes the average number for each desk, as stated above, 19.76. + +Further, my theory is supported by the positive evidence of a description +of this library (unfortunately without date) quoted by M. Delisle: "Les +livres estoient couchez et enchaisnez, sur de longs pupitres, et une allee +entre deux[329]." It is obvious that the English system of placing each +lectern between a pair of windows could not have been maintained here. + +At Queens' College, Cambridge, the catalogue, dated 1472, enumerates 192 +volumes, divided over 10 desks and 4 half-desks, each called a step +(_gradus_). There were (avoiding fractions) 8 books on each half-desk, and +15 on each complete desk; so that by comparing the plan (fig. 50) and +elevation of a desk (fig. 51) with the views of the library at Zutphen, a +good idea of a college library in the fifteenth century can be obtained. + +Before I leave the lectern-system, I will describe two eccentric specimens +of it. The first is still to be seen at Trinity Hall, Cambridge; the +second once existed at the University of Leyden. + +[Illustration: Fig. 66. Elevation of a book-desk and seat in the Library +of Trinity Hall, Cambridge.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 65. General view of the Library at Trinity Hall, +Cambridge.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 68. A French Library of 1480. + +From MS. 164 in the Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge.] + +The library of Trinity Hall is thoroughly medieval in plan, being a long +narrow room on the first floor of the north side of the second court, 65 +feet long by 20 feet wide, with eight equidistant windows in each +side-wall, and a window of four lights in the western gable. It was built +about 1600, but the fittings are even later, having been added between +1626 and 1645 during the mastership of Thomas Eden, LL.D. They are +therefore a deliberate return to ancient forms at a time when a different +type had been adopted elsewhere. + +There are five desks and six seats on each side of the room, placed, as +usual, at right angles to the side-walls, in the inter spaces of the +windows, and in front of the windows, respectively. Their arrangement, and +the details of their construction, will be understood from the general +view (fig. 65), and from the elevation (fig. 66). + +These lecterns are of oak, 6 feet 7 inches long, and 7 feet high, measured +to the top of the ornamental finial. There is a sloping desk at the top, +beneath which is a single shelf (fig. 66, A). The bar for the chains +passes under the desk, through the two vertical ends of the case. At the +end farthest from the wall, the hasp of the lock is hinged to the bar and +secured by two keys (fig. 67). Beneath the shelf there is at either end a +slip of wood (fig. 66, B), which indicates that there was once a moveable +desk which could be pulled out when required. The reader could therefore +consult his convenience, and work either sitting or standing (fig. 65). +For both these positions the heights are very suitable, and at the bottom +of the case was a plinth (fig. 66, C), on which he could set his feet. The +seats between each pair of desks were of course put up at the same time as +the desks themselves. They shew an advance in comfort, being divided into +two, so as to allow support to the reader's back. + +[Illustration: Fig. 67. Lock at end of book-desk. Trinity Hall.] + +Similar desks occur in a beautiful miniature (fig. 68) from a manuscript +(now in the Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge[330]) written in France about +1480. They appear to be solid--possibly fitted with cupboards for books +under the sloping portion. No seats are shewn, and, as a reader is +standing between them consulting a book, it may be concluded that they +could only be used by students in that position. + +Lastly, I reproduce (fig. 69) a print by Jan Cornelis Woudanus, shewing +the library of the University of Leyden in 1610[331]. The bookcases were +evidently contrived with the view of getting the largest number possible +into the room. Each contained a single row of books, chained to a bar in +front of the shelf; and, also for the purpose of saving the space usually +occupied by a seat, readers were obliged to consult them standing. There +are eleven bookcases on each side of the room, each containing from 40 to +48 volumes. At the end of the room are two cupboards, probably for +manuscripts; and to the right of the spectator is a third press, marked +_Legatum Josephi Scaligeri_. He died in January, 1609. Further, as an +illustration of the usual appliances for study found in libraries at this +period, and often mentioned in catalogues and account-books, I would draw +attention to the globes and maps. + +I present these bookcases at this point of my researches with some +diffidence, for they can hardly be said to represent the lectern-system. +On the other hand, they do not exactly represent any other; and I +therefore submit that they may be looked at here, as transitional +specimens, bridging over the interval between the desks we have lately +been considering, and those which we shall have to consider in the next +chapter. + +[Illustration: Fig. 69. The interior of the Library of the University of +Leyden. + +From a print by Jan Cornelis Woudanus, dated 1610.] + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[258] The Statutes of the Colleges of Oxford and Cambridge bearing on the +care of books have been thoroughly analysed by Professor Willis in his +essay on "The Library," _Arch. Hist._ III. pp. 387-471, which I edited and +completed. I have therefore not thought it necessary to acknowledge each +quotation separately, but I wish it to be understood that this section of +my present book is to a great extent borrowed from him. + +[259] Wood, _History and Antiquities of the University of Oxford_, ed. +Gutch, 4to. Oxford, 1796, Vol. II. Part 2, p. 910. + +[260] _Commiss. Docts._ (Oxford), Vol. 1. Statutes of Merton College, Cap. +2, p. 24. + +[261] _Sketch of the Life of Walter de Merton_, by Edmund [Hobhouse], +Bishop of Nelson, New Zealand, 8vo. Oxford, 1859, p. 39. + +[262] _Annals of University College_, by Wm. Smith, 8vo. 1728, pp. 37-39. +I have compared Mr Smith's version with the Statute as printed by Anstey, +_Munimenta Academica_, I. 58, 59, and have made a few corrections. + +[263] _Commiss. Docts._ (Oxford), Vol. I. Statutes of Oriel College, p. +14. + +[264] _Ibid._ p. 22. + +[265] _Commiss. Docts._ (Cambridge), II. 38. De omnibus libris Domus, +Munimentis, et Chartis custodiendis. + +[266] _Ibid._ p. 17. De Duobus Decanis et eorum officio. + +[267] _Commiss. Docts._ (Cambridge), II. 44. Statutum de libris Collegii. + +[268] _Commiss. Docts._ (Cambridge), II. 432. De libris Collegii. + +[269] The words are "in libraria communi ... ad sociorum communem usum +continue remanere." + +[270] _Commiss. Docts._ (Oxford), Vol. I. Statutes of New College, p. 97. +De libris collegii conservandis et non alienandis. + +[271] _Commiss. Docts._ (Oxford), Vol. I. Statutes of All Souls' College, +p. 54. De custodia bonorum ad capellam pertinentium. + +[272] _Ibid._ Vol. II. Statutes of Magdalen College, p. 60. De custodia +librorum, ornamentorum, jocalium, et aliorum bonorum collegii. + +[273] _Ibid._ Statutes of Corpus Christi College, p. 89. De custodia +bonorum Collegii. + +[274] This passage is quoted in a short account of Pembroke College +Library, drawn up by Matthew Wren, D.D., while Fellow, as the preface to a +volume dated 1617, in which he recorded the names, of those who had +presented books to the Library. The words at the end of the statute are: +"sub cautione idonea custodi librorum exposita sine fraude." + +[275] The history of Merton College has been most admirably written, in Mr +Robinson's series of College histories, by my friend Bernard W. Henderson, +M.A., Fellow and Librarian. His researches have thrown a new light on the +library, and especially on the date of the fittings. My most cordial +thanks are due to him, to the Warden and to the Bursar, for their kindness +in allowing me access to the library, and also to all the documents +referring to it. + +[276] _Reg. Vet._ fol. 7 b. Vicesimo quarto die Octobris celebrata erat +eleccio librorum philosophie inter philosophicos collegii socios. + +Undecimo die mensis Novembris celebrata erat eleccio librorum theologie in +domo custodis inter Theologos collegii socios. + +[277] _Ibid._ fol. 110. 18^o. die eiusdem mensis [Marcii] fuit eleccio +librorum logicalium in Alta Aula. + +[278] _Ibid._ fol. 125 b. + +[279] _Reg. Vet._ fol. 118. + +[280] The words are: "qui quidem liber jacuit pro caucione alterius libri +decretorum collegii." + +[281] _Ibid._ fol. 121. + +[282] _Ibid._ fol. 100 b. + +[283] See above, p. 71. + +[284] Dugdale, _Mon. Angl._ IV. 403-406. + +[285] See above, p. 108. + +[286] _Cat. Vet. Libr. Eccl. Cath. Dunelm._ ed. Surtees Soc. pp. 39-41. + +[287] Wood, _History etc._, Vol. II. p. 910. + +[288] Leland, _Comm. de Script. Brit._ ch. 131. I owe this important +quotation to the kindness of Dr James. + +[289] Printed in the _Camb. Antiq. Soc. Comm._, Vol. II. p. 73. + +[290] The headings of the two lists are as follows: "Libri per nos de +presenti dicto nostro Collegio dati et in dicto Collegio ex nunc ad +Sociorum communem usum perpetuo remansuri." + +"Libri vero de presenti per nos dicto collegio dati, quorum usum nobis pro +vitae nostrae tempore quamdiu nobis placuerit duximus reservandum, immediate +inferius describuntur." + +[291] _Arch. Hist._ Vol. II. p. 442. History of Trinity College. + +[292] _Collected Papers of Henry Bradshaw_, 8vo. Camb., 1889, pp. 19-34. + +[293] No heading to the first division of the list is given in the +catalogue. + +[294] _Camb. Ant. Soc. Comm._, Vol. II. p. 165. + +[295] _Ibid._ Vol. II. p. 258. + +[296] _Camb. Ant. Soc. Quarto Publ._, No. I. This catalogue represents the +state of the library at the end of the fifteenth century, for it contains +the books given by Richard Nelson, who founded a Fellowship in 1503, and +probably gave his books at the same time, "sub ea condicione quod semper +remanerent cum tribus sociis." + +[297] From my additions to the essay on "The Library," by Professor +Willis, p. 404. + +[298] This catalogue, written at the beginning of the old parchment +Register of the College, has been printed by Dr James in his _Catalogue of +the MSS. in the Library of Peterhouse_, 8vo. Camb., 1899. pp. 3-26. + +[299] From my additions to the essay on "The Library," by Professor +Willis, p. 402. + +[300] _Commiss. Docts._ (Cambridge), Vol. I. p. 21. Stat. 24. + +[301] _Ibid._ p. 22. + +[302] This analysis of the catalogue of Peterhouse Library is borrowed +from the Introduction which I had the pleasure of contributing to my +friend Dr James' _Catalogue_. + +[303] _Arch. Hist._, The Library, p. 404. + +[304] _Arch. Hist._, vol. I., p. 138. + +[305] I have to thank my friend Mr T. G. Jackson, architect, for kindly +lending me this section of Bishop Cobham's library. For his history of the +building, see his _Church of St Mary the Virgin, Oxford_, 4to. 1897, pp. +90-106. With regard to the number of windows he notes (p. 102): There +would have been eight, two to a bay, were it not that the tower buttresses +occupy half the western bay. + +[306] Anstey, _Mun. Acad._ I. 227. + +[307] Jackson, _ut supra_, p. 98. + +[308] The total height of this desk-end is 66 in.; from the ground to the +beginning of the groove 31 in.; each slit is 19 in. long. + +[309] For scale see fig. 62, p. 163. + +[310] _Camb. Ant. Soc. Proc. and Comm._ Vol. VIII. pp. 379-388, 7 May, +1894. + +[311] The existing Library is still called the New Library. + +[312] _Novum ac Magnum Theatrum Urbium Belgicae_, fol. Amsterdam, 1649, s. +v. Zutphania. For these historical facts I have to thank my friend Mr +Gimberg, _Archivarius_ at Zutphen. + +[313] I have to thank Mr T. D. Atkinson, architect, for drawing this plan. + +[314] I have again to thank Mr Gimberg for this photograph. It was a work +of no small difficulty owing to the imperfect light. + +[315] For scale see fig. 62, p. 163. + +[316] I have described this library in _Camb. Ant. Soc. Proc. and Comm._ +Vol. VIII. pp. 11-18. + +[317] This book is now in the University Library, Cambridge. + +[318] _Arch. Hist._, The Library, III. 429. It is obvious that these heavy +chains must have been attached to the lower edge of one of the boards, and +that the bar must have been below the desk and not above it. See above, p. +139. + +[319] _Arch. Hist._ II. 244. + +[320] See above, pp. 117-121. + +[321] MSS. Harl. 4335. The picture hanging on the wall represents +Philosophy offering her consolation to a sick man. + +[322] For this information I have to thank my friend, Bernard W. +Henderson, M.A., Fellow of Merton College, Oxford. + +[323] Delisle, _Cabinet des manuscrits_, II. 186, _note_. + +[324] This account is, in the main, a translation of that given by M. +Delisle, _ut supra_. + +[325] Bibl. Nat. Par. MSS. Lat. 5493. For the history of this library see +Delisle, _ut supra_, pp. 142-208; Franklin, _Anciennes Bibliotheques de +Paris_, I. pp. 221-317. + +[326] Franklin, _ut supra_, vol. I. p. 399. + +[327] Franklin, _Bibliotheques de Paris_, II. 70. + +[328] Delisle, _ut supra_, II. 228-231; Franklin, _ut supra_, I. 135-185. +The catalogue of Claude de Grandrue is in the Bibliotheque Nationale, +fonds latin, No. 14767; the alphabetical index in the Bibliotheque +Mazarine, No. 1358. + +[329] Delisle, p. 228, _note_. + +[330] The MS. (No. 164) is by Frere Jehan de Castel. + +[331] This reproduction is from a copy of the print now in the Fitzwilliam +Museum, Cambridge. It also occurs on a reduced scale in _Les Arts au Moyen +Age et a l'Epoque de la Renaissance_ par Paul Lacroix, 4^o. Paris, 1869, +p. 492; and in _Illustrium Hollandiae et Westfrisiae Ordinum_ etc. 4^o. +Lugd. Bat., 1614. + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +RECAPITULATION. INVENTION OF THE STALL-SYSTEM. LIBRARY OF CORPUS CHRISTI +COLLEGE, OXFORD, TAKEN AS A TYPE. SYSTEM OF CHAINING IN HEREFORD +CATHEDRAL. LIBRARIES OF MERTON COLLEGE, OXFORD, AND CLARE COLLEGE, +CAMBRIDGE. THE STALL-SYSTEM COPIED AT WESTMINSTER ABBEY, WELLS, AND DURHAM +CATHEDRALS. THIS SYSTEM POSSIBLY MONASTIC. LIBRARIES AT CANTERBURY, DOVER +PRIORY, CLAIRVAUX. + + +If the evidence brought forward in the last chapter be accepted, the +Library which a Monastery or College built in the fifteenth century was a +long narrow room lighted by rows of equidistant windows. Occasionally, if +neighbouring buildings allowed, there was a window at the end of the room +also. The fittings were lecterns of wood. On these the books were laid, +each volume being fastened by a chain to a bar usually placed over the +desk, but occasionally, in all probability, in front of it or beneath it. +The readers sat on benches immoveably fixed opposite to each window. It is +obvious that reading was convenient enough so long as the students were +few, but if they were numerous and the books chained too closely together +much annoyance must have been caused. When the University of Oxford +petitioned Humphrey Duke of Gloucester in 1444 to help them to build a new +library, they specially dwelt upon the obstacles to study arising from the +overcrowded condition of the old room. "Should any student," they said, +"be poring over a single volume, as often happens, he keeps three or four +others away on account of the books being chained so closely +together[332]." + +Further, the lectern-system was so wasteful in the matter of space, that, +as books accumulated, some other piece of furniture had to be devised to +contain them. The desk could not be dispensed with so long as books were +chained; and it therefore occurred to an ingenious carpenter that the +required conditions would be fulfilled if the two halves of the desk were +separated, not by a few inches, but by a considerable interval, or broad +shelf, with one or more shelves fixed above it. Thus a case was arrived at +containing four shelves at least, two to each side of the case, which +could be made as long as the width of the library permitted. I propose to +call this system "the stall-system," from the word _staulum_ (sometimes +written _stalla_, _stallus_, or _stallum_), which is frequently applied to +a case for books in a medieval library. + +There are at least five fine examples of this system at Oxford--none, I am +sorry to say, at Cambridge. There was a set at Clare College, supplied to +the old Library about 1627, but they have since been altered by the +removal of the desks. Those at Oxford are at Corpus Christi College +(1517), S. John's College (1596), Sir Thomas Bodley's library (1598), +Merton College (1623), Jesus College (1677-79), Magdalen College (of +uncertain date). + +As a type of this system I shall take the library of Corpus Christi +College, founded in 1516 by Richard Fox, Bishop of Winchester. The library +was ready for the fittings by the end of March in the following year, as +we learn from a building account preserved by Hearne: + + 8 Henry VIII. This boke made from the xvth day off March + unto the xxxti day off the same Moneth [30 March, 1517]. + + Md. couenauntyd and agreid wyth Comell Clerke, for the + makyng off the dextis in the liberary, to the summe off + xvi, after the maner and forme as they be in Magdaleyn + college, except the popie heedes off the seites, thes to + be workmanly wrowght and clenly, and he to have all + maner off stooff foond hym, and to have for the makyng + off on dexte xs the sum off the hole viii. li.[333] + +[Illustration: Fig. 70. Bookcases and seat in the Library at Corpus +Christi College, Oxford. + +From a photograph taken in 1894.] + +The arrangement and appearance of these most interesting cases will be +understood from the general view (fig. 70) and from the elevation (fig. +71), but I shall proceed to describe them with some minuteness. + +[Illustration: Fig. 71. Elevation of one bookcase in the Library of Corpus +Christi College, Oxford.] + +The library occupies the first floor of the south side of the quadrangle +opposite to the entrance. It is 79 feet 6 inches long, by 21 feet broad, +with ten equidistant windows, about 3 feet 6 inches apart, on each side. +At the west end there is an inner library, occupying the angle between the +south and west sides of the quadrangle. On each side there are nine +bookcases, each 8 ft. 6 in. high, 2 ft. wide, and 7 ft. 6 in. long, +divided by partitions into three compartments. + +I have carefully studied these cases on several occasions, and it seems to +me that the only alterations introduced since the original construction +are: (1) the addition of about two feet to the upper portion of the case +in order to provide additional shelf-room; (2) a slight change in the +arrangements of the desk for the reader; and (3) the addition of the +catalogue frame, which by its style is evidently Jacobean, to the end next +the central alley. Originally each case had two shelves only, one on the +level of the desk (Fig. 71, G, H), and the second about half-way between +it and the original top of the case (_ibid._ E, F). Before chaining fell +into disuse the cases were heightened so as to provide an additional shelf +(_ibid._ C, D). At present the number has been further increased by the +addition of a fourth shelf above the desk (_ibid._ A, B), and two below it +(_ibid._ I, K, L, M). The desks have been altered by a change in the +position of the bracket, and by the suppression of the slit through which +the chains usually passed, as I shall explain below. + +The system of chaining used for the lectern-system required modification +and extension to suit this new arrangement of shelves. At Corpus Christi +College most of the iron-work remains (fig. 70); but it is necessary to go +elsewhere to find chained books actually in use. Of such chaining I know +no better example than the Chapter Library in Hereford Cathedral, from a +study of which I will describe the system, and shew that it is the same as +that employed at Corpus Christi College and elsewhere. + +The Chapter Library at Hereford was originally over the west cloister, and +there is evidence that it was being fitted up in 1394, when Walter de +Rammesbury, B.D., gave L10 for the desks[334]. The original building has +long since been destroyed, and the books were transferred from one place +to another until the present beautiful structure was built on the old site +in 1897. + +[Illustration: Fig. 73. Part of a bookcase in the Chapter Library, +Hereford.] + +Throughout these changes some very ancient bookcases have been preserved. +They have been taken to pieces and altered several times, but are +probably, in the main, those put up in 1394. Above all, one of them +possesses, in thorough working order, the system of chaining, parts of +which are to be met with on the cases at Oxford which we have been +considering. Of the accompanying illustrations the first (fig. 72) gives a +general view of the most complete case, that which now contains the +manuscripts, and the second (fig. 73) shews one compartment of the same +case with the books, chains, desk etc. This case is 9 ft. 8 in. long, 2 +ft. 2 in. wide and 8 ft. high, exclusive of the cornice. The material is +unplaned oak, very rough; the ends are 2-3 in. thick, made of three planks +fastened together with strong wooden pegs. The desk has been a good deal +altered, and is now inconveniently low, but, as the books were chained, it +is evident that there must always have been desks on each case, and +moreover the hook which held them up is still to be seen in several +places. The frames to contain the catalogue, which closely resemble those +at Oxford, are known to have been added in the 17th century by Thomas +Thornton, D.D., Canon Residentiary. + +[Illustration: Fig. 72. Bookcase in the Chapter Library, Hereford +Cathedral. + +[Illustration: Fig. 74. Part of a single volume, shewing the clasp, the +ring for the chain, and the mode of attaching it: Hereford.] + +From a sketch taken in 1876.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 75. A single volume, standing on the shelf, with the +chain attached to the iron bar: Hereford.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 76. Iron bar and socket, closed to prevent removal of +the bar: Hereford.] + +As the books were to stand upright on a shelf, not to lie on their sides +on a desk, it was necessary to attach the chain in a different manner. A +narrow strip of flat brass was passed round the left-hand board (fig. 74) +and riveted to it, in such a manner as to leave a loop in front of the +edge of the board, wide enough to admit an iron ring, an inch and a +quarter in diameter, to which one end of the chain was fastened. The book +is placed on the shelf with the fore-edge turned outwards, and the other +end of the chain is fastened to a second ring, rather larger than the +former, which plays along an iron bar (fig. 75). For the two upper shelves +these bars, which are 1/2 in. in diameter, are supported in front of the +shelf, at such a distance from it as to allow of easy play for the rings +(fig. 73). Each bar extends only from partition to partition, so that +three bars are needed for each shelf. For the lowest shelf there are also +three bars, set two inches behind the edge of the shelf, so as to keep the +rings and chains out of the way of the desk. The bars for the upper +shelves rest in iron sockets screwed to the woodwork at the juncture of +the horizontal shelves with the vertical divisions and ends respectively. +The socket fixed to the end of the bookcase which was intended to stand +against the wall is closed by an iron plate (fig. 76), so that the bar +cannot pass beyond it. At the opposite end, that which would usually face +the alley between the two rows of bookcases, the bars are secured by lock +and key in the following manner. A piece of flat iron is nailed to the end +of the bookcase, just above the level of the uppermost shelf (fig. 77). +Attached to this by a hinge is a hasp, or band of iron, two inches wide, +and rather longer than the interval between the two shelves. Opposite to +each shelf this iron band expands into a semicircular plate, to which a +cap is riveted for the reception of the head of the socket in which the +bar rests (fig. 77); and just below the middle shelf it drops into a lock +and is secured by a key (fig. 73). A second hasp, similarly constructed, +secures the lowest of the three bars; but, as that bar is behind, and not +in front of, the shelf to which it belongs, the arrangements described +above are reversed. One lock and key serves for the ironwork belonging to +the three shelves. + +[Illustration: Fig. 77. Iron bar, with part of the iron plate or hasp +which is secured by the lock and keeps the bar in place: Hereford.] + +The chains are made of links of hammered iron as shewn in the sketch (fig. +78) which represents a piece of one of the actual size. There is usually a +swivel in the centre, probably to prevent twisting. They vary somewhat in +length, and in the length of the links, according to the shelf on which +the books to which they belong are ranged, it being obviously necessary to +provide for the convenient placing of a book on the desk when a reader +wished to consult it. The most usual dimensions are 3 ft. 4 in., 3 ft. 6 +in., 4 ft. 3 in. + +The removal of any of the volumes, or the addition of a new one, must have +been a tedious and inconvenient operation. The bar would have to be +withdrawn, and all the rings set free. Moreover, if this change had to be +effected in one of the compartments remote from the end of the case which +carried the lock, the bar belonging to each of the other compartments +would have to be withdrawn before the required volume could be reached. + +[Illustration: Fig. 78. Piece of chain, shewing the swivel: Hereford. + +Actual size.] + +If the views (figs. 70, 71) of the book-cases at Corpus Christi College, +Oxford, be attentively examined, it will be seen that the ironwork exactly +resembles that at Hereford. We find similar sockets to contain the bars at +the junction of the horizontal shelves and vertical uprights, and a +similar system of iron hasps to prevent the bars from being withdrawn. + +The desk for the reader would of course vary according to individual +taste. As a general rule it was attached to the ends of the case by strong +hinges, so that it could be turned up and got out of the way when any +alteration in the ironwork had to be carried out. Iron hooks to hold it up +were not unfrequently provided. One of these, from the Bodleian Library, +is here figured (fig. 79). It was also usual to provide a slit in this +desk, about 2 in. wide, as close as possible to the shelf, for the chain +attached to the book in use to pass through. This is well shewn in the +view of a single book-case in Merton College, Oxford (fig. 83). + +I will next describe the library of Merton College, Oxford. There is still +considerable doubt respecting the date of some of the bookcases, but the +appearance of the library is so venerable, so unlike any similar room with +which I am acquainted, that it must always command admiration, and deserve +study[335]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 80. Exterior of the Library at Merton College, Oxford, +as seen from 'Mob Quadrangle.' + +From a photograph by H. W. Taunt, 1899.] + +The library occupies the whole of the first floor of the south side of +"Mob Quadrangle" and the greater part of the same floor of the west side +(fig. 80). It is entered through a doorway in the south-western angle of +the court, whence a staircase leads up to the vestibule (fig. 81). This +room is separated from the two divisions of the library by lofty oak +screens, elaborately carved and ornamented in the style of the early +renaissance. + +[Illustration: Fig. 79. Hook to hold up the desk. Bodleian Library, +Oxford.] + +The two rooms into which the library is divided have a uniform width of 20 +ft. 6 in. The west room, called by tradition Old Library, is 38 ft. 6 in. +long (A, B, fig. 81); the south room, or New Library, is 56 ft. 6 in. long +(C, D, fig. 81). + +The west room is lighted by seven equidistant lancet windows in each of +the west and east walls, and by two dormer windows of peculiar design on +the side of the roof next to the court. The south room is similarly +lighted by ten lancets in each of the north and south walls, and on the +side next to the court by two dormer windows like those in the west room. +This room moreover has an open space at the east end, about 10 ft. long, +lighted by a window of two lights in each of the north and south walls +respectively, and by an oriel of five lights in the east wall. In both +rooms there is a waggon-roof of five cants boarded, and divided into +panels by molded ribs with little bosses at the intersections (fig. 82). + +The blank wall at the north end of the west room is panelled with oak of +an elaborate and beautiful design for a height of about 12 ft. (fig. 82). +The space above this is decorated with panels of plaster-work. The large +square central panel contains the arms of the college; the circular panel +to the west those of John Whitgift (Archbishop of Canterbury 1583-1604); +and the similar panel to the east those of Sir Henry Savile (Warden +1585-1621). + +[Illustration: Fig. 81. Ground-plan of the Library at Merton College, +Oxford.] + +The east end of the south room is similarly treated, but the oak panelling +is less elaborate. In the plaster-work above it the arms of the college +are flanked on the north by those of George Abbot (Archbishop of +Canterbury 1611-1633) and on the south by those of Sir Nathaniel Brent +(Warden 1621-1651). + +[Illustration: Fig. 82. Interior of the west Library at Merton College, +Oxford. + +From a photograph by H. W. Taunt, 1899.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 83. Bookcase in the west Library of Merton College, +Oxford. + +From a photograph by H. W. Taunt, 1899.] + +Both rooms are floored with rough oak planking. On this are laid four +sleepers, each about 5 in. square, parallel with the side-walls. The two +central sleepers have their outside edge roughly chamfered. Into these the +bookcases and the seats are morticed. The central alley, 5 ft. wide, is in +both rooms paved with encaustic tiles. + +In the west room there are twelve complete cases and four half-cases; in +the south room there are twenty complete cases and two half-cases (fig. +81); in both rooms arranged in the usual manner with respect to the walls +and windows. + +In order to present as vivid an idea as possible of these beautiful cases, +I reproduce here a photograph of a single compartment from the west +library, with a seated reader at work (fig. 83). The case is made to look +rather higher than it really is, but this distortion can be easily +corrected by comparing the height of the standard with that of the seated +figure. + +In the west room each case (figs. 82, 83) is 7 ft. 5 in. long, 1 ft. 5 in. +wide and 6 ft. high from the top of the sleeper to the top of the cornice. +The material is oak. The ends are nearly 2 in. thick, and next the wall +are shaped roughly with an adze. Each case is separated into two divisions +by a central partition; and originally there was a desk 1 ft. 3 in. wide +on each side of the case. These desks were immoveable, and nailed to rough +brackets. There were two shelves only to each case: one just above the +level of the desk, and a second about half-way between it and the cornice +(fig. 84). + +The system of ironwork by which the books were secured can be easily +recovered by studying the scars on the ends of the cases next the central +alley. At the lower end of the standard, two feet from the ground, was an +iron bar which carried the chains of all the books which stood on the +shelf just above the level of the desk, without reference to the side from +which they were to be consulted. This bar was secured by a separate hasp +and lock. The bars for the upper shelf, one on each side of the case, were +obviously secured by a system similar to that described above at Hereford +and Corpus Christi College. The whole system has been indicated on the +elevation (fig. 84), which should be compared with the reproduction of one +of the cases in the west room (fig. 83). Originally no books stood below +the desk. The comfort of readers was considered by the insertion of a bar +of wood to rest the feet on, between the seat and the bookcase (fig. 84). + +[Illustration: Fig. 84. Elevation of a bookcase and seat in the West +Library at Merton College, Oxford. + +Measured and drawn by T. D. Atkinson, Architect.] + +In the south room the cases are on the same general plan as in the west +room; but the system of chaining appears to have been slightly different, +and to have approximated more closely to what I may call the Hereford +type. + +In both rooms each case has a picturesque enrichment at the end of the +standard above the cornice, and a small oblong frame just below it to +contain the general title of the books within the case. The west room is +devoted to LIBRI ARTIUM, with the exception of the three cases and the +half-case at the north end of the east side, which are marked CODICES MSS. +These are protected by latticed doors of wood. In the south room the +cases on the south side are all lettered L. THEOLOGIAE; on the north side +the first three are lettered L. MEDICINAE; the next L. MEDIC. IURISPP. and +the last five L. IURIS PRVDENTIAE. In this room the last cases at the east +end on each side have latticed doors like those on the corresponding cases +in the west room. + +The building of this library is recorded in four separate account-rolls +extending from the beginning of the first year of Richard II. to the third +year of the same king, that is from 1377 to 1379. From these documents it +appears that the building cost L462. 1_s._ 11 1/2_d._ + +From this first construction to the beginning of the sixteenth century--a +space of 125 years--the accounts furnish us with no information; but, from +what we learn afterwards, it would appear that the internal walls were +unplastered, that the roof-timbers were unprotected, and that the only +light was admitted through the narrow lancet windows. + +In 1502-3 the panel-work (_celatura_) on the roof of the west library was +put up at a cost of L27. 6_s._ 0_d._ The account contains also a charge +for painting the bosses (_nodi_) at the intersection of the moldings that +separate the panels. Mr Henderson points out that these ornaments prove +the existing ceiling to be that put up in 1503; for among them are the +Tudor Rose, the dolphin of Fitzjames (Warden 1483-1507). and the Royal +Arms used from Henry IV. to Elizabeth, but altered by James I. + +After this another long interval occurs during which no work done to the +library is recorded; but in 1623 the south room was taken in hand, and the +changes introduced into it were so extensive that it is referred to in the +accounts as New Library (_Nova Bibliotheca_) a name which it still +retains. + +In the first place the room at the east end (fig. 81) was thrown into it, +and the oriel window constructed, together with the two large dormers on +the side next the court (fig. 80). These works, by which light was so +largely increased, prove how gloomy the library must have been before they +were undertaken. Next, after important repairs to the walls and floor, and +the construction of the decorative plaster-work at the east end, the old +bookcases were sold, and Benet the joiner supplied twenty new cases and +one half-case. The only old case remaining is, by tradition, the half-case +against the screen on the north side as one enters from the vestibule. + +It is therefore certain that the cases and seats in the south room date +from 1623. It is unfortunately equally certain that we know nothing about +the date of those in the west room; and we are therefore unable to say +whether the cases in the south room were copied from them in 1623, or +whether the reverse process took place at some unknown date. If we adopt +the pleasing theory that in the west room we have very early cases, +constructed possibly when the library was built, we must still admit that +these relics of a remote past have been altered at some subsequent period, +so as to be brought into conformity with the cases in the south room; for +the cornices and the frames for the titles are precisely similar in the +two rooms. + +The difference between the two sets of cases in the method of chaining, to +which attention has been already drawn, may bear on the question of date. +As time went on chaining would be modified in the direction of simplicity; +and to replace a single central bar by two lateral ones is a step towards +this, for under such conditions the addition or removal of a book would +entail less displacement. Further, it must be recognised that these cases, +whether extremely ancient or comparatively modern, differ in many +particulars from those to be met with elsewhere. They are lighter, +narrower and more elegant. Again, when the ground-plan of the library is +considered (fig. 81) it will be seen that their ends occupy nearly the +whole space between a pair of windows. In other examples of the +stall-system this is not the case. + +The only explanation I have to offer for the whole difficulty is the +following. The library was constructed for the lectern-system, with +wall-spaces not more than 2 ft. wide, and was so fitted up. When books had +become numerous the western library was taken in hand, and the lecterns +altered into stalls, the single central bar being retained. At the same +time, in all probability, the dormers were inserted. It is remarkable that +these changes should not be recorded in the accounts, but possibly they +were carried out as the result of a special benefaction[336]. In 1623 the +stalls which had been placed in the west room, having been found +convenient, were copied for the south room. + +I will in the next place briefly notice the distinctive points of the +other examples of the stall-system in Oxford. + +At S. John Baptist's College the library was built in 1596, and we may +presume was fitted up soon afterwards, as Wood records numerous donations +of books in the years immediately succeeding, and the appointment of a +keeper to take charge of them in 1603[337]. This library, on the first +floor of the south side of the second quadrangle, is 112 feet long by 26 +feet wide, with eight windows of two lights in each wall. The bookcases, +of which there are eight on each side between the windows, with a +half-case against the west wall, are rather larger than those at Corpus +Christi College, being 10 feet high, and 2 feet 6 inches wide. They have a +classical cornice and terminal pediment. The titles of the subjects are +painted at the tops of the stalls as at Merton College. A few traces of +chaining are still to be detected. The desks have not been altered. Each +is in two divisions, as at Corpus, separated by a central bracket, and it +has the slit to admit the chains. The long iron hinges are evidently +original. The seats resemble those at Corpus. + +The bookcases at Trinity College, set up in 1618, and those at Jesus +College, made probably in 1679, call for no special remark. + +Between 1598 and 1600 Sir Thomas Bodley refitted the library over the +Divinity School. This noble room is 86 feet long by 32 feet wide. These +dimensions contrast forcibly with those of the long narrow rooms to which +we have been accustomed; and it is probably on account of the great width +that the 10 windows on each side have two lights apiece. At right angles +to these walls, which face north and south, there are nine bookcases on a +side with a half-case at each end. Here again we find so close a +resemblance to the cases at Corpus Christi College, that a particular +description is unnecessary. It should be noted, however, that, as at S. +John's College, they had been made of a greater height (8 feet 4 inches) +in the first instance, so as to accommodate two shelves above that on the +level of the desk. These shelves are proved to be original by the +existence, at the juncture of the shelves with the upright divisions, of +the plates of iron which originally carried the sockets for the bar. The +rest of the ironwork has been removed, and it is difficult to detect +traces of its former existence, because modern shelves have been set +against the ends of the cases. The hole for the lowest bar, however, +remains in the same relative position as at Corpus Christi College; and, +as the ironwork for supporting the bars is identical with what still +remains there, it seems safe to conclude that no new principle was +introduced. The desks are modern, but the large and ornamental brackets +which support them are original, and the iron hooks (fig. 79) still remain +by which they were prevented from falling when turned up. The position of +these hooks shews that each desk was 19 inches broad. There were +originally seats between each pair of cases, as may be seen in Loggan's +view of the interior of the library, where their ends are distinctly +shewn. + +A special feature of this room is the beautiful open roof, practically +that which Sir Thomas Bodley put up in 1599. The principals and tie-beams +are ornamented with arabesques, while the flat surface between them is +divided into square compartments on which are painted the arms of the +University. On the bosses that intervene between these compartments are +the arms of Bodley himself. + +I mentioned at the beginning of this chapter that the stall-system had +been represented in the library at Clare College, Cambridge. The old +library was a long narrow room over the old chapel, and we know on the +authority of William Cole[338] that it was "fitted up with wainscote +Classes on both sides." These "classes" had been put up shortly before +1627, when the Duke of Buckingham, then Chancellor of the University, was +taken to see them. When this library was pulled down in 1763 they were +removed to the new library which had been fitted up 20 years previously, +and ranged round the room in front of the modern shelves. They are +splendid specimens of carpentry-work, and bear so close a resemblance to +the cases in the library of S. John's College, that it may be assumed that +they were copied from them[339]. When the removal took place they were a +good deal altered, and a few years ago some fragments which had not been +utilised were found in a lumber-closet. One of the standards (fig. 85), +with its brackets, shews that the cases were once fitted with desks, the +removal of which was ingeniously concealed by the insertion of slips of +wood in the style of the older work[340]. I have not been able to discover +any traces of chaining, but as there are a number of seats in the library, +very like those in Corpus Christi College, Oxford, it is more than +probable that chains were once employed. + +[Illustration: Fig. 85. Stall-end in the Library of Clare College, +Cambridge.] + +The stall-system was not only popular in Oxford itself, but was adopted as +a standard for bookcases, and reproduced elsewhere. + +The first example I will cite is at Westminster Abbey[341], where part of +the dorter was fitted up as a library during the years 1623 and 1624 by +John Williams, Bishop of Lincoln and afterwards Archbishop of York, who +was dean of Westminster from 1620 to his death in 1650. In the flowery +rhetoric of his biographer Bishop Hacket: + + With the same Generosity and strong propension of mind + to enlarge the Boundaries of Learning, he converted a + wast Room, scituate in the East side of the Cloysters, + into _Plato's_ Portico, into a goodly Library; model'd + it into decent shape, furnished it with Desks and + Chains, accoutred it with all Utensils, and stored it + with a vast Number of Learned Volumes[342]. + +This library--which has not been materially altered since 1625--occupies +the north end of what was once the dorter. It is 60 feet long, by 33 feet +4 inches broad. There are twelve bookcases--evidently the "desks" recorded +by Williams' biographer. Each is 10 feet 10 inches long, 2 feet broad, and +8 feet 3 inches high, divided by plain uprights into three compartments. +There are three shelves, below which is a desk for the reader, resting on +brackets, and provided with the usual slit for the chains to pass through. +These desks are hinged. The cases are quite plain, with the exception of a +molded cornice; above which, on the end of each, is some scroll-work. +There is also a small frame to contain the catalogue. It is probable that +there were originally seats for readers between each pair of cases. I +cannot discover any certain evidence of chaining, and yet "chains" are +distinctly enumerated among the dean's benefactions. There are faint scars +at the intersection of some of the shelves and uprights which may be +screwholes--but I cannot feel certain on the point. + +I have already given the plan of the cathedral library at Wells (fig. 42). +After the Restoration this building was re-fitted during the episcopate of +Robert Creighton (Bishop 1670-1672), with the help of donations from the +celebrated Dr Richard Busby, and Dr Ralph Bathurst, who was dean from 1670 +to 1704. It is important to remember that Bathurst was also master of +Trinity College, Oxford, an office which he retained until his death. As +he is described in the MS. List of Benefactors preserved in the library as +having taken a foremost part in fitting it up (in _Bibliotheca hac +instauranda_ [Greek: ergodioktes]), the selection of the bookcases may +with much probability be ascribed to him. His own college has still +bookcases which once must have been excellent specimens of the +stall-system. + +[Illustration: Fig. 87. Bookcases in the Library of Durham Cathedral. + +From a photograph.] + +There are eight bookcases at Wells, of plain unpainted deal, projecting +from the west wall between the windows (fig. 42). They are 8 ft. 6 in. +long, 8 ft. 1 in. high and 3 ft. broad. Seven of them have desks on both +sides, but the last--that placed against the partition at the south end, +which screens off a small room for a study--has a desk on one side only. +There is no shelf below the desk, but two above it. They are fitted with +the usual apparatus for chaining. Between each pair of bookcases, in front +of the window, is a seat for the reader. These cases resemble so closely +those at Corpus Christi College, Oxford, that the source from which they +were derived cannot be doubtful. + +Was this library ever chained? A Walton's Polyglot, 1657, had evidently +been prepared for chaining, and in a novel fashion, the plate to carry the +chain being attached to the left-hand board close to the back of the +volume (fig. 86)--so that it was evidently set on the shelf in the +ordinary way, and not with the fore-edge turned to the spectator, as is +usual in chained libraries. But with this exception I could not discover +indications of the attachment of a plate on any of the volumes. If I am +right in concluding that the books in this library were never chained, the +cases are a curious instance of the maintenance of fashion. Dean Bathurst +ordered a bookcase, and it was supplied to him with all its fittings +complete, whether they were to be used or not. + +[Illustration: Fig. 86. Ring for attachment of chain, Wells.] + +My last example is from Durham Cathedral, where John Sudbury, dean from +1661 to 1684, fitted up the ancient Frater as a library. The room is about +115 feet long by 30 feet wide, with nine windows in each side-wall. Their +sills are ten feet from the ground. + +The cases (fig. 87) are evidently the work of a carpenter who was +thoroughly conversant with the stall-system. They had originally two +shelves only above the desk, the entablature, now visible on the ends +only, being carried along the sides. The shelf below the desk is also +modern. These cases are ten feet apart, and between each pair, instead of +a reader's seat, is a dwarf bookcase terminating in a desk. Attached to it +on each side is a seat conveniently placed for a reader to use the desk on +the side of the principal case. + +I have shewn that the stall-system made its appearance at Oxford early in +the sixteenth century, but I have not been able to discover who introduced +it. My own impression is that it was monastic in its origin; and I can +prove that it fits at least two monastic libraries exactly. This theory +will also explain the prevalence of such cases at Oxford, and their almost +total absence from Cambridge, where monastic influence was never exercised +to the same extent. + +I will begin with Canterbury, where, as I mentioned above[343], the +library was over the Prior's Chapel. The construction of this chapel is +described as follows by Professor Willis: + + Roger de S. Elphege, Prior from 1258 to 1263, completed + a chapel between the Dormitory and Infirmary.... The + style of its substructure shews that it was begun by his + predecessor.... [It] is placed on the south side of the + Infirmary cloister, between the Lavatory tower and + Infirmary. Its floor was on the level of the upper + gallery, and was sustained by an open vaulted ambulatory + below. This replaced the portion of the original south + alley [of the cloister] which occupied ... that + position.... But, as this new substructure was more than + twice as broad as the old one, the chapel was obtruded + into the small cloister-garth, so as to cover part of + the facade of the Infirmary Hall, diminish the already + limited area, and destroy the symmetry of its form[344]. + +Above this chapel Archbishop Chichele built the library which Prior +Sellyng fitted up. It stood east and west, and of course must have been of +the same size as the chapel beneath it, namely, according to Professor +Willis, 62 feet long on the north side, 59 feet long on the south side, +and 22 feet broad. The door was probably at the south-west corner, at the +head of a staircase which originally led only to the chapel beneath it. + +From these measurements I have constructed a plan of the room (fig. 88), +and of the bookcases which I am about to describe. The windows are of +course imaginary, but, I submit, justified by the uniform practice of +medieval libraries. + +[Illustration: Fig. 88. Conjectural plan of the Library over the Prior's +Chapel at Christ Church, Canterbury.] + +I am able to reconstruct this library because I have had the good fortune +to come across a very curious document[345] which gives sufficient data +for the purpose. It is contained in a MS. volume, now the property of the +Dean and Chapter of Canterbury, composed of several quires of paper +stitched into a parchment cover. They once belonged to, and were probably +written by, Brother William Ingram, who was _custos martirii_ in 1503; and +in June 1511 was promoted to the office of Pitancer. The accounts and +memoranda in the book are of a very miscellaneous character. The part +which concerns the library consists of a note of the books which were +repaired in 1508. This is headed: + + Repairs done to the books contained in the library over + the chapel of our lord the Prior, namely, in new byndyng + and bordyng with covers and claspyng and chenyng, + together with sundry books of the gift of the aforesaid + Prior, namely, in the year of our Lord 1508, and the + year of the reign of King Henry VII., 23[346]. + +The writer goes round the room, beginning at the west end. He proceeds +along the north side, and returns along the south side, to the point +whence he started, enumerating on his way the bookcases and their shelves, +the volumes removed, and, occasionally, a note of the repairs required. +For my present purpose I will content myself with his account of a single +bookcase, the first on the list. The writer begins thus: "From the upper +shelf on the east side in the first seat (_de superiori textu[347] ex +orienti parte in prima_ (sic) _sedile_)." Three volumes are enumerated. +"From the lower shelf (_de inferiori textu_)," two volumes. "From the +upper shelf on the other side of the same seat (_de superiori textu ex +altera parte eiusdem sedilis_)," seven volumes. "From the lower shelf (_de +inferiori textu_)," five volumes. In this way eight seats, i.e. bookcases, +are gone through on this side of the room. The writer next turns his +attention to the south side, and goes through eight more seats, beginning +with: "From the east side of the upper shelf on the south side (_de textu +superiori ex parte australi incipiendo. In parte orientali_)." The +examination was evidently thorough, and, as the same number of seats is +enumerated for each side of the room, we may, I think, safely conclude +that all were examined, and that the whole number in the library was +sixteen. + +The passages I have quoted shew that each of these bookcases had an upper +and lower shelf on each side, on which the books stood, so as to be +conveniently consulted by readers on each side; the books were chained; +and, in consequence, there must have been a desk, presumably below the +shelves on each side; and a seat for the reader. I have embodied these +requirements in the accompanying sketch or diagram (fig. 89), which +indicates a bookcase of the same type as those at Corpus Christi College, +Oxford. If we may suppose that each of these cases was two feet wide and +eight feet long like those at Merton College, we can accommodate eight +cases on each side of the room (fig. 88), with the same interval between +each pair as at that college. + +[Illustration: Fig. 89. Sketch of the probable appearance of a bookcase, +and a reader's seat, in the Library at Christ Church, Canterbury.] + +Let us now consider whether the library as thus arranged would have had +sufficient shelf-room. Each bookcase being 8 feet long would contain 32 +feet of shelving, and the 16 cases a total of 512 feet. The catalogue made +in the time of Prior Henry of Eastry (1285-1331) enumerates 1850 +volumes[348]. If we allow two feet and a half for every ten of these we +shall require 462 1/2 feet; or in other words we can arrange the whole +collection in 14 stalls, leaving 2 over for the additions which must have +been made in the interval between the middle of the 14th century and the +date of Brother Ingram's researches. + +If the sketch here given of the probable aspect of the library at Christ +Church, Canterbury, be compared with the view of the library at Merton +College, Oxford (fig. 82), a fairly correct idea of a great conventual +library will be obtained. A very slight effort of imagination is needed to +make the necessary changes in the shelves, and to replace academic +students by Benedictine monks. Then, if we conceive the shelves to be +loaded with manuscripts, many of which were written in the early days of +the English Church, we shall be able to realise the feelings of Leland on +entering the library at Glastonbury: + + I had hardly crossed the threshold when the mere sight + of books remarkable for their vast antiquity filled me + with awe, or I might almost say with bewilderment: so + that for a moment I could not move a step forward[349]. + +I propose in the next place to print a translation of the Introduction to +the catalogue[350] of the Benedictine Priory of S. Martin at Dover, which +was a cell to Canterbury made in 1389 by John Whytfeld. This catalogue +does not indicate the stall-system; in fact I am at a loss to define the +precise system which it does indicate. I print it in this place on account +of its internal interest, and the evidence which it affords of the care +taken in the last quarter of the fourteenth century to make books easily +accessible to scholars. + + The present Register of the Library of the Priory of + Dover, compiled in the year of the Lord's Incarnation + 1389 under the presidency of John Neunam prior and monk + of the said church, is separated into three main + divisions. The object is that the first part may supply + information to the precentor of the house concerning the + number of the books and the complete knowledge of them: + that the second part may stir up studious brethren to + eager and frequent reading: and that the third part may + point out the way to the speedy finding of individual + treatises by the scholars. Now although a brief special + preface is prefixed to each part to facilitate the + understanding of it, to this first part certain general + notes are prefixed, to begin with, for the more plain + understanding of the whole Register. + + Be it noted, then, first, that this whole Library is + divided into nine several classes (Distinctions), marked + according to the nine first letters of the alphabet, + which are affixed to the classes themselves, in such a + way that A marks out to him who enters the first Class, + B the second, C the third, and so on in order. Each of + the said nine classes, moreover, will be seen to be + divided into seven shelves (grades), which are also + marked off by the addition of Roman numeral figures, + following the letters which denote the classes. We begin + the numbering of the shelves from the bottom, and + proceed upwards so that the bottom shelf, which is the + first, is marked thus, I; the second thus, II; the third + thus, III; and so the numbering goes, on up to + seven[351]. + + In addition to this, the books of the Library are all of + them marked on each leaf with Arabic numerals, to + facilitate the ascertaining of the contents of the + volumes. + + Now since many of the volumes contain a number of + treatises, the names of these treatises, although they + have not always been correctly christened, are written + down under each volume, and an Arabic numeral is added + to each name shewing on what leaf each tract begins. To + this number the letter A or B is subjoined, the letter A + here denoting the first page of the leaf, and the letter + B the second. The books themselves, furthermore, have + their class-letters and also their shelf-marks inserted + not only outside on their bindings, but also inside, + accompanying the tables of contents at the beginning. To + such class-letters a small Arabic figure is added which + shews clearly what position the book occupies in the + order of placing on the shelf concerned. + + On the second, third, or fourth leaf of the book, or + thereabouts, on the lower margin the name of the book is + written. Before it are entered the above-mentioned + class-letters and shelf-numbers, and after it (a small + space intervening) are immediately set down the words + with which that leaf begins, which I shall call the + proof of investigation (_probatorium cognitionis_). The + Arabic figures next following will state how many leaves + are contained in the whole volume; and finally another + numeral immediately following the last clearly sets + forth the number of the tracts contained in the said + volume. + + If then the above facts be securely entrusted to a + retentive memory it will be clearly seen in what class, + shelf, place and order each book of the whole Library + ought to be put, and on what leaf and which side of the + leaf the beginnings of the several treatises may be + found. For it has been the object of the compiler of + this present register [and] of the Library, by setting + forth a variety of such marks and notations of classes, + shelves, order, pagination, treatises and volumes, to + insure for his monastery security from loss in time to + come, to shut the door against the spite of such as + might wish to despoil or bargain away such a treasure, + and to set up a sure bulwark of defence and resistance. + And in truth the compiler will not be offended but will + honestly love anyone who shall bring this + register--which is still faulty in many respects--into + better order, even if he should see fit to place his own + name at the head of the whole work. + + In the first part of the register, therefore, we have + throughout at the top, between black lines ruled + horizontally, first the class-letter, in red, and, + following it, the shelf-mark, in black characters + (_tetris signaculis_). Then again between other lines + ruled in red, vertically: first, on the left a numeral + shewing the place of the book in order on its shelf: + then the name of the volume: thirdly, the number of the + "probatory" leaf; fourthly, the "probatory" words (in + the case of which, by the way, reference is made to the + text and not to the gloss); fifthly, the number of + leaves in the whole volume; and, lastly, the number of + the treatises contained in it--all written within the + aforesaid lines. In addition there will be left in each + shelf of this part, at the end, some vacant space, in + which the names of books that may be subsequently + acquired can be placed[352]. + +The meaning of the word "distinction" is the principal difficulty in the +way of understanding the above description. I thought at first that it +denoted merely difference of subject, and that _gradus_, as in the +catalogue of Queens' College, Cambridge, was a side of a lectern. But the +statement that the grades are numbered "from the bottom and proceed +upwards" can hardly be reconciled with any arrangement of lecterns. +_Distinctio_ probably denotes a bookcase or press, divided into 7 grades, +and probably placed against the wall, the word _gradus_ here meaning a +flat shelf, instead of one set at an angle as in former instances. If this +explanation be correct we have here a very early instance of shelves in +such a position. + +My second example of a monastic library fitted up according to the +stall-system is the library at Clairvaux. As I have already printed a full +description of it[353], I need not do more in this place than translate +the passage referring to the fittings: + + This library is 189 feet long, by 51 feet wide[354]. In + it are 48 seats (_bancs_), and in each seat 4 shelves + (_poulpitres_) furnished with books on all subjects, but + chiefly theology.... The building that contains the said + library is magnificent, built of stone, and excellently + well lighted on both sides with five large windows, well + glazed. + +As there were so many as 48 bookcases, that is, 24 on each side, the +bookcases were evidently spaced without reference to the lateral windows, +which were probably raised high above the floor. + +The catalogue, from which I have already quoted the verses commemorating +the building of the library, contains much useful information respecting +the arrangement of the books. The verses are succeeded by the following +introductory note: + + Repertorium omnium librorum in hac Clarevallis + biblioteca existentium a fratre Mathurino de cangeyo + eiusdem loci monacho non sine magno labore editum. + + Lege + + Pro intelligentia presentis tabule seu Repertorii, + sciendum est quod a parte aquilonari collocantur libri + quorum litere capitales nigre sunt, quorum vero rubre a + parte australi. Et omnes in ea ordine alphabetico + scribuntur. + + Utriusque autem partis primum analogium per litteram A + signatur, secundum per litteram B, tercium per litteram + C, quartum per litteram D, quintum per litteram E. Et + consequenter cetera analogia per sequentes litteras + alphabeticas. + + Quodlibet autem analogium quatuor habet partes, quarum + prima signatur per litteram A, secunda per B, tercia per + C, quarta per D. + + Prime partis primi analogii primus liber signatur per A. + a. 1, secundus per A. a. 2, tercius per A. a. 3, et + consequenter. + + Secunde partis primus liber signatur per A. b. 1, + secundus per A. b. 2; et de consequentibus similis est + ordinatio. + + Tercie partis primus liber signatur per A. c. 1, + secundus per A. c. 2; et consequenter. + + Quarte partis primus liber signatur per A. d. 1, + secundus per A. d. 2; et consequenter. + + [In this way five "analogia" are enumerated.] + + Et eadem est disciplina et ordinacio de ceteris + analogiis prout habetur in novissimo quaternione eiusdem + tabule, immo et in fronte cuiuslibet analogii in tabella + eidem appendente. + + Hanc tabulam seu repertorium scripsit quondam frater + Petrus mauray de Arecis oriundus. Vivus vel defunctus + requiescat in bona semper pace. Amen. + +The most important passage in the above note may be thus translated: + + Read + + For the right understanding of the present table or + method of finding books (_tabule seu repertorii_), you + must know that on the north side are ranged those books + whereof the capital letters are black; on the south side + those whereof the capital letters are red. All are set + down in alphabetical order. + + On each side the first desk (_analogium_) is marked by + the letter A; the second by the letter B; [and so + forth]. + + Each desk has four divisions, the first of which is + marked by the letter _a_, the second by the letter _b_, + the third by the letter _c_, the fourth by the letter + _d_. The first book on the first shelf of the first desk + is marked A. a. i; the second A. a. ii; [and so forth]. + +The catalogue as well as the description makes it perfectly clear that +each desk, that is to say, each bookcase, had four shelves; and further, +as the authors of the _Voyage Litteraire_ (1708) mention chains[355], it +may be concluded that there were desks, and seats for readers, between +each pair of bookcases. If we place two shelves on each side of the case +we get a piece of furniture precisely similar to that in use at +Canterbury. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[332] Macray, _Annals of the Bodleian Library_, p. 7. The words used are: +Jam enim si quis, ut fit, uni libro inhaereat, aliis studere volentibus ad +tres vel quatuor pro vicinitate colligationis praecludit accessum. + +[333] Hearne's _Glastonbury_, ed. 1722, p. 286. + +[334] _Fasti Herefordenses_, by Rev. F. T. Havergal. 4^o, 1869, p. 181. A +Chapter-order dated 16 February, 1589, directed the removal of the books +to the Lady Chapel, and the erection of a school on the ground where the +Library had once stood. + +[335] For the historical facts in the following account I am indebted to +Mr Henderson's History, to the merits of which I have already drawn +attention. I have also made copious extracts from the College +account-books. Further, I have carefully studied the library on several +occasions, and have had the benefit of the professional assistance of my +friend Mr T. D. Atkinson, Architect. + +[336] In the bursar's accounts for 1605, among other charges for the +library, is the following entry: "pro pari cardinum ad sedem in +bibliotheca 12d." If I am right in thinking that this refers to the desks +for the readers in the west library it proves that the existing cases had +been set up before 1605. + +[337] Wood, _Colleges and Halls_, p. 551. + +[338] Add. MSS. Mus. Brit. 5803, MSS. Cole, II. 9. + +[339] _Arch. Hist._ III. 453. + +[340] I have described these fragments in _Camb. Ant. Soc. Proc._, Vol. +VIII. p. 18. + +[341] See my paper in _Camb. Ant. Soc. Proc. and Comm._, Vol. IX. p. 37. + +[342] _Scrinia reserata_: a Memorial ... of John Williams, D.D.... By John +Hacket. Fol. Lond. 1693, pp. 46, 47. + +[343] See above, p. 106. + +[344] _Arch. Hist. of ... Monastery of Chr. Ch. Cant._ 8vo. 1869, p. 65. +This chapel was pulled down at the end of the 17th century and the present +library, called the Howley library, built in its place. + +[345] I have to thank my friend Mr W. H. St John Hope, Assistant Secretary +of the Society of Antiquaries, for first drawing my attention to it; and +the Dean and Chapter of Canterbury for leave to use it. + +[346] Reparaciones facte circa libros qui continentur in libraria supra +capellam domini prioris videlicet in le new byndyng and bordyng cum +coopertoriis and le claspyng and chenyng eciam cum diuersis libris ex dono +eiusdem prioris videlicet Anno domini M^o ccccc^o viij^o and Anno Regni +Regis henrici vij^o xxiii. + +[347] This word seems to have been used at Canterbury to denote any piece +of joinery. We have already seen it applied to a carrell (p. 99). + +[348] See above, p. 102. The catalogue has been printed by Edwards, +_Memoirs of Libraries_, I. pp. 122-235. + +[349] Vix certe limen intraveram cum antiquissimorum librorum vel solus +conspectus religionem, nescio an stuporem, animo incuteret meo; eaque de +causa, pedem paullulum sistebam. Leland, _De Script. Brit._ ed. Hall, I. +41. + +[350] This catalogue is in the Bodleian Library (MSS. 920). I am indebted +to my friend Dr James for the admirable translation which I here print. + +[351] The words thus translated are: "Incipiendo graduum computacionem a +loco inferiori in altum procedendo videlicet ut gradus infimus qui primus +est sic signetur I." + +[352] Dr James has pointed out (_Camb. Ant. Soc. Oct. Publ._, No. XXXII.) +that there are six MSS. from Dover Priory among Archbishop Parker's MSS. +at Corpus Christi College, Cambridge. The first of these--a Bible in two +volumes--is entered in the catalogue of the Priory as A. 1. 2, 3--that is +to say it was in _distinctio_ A, _gradus_ 1, and the volumes stood second +and third in the _gradus_. + +[353] See above, p. 112. + +[354] The words are: "contient de longueur LXIII passees, et de largeur +XVII passees." I have taken one pace=3 feet. + +[355] _Voyage Litteraire_, ed. 1717, Part I.. p. 102. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +THE LECTERN-SYSTEM IN ITALY. LIBRARIES AT CESENA, AT THE CONVENT OF S. +MARK, FLORENCE, AND AT MONTE OLIVETO. VATICAN LIBRARY OF SIXTUS IV. DUCAL +LIBRARY AT URBINO. MEDICEAN LIBRARY, FLORENCE. SYSTEM OF CHAINING THERE +USED. CHARACTERISTICS OF MEDIEVAL LIBRARIES. NAMES OF MEDIEVAL BOOKCASES +AND BOOKSHELVES. + + +While the "stall-system" was being generally adopted in England and in +France, a different plan was being developed in Italy. It consisted in a +return to the "lectern-system," with the addition of a shelf below the +lectern, on which the books lay on their sides when not wanted; and an +ingenious combination of a seat for the reader with the desk and shelf. + +The earliest library fitted up in this manner that I have been able to +discover is at Cesena, a city of north Italy between Forli and Ravenna. It +is practically in its original condition. + +In the fifteenth century Cesena was governed by the powerful family of +Malatesta, one of whom, Domenico Malatesta Novello, built the library in +1452, and placed it under the charge of the convent of S. Francesco. Two +burghers were associated with the Friars in this duty. The library was +always public. It was designed by Matteo Nuzio of Fano, a celebrated +architect of the day, as we learn from an inscription originally inserted +into the wall on the right of the door of entrance, but now placed inside +the library: + + MATHEVS. NVTIVS. + FANENSI EX VRBE. CREATVS. + DEDALVS ALTER. OPVS. + TANTVM. DEDVXIT. AD VNGVEM. + +[Illustration: Figs. 90, 91. Ground-plan and section of Library at +Cesena.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 92. General view of the Library at Cesena. + +From a photograph.] + +The general plan and arrangement will be readily understood from the +ground-plan (fig. 90), and the longitudinal section (fig. 91), copied on a +reduced scale from those given by the learned Giuseppe Maria Muccioli, who +published a catalogue of the MSS. in the library in 1780[356], and also +from the general view of the interior (fig. 92). It is a long narrow +building, 133 ft. 4 in. long, by 34 ft. broad[357], standing east and +west, so that its windows face north and south. It is on the first floor, +being built over some rooms which once belonged to the convent, and is +entered at the west end through a lofty marble doorway. Internally it is +divided into three aisles, of which the central is the narrowest, by two +rows of ten fluted marble columns. Against the side-walls and partly +engaged in them, are two rows of similar columns. The aisles are divided +by plain quadripartite vaults, resting partly on the central columns, +partly on those engaged in the side-walls, into eleven bays, each lighted +by two windows (fig. 91). These aisles are about 12 ft. wide. The central +aisle, 8 ft. 3 in. wide between the columns, has a plain barrel vault, +extending from end to end of the building. + +The influence of the Renaissance may readily be detected in the +ornamentation of the columns, but traces of medieval forms still linger in +the room. If the central alley were wider it might be taken for the nave +of a basilica. + +[Illustration: Fig. 93. Bookcases at west end of south side of Library, +Cesena.] + +There are 29 bookcases in each aisle. Between each pair of cases there is +a wooden floor, raised 3 1/2 in. above the general level of the room; and +there is an interval of 2 ft. 3 in. between the cases and the wall, so +that access may be readily obtained to them from either end. The room is +paved with unglazed tiles. + +The westernmost bay is empty (fig. 90), being used as a vestibule, and +the first bookcase, if I may be allowed the expression, on each side, is +really not a bookcase but a seat (fig. 93)[358]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 94. Part of a bookcase at Cesena to shew the system of +chaining.] + +The construction of these cases is most ingenious, both as regards +convenience and economy of space. If they were designed by the architect +who built the room, he must have been a man of no ordinary originality. +Each piece of furniture consists of a desk to lay the books on when wanted +for use, a shelf for those not immediately required, and a seat for the +reader, whose comfort is considered by a gentle slope in the back (fig. +93). At the end next the central alley is a panel containing the heraldic +devices of the Malatesta family. + +The principal dimensions of each case are as follows: + + Length 10 ft. 2 1/2 in. + Height 4 ft. 2 1/4 in. + Width of seat 3 ft. 1 in. + Width of foot-rest 11 in. + Height 3 1/2 in. + Height of seat from ground 1 ft. 10 1/2 in. + Width 1 ft. 4 in. + Distance from desk to desk 4 ft. 1 in. + Angle of slope of desk 45 deg. + +The books are still attached to the desks by chains. The bar which carries +them is in full view just under the ledge of the desk (fig. 94), inserted +into massive iron stanchions nailed to the underside of the desk. There +are four of these: one at each end of the desk, and one on each side of +the central standard. The bar is locked by means of a hasp attached to the +standard in which the lock is sunk. + +The chains are of a novel form (fig. 95). Each link, about 2 1/4 in. long, +consists of a solid central portion, which looks as though it were cast +round a bent wire, the ends of which project beyond the solid part. The +chain is attached to the book by an iron hook screwed into the lower edge +of the right-hand board near the back. + +[Illustration: Fig. 95. Piece of a chain, Cesena.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 96. Chained book at Ghent.] + +The volume which I figure next (fig. 96), entitled _Lumen animae seu liber +moralitatum_, was printed at Eichstaedt in Bavaria, in 1479. M. Ferd. +Vander Haeghen, librarian of Ghent, bought it in Hungary a few years +since, and gave it to the library which he so ably directs. The chain is +just 24 in. long. The links, of which there are ten, are slightly +different from any which I have figured, each link being compressed in the +middle so that the two sides touch each other. There is no ring, but a +link, rather larger than the rest, is passed round the bar. It will be +observed that the chain is fastened to the left-hand board, and not to the +right-hand board as in Italy. The presence of a title written on +parchment kept in place by strips of leather, and five bosses of copper, +shew that the left-hand board was uppermost on the desk. The position of +the chain shews that when it was attached the book was intended to lie on +a desk, where the bar must have been in front of, or below, the desk; but +there is also a scar on the upper edge of the right-hand board, which +shews that at some previous period it lay on a desk of what I may call the +Zutphen type, where the bar was above the sloping surface. + +With the library at Cesena may be compared that attached to the Dominican +Convent of S. Mark at Florence, built in 1441 for Cosmo dei Medici--the +first public library in Italy. It is on the first floor, and is approached +by a staircase from the cloister. It is 148 ft. long by 34 ft. 6 in. +wide[359], divided into three aisles by two rows of eleven columns. The +central aisle, 9 ft. wide between the columns, has a plain barrel vault; +the side aisles, 11 ft. wide, have quadripartite vaults. In each of the +side-walls there are twelve windows. In all these details the library +resembles that at Cesena so closely that I cannot help suspecting that +Malatesta or his architect may have copied it. + +The original fittings have been removed, but we learn from the +catalogue[360] that the books were originally contained in 64 _banchi_, +half of which were on the east side and half on the west side of the room. +There was an average of about sixteen books to each _banchus_. The +catalogue also mentions a Greek library, which had seven _banchi_ on each +side. This was probably a separate room. + +There is a similar library at the Benedictine Convent of Monte Oliveto, +near Siena, but it is on a much smaller scale. Like the others, it is +divided into three aisles by two rows of six columns. The central aisle +has a barrel vault, and the side aisles quadripartite vaults. It is 85 ft. +long by 32 ft. broad. There are seven windows on one side only. At the end +of the library, approached by a flight of thirteen stairs, is a room of +the same width and 21 ft. long, which may have been used as an inner +library. An inscription over the door of entrance records that this +library was built in 1516[361]. + +While discussing the arrangements of Italian libraries, I must not omit +that at the Convent of S. Francis at Assisi[362]. The catalogue, dated 1 +January, 1381, shews that the library, even at that comparatively early +date, was in two divisions: (1) for the use of the brethren; (2) for loans +to extraneous persons. This catalogue, after a brief preface stating that +it includes "all the books belonging to the library of the Holy Convent of +S. Francis at Assisi, whether they be chained, or whether they be not +chained," begins as follows: + + In the first place we make a list of the books which are + chained to benches (_banchi_) in the Public Library as + follows, and observe that all the leaves of all the + books which are in this catalogue, whether they are in + quires of 12, 10, 8, or any other number of leaves + larger or smaller,--every one of these books contains + the denomination of the quires, as appears in the first + quire of each book on the lower margin: all the quires + being marked at beginning and end in black and red with + the figure here shewn, and the number of the quire + within it. + + [Illustration] + + Moreover, the letters of the alphabet that are placed on + the top of the covers ought all to be fairly large and + entirely black, as marked below [in this catalogue] at + the end of each book[363]. + +This introduction is succeeded by the list of books. They are chained to +nine benches on the west side of a room, and to the same number on the +east side. The total is 170. + +The second part of the catalogue has the following heading: + + In the name of the Lord, Amen. Here begins the list of + all the books which are in the Reserved Library + (_libraria secreta_) of the Holy Convent of S. Francis + at Assisi, appointed to be lent to prelates, masters, + readers, bachelors, and all other brethren in orders, + according as the amount of knowledge or line of study of + each demands them. + +This part of the collection is contained in eleven presses (for which the +unusual word _solarium_[364] is used) arranged along the east and west +walls of a room, but whether the same as the last we are not informed. The +number of manuscripts is 530. + +A considerable number of the manuscripts here registered still exists. +They are well taken care of in the Town Hall, and a list of them has been +privately printed. Several are in their original condition, bound in +boards about a quarter of an inch thick, covered with white leather. The +title, written on a strip of parchment, is pasted on the top of the +right-hand board. It usually begins with a capital letter in red or black, +denoting the desk or press in which a given MS. would be found, thus: + + F Postilla Magistri + Nicolai de lyra super psalmos + reponatur uersus orientem in banco vj^o. + +In the next place I will tell at length the story of the establishment of +the Vatican Library by Pope Sixtus IV., as it is both interesting in +itself and useful for my present purpose[365]. + +The real founder of the Vatican Library, as we understand the term, was +Nicholas V. (1447-1455), but he was unable to do more than collect books, +for which no adequate room was provided till the accession of Sixtus IV. +in 1471. In December of that year, only four months after his election, +his chamberlain commissioned five architects to quarry and convey to the +palace a supply of building-stone "for use in a certain building there to +be constructed for library-purposes[366]"; but the scheme for an +independent building, as indicated by the terms here employed, was soon +abandoned, and nothing was done for rather more than three years. In the +beginning of 1475, however, a new impulse was given to the work by the +appointment of Bartolommeo Platina as Librarian (28 February)[367]; and +from that date until Platina's death in 1481 it went forward without let +or hindrance. This distinguished man of letters seems to have enjoyed the +full confidence of the Pope, to have been liberally supplied with funds, +and to have had a free hand in the employment of craftsmen and artists to +furnish and decorate his Library. It is pleasant to be able to record that +he lived to see his work completed, and all the books under his charge +catalogued. The enumeration of the volumes contained in the different +stalls, closets, and coffers, with which the catalogue of 1481 concludes, +is headed by a rubric, which records, with pathetic simplicity, the fact +that it was drawn up "by Platina, librarian, and Demetrius of Lucca his +pupil, keeper, on the 14th day of September, 1481, only eight days before +his death[368]." + +[Illustration: Fig. 98. Ground-plan of the rooms in the Vatican Palace +fitted up for library-purposes by Sixtus IV. + +E. Wilson, Cambridge] + +It is evident that the Library had suffered considerably from the +negligence of those in whose charge it had been. Many volumes were +missing, and those that remained were in bad condition. Platina and his +master set to work energetically to remedy these defects. The former +engaged a binder, and bought materials for his use[369]; the latter issued +a Bull (30 June) of exceptional severity[370]. After stating that "certain +ecclesiastical and secular persons, having no fear of God before their +eyes, have taken sundry volumes in theology and other faculties from the +library, which volumes they still presume rashly and maliciously to hide +and secretly to detain"; such persons are warned to return the books in +question within forty days. If they disobey they are _ipso facto_ +excommunicated. If they are clerics they shall be incapable of holding +livings, and if laymen, of holding any office. Those who have knowledge of +such persons are to inform against them. The effect produced by this +document has not been recorded; nor are we told what the extent of the +loss was. It could hardly have been very extensive, for a catalogue which +Platina prepared, or perhaps only signed, on the day of his election, +enumerates 2527 volumes, of which 770 were Greek and 1757 Latin[371]. The +number of the latter had more than doubled in the twenty years that had +elapsed since the death of Nicholas V., an augmentation due, in all +probability, to the activity of Sixtus himself. + +The place selected to contain this extensive collection was the +ground-floor of a building which had been erected by Nicholas V. and +subsequently used as a provision store. The position of it, and its +relations to neighbouring structures, will be understood from the +accompanying plan (fig. 97), which I borrow from M. Fabre's paper. In +order to shew how the building was arranged when it was first built, +before other structures abutted against it, I have prepared a second plan +(fig. 98) drawn from measurements taken by myself. + +[Illustration: Fig. 97. Ground-plan of part of the Vatican Palace, shewing +the building of Nicholas V., as arranged for library purposes by Sixtus +IV., and its relation to the surrounding structures. + +From Letarouilly, _Le Vatican_, fol. Paris, 1882; as reproduced by M. +Fabre.] + +The floor is divided into four rooms by party-walls which are probably +older than 1475, but which are proved, by the catalogue of 1481, to have +been in existence at that period. The first of these rooms, entered +directly from the court, contained the Latin Library; the second, the +Greek Library. These two, taken together, formed the Common, or Public, +Library (_Bibliotheca communis_, _B. publica_, or merely _Bibliotheca_). +Next to this room, or these rooms, was the _Bibliotheca secreta_ or +Reserved Library, in which the more precious MSS. were kept apart from the +others. The fourth room, which was not fitted up till 1480 or 1481, was +called _Bibliotheca pontificia_. In addition to MSS. it contained the +papal archives and registers (_Regesta_). In the catalogue dated 1512 it +is called _Intima et ultima secretior bibliotheca_, and seems to have +contained the most valued treasures. This quadripartite division is +commemorated by Aurelio Brandolini (Epigram XII.)[372]. After alluding to +the founders of some of the famous libraries of antiquity, he says in +conclusion: + + Bibliotheca fuit, fateor, sua cuique, sed vna. + Sixte pater vincis: quatuor vnus habes. + +Thanks to the care with which Platina set down his expenditure, we are +able to follow step by step the gradual transformation of the rooms. His +account-books[373], begun 30 June 1475, record, with a minuteness as rare +as it is valuable, his transactions with the different artists and workmen +whom he thought proper to employ. It was evidently intended that the +library should be beautiful as well as useful, and some of the most +celebrated artists of the day were set to work upon it. + +The librarian prudently began in August, 1475, by increasing the light, +and a new window was made "on the side next the court." It seems to have +been impossible to get either workmen or materials in Rome; both were +supplied from a distance. For the windows, glass, lead and solder were +brought from Venice, and a German, called simply Hormannus, i.e. Hermann, +was hired to glaze them. For the internal decoration two well-known +Florentine artists--the brothers Ghirlandajo--were engaged, with Melozzo +da Forli, who was painting there in 1477[374]. In 1476 the principal +entrance was decorated with special care. Marble was bought for the +doorcase, and the door itself was studded with 95 bronze nails, which were +gilt, as were also the ring and knocker, and the frame of trellised +ironwork (_cancellus_), which hung within the outer door. + +The building is entered from the _Cortile del Papagallo_[375] through a +marble doorway (fig. 98, A) in the classical style surmounted by the arms +of Sixtus IV. On the frieze are the words SIXTUS PAPA IIII. The doorcase +is doubtless that made in 1476; but the door, with its gilt nails and +other adornments, has disappeared. Within the doorway there has been a +descent of three steps at least to the floor of the Library[376]. The four +rooms of which it was once composed are now used as the _Floreria_ or +_Garde-meuble_ of the Vatican Palace; a use to which they have probably +been put ever since the new Library was built at the end of the sixteenth +century. + +The Latin Library, into which the door from the court opens directly, is a +noble room, 58 ft. 9 in. long, 34 ft. 8 in. wide, and about 16 ft. high to +the spring of the vault. In the centre is a square pier, which carries the +four plain quadripartite vaults, probably of brick, covered with plaster. +The room is at present lighted by two windows (B, C) in the north wall, +and by another, of smaller size, above the door of entrance (A). That this +latter window was inserted by Sixtus IV., is proved by the presence of his +arms above it on a stone shield. This is probably the window "next the +court" made in 1475. The windows in the north wall are about 8 ft. high by +5 ft. broad, and their sills are 7 ft. above the floor of the room. +Further, there were two windows in the west wall (_b_, _c_) a little +smaller than those in the north wall, and placed at a much lower level, +only a few feet above the floor. These were blocked when the Torre Borgia +was built by Alexander VI. (1492-1503), but their position can still be +easily made out. This room must have been admirably lighted in former +days. + +The room next to this, the Greek Library, is 28 ft. broad by 34 ft. 6 in. +long. It is lighted by a window (fig. 98, D) in the north wall, of the +same size as those of the Latin Library, and by another (_ibid._, E) a +good deal smaller, opposite to it. This room was originally entered from +the Latin Library by a door close to the north wall (_d_). But, in +1480[377], two large openings (_e_, _f_) were made in the partition-wall, +either because the light was found to be deficient, or because it was +thought best to throw the two rooms into one as far as possible. At some +subsequent date the door (_d_) was blocked up, and the opening next to it +(_e_) was carried down to the ground, so as to do duty as a door. The +other opening (_f_), about 7 ft. 6 in. square, remains as constructed. + +The decorative work of the brothers Ghirlandajo can still be made out, at +least in part, though time has made sad havoc with it. The edges of the +vaulting were made prominent by classical moldings coarsely drawn in a +dark colour; and at the key of each vault is a large architectural +ornament, or coat of arms, surrounded by a wreath of oak-leaves and +acorns, to commemorate the Della Rovere family. They are tied together on +each side with long flaunting ribbons, which, with their shadows, extend +for a considerable distance over the vaults. The semi-circular lunettes in +the upper part of the wall under the vaults are all treated alike, except +that those on the sides of the room, being larger than those at the ends +(fig. 98), contain two subjects instead of one. The lower part, for about +3 feet in height, is painted to represent a solid marble balcony, behind +which a Doctor or Prophet is supposed to be standing. He is visible from +rather below the waist upwards, and holds in his hand a scroll bearing an +appropriate text. On each side of the figure in the smaller lunettes, +resting on the balcony, is a large vase of flowers; and behind it a clear +sky. Round the upper edge of the lunette is a broad band of oak-leaves, +and fruits of various kinds. The figures, of which there were evidently +twelve originally, are the following, beginning with the one at the +north-east corner over the door leading into the Greek Library, and +proceeding to the right: + + 1. HIERONYMUS. _Scientiam scripturarum ama, et vitia carnis non amabis._ + + 2. GREGORIUS. _Dei sapientiam sardonyco et zaphyro non confer._ + + 3. THOMAS. _Legend illegible._ + + 4. BONAVENTURA. _Fructus scripturae est plenitudo aeternae felicitatis._ + + 5. ARISTOTELES. } + } + 6. DIOGENES. } + } + 7. CLEOBULUS. } + } _Legends illegible._ + 8. ANTISTHENES. } + } + 9. SOCRATES. } + } + 10. PLATO. } + + 11. AUGUSTINUS. _Nihil beatius est quam semper aliquid legere aut + scribere._ + + 12. AMBROSIUS. _Diligentiam circa scripturas sanctorum posui._ + +Jerome and Gregory occupy the east wall; Thomas Aquinas and Bonaventura +the first lunette on the south wall, over the door of entrance; Aristotle +and Diogenes the next, succeeded by Cleobulus and Antisthenes on the west +wall; on the first lunette on the north wall are Socrates and Plato; in +the second Augustine and Ambrose, facing Aquinas and Bonaventura. Thus the +eastern half of the library was presided over by doctors of the Christian +Church, the western by pagan philosophers. + +The space on the north wall (_gh_), nearly opposite to the door of +entrance, was occupied by the fresco on which Melozzo da Forli was working +in 1477. It was intended to commemorate the establishment of the Library +in a permanent home by Sixtus the Fourth. The Pope is seated on the right +of the spectator. On his right stands his nephew, Cardinal Pietro Riario, +and before him, his head turned towards the Pope, to whom he seems to be +speaking, another nephew, Cardinal Giuliano della Rovere, afterwards Pope +Julius the Second. At the feet of the Pope kneels Bartolommeo Platina, the +newly appointed Librarian, who is pointing with the forefinger of his +right hand to the inscription below the fresco. Behind Platina are two +young men with chains of office round their necks. The inscription, said +to have been written by Platina himself, is as follows: + + TEMPLA, DOMUM EXPOSITIS[378], VICOS, FORA, MOENIA, PONTES, + VIRGINEAM TRIVII QUOD REPARARIS AQUAM, + PRISCA LICET NAUTIS STATUAS DARE MUNERA PORTUS, + ET VATICANUM CINGERE, SIXTE, JUGUM, + PLUS TAMEN URBS DEBET; NAM QUAE SQUALORE LATEBAT + CERNITUR IN CELEBRI BIBLIOTHECA LOCO. + +The fresco is now in the Vatican picture-gallery. It was transferred to +canvas soon after 1815, when the present gallery was formed, and has +suffered a good deal from what is called restoration[379]. + +The decoration of the Greek Library is not alluded to in the +Accounts[380]; but it is easy to see that the lunettes have been +ornamented on the same system as those of the Latin Library, but without +figures; for their decoration still exists, though much damaged by time +and damp. Below the lunettes the walls are covered with whitewash, under +which some decoration is evidently concealed. The whitewash has peeled off +in some places, and colour is beginning to make its appearance. + +The _Bibliotheca secreta_ is 20 ft. wide by 38 ft. 6 in. long. It is +lighted by a single window in the north wall (fig. 98, F), of the same +size and shape as the rest. The light is sufficient, even under present +conditions. + +The fourth and last room--spoken of in 1480 as "that addition which our +Master lately made"--is 29 ft. wide by 40 ft. 6 in. long. It is at present +lighted by only a single window in the north wall (fig. 98, G), and is +very gloomy. But in former days, before Julius II. (1503-1513) built the +_Cortile di San Damaso_, it had another window in the middle of the east +wall (_ibid._, H), where there is now a door. Nothing certain can be made +out about its decoration. + +It is much to be regretted that so little is said about the glazing of the +windows throughout the Library. Great care was evidently bestowed upon +them, and the engagement of foreign artists, with the purchase of glass at +Venice, are proofs that something specially beautiful was intended. +Coloured glass is mentioned, which may have been used either for coats of +arms--and we know that the Papal Arms were to be set up in the +_Bibliotheca secreta_--or for subjects. But, in forming conjectures as to +the treatment of these windows, it should be remembered that the +transmission of light must always have been the first consideration, and +that white glass must have preponderated. + +The rooms for the Librarian and his assistants were in a small building +which abutted on the Library at its S.W. corner, and stood between the two +courts, obtaining light from each. Over the door of entrance was the +inscription: + + SIXTUS . IIII . PONT . MAX. + BIBLIOTECARIO . ET . CVSTODIBVS . LOCVM . ADDIXIT[381]. + +The accommodation provided was not magnificent, two rooms only being +mentioned. A door (fig. 98, _a_), now blocked, gave access to the Library +from this building. It is interesting to note, as a proof of the richness +of all the work, that it was of inlaid wood (_pino intarsiata_). + +The work of fitting up this Library occupied about six years. It began in +September 1475, and proceeded continuously to January 1477, when Melozzo's +fresco was in progress. In December of that year the windows of the +_Bibliotheca secreta_ were begun; but during 1478 and 1479 nothing was +done. In 1480 work was resumed, and the last payment to painters was made +in 1481. + +Let us now consider how these rooms were fitted up for the reception of +books. I will first collect the notices in the Accounts respecting desks, +or _banchi_, as they are called, and then compare them with the rooms +themselves, and with the descriptions in the catalogues, which are +fortunately extremely full; and I think that it will be possible to give a +clear and consistent picture of the arrangements. + +Platina ordered the desks for the Latin Library first, in 1475. This is +set down in the following terms: + + I have counted out, in the presence of Clement, steward + of the household of His Holiness our Master, Salvatus + the library-keeper (_librarius_), and Demetrius the + reader (_lector_), 45 ducats to Francis the carpenter of + Milan, now dwelling in the fishmarket of the city of + Rome, towards making the desks in the library; and + especially ten desks which stand on the left hand, the + length of which is 38 palms or thereabouts; and so + having received a part of the money, the total of which + is 130 ducats, he promises and binds himself to do that + which it is his duty to do, this 15th day of July, + 1475[382]. + +The full name of this carpenter is known, from his receipts, to have been +Francesco de Gyovane di Boxi da Milano. He received in all 300 ducats +instead of the 130 mentioned in the first agreement, and when the last +payment was made to him, 7 June, 1476, the following explanatory note is +given: + + Moreover I have paid to the same [Francis the carpenter] + 30 ducats for what remains due on 25 desks for the + Library: for the longer ones, which are 10 in number, + there were paid, as entered above, 130 ducats; for the + rest there were paid 170 ducats, making a total of 300 + ducats, and so he has been paid in full for all the + desks, this 7th day of June, 1476[383]. + +In 1477 the furniture for the next room, the _Bibliotheca secreta_ or +Inner Library, was begun. The work was entrusted to a Florentine, called +in the Accounts merely _Magister Joanninus faber lignarius de Florentia_, +but identified by M. Fabre with Giovannino dei Dolci, one of the builders +of the Sistine chapel. The most important entry referring to him is the +following: + + Master Giovannino, carpenter of Florence, had from me + Platyna, librarian of His Holiness our Master, for + making the desks in the inner library, for the great + press, and the settle, in the said room--all of which + were estimated by Master Francis of Milan at one hundred + and eighty ducats--he had, as aforesaid, sixty-five + ducats and sixty groats on the 7th May, 1477[384]. + +The last payment on this account was made 18 March, 1478, on which day he +also received eight ducats for three frames "to contain the names of the +books," and for some repairs to old desks[385]. These frames were painted +by one of Melozzo da Forli's workmen[386]. In February, 1481, 12 +book-chests were supplied[387]. + +The desks for the fourth room or _Bibliotheca pontificia_ were ordered in +1480-81. The workmen employed were Giovannino and his brother Marco. + + Master Giovannino of Florence and Master Marco his + brother, a carpenter, received XXV ducats in part + payment for the desks which are being made in the + library now added by His Holiness our Master, 18 July, + 1480[388]. + +These workmen received 100 ducats up to 7 April, 1481, but the account was +not then settled. Up to this period the bookcases had cost the large sum +of 580 ducats or, if the value of the ducat be taken at six shillings and +sixpence, L188 10_s._ of our money. + +The purchase of chains began in January 1476[389]. It is worth notice that +so simple an article as a chain for a book could not be bought in Rome, +but had to be sent for from Milan; where, by the way, the dues exacted by +the government made the purchase irksome and costly. The total number of +chains bought was 1728, and the total cost 102 ducats, or rather more than +L33. The rings were found to be too small, and were altered in Rome. +Nothing is said about the place from which the rods came (_ferramenta +quibus catenae innituntur_). + +In 1477 (14 April) "John the chain-maker (_Joannes fabricator catenarum_)" +supplies "48 iron rods on which the books are strung on the seats[390]" +and also 48 locks, evidently connected with the same number of rods +supplied before. In the same year a key-maker (_magister clavium_) +supplies 22 locks for the seats and cupboards in the _Bibliotheca +secreta_[391]; and in 1480, when the _Bibliotheca pontficia_ was being +fitted up, keys, locks, chains, and other ironwork were supplied by +Bernardino, nephew of John of Milan[392]. + +For further information we must turn to the catalogues. For my present +purpose the first of these[393] is that by Platina, of which I have +already spoken, dated 14 September, 1481. It is a small folio volume, +written on vellum, with gilt edges, and in plain binding that may be +original. The first page has a lovely border of an enlaced pattern with +the arms of Sixtus IV. in a circle at the bottom. + +The compiler of the catalogue goes through the library case by case, +noting (at least in the Latin Library) the position of the case, the +subjects of the books contained in it, and their titles. This is succeeded +by an enumeration of the number of volumes, so as to shew, in a couple of +pages, how many the whole Library contained. MM. Muentz and Fabre print +this enumeration, but, so far as I know, the catalogue itself has not as +yet been printed by any one. For my present purpose I shall combine the +headings of the catalogue, the subjects, and the number of the volumes, as +follows: + + Inventarium Bibliothecae Palatinae Divi Sexti Quarti Pont. Max. + + [I. LATIN LIBRARY.] + + Ad sinistram ingredientibus + + In primo banco. [_Bibles and Commentaries_] 51 + In secundo banco. _Hieronymus. Augustinus_ 55 + In tertio banco. _Augustinus. Ambrosius. Gregorius_ 47 + In quarto banco. _Ioannes Chrysostomus_ 50 + In quinto banco. _Thomas_ 47 + In sexto banco. _In Theologia. In divino officio_ 54 + In septimo banco. _Ius canonicum_ 43 + In octauo banco. _Ius canonicum_ 41 + In nono banco. _Ius civile_ 42 + ----430 + + In primo banco ad dextram ingredientibus. _Philosophi_ 53 + In secundo banco. _Astrologi. In Medicina_ 48 + In tertio banco. _Poetae_ 41 + In quarto banco. _Oratores_ 43 + In quinto banco. _Historici_ 33 + In sexto banco. _Historici ecclesiastici_ 48 + In septimo banco. _Grammatici_ 47 + ----313 + + [II. GREEK LIBRARY.] + + In primo banco Bibliothecae Grecae. _Testamentum + vetus et novum_ 42 + In secundo banco. _Auctores clariores [Fathers]_ 31 + In tertio banco. _Auctores clariores_ 46 + In quarto banco. _Auctores clariores_ 49 + In quinto banco. _Ius civile et canonicum_ 58 + In sexto banco. _In Philosophia_ 59 + In septimo banco. _Oratores et Rhetores_ 57 + In octauo banco. _Historici. Poetae et Grammatici_ 58 + ----400 + + + [III. INNER LIBRARY.] + + [A. BANCHI.] + + In primo banco Bibliothecae Secretae. [_Bibles, Fathers, + etc._] 29 + In secundo banco. _In Theologia_ 37 + In tertio banco. _In Philosophia_ 41 + In quarto banco. _Ius canonicum_ 20 + In quinto banco. _Concilia_ 34 + In sexto banco. _In Astrologia. In Hebraico. In + Dalmatico. In Arabico_ 29 + ----190 + + [B. ARMARIUM.] + + In primo armario Bibliothecae Secretae. _Libri sacri + et in divino officio_ 173 + In secundo armario. _Ius canonicum. Ius civile_ 148 + In tertio armario. _Expositiones. In sententiis. Poetae + Grammatici et Historici Greci_ 242 + In quarto armario. _In medicina. Mathematici et + Astrologi. Ius canonicum et civile. Oratores et + Rhetores. Platonis Opera. In Philosophia_ 186 + In quinto armario. _Auctores clariores_ 89 + ----938 + + [C. CAPSAE.] + + In prima capsa primi banchi Bibliothecae Secretae. + _In Theologia_ 107 + In secunda capsa primi banchi. _Diversa facultas_ + [_Miscellanea_] 66 + In prima capsa secundi banchi. [_Privileges and Royal + Letters in_ 3 _volumes_] 3 + In secunda capsa secundi banchi. [_Miscellanea_] 124 + In prima capsa tertii banchi. _Philosophi_ 90 + In secunda capsa tertii banchi [00] + In prima capsa quarti banchi. _Historici_ 65 + In secunda capsa quarti banchi [00] + In prima capsa quinti banchi. [_Official forms_] 43 + In secunda capsa quinti banchi. _In Arabico_ 23 + In prima capsa sexti banchi. _In Historia + ecclesiastica. Ceremonialia_ 67 + In secunda capsa sexti banchi. _Libri sine nomine + ad quinquaginta parvi et modici quidem valoris_ 50 + ----638 + + [D. SPALERA.] + + In prima capsa spalerae Bibliothecae Secretae. _In + Poesi. Oratores Rhetores_ 69 + In secunda capsa. _In divino officio et sermones_ 59 + In tertia capsa. _Concilia et Canon. De potestate + ecclesiastica_ 54 + In quarta et ultima capsa. _In Medicina. In + Astrologia_ 34 + ----216 + + + [IV. BIBLIOTHECA PONTIFICIA.] + + [A. BANCHI.] + + In primo banco Bibliothecae Pontificiae. _Testamentum + vetus et novum_ 19 + In secundo banco. _Expositores_ 22 + In tertio banco. _Augustinus_ 14 + In quarto banco. _Hieronymus_ 23 + In quinto banco. _In Theologia_ 22 + In sexto banco. _In Theologia_ 18 + In septimo banco. _Thomas_ 23 + In octavo banco. _In Philosophia_ 29 + In nono banco. [_Greek and Latin Classics_] 25 + In decimo banco. _Ius canonicum_ 28 + In undecimo banco. [_Civil Law_] 17 + In duodecimo banco. [_New Testament. Fathers_] 19 + ----259 + + [B. SPALERA.] + + Regestra Pontificum hic descripta in capsis Spalerae + Bibliothecae Pontificiae per Platinam Bibliothecarium + ex ordine recondita et in capsa prima 21 + In secunda capsa Spalerae Bibliothecae Pontificiae 47 + In tertia capsa Bibliothecae Pont. Regestra recondita + par Platynam Bibliothecarium 16 + In quarta capsa Spalerae Bibliothecae Pontificiae Regestra + recondita 16 + In quinta capsa Spalerae Bibliothecae Pontificiae Regestra + recondita 15 + + These lists give the following results: + + Latin Library, left hand, 9 seats 430 + " " right " 7 " 313 + ----743 + + Greek Library 8 " 400 + Inner " 6 " 190 + Armaria 938 + Capsae 638 + Spalera 216 + ----1982 + + Bibliotheca Pontificia 12 seats 259 + 5 Capsae (Regestra) 115 + ----374 + ---- + Total 3499 + +Before proceeding farther, it should be noticed that, on a rough average, +each seat in the Latin Library, left hand, contained 47 volumes, and in +the same Library, right hand, 43 volumes. In the Greek Library, each seat +contained 50 volumes; in the Inner Library, 31 volumes; in the +_Bibliotheca pontificia_, 21 volumes. + +In the next place I will give the results of the examination of a +catalogue[394] of the Library, which M. Fabre, with much probability, +assigns to the year 1512[395]. It begins as follows with the Latin +Library: + + Ad sinistra' Pontificis bibliothecam introeuntibus + In primo scanno supra [27] + " " infra [27] + Finis primi scanni sub et supra [54] + +The nine seats (_banchi_) of the left side of the Latin Library are gone +through in the same way as the first, with the result that each is shewn +to have two shelves. The total number of books is 457, or 27 more than in +1481. + +On the opposite, or right-hand side of the Library, the first two seats +have three shelves, and are described as follows: + + In primo scanno supra [22] + " " infra [27] + " eodem scanno inferius siue sub infra [26] + Finis primi scanni sub et subter [75] + +On this side of the Latin Library the number of books has risen to 360 as +against 313 of the previous catalogue. + +In the Greek Library there are similarly two shelves to each seat, and the +total number of volumes is 407 as against 400. + +The account of the Inner Library begins as follows: + + In secretiori bibliotheca + In iij^o. scanno supra. [16] + " " infra [17] + " " inferius siue sub infra [21] + +Three of the seats have three shelves; the rest two; and the total number +of volumes has become 222 as against 190: or, an average of 37 to each +seat. + +The _Bibliotheca pontificia_ is introduced with the following heading: + + In intima et ultima secretiori bibliotheca ubi libri + sunt pretiosiores. + +Each seat has two shelves, and the total number of volumes is 277 as +against 259 in 1481. Among the MSS. occurs "Virgilius antiquus litteris +maiusculis"--no doubt the Vatican Virgil (_Codex romanus_), a volume which +fully justifies its place among those termed _libri pretiosiores_. + +This catalogue closes with the following sentence: + + Finis totius Bibliothece Pontificie: viz. omnium + scamnorum tam Latinorum quam Grecorum in prima, secunda, + tertia, et quarta eius distinctione et omnium omnino + librorum: exceptis armariis et capsis: et iis libris, + qui Graeci ex maxima parte, in scabellis parieti + adherentibus in intima ac penitissima Bibliothece parte + sunt positi. Deo Laudes et Gratias. + +The increase between 1481 and 1512 in the number of volumes in the parts +of the Library defined in the above catalogue will be best understood from +the following table, which shews that 131 volumes had been added in 31 +years. + + 1481 1512 + + Latin Library 743 817 + Greek " 400 407 + Bibliotheca secreta 190 222 + " pontificia 259 277 + ---- ---- + Total 1592 1723 + +Another catalogue, unfortunately without date[396], but which has every +appearance of belonging to the same period, notes the rooms as the +_Bibliotheca magna publica_, i.e. the Latin and Greek Libraries taken +together, the _Bibliotheca parva secreta_, and the _Bibliotheca magna +secreta_. + +The catalogue drawn up by Zenobio Acciaioli, 12 October, 1518[397], offers +no peculiarity except that in the Inner Library each seat is noted as +having three rows of books, thus: + + In primo bancho bibliothece parve secrete + Infra in secundo ordine + " tertio " + +[Illustration: Fig 99. Interior of the Library of Sixtus IV., as shewn in +a fresco in the Ospedale di Santo Spirito, Rome. + +From a photograph taken by Danesi.] + +We may now proceed to arrange the Library in accordance with the +information derived from the Accounts and the catalogues, compared with +the ground-plan (fig. 98). + +These authorities shew that in each of the rooms the books were arranged +on what are called _banchi_, or as they would have been termed in England, +desks, or seats, to which the books were attached by chains. It is +obvious, therefore, that there must have been also seats for readers. A +piece of furniture fulfilling these conditions and constructed twenty-five +years earlier, is still to be seen at Cesena, as I have just explained. +Further, I have examined a good many manuscripts now in the Vatican +Library which formed part of the older collection; and wherever the mark +of the chain has not been obliterated by rebinding, it is in the precise +position required for the above system. + +If I am right in supposing that the cases at Cesena are a survival of what +was once in general use, we should expect to find another example of them +in the Vatican; and that such was the case, is proved by the evidence of a +fresco in the Ospedale di Santo Spirito at Rome, representing the interior +of the library. This hospital was rebuilt by Sixtus IV. on an enlarged +scale[398], and after its completion in 1482, one of the halls on the +ground floor was decorated with a series of frescoes representing the +improvements which he had carried out in the city of Rome. Recent +researches[399] make it probable that the earlier pictures in the series +of which the library is one, were selected by Platina, and executed before +his death in 1481. I am able to present to my readers a reduced copy of +this invaluable record (fig. 99) executed for me by Signor Danesi, under +the kind superintendence of Father Ehrle. + +The artistic merit of such a work as this is not great, but I feel sure +that the artist faithfully reproduced what he saw with the limitations +prescribed by his own want of skill. The desks bear a general resemblance +to those at Cesena; they are plainer than the Accounts would warrant, but +this may be due to want of skill on the part of the artist. The chains +have also been omitted either for the same reason or from a wish to avoid +detail. It will be noticed that each desk is fully furnished with volumes +laid out upon it, and that these vary in number and size, and have +different bindings. It may be argued that the artist wished to compliment +his patrons by making the most of their property; but I should be inclined +to maintain that this was the normal condition of the Library, and that +the books, handsomely bound and protected by numerous bosses of metal, +usually lay upon the desks ready for use. + +If this fresco be compared with the earlier work of Melozzo da Forli, it +is not difficult to identify four of the persons present in the Library +(other than the readers). The central figure is obviously Sixtus IV., and +the Cardinal to whom he is speaking is, I think, meant for Giuliano della +Rovere, afterwards Julius II. The figure immediately behind the Pope may +be intended for Pietro Riario, and the figure behind him is certainly +Platina. The others, I take it, are simply attendants. + +Nor must it be forgotten that, important as this fresco is in connexion +with the Library of the Vatican, it is of even greater interest as a +contemporary representation of a large fifteenth century library. + +The arrangement of each room is not quite so simple as might appear at +first sight; and, besides the desks, there are other pieces of furniture +to be accounted for. We will therefore go through the rooms in order with +the ground-plan (fig. 98). On this plan the cases are coloured gray, the +readers' seats are indicated by transverse lines, and the intervals are +left white. + +_Latin Library._ The Accounts tell us that there were 10 seats on the left +hand of the Latin Library, and that these were longer than the rest, +measuring 38 palms each, or about 27 ft. 9 in. English[400]. + +As the distance from the central pier to the west wall is just 27 ft. 6 +in., it is obvious that the cases must have stood north and south--an +arrangement which is also convenient for readers, as the light would fall +on them from the left hand. For this reason I have placed the first desk +against the pier, the reader's seat being westward of it. A difficulty +now arises. It is stated in the Accounts that _ten banchi_ are paid for, +but all the catalogues mention only _nine_. I suggest that the explanation +is to be found in the fact that ten pieces of furniture do occur between +the pier and the wall, the first of which is a shelf and desk, and the +last a seat only. This arrangement is to be seen at Cesena and in the +Medicean Library at Florence. The room being 34 ft. 8 in. wide, space is +left for a passage along the south wall to the door (_a_) of the +Librarian's room, and also for another along the opposite ends of the +desks. + +For the arrangement of the rest of the Library, the Accounts give a most +important piece of information. They tell us that the whole of the seats +for the Common Library, i.e. the Latin and Greek Libraries taken together, +25 in number, cost 300 ducats, of which sum the 10 long seats above +mentioned absorbed 130 ducats, leaving 170 to pay for the remaining 15. +From these data it is not difficult to calculate the cost of each palm, +and from that the number of palms that 170 ducats would buy. I make this +to be 510 palms, or about 373 feet[401]. + +It is, I think, obvious that there must have been some sort of vestibule +just inside the door of entrance, where students could be received, and +where they could consult the catalogue or the Librarian. Further, the +catalogues shew that the seven desks arranged in this part of the Library +were in all probability shorter than those of the opposite side, for they +contained fewer volumes. If we allow each of them 21 ft. 4 in. in length, +we shall dispose of 149 ft., which leaves 224 ft. for the 8 desks of the +Greek Library, or 28 ft. for each, with one foot over. + +_Greek Library._ In this room there were eight seats, and, as explained +above, each was about 28 ft. long. The room being 28 ft. wide, this +number, with a width of 3 ft. for each, is very convenient, and leaves a +passage 4 ft. wide along the west wall. The length, moreover, does not +interfere with the passage from door to door, and leaves a short interval +between the ends of the desks and the opposite wall. + +_Inner Library._ In this room space has to be provided for (1) six seats, +each holding on an average about 30 volumes; (2) a press (_armarium_) with +five divisions, and holding 938 volumes; (3) a settle (_spalera_); (4) 12 +chests or coffers (_capsae_). + +I have placed the _armarium_ at the end of the room, opposite the window. +In this position it can be allowed to be 20 ft. in width with 5 divisions, +each, we will suppose, about 4 ft. wide. Let us suppose further that it +was 7 ft. high, and had 6 shelves. If we allow 8 volumes to each foot, +each shelf would hold 32 volumes, and each division six times that number, +or 192. This estimate for each division will give a total of 960 volumes +for the five divisions, a number slightly in excess of that mentioned in +Platina's catalogue. + +After allowing a space 5 ft. wide in front of the press, there is plenty +of room left for 6 desks, each 21 ft. long. I have placed the _spalliera_, +with its four coffers (_capsae_) under the seat, below the window. This +piece of furniture, in modern Italian _spalliera_, French _epauliere_, is +common in large houses at the present day. It usually stands in an +ante-room or on a landing of one of the long staircases. A portion at +least of the _spalliere_ used in this Library are still in existence. They +stood in the vestibule of the present Vatican Library until a short time +ago, when the present Pope had them removed to the Appartamento Borgia, +where they stand against the wall round one of the rooms. There are two +distinct designs of different heights and ornamentation. The photograph +here reproduced (fig. 100) was taken specially for my use. The _spalliere_ +have evidently been a good deal altered in the process of fitting up, and +moreover, as it is impossible to discover whether we have the whole or +only a part of what once existed, it is useless to make any suggestion, +from the length of the portions that remain, as to which room they may +once have fitted. They are excellent specimens of inlaid work. That on the +right, with the row of crosses along the cornice, is 6 ft. 2 in. high, and +66 ft. long. That on the left is 5 ft. 10 in. high, and 24 ft. 7 in. long. +The capsae project from the wall 1 ft. 4 in., and are 2 ft. high. Their +lids vary a little in length, from 3 ft. 11 in. to 4 ft. 10 in. + +[Illustration: Fig. 100. The library-settles (_spalliere_) once used in +the Vatican Library of Sixtus IV., and now in the Appartamento Borgia. + +From a photograph.] + +But the presence of a _spalliera_ is not the only peculiarity in the +furniture of this room. Platina's catalogue shews that, connected in some +manner with each seat, were two coffers (_capsae_): and we have seen that +12 such chests were brought into the Library in 1481. I have placed these +in pairs at the ends of the desks opposite the settle (_spalliera_). + +_Innermost Library_, or _Bibliotheca pontificia_. This Library contained +12 desks. These, from their number, must have stood east and west. There +was also a _spalliera_, which held the Papal Registers. I have placed it +in the recess on the north side of the room, which looks as though made +for it. + +It should be noted that there was a map of the world in the Library, for +which a frame was bought in 1478[402]; and a couple of globes--the one +celestial, the other terrestrial. Covers made of sheepskin were bought for +them in 1477[403]. Globes with and without such covers are shewn in the +view of the Library of the University of Leyden taken in 1610 (fig. 69); +and M. Fabre reminds us that globes still form part of the furniture of +the Library of the Palazzo Barberini in Rome, fitted up by Cardinal +Francesco Barberini, 1630-40[404]. + +Comfort was considered by the provision of a brazier on wheels "that it +may be moved from place to place in the Library[405]." + +The following curious rule, copied, as it would appear, in the Library +itself, by Claude Bellievre of Lyons, who visited Rome about 1513, shews +that order was strictly enforced: + + Nonnulla quae collegi in bibliotheca Vaticani. Edictum S. + D. N. Ne quis in bibliotheca cum altero contentiose + loquatur et obstrepat, neve de loco ad locum iturus + scamna transcendat et pedibus conterat, atque libros + claudat et in locum percommode reponat. Ubique volet + perlegerit. Secus qui faxit foras cum ignominia mittetur + atque hujusce loci aditu deinceps arcebitur[406]. + +Before concluding, I must quote an interesting description of this Library +by Montaigne: + + Le 6 de Mars [1581] je fus voir la librerie du Vatican + qui est en cinq ou six salles tout de suite. Il y a un + grand nombre de livres ataches sur plusieurs rangs de + pupitres; il y en a aussi dans des coffres, qui me + furent tous ouverts; force livres ecris a mein et + notamment un Seneque et les Opuscules de Plutarche. J'y + vis de remercable la statue du bon Aristide[407] a tout + une bele teste chauve, la barbe espesse, grand front, le + regard plein de douceur et de mageste: son nom est + escrit en sa base tres antique....[408] + + Je la vis [la Bibliotheque] sans nulle difficulte; + chacun la voit einsin et en extrait ce qu'il vent; et + est ouverte quasi tous les matins, et si fus conduit + partout, et convie par un jantilhomme d'en user quand je + voudrois[409]. + +Sixtus IV. intended the library attached to the Holy See to be of the +widest possible use. In the document appointing Demetrius of Lucca +librarian, after Platina's death, he says distinctly that the library has +been got together "for the use of all men of letters, both of our own age, +or of subsequent time[410]"; and that these are not rhetorical +expressions, to round a phrase in a formal letter of appointment, is +proved by the way in which manuscripts were lent out of the library, +during the whole time that Platina was in office. The Register of Loans, +beginning with his own appointment and ending in 1485, has been printed by +Muentz and Fabre, from the original in the Vatican Library[411], and a most +interesting record it is. It is headed by a few words of warning, of which +I give the general sense rather than a literal translation. + + Whoever writes his name here in acknowledgment of books + received on loan out of the Pope's library, will incur + his anger and his curse unless he return them uninjured + within a very brief period. + + This statement is made by Platina, librarian to his + Holiness, who entered upon his duties on the last day of + February, 1475[412]. + +Each entry records the title of the book lent, with the name of the +borrower. This entry is sometimes made by the librarian, but more +frequently by the borrower himself. When the book is returned, Platina or +his assistant notes the fact, with the date. The following entry, taken +almost at random, will serve as a specimen: + + Ego Gaspar de Ozino sapientissimi domini nostri + cubicularius anno salutis MCCCCLXXV die vero XXI Aprilis + confiteor habuisse nomine mutui a domino Platina + Lecturam sive commentum in pergameno super libris X + Etticorum Aristotelis, et in fidem omnium mea propria + manu scripsi et supscripsi. Liber autem pavonatio + copertus est in magno volumine.----Idem Gaspar manu + propria.----Restituit fideliter librum ipsum et + repositus est inter philosophos die XXVIII April 1475. + +It is occasionally noted that a book is lent with its chain, as for +instance: + + Christoforus prior S. Balbine habuit Agathium Historicum + ex banco viii^o cum cathena.... Restituit die XX + Octobris post mortem Platyne. + +When no chain is mentioned are we to understand that the book was not so +protected, and that there were in the library a number of books without +chains, perhaps for the purpose of being more conveniently borrowed? + +A few words should be added on the staff of the library. At first--that is +during the year 1475--Platina had under his orders three subordinates, +Demetrius, Salvatus, and John. These are called writers (_scriptores_) or +keepers (_custodes_); and Salvatus is once called librarian (_librarius_), +but it will be shewn below that this word means a writer rather than a +librarian, as we understand the word. The position of these persons was +extremely humble; and Salvatus was so indigent that his shoes were mended +at the Pope's expense, and a decent suit of clothes provided for him at +the cost of eight ducats[413]. Besides these there was a bookbinder, also +called John. In the following year two keepers only are mentioned, +Demetrius and Josias. The latter died of the plague in 1478. The salary of +the librarian was at the rate of ten ducats a month, and that of each of +his subordinates at the rate of one ducat for the same period. This +arrangement appears to have been confirmed by a Bull of Sixtus IV. before +the end of 1477[414]. + +These officers and Platina appear to have lived together in the rooms +adjoining the Latin Library, as shewn by the accounts for the purchase of +beds, furniture, and the like[415]; and when Josias falls ill of the +plague, Platina sends away Demetrius and John the bookbinder, "for fear +they should die or infect others[416]." + +All articles required for the due maintenance of the library were provided +by Platina. The charges for binding and lettering are the most numerous. +Skins were bought in the gross--on one occasion as many as 600--and then +prepared for use. All other materials, as gold, colours, varnish, nails, +horn, clasps, etc., were bought in detail, when required; and probably +used in some room adjoining the library. Platina also saw to the +illumination (_miniatio_) of such MSS. as required it. + +Comfort and cleanliness were not forgotten. There are numerous charges for +coals, with an amusing apology for their use in winter "because the place +was so cold"; and for juniper to fumigate (_ad suffumigandum_). Brooms are +bought to clean the library, and fox-tails to dust the books (_ad +tergendos libros_[417]). + +It should further be mentioned that Sixtus assigned an annual income to +the library by a brief dated 15th July, 1477. It is therein stipulated +that the fees, paid according to custom by all officials appointed to any +office vacated by resignation, should thenceforward be transferred to the +account of the library[418]. + +While Sixtus IV. was thus engaged in Rome, a rival collector, Federigo da +Montefeltro, Duke of Urbino (1444--1482), was devoting such leisure as he +could snatch from warfare to similar pursuits. The room in which he stored +his treasures is practically unaltered. It differs materially in +arrangement from the other libraries of the same period. This difference +is perhaps due to its position in a residence which was half palace, half +castle. It is on the ground floor of a building which separates the inner +from the outer court. It measures 45 ft. in length, by 20 ft. 9 in. in +width. The walls are about 14 ft. high to the spring of the barrel-vault +which covers the whole space. There are two large windows at the north end +of the room, and one at the south end. These are about 7 ft. from the +ground. The original entrance was through a door into the inner court, now +blocked. In the centre of the vault is a large eagle in relief with F.D. +on each side of its head; round it is a wreath of cherubs' heads: and +outside of all a broad band of flames and rays. The vault is further +decorated with isolated flames, gilt, on a white ground[419]. + +The books are said to have occupied eight presses, or sets of shelves, set +against the east and west walls, but our information on the subject of the +fittings is provokingly meagre. It is chiefly contained in the following +passage of a description written by Bernardino Baldi, and dated 10 June, +1587. Baldi, as a native of Urbino, and in later life attached to the +service of the Duke, must have been well acquainted with the room and its +contents. + + La stanza destinata a questi libri e alia mano sinistra + di chi entra nel Palazzo contigua al vestibolo, o andito + ... le fenestre ha volte a Tramontana, le quali per + esser alte dal pavimento, ed in testa della stanza, e + volte a parte di cielo che non ha sole, fanno un certo + lume rimesso, il quale pare col non distraer la vista + con la soverchia abbondanza della luce, che inviti ed + inciti coloro rhe v'entrano a studiare. La state e + freschissima, l' inverno temperatamente calda. Le + scanzie de' libri sono accostate alle mura, e disposte + con molto bell' ordine. + + In questa fra gli altri libri sono due Bibbie, una + latina scritta a penna e miniata per mano di + eccellentissimi artefici, e l' altra Ebrea antichissima + scritta pure a mano ... Questa si posa sopra un gran + leggivo d' ottone, e s' appoggia all' ale d' una grande + aquila pur d' ottone che aprendole la sostiene. Intorno + alle cornici che circondano la libreria si leggono + scritti nel fregio questi versi[420]. + +In the preface to the catalogue of the library published at Rome in 1895, +the author, after quoting the above passage, adds "There were eight +presses each containing seven shelves"[421]. The architectural decorations +have all disappeared, with the exception of a fragment of a pediment at +the south end of the room, on which F. E. DVX is still visible. The +lectern is in the choir of the cathedral. + +The Biblioteca Laurenziana, or Medicean Library, at Florence, is the last +Italian library which I intend to describe. + +After the death of Pope Leo X. in 1521, his executor Cardinal Giulio dei +Medici, afterwards Pope Clement VII., restored to Florence the books which +their ancestors had got together, and commissioned Michelangelo to build a +room for their reception. The work was frequently interrupted, and it was +not until 1571 (11 June) that the library was formally opened. + +The great architect, supported by the generosity of the Pope, constructed +an apartment which for convenience and for appropriate decoration stands +alone among libraries. It is raised high above the ground in order to +secure an ample supply of light and air, and is approached by a double +staircase of marble. It is 151 ft. 9 in. long, by 34 ft. 4 in. broad, and +was originally lighted by 15 windows in each of the side-walls at a height +of about 7 ft. 6 in. from the floor. There is a flat roof of wood, carved; +and a pavement of terra-cotta consisting of yellow designs on a red +ground. + +When the room was first fitted up there were 44 desks on each side, but +when the reading-room was built at the beginning of the last century, +four were destroyed. This reading-room also blocks four windows. The glass +was supplied by Giovanni da Udine in 1567 and 1568. The subjects are +heraldic. In each window the arms of the Medici occupy a central position, +and are surrounded by wreaths, arabesques, and other devices of infinite +grace and variety, in the style which the genius of Raphael had introduced +into the Vatican. + +[Illustration: Fig. 101. Bookcases in the Medicean Library, Florence.] + +The bookcases (fig. 101) are of walnut-wood, a material which is said to +have been prescribed by the Pope himself. They were executed, if we may +believe Vasari[422], by Battista del Cinque and Ciapino, but they are now +known to have been designed by Michelangelo. A rough outline in one of his +sketch-books, preserved in the Casa Buonarotti at Florence with other +relics illustrating his life, and here reproduced (fig. 102), +unquestionably represents one of these desks. The indication of a human +figure on the seat proves the care which he took to ensure a height +convenient for readers. + +[Illustration: Fig. 102. Copy, slightly reduced, of a sketch by +Michelangelo for one of the bookcases in the Medicean Library, Florence.] + +These desks are on the same general plan as those at Cesena, but they are +rather higher and more richly ornamented. Each is 11 ft. 3 in. long, and 4 +ft. 4 in. high. It must be admitted that the straight back to the reader's +seat is not so comfortable as the gentle slope provided in the older +example. A frame for the catalogue hangs on the end of each desk next the +central alley. In order to make clear the differences in the construction +of the desks at Cesena and at Florence I append an elevation of each +(figs. 103, 104). + +[Illustration: Fig. 103. Elevation of desks at Cesena.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 104. Elevation of desks at Florence.] + +It will be seen from the view of one of the desks (fig. 101) that the +books either lie on the sloping desk or are packed away on the shelf under +it. There is an average of 25 books on each desk. The chains, as at +Cesena, are attached to the lower edge of the right board, at distances +varying from 2 in. to 4 in. from the back of the book (fig. 105). The +staple is sunk into the wood. + +[Illustration: Fig. 105. A book in the Medicean Library, to shew +attachment of chain.] + +The chains are made of fine iron bars about one-eighth of an inch wide, +but not quite so thick, flattened at the end of each link, and rounded in +the centre, where a piece of the same iron is lapped round, but not +soldered. Each chain (fig. 106) is 2 ft. 3 in. long. So far as I could +judge all the chains in the library are of the same length. There is a +ring at the end of the chain next to the bar, but no swivel. + +[Illustration: Fig. 106. Piece of chain in the Medicean Library, of the +actual size.] + +The ironwork by which these chains are attached to the desk is somewhat +complicated. By the kindness of the librarian, Signor Guido Biagi, I have +been allowed to study it at my leisure, and to draw a diagrammatic sketch +(fig. 107) which I hope will make it clear to my readers. The lock is sunk +in the central support of the desk. The bar passes through a ring on each +side of this support, and also through a ring near each end of the desk. +These rings are fixed to the lower edge of the desk just under the +molding. A flat piece of iron is forged on to the bar near the centre. +This iron is pierced near the key-hole with an oblong slit through which +passes a moveable piece of iron, here shewn in outline of its actual size +(fig. 108). The bolt of the lock passes through a hole in this piece, and +holds the bar firmly in its place. + +[Illustration: Fig. 107. Diagram to explain the ironwork at the Medicean +Library.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 108. Outline of bolt forming part of ironwork.] + +The bar is not quite so long as the desk; consequently, when it has been +unlocked, and the iron bolt sketched above withdrawn, it can be turned +round by taking hold of the central iron, and pushed to the right or to +the left, past the terminal rings. The chains can then be readily +unstrung, or another strung upon the bar. + +In the next chapter I shall describe the changes in Library arrangements +adopted during the period which succeeded the Middle Ages; but, before +ending this present chapter, there are a few points affecting the older +libraries and their organization to which I should like to draw attention. + +In the first place all medieval libraries were practically public. I do +not mean that strangers were let in, but even in those of the monasteries, +books were let out on the deposit of a sufficient caution; and in Houses +such as S. Victor and S. Germain des Pres, Paris, and at the Cathedral of +Rouen, the collections were open to readers on certain days in the week. +The Papal library and those at Urbino and Florence were also public; and +even at Oxford and Cambridge there was practically no objection to lending +books on good security. Secular corporations followed the example set by +the Church, and lent their manuscripts, but only on security. A very +remarkable example of this practice is afforded by the transaction between +the Ecole de Medecine, Paris, and Louis XI. The king wanted their copy of +a certain work on medicine; they declined to lend it unless he deposited +12 marks worth of plate and 100 gold crowns. This he agreed to do; the +book was borrowed; duly copied, and 24 January, 1472, restored to the +Medical Faculty, who in their turn sent back the deposit to the king[423]. + +As a general rule, these libraries were divided into the lending library +and the library of reference. These two parts of the collection have +different names given to them. In the Vatican Library of Sixtus IV. we +find the common library (_Bibliotheca communis_) or public library (_B. +publica_), and the reserved library (_B. secreta_). The same terms were +used at Assisi. At Santa Maria Novella, Florence, there was the library, +and the lesser library (_B. minor_). In the University Library, Cambridge, +there was "the public library" which contained the more ordinary books and +was open to everybody, and "the private library" where the more valuable +books were kept and to which only a few privileged persons were +admitted[424]. At Queens' College, in the same university, the books which +might be lent (_libri distribuendi_) were kept in a separate room from +those which were chained to the shelves (_libri concatenati_), and at +King's College there was a public library (_B. magna_) and a lesser +library (_B. minor_). In short, in every large collection some such +division was made, either structural, or by means of a separate +catalogue[425]. + +I have shewn that two systems of bookcases, which I have called +lectern-system and stall-system, were used in these libraries; but, as +both these have been copiously illustrated, I need say no more on that +part of the subject. Elaborate catalogues, of which I have given a few +specimens, enabled readers to find what they wanted in the shortest +possible time, and globes, maps, and astronomical instruments provided +them with further assistance in their studies. Moreover in some places the +library served the purpose of a museum, and curiosities of various kinds +were stored up in it. + +No picture of a medieval library can be complete unless it be remembered +that in many cases beauty was no less an object than utility. The +bookcases were fine specimens of carpentry-work, carved and decorated; the +pavement was of encaustic tiles worked in patterns; the walls were +decorated with plaster-work in relief; the windows were filled with +stained glass; and the roof-timbers were ornamented with the coat-armour +of benefactors. + +Of these embellishments the most distinctive was the glass. At St Albans +the twelve windows contained figures illustrating the subjects of the +books placed near them. For instance, the second window represented +Rhetoric and Poetry; and the figures selected were those of Cicero, +Sallust, Musaeus, Orpheus. Appropriate verses were inscribed beneath each. +The whole scheme recalls the library of Isidore, Bishop of Seville, which +I have already described[426]. In the library of Jesus College, +Cambridge, each light contains a cock standing on a globe, the emblem of +Bishop Alcock the founder, with a label in his beak bearing a suitable +text, and under his feet an inscription containing half the designation +required. For instance, the first two bookcases contained works on Physic, +and in the window is the word PHI-SICA divided between the two +lights[427]. In Election Hall at Eton College--a room originally intended +for a library--we find the Classes of Civil Law, Criminal and Canon Law, +Medicine, etc., illustrated by medallions shewing a church council, an +execution, a physician and his patient, and the like[428]. At the +Sorbonne, Paris, the 38 windows of the library were filled with the +portraits of those who had conferred special benefits on the college[429]; +at Froidmont[430] near Beauvais the authors of the _Voyage Litteraire_ +remark the beautiful stained glass in the library: and in Bishop Cobham's +library at Oxford, according to Hearne, there "was brave painted glass +containing the arms of the benefactors, which painted glass continued till +the times of the late rebellion[431]." + +Lastly, I will collect the different terms used to designate medieval +bookcases. They are--arranged alphabetically--_analogium_, _bancus_ or +_banca_, _descus_, _gradus_, _stallum_, _stalla_, _stallus_ or _staulum_, +and _sedile_. I have sometimes thought that it would be possible to +determine the form of the bookcase from the word used to describe it; but +increased study has convinced me that this is impossible, and that the +words were used quite loosely. For instance, _bancus_ designates the cases +in the Vatican Library which represent a variety of the lectern-system; +and its French equivalent _banc_ the cases at Clairvaux which were stalls +with four shelves apiece. Again "desk" (_descus_) is used interchangeably +with "stall" (_stallum_) in a catalogue of the University Library, +Cambridge, dated 1473, to designate what I strongly suspect were lecterns; +in 1693 by Bishop Hacket when describing the stalls which Dean Williams +gave to the library at Westminster Abbey[432]: and in 1695 by Sir C. Wren +to describe bookcases which were partly set against the walls, partly at +right-angles to them. + +It has been already shewn that _gradus_ means a shelf, or a lectern, or a +side of a lectern[433]; and _sedile_ is obviously only the Latin +equivalent for "seat," which was sometimes used, as at S. John's College, +Cambridge, in 1623[434], to designate a bookcase. It was also used at +Christ Church, Canterbury, for what I have shewn to be a stall with four +shelves[435]. The word _analogium_ was used in France to signify a +lectern[436]. The word "class" (_classis_) is used at the University +Library, Cambridge, in 1584, instead of the ancient "stall," and +afterwards superseded it entirely. For instance, when a Syndicate was +appointed in 1713 to provide accommodation for Bishop Moore's Library, the +bookcases are described as _Thecae sive quas vocant classes_. Gradually the +term was extended until it reached its modern signification, namely, the +shelves under a given window together with those on the sides of the +bookcases to the right and left of the spectator facing it[437]. + +We sometimes meet with the word _distinctio_. For instance, an Apocalypse +in the library of Corpus Christi College, Cambridge, which once belonged +to St Augustine's College, Canterbury, is noted as having stood +"_distinctione prima gradu tertio_"; and the same word is used in the +introduction to the catalogue of Dover Priory to signify what I am +compelled to decide was a bookcase. The word _demonstratio_, on the other +hand, which occurs at the head of the catalogue of the library of Christ +Church, Canterbury, made between 1285 and 1331, probably denotes a +division of subject, and not a piece of furniture. + +Until the lectern-system had gone out of fashion, a word to denote a shelf +was not needed. When shelves had to be referred to, _textus_[438] was used +at Canterbury, and _linea_[439] at Citeaux. On the other hand, at Saint +Ouen at Rouen, this word indicates a row of bookcases, probably lecterns. +In a record of loans[440] from that library in 1372 and following years, +the books borrowed are set down as follows (to quote a few typical +instances): + + Item, digestum novum, linea I, E, II. + Item, liber de regulis fidei, cum aliis, linea III, L, VIII. + Item, Tulius de officiis, linea II a parte sinistra, D, II. + +These extracts will be sufficient to shew that the cases were arranged in +three double rows, each double row being called a _linea_. Each lectern +was marked with a letter of the alphabet, and each book with the number of +the row, the letter of the lectern to which it belonged, and its number on +the lectern. Thus, to take the first of the above entries, the Digest was +to be found in the first row, on lectern E, and was the second volume on +the said lectern. It is evident that there was a row of lecterns on each +side of a central alley or passage, and that a book was to be found on the +right hand, unless the left hand was specially designated. + +A catalogue has been preserved of the books in the castle of Peniscola on +the east coast of Spain, when the anti-pope Benedict XIII. retired there +in 1415. They were kept in presses (_armaria_), each of which was +subdivided into a certain number of compartments (_domuncule_), each of +which again contained two shelves (_ordines_)[441]. I suggest that this +piece of furniture resembled, on a large scale, Le Chartrier de Bayeux, +which I have already figured (fig. 26). + +In conclusion, I will quote a passage in which the word library designates +a bookcase. It occurs in an inventory of the goods in the church of S. +Christopher le Stocks, London, made in 1488: + + On the south side of the vestrarie standeth a grete + library with ij longe lecturnalles theron to ley on the + bokes[442]. + +I need hardly remind my readers that the French word _bibliotheque_ has +the same double meaning. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[356] Catalogus Codicum Manuscriptorum Malastestianae Caesenatis bibliothecae +fratrum minorum fidei custodiaeque concreditae.... Auctore Josepho Maria +Mucciolo ejusdem ordinis fratre et Ravennatis coenobii alumno. 2 vols. +fol. Caesenae, 1780-84. + +[357] These measurements were taken by myself, with a tape, in September, +1895. + +[358] The desk bearing a single volume shewn on this seat (fig. 93) is +modern. + +[359] These measurements were taken by myself with a tape, in April 1898, +and verified in April 1899. + +[360] This catalogue is in the State Archives at Modena. + +[361] I visited Monte Oliveto 19 April, 1899. + +[362] See _Ueber Mittelalterliche Bibliotheken_, v. T. Gottlieb. 8vo. +1890, p. 181. I have twice visited Assisi and examined the Catalogue here +referred to. My best thanks are due to Professor Alessandri for giving me +every assistance in my researches. + +[363] Inprimis facimus inventarium de libris in libraria publica ad bancos +cathenatis in hunc modum. Et nota, quod omnia folia omnium librorum, qui +sunt in isto inuentario sive per sexternos vel quinternos aut quaternos +seu quemvis per alium numerum majorem vel minorem omnes quotquot sunt, +nomina quaternorum tenent, ut apparet in quolibet libro in primo quaterno +in margine inferiori; quare omnes sunt ante et retro de nigro et rubeo per +talem figuram intus cum suo numero signati. Item lictere alphabeti, qui +desuper postes ponuntur, omnes debent esse aliquantulum grosse et +totaliter nigre, sicut inferius in fine cuiuslibet libri signatur. The +spots round this figure are alternately black and red. + +[364] Ducange s. v. _solarium_ shews that occasionally it =_armarium_. + +[365] I have to thank Father C. J. Ehrle, _S. J._, Prefect of the Vatican +Library, for the very great kindness with which he has assisted me in +these researches during three visits to Rome in 1898, 1899, 1900; and also +the officials who allowed me to examine parts of the palace not usually +accessible to strangers. + +Further, I wish it to be clearly and distinctly understood that my +researches are based upon an essay by M. Paul Fabre, _La Vaticane de Sixte +IV._, which had appeared in the _Milanges d'Archeologie et d'Histoire of +the Ecole Francaise de Rome_ for December 1895, but of the existence of +which I had never heard until Father Ehrle shewed it to me. On reading it, +I found that M. Fabre had completely anticipated me; he had done exactly +what I had come to Rome to do, and in such a masterly fashion that I could +not hope to improve upon his work. After some consideration I determined +to verify his conclusions by carefully examining the locality, and to make +a fresh ground-plan of it for my own use. I have also studied the +authorities quoted by M. Eugene Muentz (_Les Arts a la Cour des Papes_) +from my own point of view. + +There are two works to which I shall frequently refer: _Les Arts a la Cour +des Papes pendant le xv^e et le xvi^e siecle_, par Eugene Muentz: Part III. +1882 (Bibl. des Ecoles Francaises d'Athenes et de Rome, Fasc. 28): and _La +Bibliotheque du Vatican_ _au xv^e Siecle_, par Eugene Muentz et Paul Fabre; +Paris, 1887 (Ibid. Fasc. 48). The former will be cited as "Muentz"; the +latter as "Muentz et Fabre." My paper, of which an abstract only is here +given, has been published in the _Camb. Ant. Soc. Proc. and Comm._ 6 March +1899, Vol. X. pp. 11-61. + +[366] This document, dated 17 December, 1471, has been printed by Muentz, +p. 120. I am afraid that this order can have but one meaning: viz. the +excavation and destruction of ancient buildings. + +[367] This is the date assigned by Platina himself. See below, p. 231. + +[368] MS. Vat. Lat. 3947, fol. 118 b. Notatio omnium librorum Bibliothecae +palatinae Sixti quarti Pont. Max. tam qui in banchis quam qui in Armariis +et capsis sunt a Platyna Bibliothecario et Demetrio Lucense eius alumno +custode die xiiii. mensis Septemb. M.CCCC.LXXXI facta. Ante vero eius +decessum dierum octo tantummodo. This _Notatio_ has been printed, Muentz et +Fabre, p. 250, but without the catalogue to which it forms an appendix. +This, so far as I know, still remains unprinted. + +[369] Muentz et Fabre, pp. 148-150, _passim_. + +[370] _Ibid._ p. 32. + +[371] _Ibid._ p. 141. The catalogue is printed pp. 159-250. + +[372] MS. Vat. 5008. + +[373] These accounts, now preserved in the State Archives at Rome, have +been printed with great accuracy (so far as I was able to judge from a +somewhat hasty collation) by Muentz, _Les Arts a la Cour da Papes_, Vol. +III. 1882, p. 121 sq.; and by Muentz and Fabre, _La Bibliotheque du Vatican +au xv^e Siecle_, 1887, p. 148 sq. + +[374] The entries referring to these purchases are given in full, with +translations, in my paper above referred to. + +[375] The name is derived from the frescoes with which its external walls +were decorated during the reign of Pius IV. (1559-1565). They represented +palm trees, on which parrots (_papagalli_) and other birds were perching. +Fragments of these frescoes are still to be seen. The court beyond this +"del Portoncin di Ferro" was so called from an iron gate by which the +passage into it from the Cortile del Papagallo could be closed. + +[376] The difference of level between the floor of the court and the floor +of the library is eighteen inches. An inclined plane of wood now replaces +the steps. + +[377] Item pro purganda bibliotheca veteri et asportandis calcinaciis +duarum fenestrarum factarum inter graecam et latinam b. XX die qua supra, +i.e. 20 Aug. 1480. Muentz, p. 132. + +[378] A Foundling Hospital, alluding to the Ospedale di Santo Spirito +founded by Sixtus IV. + +[379] Fabre, _La Vaticane_, p. 464. Bunsen, _Die Beschreibung der Stadt +Rom_, ed. 1832, Vol. II.. Part 2, p. 418. + +[380] The following entry is curious: Habuere Paulus et Dionysius pictores +duos ducatos pro duobus paribus caligarum quas petiere a domino nostro dum +pingerent cancellos bibliothecae et restituerent picturam bibliothecae +graecae, ita n. Sanctitas sua mandavit, die xviii martii 1478. Muentz, p. +131. + +[381] Fabre, _La Vaticane_, p. 465, citing Bandini, _Bibliothecae +Mediceo-Laurentianae catalogus_, I. p. xxxviii. + +[382] Enumeravi, praesente Clemente synescalcho familiae s. d. n., Salvato +librario, et Demetrio lectore, ducatos XLV Francischo fabro lignario +mediolanensi habitatori piscinae urbis Romae pro banchis Bibliothecae +conficiendis, maxime vero decem quae ad sinistram jacent, quorum longitudo +est XXXVIII palmorum, vel circa, et ita accepta parte pecuniarum, cujus +summa est centum et XXX ducatorum, facturum se debitum promittit et +obligat, die XV Julii 1475. Muentz, p. 121. + +[383] Item solvi eidem ducatos XXX pro reliquo XXV banchorum bibliothecae: +pro longioribus autem qui sunt X solvebantur centum et triginta, ut supra +scriptum est; pro reliquis solvebantur centum et septuaginta; quae summa +est tricentorum ducatorum: atque ita pro banchis omnibus ei satisfactum +est, die VII Junii 1476. Muentz, p. 126. The rest of the money had been +paid to him by instalments between 15 July, 1475, and this date. + +[384] Magister Joanninus faber lignarius de Florentia habuit a me Platyna +s. d. n. bibliothecario pro fabrica banchorum Bibliothecae secretae, pro +Armario magno et Spaleria ejusdem loci, quae omnia extimata fuerunt centum +et octuaginta ducat' a magistro Francisco de Mediolano; habuit, ut +praefertur, ducatos sexaginta quinque et bononenos sexaginta die VII maii +1477. Muentz, p. 130. There were 100 bononeni in each ducat. + +[385] Habuit ultimo ducatos octo pro tribus tabulis ex nuce cornisate (?) +ad continenda nomina librorum e per le cornise de tre banchi vechi ex nuce +die supradicta; nil omnino restat habere ut ipse sua manu affirmat, +computatis in his illis LX bononenis qui superius scribuntur. Muentz, p. +130. + +[386] Dedi Joanni pictori famulo m. Melotii pro pictura trium tabularum +ubi descripta sunt librorum nomina carlenos XVIII die X Octobris 1477. +_Ibid._, p. 131. + +[387] Item pro XII capsis latis in bibliothecam secretam. Muentz et Fabre, +p. 158. + +[388] Magister Joanninus de Florentia et m. Marcus ejus frater faber +lignarius habuere ducatos XXV pro parte solucionis banchorum quae fiunt in +bibliotheca addita nunc a S^mo. d. nostro, die XVIII Julii 1480. Muentz, p. +134. + +[389] Muentz, pp. 124-126. + +[390] Magister Joannes fabricator catenarum habuit a me die XIIII aprilis +1477 ducatos decem, ad summam centum et quinque ducatorum quos ei debebam +pro tribus miliaribus et libris octingentis ferri fabrefacti ad usum +bibliothecae, videlicet pro quadraginta octo virgis ferreis ad quas in +banchis libri connectuntur [etc.]. Muentz, p. 128. + +[391] _Ibid._, p. 127. + +[392] _Ibid._, p. 135. + +[393] MSS. Vat. 3947. + +[394] MSS. Vat. 7135. + +[395] _La Vaticane_, etc., p. 475. + +[396] MS. Vat. 3946. + +[397] MS. Vat. 3948. + +[398] For an account of what Sixtus accomplished at Santo Spirito see +Pastor, _History of the Popes_, Eng. Tran. IV. 460-462. + +[399] Brockhaus, _Janitschek's Repertorium fuer Kunstwissenschaften_, Band +VII. (1884); Schmarsow, _Melozzo da Forli_ (1886), pp. 202-207. + +[400] I have taken 1 palm = metre 0.223; and 1 metre = 39.37 in. + +[401] My calculation works out as follows. Each of 10 seats was 38 palms +long: total length, 380 palms. As these 10 seats cost 130 ducats, each +palm cost 130/380 ducats = 1/3 a ducat nearly. + +As the total paid was 300 ducats, this first payment, viz. 130 ducats, +left 170 ducats still due for the 15 remaining seats. As each palm cost a +third of a ducat, 170 ducats would buy 510 palms = 113.73 metres = 4477 +inches (nearly) = 373 feet. + +[402] Per lo tellaro del mappamondo b. 52. Muentz, p. 129. Habuere pictores +armorum quae sunt facta in duabus sphaeris solidis et pro pictura mappemundi +ducatos III, die XII decembris 1477. Muentz et Fabre, p. 151. This map had +probably been provided by Pius II. (1458-1464), who kept in his service +Girolamo Bellavista, a Venetian maker of maps. Muentz et Fabre, 126. + +[403] Expendi pro cobopertura facta duobus sphaeris solidis quarum in +altera est ratio signorum, in altera cosmographia, ducatos IIII videlicet +cartenos XVI in octo pellibus montoninis, cartenos XXV in manifactura; +sunt nunc ornata graphio cum armis s. d. n., die XX decembris 1477. Muentz +el Fabre, p. 152. M. Fabre quotes an extract in praise of the map and +globes from a letter written from Rome in 1505, _La Vaticane de Sixte +IV._, p. 471 _note_. + +[404] _Ibid._ + +[405] Muentz, p. 130. + +[406] Bibl. Nat. Paris, MSS. Lat. 13123, fol. 220, quoted by Muentz et +Fabre, p. 140. + +[407] This statue, found in Rome in the middle of the sixteenth century, +represents Aristides Smyrnaeus, a Greek rhetorician of the second century +after Christ. It is still in the Vatican Library, at the entrance to the +Museo Cristiano. + +[408] In the omitted passage Montaigne describes a number of books shewn +to him. + +[409] _Journal du voyage de Michel de Montaigne en Italie_, ed. Prof. +Alessandro d' Ancona. 8vo. Citta di Castello, 1895, p. 269. I owe this +quotation to M. Fabre. + +[410] Muentz et Fabre, p. 299. + +[411] _Ibid._, pp. 269-298. MSS. Vat. Lat. 3964. + +[412] Quisquis es qui tuum nomen hic inscribis ob acceptos commodo libros +e bibliotheca pontificis, scito te indignationem ejus et execrationem +incursurum nisi peropportune integros reddideris. Hoc tibi denuntiat +Platyna, S. suae bibliothecarius, qui tantae rei curam suscepit pridie Kal. +Martii 1475. + +[413] Dedi die XIII Septembris 1475 ducatum unum Salvato scriptori pro +emendis calligis. Item expendi pro veste una Salvati scriptoris seminudi +et algentis ducatos XIII de mandato sancti domini nostri. Muentz et Fabre, +p. 148. + +[414] Habui ego Platyna sanctissimi domini nostri bibliothecarius ducatos +triginta pro salario meo, quod est decem ducatorum in mense, ab idibus +Julii usque ad idus Octobris 1477, quemadmodum apparet in bulla de +facultatibus officiis et muneribus a sanctissimo domino nostro papa Sixto +IIII facta. _Ibid._ p. 150. + +[415] Muentz, pp. 129, 133. + +[416] Item dedi ducatos quinque pro quolibet Demetrio et Johanni ligatori +librorum quos ex mandato domini nostri foras misi, mortuo ex peste eorum +socio, ne ipsi quoque eo loci interirent vel alios inficerent, die VIII +junii 1478. Muentz et Fabre, pp. 153. + +[417] The entries alluded to in this account will all be found in Muentz +and Fabre, pp. 148-158. + +[418] The document is printed by Muentz and Fabre, p. 300. + +[419] I visited Urbino for the purpose of studying this library 28 April, +1900. + +[420] _Memorie concernenti la Citta di Urbino._ Fol. Rome, 1724, p. 37. +See also Vespasiano, _Federigo Duca d' Urbino_; ap. Mai, _Spicilegium +Romanian_, I. pp. 124-128; Dennistoun, _Memoirs of the Dukes of Urbino_, +8vo. 1851, I. pp. 153-160. The duties of the librarian, which remind us in +many particulars of those of the monastic _armarius_, are translated by +Dennistoun (p. 159) from Vat. Urb. MSS. No. 1248, f. 58. + +[421] _Codices Urbinates Graeci Bibl. Vat._ 4to. Rome, 1895, p. 12. For +this statement, the writer cites Raffaelli, _Imparziale istoria dell' +unione delta Biblioteca ducale di Urbino alia Vaticana di Roma_. Fermo, +1877, p. 12. + +[422] _Vasari_, ed. 1856, vol. XII. p. 214. + +[423] Franklin, _Anc. Bibl. de Paris_, II. 22. + +[424] This statement rests on the authority of Dr Caius, _Hist. Cant. +Acad._ p. 89. Cum duae bibliothecae erant, altera priuata seu noua, altera +publica seu vetus dicebatur. In illa optimi quique; in hac omnis generis +ex peiori numero ponebantur. Illa paucis, ista omnibus patebat. + +[425] _Arch. Hist._ III. p. 401. + +[426] See above p. 45. Dr James has printed the verses from Bodl. MSS. +Laud. 697, fol. 27, _verso_, in _Camb. Ant. Soc. Proc. and Comm._ VIII. +213. + +[427] The whole series is given in _Arch. Hist._ III. p. 461. + +[428] I quote this account of the glass at Eton from Dr James, _ut supra_, +p. 214. + +[429] De Lisle, _Cabinet de Manuscrits_, vol. II. p. 200. + +[430] _Voyage Litteraire_, ed. 1717, II. 158. + +[431] Bliss, _Reliquiae Hearnianae_, II. 693; _ap._ Macray, _Annals_, p. 4. + +[432] See above, p. 188. + +[433] See Index. + +[434] _Arch. Hist._ Vol. II. p. 270. + +[435] See above, p. 192. + +[436] See Index. + +[437] _Arch. Hist._ Vol. III. p. 30. Conyers Middleton, _Bibl. Cant. Ord. +Meth._ Works, Vol. III. p. 484. + +[438] See above, p. 192. + +[439] See above, p. 105. + +[440] _Du pret des livres dans l' abbaye de Saint Ouen, sous Charles V._ +par L. Delisle. _Bibl. de l' Ecole des Chartes_, ser. III. Vol. I. p. 225. +1849. + +[441] _Le Librairie des Papes d' Avignon_, par Maurice Faucon, Tome II. p. +43, in _Bibl. des Ecoles Francaises d'Athenes et de Rome_, Fasc. 50. + +[442] _Archaeologia_, Vol. 47, p. 120. I have to thank my friend Mr P. T. +Micklethwaite, architect, for this quotation. + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + + +CONTRAST BETWEEN THE FIFTEENTH AND SIXTEENTH CENTURIES. SUPPRESSION OF THE +MONASTERIES. COMMISSIONERS OF EDWARD VI. SUBSEQUENT CHANGES IN LIBRARY +FITTINGS. S. JOHN'S COLLEGE, AND UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, CAMBRIDGE. QUEEN'S +COLLEGE, OXFORD. LIBRARIES ATTACHED TO CHURCHES AND SCHOOLS. CHAINING IN +RECENT TIMES. CHAINS TAKEN OFF. + + +I have now traced the evolution of the bookcase from a clumsy contrivance +consisting of two boards set at an angle to each other, to the stately +pieces of furniture which, with but little alteration, are still in use; +and I hope that I have succeeded in shewing that the fifteenth century was +emphatically the library-era throughout Europe. Monasteries, cathedrals, +universities, and secular institutions in general vied with each other in +erecting libraries, in stocking them with books, and in framing liberal +regulations for making them useful to the public. + +To this development of study in all directions the sixteenth century +offers a sad and startling contrast. In France the Huguenot movement took +the form of a bitter hostility to the clergy--which, after the fashion of +that day, exhibited itself in a very general destruction of churches, +monasteries, and their contents; while England witnessed the suppression +of the Monastic Orders, and the annihilation, so far as was practicable, +of all that belonged to them. I have shewn that monastic libraries were +the public libraries of the Middle Ages; more than this, the larger +houses were centres of culture and education, maintaining schools for +children, and sending older students to the Universities. In three years, +between 1536 and 1539. the whole system was swept away, as thoroughly as +though it had never existed. The buildings were pulled down, and the +materials sold; the plate was melted; and the books were either burnt, or +put to the vilest uses to which waste literature can be subjected. I will +state the case in another way which will bring out more clearly the result +of this catastrophe. Upwards of eight hundred monasteries were suppressed, +and, as a consequence, eight hundred libraries were done away with, +varying in size and importance from Christ Church, Canterbury, with its +2000 volumes, to small houses with little more than the necessary +service-books. By the year 1540 the only libraries left in England were +those at the two Universities, and in the Cathedrals of the old +foundation. Further, the royal commissioners made no attempt to save any +of the books with which the monasteries were filled. In France in 1789 the +revolutionary leaders sent the libraries of the convents they pillaged to +the nearest town: for instance, that of Citeaux to Dijon; of Clairvaux to +Troyes; of Corbie to Amiens. But in England at the suppression no such +precautions were taken; manuscripts seem to have been at a discount just +then, for which the invention of printing may be to some extent +responsible; their mercantile value was small; private collectors were +few. So the monastic libraries perished, save a few hundred manuscripts +which have survived to give us an imperfect notion of what the rest were +like. + +How great the loss was, has probably been recorded by more than one +writer; but for the moment I can think of nothing more graphic than the +words of that bitter protestant John Bale, a contemporary who had seen the +old libraries, and knew their value. After lamenting that "in turnynge +ouer of y^e superstycyouse monasteryes so lytle respect was had to theyr +lybraryes for the sauegarde of those noble and precyouse monumentes" (the +works of ancient writers), he states what ought to have been done, and +what really happened. + + Neuer had we bene offended for the losse of our + lybraryes beynge so many in nombre and in so desolate + places for the most parte, yf the chiefe monumentes and + moste notable workes of our excellent wryters had bene + reserued. + + If there had bene in every shyre but one solempne + lybrary, to the preseruacyon of those noble workes, it + had bene yet sumwhat. But to destroy all without + consydyracyon is and wyll be vnto Englande for euer a + moste horryble infamy amonge the graue senyours of other + nacyons. A greate nombre of them whych purchased those + superstycyouse mansyons, reserued of those bokes some to + ... scoure theyr candelstyckes, and some to rubbe theyr + bootes. Some they sold to the grossers and sopesellers, + and some they sent ouer see to the boke bynders, not in + small nombre, but at times whole shyppes full, to the + wonderynge of the foren nacyons. I know a merchaunt man + which shall at this tyme be namelesse, that boughte the + contentes of two noble lybraryes for. xl. shyllynges + pryce, a shame it is to be spoken. This stuffe hath he + occupyed in the stede of graye paper by the space of + more than these .x. yeares, and yet he hath store ynough + for many yeares to come[443]. + +The Universities, though untouched by the suppression, were not allowed to +remain long at peace. In 1549, commissioners were sent by Edward the Sixth +to Oxford and Cambridge. They considered that it fell within their +province to reform the libraries as well as those who used them; and they +did their work with a thoroughness that under other circumstances would +have been worthy of commendation. Anthony Wood[444] has told us in +eloquent periods, where sorrow struggles with indignation, how the college +libraries were treated; how manuscripts which had nothing superstitious +about them except a few rubricated initials, were carried through the city +on biers to the market-place and there consumed. Of the treatment meted +out to the public library of the University he gives an almost identical +account[445]. This library--now the central portion of the Bodleian--had +been completed about 1480. It was well stocked with manuscripts of value, +the most important of which, in number about 600[446], had been given by +Humphrey Duke of Gloucester, between 1439 and 1446. His collection was +that of a cultivated layman, and was comparatively poor in theological +literature. Yet in this home of all that was noble in literature and +splendid in art (for the Duke's copies are said to have been the finest +that could be bought) did this crew of ignorant fanatics cry havoc, with +such fatal success that only three MSS. now survive; and on January 25, +1555-56, certain members of the Senate were appointed "to sell, in the +name of the University, the book-desks in the public library. The books +had all disappeared; what need then to retain the shelves and stalls, when +no one thought of replacing their contents, and when the University could +turn an honest penny by their sale[447]?" + +I suppose that in those collegiate and cathedral libraries of which some +fragments had been suffered to remain, the gaps caused by the destruction +of manuscripts were slowly filled up by printed literature. No new +bookcases would be required for many years; and in fact, nearly a century +passed away before any novelty in the way of library-fittings makes its +appearance. Further, when new libraries came to be built, the provision of +suitable furniture was not easy. The old stall, with two shelves loaded +with books attached to them by chains, and a desk and seat for the use of +the reader, was manifestly no longer adequate, when books could be +produced by the rapidity of a printing-press, instead of by the slowness +of a writer's hand. And yet, as we shall see, ancient fashions lingered. + +So far as I know, the first library built and furnished under these new +conditions in England was that of S. John's College, Cambridge. This +"curious example of Jacobean Gothic[448]" was built between 1623 and 1628, +at the sole charge of Bishop Williams, whose work at Westminster during +the same period has been already recorded. The site selected was the +ground between the second court of the college and the river, the +library-building being constructed as a continuation of the north side of +that court, with the library on the first floor, and the chambers intended +for the Bishop's Fellows and Scholars on the ground floor. + +The room, after the fashion of the older libraries, is long and narrow, +110 ft. in length by 30 ft. in breadth. Each side-wall is pierced with ten +lofty pointed windows of two lights with tracery in the head. The sills of +these windows are raised 4 ft. above the floor, and the interval between +each pair of windows is 3 ft. 8 in. There is also a western oriel, the +foundations of which are laid in the river which washes its walls (fig. +109). The name of the founder is commemorated on the central gable by the +letters I. L. C. S., the initials of _Johannes Lincolniensis Custos +Sigilli_, the Bishop being at that time keeper of the Great Seal, or, as +we should say, Lord Chancellor. The date 1624 marks the completion of the +shell of the building[449]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 109. West oriel of the Library at S. John's College, +Cambridge.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 110. Bookcases in the Library of S. John's College, +Cambridge.] + +The beautiful fittings (fig. 110), which are still in use, were completed +before 1628. Medieval arrangement was not wholly discarded, but various +modern features were introduced. The side-walls and window-jambs are +panelled to a height of 8 ft.; and the cornice of this panel-work is +continuous with that of the taller cases--which, as in the older examples, +stand at right angles to the walls between each pair of windows. Before +these fittings were constructed, chaining had been practically abandoned, +so that it was not necessary to provide either desk or seat. In the place, +therefore, of the reader's seat, a low bookcase was set in front of each +window. These cases were originally 5 ft. 6 in. high, with a sloping desk +on the top on which books could be laid for study. Stools also were +provided for the convenience of readers. The larger cases or, as the +building-account of the library calls them, "the greater seats," have been +a good deal altered in order to accommodate more books. Originally the +plinth ran round the sides of the case; as did also the broad member which +is seen on the end above the arches. By this arrangement there were in all +only four shelves, namely, one below the broad member and three above it. +Further, there was a pilaster in the middle, below the central bracket. It +should be noted that the medieval habit of placing a list of the books +contained in each case at the end of the case is here maintained. + +It might have been expected that these splendid cases would have invited +imitation, and in those at Clare College the general style was undoubtedly +copied. But, as I have already explained[450], those cases were originally +genuine specimens of the stall-system, with desks. In other libraries, +while a new style of bookcase was put up, we shall find no innovation +comparable to that seen at S. John's. This was due, in great measure, to +the medieval character of the rooms to be fitted up. + +The library at Peterhouse was lengthened in 1633. It is 75 ft. long by 25 +ft. broad, and each of its side-walls is pierced by a range of three-light +windows. The cases (fig. 111) were put up between 1641 and 1648. Like +those at S. John's, they stand at right angles to the walls between the +windows, but they are detached, and not continuous with the panelwork. +Originally they were just eight feet high, but have since been heightened +to accommodate more books. Each case is still divided by a central +pilaster. So far they do not present any striking peculiarity, but I wish +to draw attention to a curious contrivance, which we shall find +subsequently reproduced in various forms, though not exactly as it is seen +here; for these cases were evidently admired, and imitated in several +other colleges. The chains had been taken off the books at Peterhouse in +1593-94, when they were first moved into the new library; so that desks +attached to the cases were not required. Nor were lower cases, with desks +at the top of them, provided. But the convenience of the reader was +considered, up to a certain point, by the provision of a seat, 12 in. +wide and 23 in. high, extending along the side of each case, and returned +along the wall between it and the case next to it. This arrangement may +still be seen in the two compartments at the west end of the room, one on +each side of the door of entrance. The ends of the seat or 'podium,' are +concealed by boldly carved wings[451]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 111. Bookcases in the Library of Peterhouse, +Cambridge.] + +The convenience of this type of case was evidently recognised at once, for +we find it copied, more or less exactly, in the south room of the +University Library (1649); at Jesus College (1663); at Gonville and Caius +College (1675); at Emmanuel College (1677); and at Pembroke College +(1690). + +[Illustration: Fig. 112. Bookcases in the south room of the University +Library, Cambridge.] + +The south room of the University Library, on the first floor, is 25 ft. +wide and was originally 67 ft. long. It was lighted by eight windows in +the north wall, and by nine windows in the south wall, each of two lights. +There was also a window of four lights in the east gable, as we learn from +Loggan's print, and probably a window in the west gable also[452]. It was +entered by a door, in the north-east corner, approached by a "vice," or +turret-stair. This door was fortunately left intact when the east building +was erected in 1755. The room has been but little altered, and still +preserves the beautiful roof, the contract for which is dated 25 June, +1466[453]. + +We do not know anything about the primitive fittings, but, having regard +to the fact that the spaces between the windows are barely two feet wide, +it is probable that they were lecterns. Moreover, a catalogue, dated 1473, +enumerates eight stalls on the north side each containing on an average 21 +books, and nine on the south side, each containing 18 books[454]. These +numbers, compared with those mentioned above at Zutphen, indicate +lecterns. + +In the next century this room was assigned to teaching purposes, and the +lecterns were either removed or destroyed. In 1645 the University +petitioned Parliament to put them in possession of Archbishop Bancroft's +library, which he, by will dated 28 October, 1610, had bequeathed to the +Public Library of the University of Cambridge, should certain other +provisions not be fulfilled. The request was granted, 15 February, 1647, +and the books arrived in 1649. The room in question, then used as the +Greek School, was ordered, 3 September, 1649, to be "fitted for the +disposeall of the said books" without delay. The existing cases were +supplied at once, for Fuller, writing in the following year, speaks of +them with commendation[455]. Their exact date is therefore known. + +These cases (fig. 112) are 8 ft. high from the floor to the top of the +horizontal part of the cornice, and 22 in. broad. They have the central +pilaster; but the seat has been cut down to a step, which is interrupted +in the middle, so as to allow the central pilaster to rise directly from +the ground. The wing, however, was too picturesque a feature to be +discarded, so it was placed at the end of the step, and carried up, by +means of a long slender prolongation, as far as the molding which +separates the two panels on the end of the stall. + +These cases were exactly copied at Gonville and Caius College; and again +at Emmanuel College; but in both those examples the step is continuous. At +Jesus College the same type is maintained, with the central pilaster and +continuous step; but the work is extremely plain, and there is neither +wing nor pediment. At Pembroke College there is a further modification of +the type. The step disappears, and, instead of it, a plinth extends along +the whole length of the case. The wing, however, remains, as a survival of +the lost step, and helps to give dignity to the base of the standard, +which is surmounted by a semicircular pediment, beneath which is a band of +fruit and flowers in high relief[456]. + +I will now describe a very interesting bookcase at King's College, +Cambridge (fig. 113), which was put up in 1659, with a bequest from +Nicholas Hobart, formerly Fellow[457]. It remains in its original position +in one of the chapels on the south side of the choir, which were used for +library-purposes till the present library was built by Wilkins in 1825. It +has several details in common with those at S. John's College, as +originally constructed, and will help us to understand their aspect before +they were altered. There is a lofty plinth, a broad member interposed +between the first and second shelf, a central vertical pilaster; and, as +at Peterhouse, and elsewhere, a step or 'podium' with a wing. But, with +these resemblances to cases in which books are arranged as at present, it +is curious to find the usual indications of chaining, which we know from +other sources was not given up in this library until 1777. There are locks +on the end of the case just below each of the two shelves, and scars on +the vertical pilasters caused by the attachment of the iron-work that +carried the bar. Further, just below the broad band, a piece of wood of a +different quality has been inserted into the pilasters, evidently to fill +up a vacancy caused by the removal of some part of the original structure, +probably a desk or shelf. + +The antiquary William Cole, writing in 1744, describes these chapels when +used as libraries. Each chapel held five bookcases, "two at the +extremities, which are but half-cases, and three in the body, of which the +middlemost is much loftier than the rest." In the chapel fitted up by +Hobart, Cole tells us that "at the end of the biggest middle class is +wrote in gold letters LEGAVIT NICOLAUS HOBART 1659[458]." As the chapel is +only 20 ft. long, the intervals between the cases could hardly have +exceeded 2 ft., and as the books were chained they must have been +consulted standing. + +[Illustration: Fig. 113. Bookcase in the old Library of King's College, +Cambridge, made with the bequest of Nicholas Hobart, 1659.] + +A similar return to ancient forms is to be found in the library of Queen's +College, Oxford, begun in 1692. The architect is said to have been +Nicholas Hawkesmoore, to whom the fittings, put up in the first fourteen +years of the eighteenth century[459], are also ascribed. This library is +123 ft. long by 30 ft. wide. There are ten bookcases on each side at right +angles to the walls between the windows. Each case is about 11 ft. high, +and 2 ft. 6 in. wide; but, though their ornamentation is in the style of +the period, of which they are splendid examples, their general design +exactly reproduces the old type. In their original state they were +provided with desks, though there is no evidence that the books were +chained; they had only two shelves above that which was on the level of +the top of the desk; and there was a double seat between each pair of +cases. The space above the second shelf, between it and the cornice, was +occupied by a cupboard, handsomely ornamented with carved panels, for +small books or manuscripts[460]. In fact, the only innovation which the +designer of these remarkable cases permitted himself to employ was to make +the moldings of their cornices continuous with that of the panelwork which +he carried along the sides of the room, and into the jambs of the windows. +The space below the desk was utilised for books, but, as these were found +to be inconvenient of access, the desks and seats were taken away in 1871, +and dwarf bookcases provided in front of the windows. + +When the Dean and Chapter of Canterbury built their library, now called +the Howley-Harrison Library, in 1669-70, they constructed a room on +strictly medieval lines. It is 65 ft. long by 21 ft. broad, with seven +equidistant windows in the north wall and six in the south wall. The +bookcases, which are plain medieval stalls, project from the walls at +right angles between the windows. + +There is another class of libraries which must be briefly mentioned in +this chapter, namely, those connected with parish churches and +grammar-schools. I suppose that after the destruction of monastic +libraries all over the country, the dearth of books would be acutely felt, +and that gradually those who had the cause of education at heart +established libraries in central situations, to which persons in quest of +knowledge might resort. + +[Illustration: Fig. 114. Ground plan of Library, Grantham, Lincolnshire. + +Scale one quarter of an inch to one foot.] + +The library (fig. 114) at Grantham in Lincolnshire occupies a small room, +16 feet from north to south by 14 feet from east to west, over the south +porch of the parish church, approached by a newel stair from the south +aisle. It was founded in 1598 by the Reverend Francis Trigg, rector of +Wellbourn; and in 1642, Edward Skipworth "out of his love and well-wishing +to learning, and to encourage the vicars of Grantham to pursue their +studies in the winter-time, gave fifty shillings, the yearly interest +thereof to provide firewood for the library fire." From this language I +conclude that the original gift of books was made for the benefit of the +vicar for the time being. + +There are three bookcases set against the walls, each about 6 ft. high and +6 ft. long. A considerable number of the books still bear their chains, +which are composed of long flat links closely resembling those at +Guildford, with a ring and swivel next to the bar. The library--room, +bookcases, and books--was carefully restored and repaired in 1894[461]. + +At Langley Marye or Marish in Buckinghamshire near Slough, a library was +founded in 1623 by Sir John Kederminster "as well for the perpetual +benefit of the vicar and curate of the parish of Langley, as for all other +ministers and preachers of God's Word that would resort thither to make +use of the books therein." He placed it under the charge of the four +tenants of his almshouses, who were to keep safe the books, and the key of +the room, under stringent penalties[462]. + +The library is a small room on the south side of the church, entered +through the squire's pew, to which there is a separate door in the south +wall. The fittings are of an unusual character, and have been preserved +unaltered. The whole room is panelled at a distance of 15 in. from the +wall, so as to make a series of cupboards, in which the books are +contained. The doors of these cupboards are divided into panels, +alternately square and oblong. Each of the former contains a small figure +painted in colours on a black ground; each of the latter a shield, or some +heraldic device. The inner surface of these doors is similarly divided +into panels, on each of which is painted an open book. Above the +cupboards, just under the flat ceiling, is a series of more or less +imaginary landscapes, doing duty as a frieze. Over the fireplace is a very +beautiful piece of decoration consisting of a large oval shield with +various coats of arms painted on it. It is set in an oblong panel, in the +spandrels of which are painted seated figures of Prudence, Justice, +Temperance, Fortitude, with their emblems and suitable mottoes[463]. + +In 1629, the following entry occurs in what is called "the Church Book" of +Cartmel, in Lancashire: + + 14 July, 1629. It is ordered and agreed upon that the + churchwardens seate in the body of the churche shall be + enlarged both in the wideness and in the deske that the + bookes given unto the church may bee more convenientlie + laid and chained to remain there according to the + directions of the donors[464]. + +The will of Humphry Chetham, a wealthy merchant of Manchester, dated 16 +December, 1651, directs L200 to be spent on certain specified books, + + to be, by the discretion of my Executors, chained upon + Desks, or to be fixed to the Pillars, or in other + convenient Places, in the Parish Churches of + _Manchester_ and _Boulton in the Moors_, and in the + Chapels of _Turton_, _Walmesley_, and _Gorton_, in the + said County of _Lancaster_[465]. + +The bookcase at Gorton[466] is a cupboard of oak, 7 ft. long by 3 ft. high +and 19 in. deep, raised upon four stout legs, 22 in. high. On opening the +doors, the interior is seen to be divided into two equal parts by a +vertical partition, and again by a horizontal shelf. The shelf and the +partition are both 9 in. deep, so as to leave a considerable interval in +front of them. The bars--of which there is one for each division--rest in +a socket pierced in a small bracket screwed to each end of the case, in +such a position that the bar passes just in front of the shelf. A flat +piece of iron, nailed to the central division, carries a short hasp, which +passes over the junction of the bars, and is there secured by a lock. By +this arrangement no person could withdraw either bar without the key. The +chains, of iron, tinned, are of the same type as those at Hereford, but +the links are rather longer and narrower. They are attached to the volume +in the same manner, either near the bottom of the right board, or near the +top of the left board. There are scars on the lower edge of the case, and +on the legs, which seem to indicate that there might once have been a +desk. Otherwise, the books, when read, must have rested on the reader's +knees. The whole piece of furniture closely resembles one dated 1694 at +Bolton in Lancashire to be described below (fig. 116). + +The bookcase at Turton[467] resembles that at Gorton so closely that it +needs no particular description. The doors are richly carved, and on the +cornice above them is the following inscription, carved in low relief: + +THE GIFT OF HUMPHRY CHETHAM ESQVIRE. 1655. + +Besides these parochial libraries Mr Chetham directed the foundation +(among other things) of "a Library within the Town of _Manchester_, for +the Use of Scholars, and others well affected, to resort unto ... the same +Books there to remain as a public Library for ever; and my Mind and Will +is, that Care be taken, that none of the said Books be taken out of the +said Library at any Time ... the same Books [to] be fixed or chained, as +well as may be, within the said Library, for the better Preservation +thereof." In order to carry out these provisions the executors bought an +ancient building called the _College_, which is known to have been +completed before 1426 by Thomas Lord de la Warre, as a college in +connexion with the adjoining collegiate church, now the Cathedral[468]. +The library was placed in two long narrow rooms on the first floor, the +original destination of which is uncertain. They are at right angles to +each other, and have a united length of 137 ft. 6 in., with a breadth of +17 ft. The south and west walls are pierced with fourteen three-light +windows, probably inserted by Chetham's executors; the east and west walls +are blank. + +The existing fittings, though they have been extensively altered[469] from +time to time, are in the main those which were originally put up. The +bookcases, of oak, are placed in medieval fashion at right angles to the +windows. They are 10 ft. long, 2 ft. wide, and were originally 7 ft. high, +but have been pieced apparently twice, so that they now reach as high as +the wall-plate. Each pair of cases is 6 ft. apart, so as to make a small +compartment, closed by wooden gates, which now open in the middle; but a +lock attached to one side of the end of each case indicates that +originally the gates were in one piece. The cases are quite plain, with +the exception of a few panels at the end. On the uppermost of these, which +is oblong, and extends from side to side of the case, the subjects of the +works are written: as PHILOSOPHIA; and beneath, in smaller characters, +_Mathematica_, _Physica_, _Metaphysica_. All indications of chaining have +been obliterated, but a reference to the earliest account-book which has +been preserved, that beginning 20 April, 1685, shews that the founder's +directions were obeyed: + + 20 Apr. 1685. To James Wilson for Cheining ten books + 0 2 6 + + " 1686. -------------- for making 26 large + Claspes and Cheining 26 bookes 0 4 4 + + 9 Mar. 1686-87. -------------- for Cheining and + Clasping 12 doz. bookes 00 18 00 + +Chains were evidently kept as a part of the stock-in-trade of the library, +to be used as required, for, at the end of an Inventory taken 18 November, +1684, we find: + + Alsoe in the Library two globes; three Mapps; two queres + of larg paper to make tables; a paper fol-booke; A + Ruleing penn; 24 dossen Chains; A geniological roul; and + a larg serpent or snaks skin. + +[Illustration: Fig. 115. Ring and link of chain: Wimborne Minster.] + +At Wimborne Minster the books are placed in a small room, about fifteen +feet square, over the vestry, a building in the Decorated style, situated +between the south transept and the south aisle of the choir. Access to +this room is obtained by a turret-stair at the south-west corner. It was +fitted up as a library in 1686, when the greater part of the books were +given by the Rev. William Stone. There are two plain wooden shelves, +carried round three sides of the room. The chains are attached to the +right-hand board of each book, instead of to the left-hand board, and they +are made of iron wire, twisted as shewn in the sketch (fig. 115). The +swivel, instead of being central, plays in a twist of the wire which +forms the ring attached to the book. The iron bars are supported on eyes, +and are secured by a tongue of iron passed over a staple fixed into the +bracket which supports the shelf. The tongue was originally kept in its +place by a padlock, now replaced by a wooden peg. No desk was attached to +the shelves, but in lieu of it a portable desk and stool were +provided[470]. + +A library was built over the porch of the parish church at +Denchworth[471], Berks, in 1693, and "stocked with 100 books well secured +with chains," presumably for the use of the vicar and his successors; and +in 1715, William Brewster, M.D., bequeathed 285 volumes to the +churchwardens of All Saints' Church, Hereford, for the same purpose[472]. +The books were placed in the vestry, where they still are. They are all +chained on a system copied from that in use at the Chapter Library. + +In addition to collections of books, which varied in extent according to +the taste, or the means, of the donor, single volumes are often found +chained in churches. These do not come within the scope of this Essay, and +I will therefore pass on to notice some libraries connected with Grammar +Schools. + +At Abingdon in Berkshire, the school, founded 1563, had a library, some +volumes of which, bearing their chains, are still preserved. There was a +similar collection at Bicester in Oxfordshire, where a school is said to +have been in existence before 1570. In 1571 James Pilkington, Bishop of +Durham (1561-1577), by will dated 4 February in that year, bequeathed his +books to the school at Rivington in Lancashire. The following extracts +from the statutes, said to have been made shortly after the arrival of the +books, remind us of monastic provisions[473]. + + The Governors shall the first day of every quarter when + they come to the School take an account of all such + books as have been given to the School, and if any be + picked away torn or written in they shall cause him that + so misused it to buy another book as good and lay it in + the place of it and there to be used continually as + others be. + + The Schoolmaster and Usher whensoever the Scholars go + from the School shall cause all such books as have been + or shall be given to the School and occupied abroad that + day to be brought into the place appointed for them, and + there to be locked up; and every morning shall cause the + dictionaries, or such other books as are meet to be + occupied abroad by the Scholars, that have none of their + own, to be laid abroad, and see that none use to write + in them, pull out leaves, nor carry them from the + School; and if any misuse any book, or pick it away, the + Governours shall cause him to buy another as good, to be + laid in the stead of it, and occupied as the other was. + + And for the books of divinity, the Schoolmaster and + Usher and such as give themselves to study divinity, + shall occupy them, that they may be the more able to + declare any article of the catechism or religion to the + scholars; and in the church to make some notes of the + Chapters that be read that the people may better + understand them and remember what is read. And yet these + books they shall not carry out of the School, without + license of the Governours, and on pain to bring it + again, or else to buy one as good, in its stead, and to + be allowed out of the Master's or Usher's wages. + + If any preacher come and desire to have the use of some + of those books, they shall let him have the use of them + for a time so that they see them brought in again; none + other shall carry them from the School except they have + license of half the Governours and be bound to bring it + safe again. + +In 1573 John Parkhurst, Bishop of Norwich (1560-1575), bequeathed "the +most part" of his Latin books to his native town Guildford, to be placed +in "the Lybrarie of the same Towne ioyning to the Schole." These books, +after some legal difficulties had been overcome, were brought to +Guildford, and placed in a gallery which connected the two wings of the +school, and had been begun in 1571. The books were fastened to the shelves +with chains, one of which has been already figured (fig. 58). There is +evidence that the library was well cared for, and augmented by various +donations, which were regularly chained as they came in, down to the end +of the 17th century[474]. + +Henry Bury, founder of the free school at Bury in Lancashire in 1625, +directed in his will that a convenient place should be found for the +library, because, as he proceeds to say: + + I have already geven ... in trust for the use of Bury + Parish and the countrie therabouts, of ministers also at + ther metinge and of schole maisters and others that seek + for learninge and knowledge, above six hundreth bookes, + and some other such things as I thought might helpe for + their delight, and refresh students, as globes mappes + pictures and some other things not every wheare to bee + seene. + +This language shews that this provident benefactor intended his library to +be public. It is pleasant to be able to record that some of the books +which he gave are still in existence[475]. + +Lastly I will figure (fig. 116) the press given in 1694 by "James Leaver +citison of London," to the Grammar School at Bolton in Lancashire. It +closely resembles those given by Humphry Chetham to Turton and Gorton. The +system of ironwork by which the bars are kept in place is exactly the +same; and it retains the desk, traces of which exist at Gorton. + +In my enumeration of the libraries attached to schools and churches, I +have drawn special attention to the fact that in nearly all of them the +books were chained. In explanation of this it might be argued that these +libraries were in remote places, to which new ideas would not easily +penetrate, but I am about to shew that this method of protection, which +began in a remote past, was maintained with strange persistency down to +modern times. I shall collect some further instances of the chaining of +books in places where it might have been expected that such things would +be no longer thought of; and in conclusion I shall record some dates at +which the final removal of chains took place. + +[Illustration: Fig. 116. Bookpress in the school at Bolton, Lancashire. + +From _Bibliographical Miscellanies_ by William Blades.] + +In the library of the Faculty of Medicine, Paris, the books were ordered +to be chained in 1509, in consequence of some thefts; and these chains +were still attached to certain books in 1770[476]. At Corpus Christi +College, Cambridge, in 1554, it was ordered that the books bequeathed by +Peter Nobys, D.D. (Master 1516-23), should be taken better care of for the +future, and, if the chains were broken, that they should be repaired at +the expense of the college[477]. In 1555, Robert Chaloner, Esq., +bequeathed his law books to Gray's Inn, with forty shillings in money, to +be paid to his cousin, "to th' entent that he maie by cheines therwith and +fasten so manye of them in the Librarye at Grauisin [Gray's Inn] as he +shall think convenyente[478]." + +At S. John's College, Cambridge, in 1563-4, three shillings were paid to +"Phillip Stacyoner for cornering, bossing, and chayninge _Anatomiam +Vessalii etc._[479]" In 1573, Dr Caius directs by will twelve copies of +his own works to be given to his college, "there to be kepte as the other +bokes are, and to be successivelye tyed with chaynes in the Librarye of +the same College[480]." Dr Perne, Master of Peterhouse, by will dated 25 +February, 1588, directs that all his books therein bequeathed "be layed +and chayned in the old Librarie of the Colledge[481]." At Trinity College, +Cambridge, in 1601, Mr Peter Shaw gave L5 towards the "cheyning and +desking of his bookes given to the newe liberarie[482]." In 1638-9, when a +new library was completed for the Barber Surgeons of London, L6. 18_s._ +were spent on binding and chaining, as for instance: + + Paid for 36 yards of chaine at 4_d._ the yard and 36 + yards at 3_d._ the yard cometh to xxij_s._ vj_d._ + + Paid to the coppersmith for castinge 80 brasses to + fasten the chaines to the bookes--xiij_s._ iiij_d._[483] + +Sir Matthew Hale, who died in 1676, directed in his will that certain +manuscripts should be given to the Honourable Society of Lincoln's Inn: +"My desire," he said, "is that they be kept safe and also in remembrance +of me. They were fit to be bound in leather and chained and kept in +archives[484]." In the will of Matthew Scrivener, Rector of Haslingfield +in Cambridgeshire, dated 4 March, 1687, the following passage occurs: "I +give fifty pounds in trust for the use of the public Library [at +Cambridge], either by buying chains for the securing the books at present +therein contained, or for the increase of the number of them[485]." At +the church of S. Gatien at Tours it is recorded in 1718 that the library +which occupied one alley of the cloister was well stocked with +manuscripts, chained on desks, which stood both against the wall and in +the middle of the room[486]. Lastly, in 1815, John Fells, mariner, gave +L30 to found a theological library in the church of S. Peter, Liverpool. +"The books were originally fastened to open shelves in the vestry with +rods and chains[487]." + +Towards the end of the eighteenth century the practice was finally +abandoned. At Eton College in 1719 it was "Order'd to take y^e Chains off +y^e Books in y^e Library, except y^e Founder's Manuscripts[488]"; at the +Bodleian Library, Oxford, the removal of them began in 1757[489]; at +King's College, Cambridge, the books were unchained in 1777[490]; at +Brasenose College, Oxford, in 1780[491]; and at Merton College in +1792[492]. + +In France the custom was evidently abandoned at a much earlier date, for +the authors of the _Voyage Litteraire_, who visited more than eight +hundred monasteries at the beginning of the eighteenth century, with the +special intention of examining their records and their libraries, rarely +allude to chaining, and when they do mention it, they use language which +implies that it was a curious old fashion, the maintenance of which +surprised them[493]. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[443] _The laboryouse Journey and Serche of Johan Leylande for Englandes +Antiquitees...._ by Johan Bale. London, 1549. + +[444] _History and Antiquities of University of Oxford_, Ed. Gutch, 410. +1796, Vol. II. p. 106. Wood (b. 1632, d. 1695) gives these facts as +"credibly reported from antient men and they while young from scholars of +great standing." + +[445] _Ibid._ Vol. II. Pt. 2, p. 918. + +[446] This number is given on the authority of Macray, _Annals of the +Bodleian Library_, Ed. II. p. 6. + +[447] Macray, _ut supra_, p. 13. + +[448] These words were used by Professor Willis, _Arch. Hist._ Vol. III. +p. 451. + +[449] For the history of this building see Professor Willis, _ut supra_, +Vol. II. pp. 264-271. + +[450] See above p. 186. + +[451] _Arch. Hist._ ut supra, Vol. I. p. 33, and Vol. III. p. 454. + +[452] When the new facade was built in the middle of the 18th century this +room was shortened by about 8 feet, so that now there are only 8 windows +on the south side and 7 1/2 on the north side. + +[453] The contract is printed and explained in _Arch. Hist._ Vol. III. pp. +92-6. + +[454] _Camb. Ant. Soc. Proc._ Vol. II. p. 258. The catalogue is printed, +with remarks, by H. Bradshaw, M.A., University Librarian. It should be +noted that on the south side of the room, the first case only is called +'stall,' the remaining eight are called 'desks.' + +[455] _History of University of Cambridge_, ed. Prickett and Wright, p. +160. See also _Arch. Hist._ Vol. III. p. 27. + +[456] These descriptions are all borrowed from Professor Willis, _Arch. +Hist._ Vol. III. pp. 454-458, 460, 465. + +[457] _Arch. Hist._ Vol. I. p. 538. + +[458] _Arch. Hist._ I. p. 539. + +[459] This date is given on the authority of the present Provost, John +Richard Magrath, D.D. + +[460] A view of the Library in its original state is given in Ingram's +_Memorials_, Queen's College, p. 12. An article in _Notes and Queries_, +6th Ser. IV. 442, by the Rev. Robert Lowes Clarke, M.A., Fellow and +Librarian, contains the following passage: "The bookcases were fitted with +reading desks, as at the Bodleian, and there were fixed oak seats in each +recess. These were convenient in some ways, and helped to make the room +seem a place for study rather than a store for materials, but they made +the lower shelves hard of access, and were removed in 1871 to give room +for new cases." + +[461] For these details I have to thank the late Canon H. Nelson. I +visited Grantham in 1895 with my friend Mr. T. D. Atkinson, architect, who +drew the above plan. + +[462] _Report of Comm. for Inquiring concerning Charities_, Vol. II. pp. +95-100. + +[463] This description of the library is partly from my own notes, taken 7 +July, 1901, partly from Hornby's _Walks about Eton_, 1894. + +[464] _Old Church and School Libraries of Lancashire_, by R. C. Christie, +Chetham Soc., 1885, p. 76. + +[465] _The last will of Humphry Chetham_, 4to. Manchester, n. d. p. 42. + +[466] This bookcase stood in the National School-room when I examined it +in 1885. In 1898 the books were thoroughly repaired. + +[467] The front of this bookcase is figured on the title-page of +_Bibliographical notices of the Church Libraries at Turton and Gorton_. +Chetham Soc., 1855, p. 3. + +[468] The architectural history of these buildings has been admirably +worked out, in _Old Halls in Lancashire and Cheshire_, by Henry Taylor, +Architect, 4to. Manchester, 1884, pp. 31-46. + +[469] These alterations probably began when the following Order was made: +"Tuesday, 24 July, 1787. That a Committee be appointed to inspect the +Library along with the Librarian, consisting of the Treasurer [etc.]; And +that such Committee shall have power to repair and make such Alterations +in the Library as they may think proper." No Order for taking off the +chains has been discovered. + +[470] _Sketches of English Literature_, by Clara Lucas Balfour, 12mo. +Lond. 1852. Introduction. In the description of the library there given +the padlocks are specially mentioned. Compare also, _A History of Wimborne +Minster_, 8vo. Lond. 1860; and Hutchins' _Dorsetshire_, ed. 1803, Vol. II. +p. 554. + +[471] _Notes and Queries_, Series 6, Vol. IV. p. 304. The library was +destroyed in 1852 when the Church was restored by Mr George Street, +Architect. + +[472] _The History of All Saints' Church, Hereford_, by Rev. G. H. +Culshaw, M.A., 8vo. Hereford, 1892. + +[473] _Old Church and School Libraries of Lancashire_, by R. C. Christie, +Chetham Soc., 1885, p. 189. + +[474] _Cam. Ant. Soc. Proc. and Comm._ Vol. VIII. pp. 11-18. In 1899 the +books which remained were put in order and set on new shelves by the care +and at the cost of H. A. Powell, Esq. + +[475] _Old Church and School Libraries of Lancashire_, by R. C. Christie, +Chetham Soc. p. 139. + +[476] Franklin, _Anc. Bibl._ Vol. II. p. 25. + +[477] Masters, _History_, p. 62. + +[478] _The Guild of the Corpus Christi, York_, ed. Surtees Society, 1872, +p. 206, _note_. + +[479] S. John's College Audit-Book, 1563-4, _Exp. Necess._ + +[480] _Commiss. Docts._ (Cambridge), II. 309. + +[481] _Arch. Hist._ III. 454. + +[482] Sen. Burs. Accounts, 1600-1, _Recepta_. + +[483] _Memorials of the Craft of Surgery in England_, ed. D'Arcy Power. +8vo. London 1886, p. 230. + +[484] Herbert, _Inns of Court_, p. 303. + +[485] _Documents relating to St Catharine's College_, ed. H. Philpott, +D.D., p. 125. + +[486] _Voyage Liturgique de la France_, by Le Sieur de Moleon, 1718. I +have to thank Dr James for this reference. + +[487] _Old Church Libraries_, _ut supra_, p. 102. + +[488] Eton College Minute Book, 19 December, 1719. + +[489] Macray, _ut supra_, p. 86. The inconvenience of chaining had long +been felt for in _The Foreigner's Companion through the Universities_, by +Mr Salmon, 1748, it is objected that "the books being chain'd down, there +is no bringing them together even in the Library," p. 27. + +[490] King's College Mundum Book, 1777: _Smith's work_. "To a man's time 9 +Dayes to take the Chains of the books L1. 7_s._ 0_d._" + +[491] Churton's _Lives of Smyth and Sutton_, p. 311, _note_. + +[492] Henderson's _History_, p. 237. + +[493] _Voy. Litt._, ed. 1724, Vol. III. p. 24. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +THE WALL-SYSTEM. THIS BEGAN ON THE CONTINENT. LIBRARY OF THE ESCORIAL. +AMBROSIAN LIBRARY AT MILAN. LIBRARY OF CARDINAL MAZARIN. BODLEIAN LIBRARY +AT OXFORD. WORKS AND INFLUENCE OF WREN. FRENCH CONVENTUAL LIBRARIES OF THE +SEVENTEENTH CENTURY. + + +While in England we were struggling with the difficulties of adapting +medieval forms of libraries and bookcases to the ever-increasing number of +volumes, a new system was initiated on the continent, which I propose to +call the wall-system. + +It seems so natural to us to set our bookshelves against a wall instead of +at right angles to it, that it is difficult to realize that there was a +time when such an arrangement was an innovation. Such however was the +case. I believe that this principle was first introduced into a library at +the Escorial, which Philip the Second of Spain began in 1563, and +completed 13 September, 1584. I do not mean by this sentence that nobody +ever set bookshelves against a wall before the third quarter of the +sixteenth century. I have shewn above, when discussing the catalogue of +Dover Priory[494], that the books stood on pieces of furniture which were +probably so treated; and it is not uncommon in illuminated manuscripts to +see a writer's books standing on one or more shelves set against the wall +near his desk. Further, in the accounts of the library arranged in the +Vatican by Sixtus IV., shelves set against the wall of one of the four +rooms are specially mentioned[495]; and in the description of the library +of the Dukes of Urbino, it is expressly stated that "the shelves for the +books are set against the walls (_le scanzie de' libri sono accostate alle +mura_)[496]." What I wish to enforce is that before the Escorial was +built, no important library was fitted up in that manner from the +beginning by the architect. + +[Illustration: Fig. 118. Bookcases in the Library of the Escorial on an +enlarged scale.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 117. General view of the Library of the Escorial, +looking north.] + +The library of the Escorial[497] occupies a commanding position over the +portico through which the building is entered. It is 212 ft. long, by 35 +ft. broad and about 36 ft. high. The roof is a barrel-vault, gorgeously +painted in fresco, as are the wall-spaces above the bookcases, and the +semicircular lunettes at the ends of the room. In that at the north end is +Philosophy, in that at the south end is Theology, while between them are +personifications of Grammar, Rhetoric, Logic, Music, etc. On the walls, +forming a gigantic frieze, are various historical scenes, and figures of +celebrated persons real and imaginary, as for instance, the first Nicene +Council, the School of Athens, Solomon and the Queen of Sheba, Cicero, +David, Orpheus, etc. The general appearance of this splendid room will be +understood from the view (fig. 117). It is lighted by five windows on the +east side and seven on the west side, to which is added on the east side a +range of five smaller windows just under the vault. The principal windows +are quite different from those of any other library I have been +considering, for they are nearly 13 ft. high, and extend down to the +floor. + +The wall-spaces between each pair of windows have bookcases fitted to +them, of a very original and striking design. They are divided into +compartments by fluted Doric columns supporting an entablature with +projecting cornice, above which again is a sort of second entablature. The +bases of the columns rest upon an extremely lofty plinth, intersected, at +about three-quarters of its height from the ground, by a shelf, behind +which is a sloping desk. The material used for these cases is mahogany, +inlaid with ebony, cedar, and other woods. They were designed by Juan de +Herrera, the architect of the building, in 1584, and I am assured that +they have escaped alteration, or serious damage from the numerous fires +which have occurred in the palace. + +In order to exhibit the distinctive peculiarities of these remarkable +cases as clearly as possible, I give (fig. 118) an enlargement of part of +the former view; and further, an elevation of one of them drawn accurately +to scale (fig. 119), for which I have to thank a Spanish architect, Don +Ricardo Velasquez. + +These bookcases have a total height of rather more than 12 ft, measured +from the floor to the top of the cornice. The desks are 2 ft. 7 in. from +the floor, a height which corresponds with that of an ordinary table, and +suggests that they must have been intended for the use of seated readers, +though seats are not provided in the library at present. The section of +the shelf and desk placed beside the elevation shews that there is a +convenient slope to lay the books against. The uppermost of the four +shelves is at a height of 9 ft. from the ground, so that a ladder is +required to reach the books. The two photographs which I have reproduced +(figs. 117, 118) shew that they have the fore-edge turned outwards, +according to what is, I am informed, the usual custom in Spain. + +[Illustration: Fig. 119. Elevation of a bookcase, and section of a desk in +the Library of the Escorial.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 121. Interior of the Ambrosian Library at Milan. + +From a photograph taken in 1899.] + +I believe that the work done in the Escorial had a very definite effect on +library-fittings elsewhere; but, like other important inventions, the +scheme of setting shelves against a wall instead of at right angles to it +occurred to more than one person at about the same period; and therefore I +cannot construct a genealogical tree, as I once thought I could, with the +Escorial at the root, and a numerous progeny on the branches. + +Between 1603 and 1609--only 25 years afterwards--Cardinal Federigo +Borromeo built, endowed, and furnished the Biblioteca Ambrosiana at Milan. +A plain Ionic portico, on the cornice of which are the words BIBLIOTHECA +AMBROSIANA, gives access to a single hall, on the ground floor, 74 ft. +long by 29 ft. broad (fig. 120). The walls are lined with bookcases about +13 ft. high, separated, not by columns, but by flat pilasters, and +protected by wire-work of an unusually large mesh, said to be original. At +each corner of the hall is a staircase, leading to a gallery, 2 ft. 6 in. +wide. The cases in this gallery are about 8 ft. 6 in. high. Above them +again is a frieze consisting of a series of portraits of saints in oblong +frames. The roof is a barrel-vault, ornamented with plaster-work. Light is +admitted through two enormous semi-circular windows at each end of the +room. No alteration, I was informed when I visited the library in 1898, +has been permitted. Even the floor of plain tiles, with four tables (one +at each corner), and a central brazier, is left as the Cardinal arranged +it. + +[Illustration: Fig. 120. Ground-plan of the Ambrosian Library at Milan. + +Reduced from that given by P. P. Boscha.] + +A good idea of the appearance of this noble room will be obtained from the +general view (fig. 121)[498]. The way in which the books were arranged +was evidently thought remarkable at the time, for a contemporary writer +says of it "the room is not blocked with desks to which the books are tied +with iron chains after the fashion of the libraries which are common in +monasteries, but it is surrounded with lofty shelves on which the books +are sorted according to size[499]." + +This library was part of a larger scheme which included a college of +doctors, a school of art, a museum, and a botanic garden; all of which +were amply endowed. The library was to be open not merely to members of +the college, but to the citizens of Milan and all strangers who came to +study there; but the severest penalties awaited those who stole a volume, +or even touched it with soiled hands; and only the Pope himself could +absolve them from such crimes[500]. + +Before many years were over these novelties in library arrangement and +library administration found a ready welcome in France, where Cardinal +Mazarin was engaged in the formation of a vast collection of books +intended to surpass that of his predecessor Richelieu[501]. Even then his +library was public; all who chose to come might work in it on Thursdays +from 8 to 11 in the morning, and from 2 to 5 in the afternoon. At a later +period of his life, when he had removed to a palace now included in the +Bibliotheque Nationale, he was able to build a library in accordance with +his magnificent ideas. An accident of construction placed this room over +the stables, a conjunction which afforded endless amusement to the +pamphleteers of the time. It was finished at the end of 1647; and in the +following year the Cardinal threw it open, the first public library given +to Paris. _Publice patere voluit, censu perpetuo dotavit, posteritati +commendavit_, said the inscription which he placed over the door of +entrance. I need not attempt to recover from the somewhat conflicting +accounts of admiring contemporaries the exact dimensions and arrangements +of this gallery, for the bookcases still exist almost unaltered in the +Bibliotheque Mazarine. One detail deserves notice because it may have been +borrowed from the Ambrosian Library. There is said to have been a +staircase in each of the four corners of the room by which access to a +gallery was obtained[502]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 122. Bookcases in the Bibliotheque Mazarine, Paris. + +From a photograph by Dujardin, 1898.] + +Mazarin died in 1661, and, in accordance with his will, a college, to be +called _Le College des Quatre Nations_, was founded and endowed, and the +library was removed into it. The college was suppressed at the Revolution, +and the buildings are now occupied by the _Institut de France_, but the +library remains practically intact. It occupies two rooms at right angles +to each other with a united length of about 158 ft., and a width of 27 ft. +They are admirably lighted by 17 large windows. + +The bookcases (fig. 122), from the original library in the Palais Mazarin, +were placed round the new room. At first they terminated with the cornice, +surmounted by the balustrade which protected the gallery mentioned above, +and the roof was arched. In 1739, when additional shelf-room was required, +and the roof was in need of repair, it was agreed to construct the present +flat ceiling, and to gain thereby wall-space of sufficient height to +accommodate 20,000 additional books. The gallery thus formed is approached +by two staircases constructed at the same time[503]. + +If the elevation of these cases (fig. 123) be compared with that of the +cases in the Escorial (fig. 119), I feel sure that my readers will agree +with me in admitting that the French example was copied from the Spanish. +The general arrangement is the same, and especially the really distinctive +features, namely, the division by columns, and the presence of a desk. It +will be observed that the French example is the larger of the two, being +18 ft. high from the floor to the top of the cornice. The desk, moreover, +is 4 ft. from the floor, so that it was evidently intended to be used +standing. + +I am aware that Naude, the librarian employed by Mazarin to collect books +for him, did not visit Spain, nor was Mazarin himself ever in that +country. There is therefore no evidence to connect his library with that +of Philip II., but in justification of my theory I submit that the +resemblance is too close to be accidental, and that in all probability the +library at the Escorial had been much talked of in the world of letters. + +[Illustration: Fig. 123. Elevation of a bookcase and section of a desk in +the Bibliotheque Mazarine, Paris.] + +The convenience of placing book-shelves against a wall was soon accepted +in England, but at first in a somewhat half-hearted fashion. The earliest +instance of this, so far as I know, is to be met with in the Bodleian +Library, Oxford, where the first stone of the eastern wing was laid in +1610, and completed, with the fittings, in 1612[504]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 124. A portion of the bookcases set up in the eastern +wing of the Bodleian Library, Oxford, built 1610-1612. + +From Loggan's _Oxonia Illustrata_, 1675.] + +Advantage was taken of the whole of the wall-space provided by this +extension, and it was lined with a bookcase extending from floor to +ceiling. In order to provide easy access to the upper shelves, a light +gallery was provided, the pillars of which were utilised to support a seat +for the readers, because, the books being still chained, desks and seats +were indispensable. These cases still exist almost unaltered, but their +appearance as first constructed has been preserved to us in Loggan's +print, taken about 1675, part of which is here reproduced (fig. 124). + +In 1634 (13 May) the first stone was laid of the enlargement of the +library towards the west, corresponding exactly to the wing at the +opposite end erected twenty-four years before[505]. The fittings were on +the same plan, but of a more elaborate and highly finished design, the +plain supports of the former work being replaced by Ionic columns +supporting arches with frieze and cornice, and a heavy balustrade for the +gallery above. + +I now come to the influence exercised upon the architecture and fittings +of libraries by Sir Christopher Wren, and I shall be able to shew that +though he did not actually introduce the wall-system into England, he +developed it, adapted it to our requirements, and by the force of his +genius shewed what structural changes were necessary in order to meet the +increased number of books to be accommodated. Wren never visited Italy, +but in 1665 he spent about six months in Paris, where he made the +acquaintance of the best painters, sculptors, and architects, among whom +was the Italian Bernini. From him he might easily obtain information of +what was passing in Italy, though he describes him as "the old reserved +Italian" who would hardly allow him a glimpse of a design for which, says +Wren, "I would have given my skin." French work he studied +enthusiastically, and after giving a list of places he had visited says, +"that I might not lose the impressions of them I shall bring you almost +all France in paper." Among other things he specially records his +admiration for what he terms "the masculine furniture of the Palais +Mazarin," though he does not specially mention the library; but, as +Mazarin had died four years before, his palace would have been practically +dismantled, and the only furniture likely to attract Wren's attention +would have been his bookcases[506]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 125. Entrance to Wren's Library at Lincoln Cathedral, +with part of the bookcase which lines the north wall.] + +The first piece of library work executed by Wren in England was at Lincoln +Cathedral, 1674, where after the Restoration a new library was required. +Dr Michael Honywood, who had been appointed Dean in 1660, offered to build +one at his own cost, and to present to it the books which he had collected +in Holland. The site selected was that formerly occupied by the north +alley of the cloister, which, through faulty construction, had fallen +down, and lain in ruins for a long period. + +The building consists of an arcade of nine semicircular arches supported +on eight Doric columns. The upper storey, containing the library, has +eleven windows in a similar classical style, and above there is a bold +entablature ornamented with acanthus leaves. The library is 104 ft. long +by 17 ft. 6 in. wide and 14 ft. high; the ceiling is flat and perfectly +plain. In addition to the windows above mentioned there is another at the +west end. The entrance is at the east end through a richly ornamented door +(fig. 125). The shield in the centre of the pediment bears the arms of +Dean Honywood. + +Wren placed a continuous bookcase along the north wall of this room, +extending from floor to ceiling. At the base there is a plinth (fig. 125), +which may have originally contained cupboards, but is now fitted with +shelves; and at the top, close to the ceiling, there is a heavy +entablature decorated with acanthus leaves and classical moldings above a +plain cornice, which bears at intervals oblong tablets inscribed with the +subjects of the books beneath. The shelves are disposed in compartments, +alternately wide and narrow, the former being set slightly in advance of +the latter, so as to break the monotony of a bookcase of uniform width +extending the whole length of a long room. + +While this work was proceeding Wren planned the New Library for Trinity +College, Cambridge[507], begun 23 February, 1675-6. His design is +accompanied by an explanation, contained in a rough draught of a letter to +some gentleman of Trinity College, probably the Master. It is not signed, +but internal evidence shews that it must have been written or dictated by +Wren. + +This library was placed on a cloister, open both to the east and to the +west, at the end of Nevile's Court. The level of the library floor was +made to correspond with that of the first floor of the chambers on the +north and south sides of the court. This is shewn in Wren's design, part +of which is here reproduced (fig. 126), and explained in the following +passage of his memoir. + +[Illustration: Fig. 126. Part of Wren's elevation of the east side of the +Library of Trinity College, Cambridge, with a section of the north range +of Nevile's Court, shewing the door to the Library from the first floor.] + + [The design] shewes the face of the building next the + court with the pavillions for the stairecases and the + Sections of the old buildings where they joyne to the + new.... + + I haue given the appearance of arches as the Order + required fair and lofty: but I haue layd the floor of + the Library upon the impostes, which answar (_sic_) to + the pillars in the cloister and the levells of the old + floores, and haue filled the Arches with relieues of + stone, of which I haue seen the effect abroad in good + building, and I assure you where porches are lowe with + flat ceelings is infinitely more gracefull then lowe + arches would be and is much more open and pleasant, nor + need the mason freare (_sic_) the performance because + the Arch discharges the weight, and I shall direct him + in a firme manner of executing the designe. + +[Illustration: Fig. 127. Elevation of one bay on the east side of the +Library of Trinity College, Cambridge, drawn to scale from the existing +building.] + + By this contrivance the windowes of the Library rise + high and giue place for the deskes against the walls, + and being high may be afforded to be large, and being + wide may haue stone mullions and the glasse pointed, + which after all inventions is the only durable way in + our Climate for a publique building, where care must be + had that snowe driue not in.... + +The general design seems to have been borrowed from that of the Library of +S. Mark at Venice, begun by Sansovino in 1536. The Italian architect, like +Sir Christopher Wren, raised his library on a cloister, which is in the +Doric style, while the superstructure is Ionic. The Venetian example is +more ornate, and there are statues upon every pier of the balustrade. The +arcades are left open, because there was not the same necessity for +accommodating the level of the floor to that of older buildings, and also +because the wall opposite to the windows had to be left blank on account +of the proximity of other structures. No consideration for fittings such +as influenced Wren could have influenced the Italian architect. + +The style of Wren's work will be understood from the elevation of a bay on +the east side (fig. 127), drawn to scale from the existing building. If +this be compared with the original design (fig. 126), it will be seen that +the style there indicated has been closely followed. + +We will now consider the fittings. A long stretch of blank wall having +been provided both along the sides and at the ends of the room, Wren +proceeded to design a masterly combination of the old and new methods of +arranging bookcases. As he says in another passage of the same memoir, +when describing this part of his design: + + The disposition of the shelues both along the walls and + breaking out from the walls ... must needes proue very + convenient and gracefull, and the best way for the + students will be to haue a litle square table in each + Celle with 2 chaires. The necessity of bringing windowes + and dores to answer to the old building leaues two + squarer places at the endes and 4 lesser Celles not to + study in, but to be shut up with some neat Lattice dores + for archives. + +The bookcases, designed by himself, were executed under his direction by +Cornelius Austin, a Cambridge workman. My illustration (fig. 128) shews +one of the "4 lesser Celles" with one of its doors open, and next to it a +"Celle" for students with table, revolving desk, and two stools. These +pieces of furniture were also designed by Wren. + +[Illustration: Fig. 128. Interior of the north-east corner of the Library +of Trinity College, Cambridge, shewing the bookcases, table, desk and +chairs, as designed by Sir C. Wren.] + +The cases are 11 ft. 10 in. high, and the wooden floor upon which they +stand is raised higher than that of the library. The great depth of the +plinth, which Wren utilised for cupboards, recalls the plan of some of the +older cases, and there is the little cupboard to contain the catalogue at +the end of each standard; but, with these exceptions, there is nothing +medieval about them except their position. On the top of each case is a +square pedestal of wood on which Wren intended to place a statue, but this +part of his scheme was not carried out. The celebrated Grinling Gibbons +supplied the busts which take the place of Wren's statues, and also the +coats of arms and wreaths of flowers and fruit with which the ends of the +cases are decorated. + +It is difficult to decide the source from which an architect so great as +Wren derived any feature of his buildings, but it seems to me reasonable +to ascribe to foreign influence his use of the side-walls at Trinity +College library; and his scheme for combining a lofty internal wall with +beauty of external design, and a complete system of lighting, must always +command admiration. In the next example of his library work foreign +influence may be more directly traced, for I feel that the library of S. +Paul's Cathedral suggests reminiscences of the Ambrosian library at Milan. + +Wren placed the library of his new cathedral in the western transept, with +an ingenuity of contrivance and a dignity of conception peculiarly his +own. On the level of what in a Gothic church would have been the +triforium, he constructed, both on the north and south side, a large and +lofty room. It was his intention that each of these rooms should be used +as a library, and that they should be connected by means of the gallery +which crosses the west end of the nave. Access to them was to be obtained +from the exterior, without entering the church, by a circular staircase in +the south-west corner of the facade. This plan has not been fully carried +out, and the southern library only has been fitted up. It is now usually +reached by means of the staircase leading to the dome. + +These arrangements will be understood from the ground-plan (fig. +129)[508]. This plan shews very clearly the library itself, the two +circular staircases at the west end, leading up to the gallery, the wide +geometrical staircase leading down to the portico, the corridor into which +this staircase opens, and from which a visitor could either ascend by a +flight of stairs to the gallery crossing the nave, or, turning to his +right, either enter the library, or pass eastwards towards the dome. + +[Illustration: Fig. 129, Ground plan of Library and adjacent parts of S. +Paul's Cathedral, London.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 130. Sir Christopher Wren's Library at S. Paul's +Cathedral, London, looking north-east.] + +The library (fig. 130) is a well-lighted room, with an area measuring 53 +ft. by 32 ft, and of sufficient height to admit of the introduction of a +gallery under the vault. A massive stone pier projects into the room at +each corner, so as to break the formal regularity of the design in a very +pleasing manner. The gallery, together with the bookcases, which stand +against the walls, both in the gallery and below it, were either +designed by Wren himself, or placed there with his approval. The Building +Accounts[509] contain many valuable pieces of information respecting the +history of the room and its fittings. The floor "in the south library" was +laid down in July, 1708, as was also that in the gallery; the windows "in +the north and south library," words which shew very clearly that the +corresponding room on the north side was also intended for a library, were +painted in December, 1708; and the ornamental woodwork was supplied in +March, 1708-9. From the entries referring to these works I will quote the +following, as it particularises the most striking feature in the room, +namely, the large ornamental brackets which appear to support the gallery: + + To Jonathan Maine Carver in the South Library, viz. For + carving 32 Trusses or Cantalivers under the Gallary, 3 + ft. 8 in. long, and 3 ft. 8 in. deep and 7 in. thick + with Leather worke cut through and a Leaf in the front + and a drop hanging down with fruit and flowers etc. at + 6^l. 10^s. each. + + 208^l.---- + +The words "leather work," used in the above entry, are singularly +suitable, for the whole composition looks more like something molded out +of leather or plaster than cut out of a solid piece of wood. The vertical +portion, applied to the pilasters, consists of a bunch of flowers, hops, +and corn, somewhat in the manner of Grinling Gibbons, who has been often +named as the artist. The above-mentioned pilasters divide the wall-space +into 33 compartments, each of which is from 3 ft. 6 in. to 4 ft. wide, and +9 ft. high, exclusive of the plinth and cornice, and fitted with six +shelves, which are apparently at the original levels. + +The gallery is approached by a staircase contrived in the thickness of the +south-west pier. It is 5 ft. wide, and fitted with bookcases ranged +against the wall in the same manner as those below, but they are loftier, +and of plainer design. The balustrade, a molded cornice of wood, supported +on pilasters of the same material, which recall those separating the +compartments below, and the great stone piers, enriched with a broad band +of fruit, flowers, and other ornaments set in a sunk panel, are striking +features of this gallery. + +The material used throughout for the fittings is oak, which fortunately +has never been painted, and has assumed a mellow tone through age which +produces a singularly beautiful effect. + +If we now return to Cambridge, we shall find that the influence of Wren +can easily be traced in all the library fittings put up in the course of +the 18th century. The first work of this kind undertaken was the provision +of additional fittings to the library of Emmanuel College[510] between +1702 and 1707. The tall cases, set up at right angles to the walls in +1679, were moved forward, and shelves in continuation of them were placed +against the side-walls. The same influence is more distinctly seen in the +library of S. Catharine's Hall[511], which was fitted up, according to +tradition, at the expense of Thomas Sherlock, D.D., probably while Master, +an office which he held from 1714 to 1719. The room is 63 ft. 6 in. long +by 22 ft. 10 in. wide; and it is divided by partitions into a central +portion, about 39 ft. long, and a narrow room at each end, 12 ft. long. +Each of these latter is lighted by windows in the north and south walls; +the former has windows in the south wall only. The central portion is +divided into three compartments by bookcases which line the walls, and +project from them at right angles; in the two smaller rooms the cases only +line the walls, the space being too narrow for any other treatment. + +When the building of the new Senate House had set free the room called the +Regent House, in which the University had been in the habit of meeting +from very early times, it was fitted up, between 1731 and 1734, as part of +the University Library[512]. Wren's example was followed as far as the +nature of the room would permit. Wherever a blank wall could be found, it +was lined with shelves, and the cases placed at right angles to the +side-walls were continued over the narrow spaces left between their ends +and the windows. One of these cases, from the south side of the room, is +here shewn (fig. 131). The shelves under the windows were added +subsequently. A similar arrangement was adopted for the east room in +1787-90. + +At Clare College, at about the same date, the new library over the kitchen +was fitted up with shelves placed against the walls. These fittings are +excellent specimens, ornamented with fluted Ionic pilasters, an elaborate +cornice, and pediments above the doors. It is worth noting, as evidence of +the slowness with which new fashions are accepted, that the antiquary +William Cole, writing in 1742, calls this library "a very large +well-proportion'd Room a la moderne, w^th ye Books rang'd all round it & +not in Classes as in most of y^e rest of y^e Libraries in other +Colleges[513]." + +[Illustration: Fig. 131. Bookcase in the north room of the University +Library, Cambridge, designed by James Essex, 1731-1734.] + +The fashion of which I have been tracing the progress in England had been +accepted during the same period in France, where some beautiful specimens +of it may still be seen. I presume that the example was set by the wealthy +convents, most of which had been rebuilt, at least in part, in the then +fashionable classical style, during the seventeenth century[514]. At +Rheims a library fitted up by the Benedictines of Saint Remi in 1784 now +does duty as the chapel of the Hotel-Dieu. Fluted Corinthian columns +supporting an elaborate cornice divide the walls into compartments, in +which the books are ranged on open shelves. The room is 120 ft. long, by +31 ft. broad, with four windows on each side. With this may be compared +the public library at Alencon, the fittings of which are said to have been +brought from the abbey of the Val Dieu near Mortain at the Revolution. The +room is 70 ft. long by 25 ft. wide. Against the walls are 26 compartments +or presses, alternately open and closed. Each of these terminates in an +ogee arch enriched with scrolls and a central shield. The whole series is +surmounted by a cornice divided by console brackets, between which are +shields, probably intended originally to carry the names of the subjects +of the books. + +[Illustration: Fig. 132. Interior of the Library of the Jesuits at Rheims, +now the _Lingerie de l'Hopital General_.] + +Lastly, I must mention the libraries of Louis XVI. and Marie Antoinette at +Versailles. The walls are lined with a double row of presses, each closed +by glass doors. The lower row is about four feet high, the upper row about +ten feet high. The wood-work is painted white, and enriched with wreaths +of leaves in ormolu. As a general rule the books are hidden from view by +curtains of pleated silk. + +I mentioned in a previous chapter[515] that additional space was provided +for the library in a French monastery by raising the roof of an existing +building, putting in dormer windows, and converting the triangular space +so gained into a library by placing in it bookcases of a convenient +height, and connecting them together by a ceiling. I have fortunately +discovered one such library still in existence at Rheims. It belonged +originally to the Jesuits, who had constructed it about 1678, and when the +Order was expelled from France in 1764, and their House became the +workhouse (_hopital general_) of the town, it was fortunately made use of +as the _lingerie_, or linen-room, without any material change. Even the +table has been preserved. The view here presented of the interior (fig. +132) may serve to give a general idea, not merely of this library, but of +others of the same class. The decoration of the ceiling is coarse but +effective. On the coved portion of it, within the shields, are written the +subjects of the books on the shelves beneath. I made a list of these and +have printed them on the margin of my ground-plan (fig. 133). This plan +also shews the arrangement of the bookcases. They are placed at a distance +of five feet from the walls, and are returned to meet each window, thus +forming convenient bays for private study. The space between the bookcases +and the wall was used as a store-room[516]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 133. Ground-plan of the Library of the Jesuits at +Rheims. + +The Bibliotheque Sainte-Genevieve, at Paris, offered originally a splendid +example of a library arranged in this manner. It consisted of two +galleries, at right angles to each other, fitted up in the same style as +the library at Rheims. The longest of these galleries was 147 ft. long by +24 ft. wide. The guidebooks prepared for the use of visitors to Paris in +the middle of the 18th century dwell with enthusiasm on the convenience +and beauty of this room. The books were protected by wire-work; between +each pair of cases was a bust of a Roman emperor or an ancient +philosopher; at the crossing of the two galleries was a dome which seemed +to be supported on a palm-tree in plaster-work at each corner, out of the +foliage of which peered the heads of cherubs; while the convenience of +readers was consulted by the liberality with which the library was thrown +open on three days in every week, and furnished with tables, chairs, a +ladder to reach the upper shelves, and a pair of globes[517]. This library +was begun in 1675, and placed, like that at Rheims, directly under the +roof. The second gallery, which is shorter than the first, was added in +1726. It was not disturbed at the Revolution, nor under the Empire, though +the rest of the abbey-buildings became the Lycee Napoleon. After the +Restoration, when this school became the College Henri IV., the presence +of the library was found to be inconvenient, and in 1850 it was removed to +a new building close to the Pantheon. The galleries are now used as a +dormitory for the school-boys, but the dome, with some of its decorations, +still survives. + +Another example of this arrangement, which seems to have been peculiarly +French, is afforded by the library of Saint Germain-des-Pres, the gradual +extension of which I have already described[518]. The books were contained +in oak presses set against the walls. Above them was a series of portraits +representing the most important personages in the Order of S. Benedict. +This library was open to the public daily from 9 to 11 a.m. and from 3 to +5 p.m.[519] + +I will conclude this chapter with a few words on the library of the most +famous of all European monasteries, namely Monte Cassino, the foundation +of which was undoubtedly laid by S. Benedict himself. I confess that I had +hoped to find there a library which might either by its position or its +fittings recall the early days of monasticism; but unfortunately the piety +of the Benedictine Order has induced them to rebuild their parent house in +a classical style, and to obliterate nearly every trace of the primitive +building. The library, to which I was obligingly conducted by the Prior, +is 60 ft. long by 30 ft. broad, with two large windows at the end opposite +to the door. The side-walls are lined with bookcases divided by columns +into four compartments on each side, after the fashion of Cardinal +Mazarin's library. These columns support a heavy cornice with handsome +ornaments. A band of woodwork divides the cases into an upper and lower +range, but there is no trace of a desk. I could not learn the date at +which these fittings had been constructed, but from their style I should +assign them to the middle of the seventeenth century[520]. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[494] See above, p. 196. + +[495] See above, p. 224. + +[496] See above, p. 233. + +[497] For the history of the Escorial, see Ford, _Handbook for Spain_, Ed. +1855, pp. 749-763, and _Descripcion ... del Escorial_, Fra de los Santos, +fol. Madrid, 1657, with the English translation by G. Thompson, 4to. +London, 1760. + +[498] I have to thank the librarian, Monsignore Ceriani, for kindly +allowing this photograph to be taken for my use. + +[499] _Gli Istituti Scientifici etc. di Milano._ 8vo. Milan, 1880, p. 123, +note. + +[500] Boscha, _De Origine et statu Bibl. Ambros._ p. 19; _ap._ Graevius, +_Thes. Ant. et Hist. Italiae_, Vol. IX. part 6; see also the Bull of Paul +V, dated 7 July 1608, approving the foundation and rehearsing the +statutes, in _Magnum Bullarium Romanum_, 4to. Turin, 1867, Vol. xi. p. +511. + +[501] For the history of the Bibliotheque Mazarine see Franklin, _Anc. +Bibl. de Paris_, Vol. III. pp. 37-160. + +[502] Franklin, _Anc. Bibl. de Paris_, Vol. III. pp. 55-6. + +[503] The minute of the conservators of the library authorising this +change is printed by Franklin, _ut supra_, p. 117. + +[504] Macray, _Annals_, ut supra, p. 37. + +[505] Macray, _ut supra_, p. 80. + +[506] Elmes. _Life of Sir C. Wren_, pp. 180-184. _Parentalia_, p. 261. + +[507] The history of this library has been fully narrated in the _Arch. +Hist._, ut supra, Vol. II. pp. 531-551. Wren's Memoir quoted below has +been collated with the original in the library of All Souls' College, +Oxford, where his designs are also preserved. + +[508] This plan has been reduced from one on a larger scale kindly sent to +me by my friend Mr F. C. Penrose, architect to the Cathedral. + +[509] I have to thank the Dean and Chapter for leave to study these +Accounts, and to have a photograph taken of the library. + +[510] _Arch. Hist._ Vol. II. p. 710. Vol. III. p. 468. + +[511] _ib._ Vol. III. p. 468. + +[512] _ib._ Vol. III. pp. 74, 470. + +[513] _Arch. Hist._ Vol. I. p. 113. + +[514] See the set of views of French Religious Houses called _Le +Monasticon Gallicanum_, 4to. Paris, 1882. The plates were drawn by Dom +Germain 1645-1694. + +[515] See above, pp. 106, 114. + +[516] Jadart, _Les Anciennes Bibliotheques de Reims_, 8vo. Reims, 1891, p. +14. + +[517] Franklin, _Anc. Bibl. de Paris_, Vol. I. pp. 71-99. He gives a view +of the interior of the library from a print dated 1773. + +[518] See above, p. 114. + +[519] Franklin, _ut supra_, I. pp. 107-134. + +[520] I visited Monte Cassino 13 April, 1898. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +PRIVATE LIBRARIES. ABBAT SIMON AND HIS BOOK-CHEST. LIBRARY OF CHARLES V. +OF FRANCE. ILLUSTRATIONS OF THIS LIBRARY FROM ILLUMINATED MANUSCRIPTS. +BOOK-LECTERN USED IN PRIVATE HOUSES. BOOK-DESKS REVOLVING ROUND A CENTRAL +SCREW. DESKS ATTACHED TO CHAIRS. WALL-CUPBOARDS. A SCHOLAR'S ROOM IN THE +FIFTEENTH CENTURY. STUDY OF THE DUKE OF URBINO. LIBRARY OF MONTAIGNE. +LIBRARY OF MARGARET OF AUSTRIA. CONCLUSION. + + +In the previous chapters I have sketched the history of library-fittings +from the earliest times to the end of the eighteenth century. The +libraries to which these fittings belonged were, for the most part, +public, or as good as public. But, as in history we have recognised the +important fact that a record of battles and sieges and enactments in +Parliament gives an imperfect conception of the life of a people, so I +should feel that this archeological subject had been insufficiently +treated if I made no attempt to shew how private scholars disposed their +books, or with what appliances they used them. For instance, in what sort +of chair was the author of the _Philobiblon_ sitting when he wrote the +last words of his treatise, 24 January, 1345, and how was his study in his +palace at Auckland furnished? Further, how were private students bestowed +in the fifteenth century, when a love of letters had become general? +Lastly, how were libraries fitted up for private use in the succeeding +century, when the great people of the earth, like the wealthy Romans of +imperial times, added the pursuit of literature to their other fashions, +and considered a library to be indispensable in their luxurious palaces? + +In the hope of obtaining reliable information on these interesting +questions, I have for some years past let no opportunity slip of examining +illuminated manuscripts. I have gone through a large number in the British +Museum, where research is aided by an excellent list of the subjects +illustrated; in the _Bibliotheque Nationale_, Paris; and in the +_Bibliotheque Royale_, Brussels, where the manuscripts are for the most +part those which once belonged to the Dukes of Burgundy. I have been +somewhat disappointed in this search, for, with the single exception of +the illustration from Boethius (fig. 63), I have not found any library, +properly so called. This is no doubt strange, having regard to the great +variety of scenes depicted. It must be remembered, however, that these are +used for the most part to illustrate some action that is going forward, +for which a library would be a singularly inappropriate background. Single +figures, on the other hand, are frequently shewn with their books about +them, either reading or writing. Such illustrations most frequently occur +in _Books of Hours_, in representations of the Evangelists; or in +portraits of S. Jerome, who is painted as a scholar at his desk surrounded +by piles of books and papers; and I think we may safely take these as +representations of ordinary scholars, because, by the beginning of the +fifteenth century, when most of the pictures to which I refer were drawn, +it had become the custom to surround even the most sacred personages with +the attributes of common life. + +In the twelfth century, when books were few, they were kept in chests, and +the owners seem to have used the edge as a desk to lean their book on. My +illustration (fig. 134) shews Simon, Abbat of S. Albans 1167-1183, seated +in front of his book-chest[521]. The chest is set on a frame, so as to +raise it to a convenient height; and the Abbat is seated on one of those +folding wooden chairs which are not uncommon at the present day. Simon was +a great collector of books: "their number," writes his chronicler, "it +would take too long to name; but those who desire to see them can find +them in the painted aumbry in the church, placed as he specially directed +against the tomb of Roger the hermit[522]." + +Chests, as we have seen above at the Vatican library, were used for the +permanent storage of books in the fifteenth century; and a book-chest +frequently formed part of the travelling luggage of a king. For example, +when Charles V. of France died, 16 September, 1380, at the Chateau de +Beaute-sur-Marne, thirty-one volumes were found in his chamber "in a chest +resting on two supports, which chest is by the window, near the fireplace, +and it has a double cover, and in one of the divisions of the said chest +were the volumes that follow." His son, Charles VI., kept the thirteen +volumes which he carried about with him in a carved chest, within which +was an inlaid box (_escrin marquete_) to contain the more precious +books[523]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 134. Simon, Abbat of S. Albans (1167-1183), seated at +his book-chest. + +From MSS. Cotton.] + +The earliest information about the furniture of a medieval private library +that I have as yet discovered is contained in a fragment of an +account-book recording the cost of fitting up a tower in the Louvre in +1367 and 1368, to contain the books belonging to Charles V. of France. +Certain pieces of woodwork in the older library in the palace on the Isle +de la Cite are to be taken down and altered, and set up in the new room. +Two carpenters are paid (14 March, 1367) for "having taken to pieces all +the cases (_bancs_) and two wheels (_roes_), which were in the king's +library in the palace, and transported them to the Louvre with the desks +(_lettrins_), and the aforesaid wheels, each made smaller by a foot all +round; and for having put all together again, and hung up the desks +(_lettrins_) in the two upper stages of the tower that looks toward the +Falconry, to put the king's books in; and for having panelled the first of +those two stories all round on the inside with wood from 'Illande,' at a +total cost of fifty francs of gold. Next, because the seats were too old, +they were remade of new timber which the aforesaid carpenters brought. +Also [they were paid] for two strong doors for the said two stories 7 ft. +high, 3 ft. broad, and 3 fingers thick." In the following year (4 May, +1368), a wire-worker (_cagetier_) is paid "for having made trellises of +wire in front of two casements and two windows ... to keep out birds and +other beasts (_oyscaux et autres bestes_), by reason of, and protection +for, the books that shall be placed there." The ceiling is said to have +been panelled in cypress wood ornamented with carvings[524]. + +The "tower that looks toward the Falconry" mentioned in the above +description has been identified with the north-west tower of the old +Louvre. The rooms fitted up as a library were circular, and about 14 feet +in diameter[525]. + +The above description of a library will be best explained by an +illumination (fig. 135) contained in Boccacio's _Livre des cas des +malheureux nobles hommes et femmes_, written and illuminated in Flanders +for King Henry the Seventh, and now in the British Museum[526]. Two +gentlemen are studying at a revolving desk, which can be raised or lowered +by a central screw. This is evidently the "wheel" of the French King's +library. Behind are their books, either resting on a desk hung against the +wall, which is panelled, or lying on a shelf beneath the desk. This piece +of furniture would be properly described either as a _banc_ or a +_lettrin_. It should be noted that care has been taken to keep the wheel +steady by supporting it on a solid base, beneath which are two strong +cross-pieces of timber, which also serve as a foot-rest for the readers. +The books on the desk set against the wall are richly bound, with bosses +of metal. Chaining was evidently not thought of, indeed I doubt if it was +ever used in a private library. The window is glazed throughout. In other +examples which I shall figure below we shall find a wire trellis used +instead of glass for part at least of the window. + +My next illustration (fig. 136), also Flemish, is of the same date, from a +copy of the _Miroir historial_[527]. It represents a Carmelite monk, +probably the author of the book, writing in his study. Behind him are +three desks, one above the other, hung against the wall along two sides of +the room, with books bound and ornamented as in the former picture, +resting upon them, and beneath the lowest is a flat shelf or bench on +which a book rests upon its side. The desk he is using is not uncommon in +these illustrations. It is fixed on a solid base, which is further +strengthened, as in the example of the wheel-desk, by massive planks, to +guard against the slightest vibration; and it can be turned aside by means +of a limb--apparently of iron--which is first vertical, then horizontal, +then vertical again. The Carmelite holds in his left hand an instrument +for keeping the page perfectly flat. This instrument has usually a sharp +point with which any roughness on the page can be readily removed. The +volume he is using is kept open by two strings, to each of which a weight +is attached. Behind the desk, covered with a cloth, is a chest secured by +two locks. On this stands an object which appears to be a large magnifying +glass. + +Sometimes the desk was carried round three sides of the room, with no +curtain to keep off dust, and with no shelf beneath it. The illustration +(fig. 137) is from a French translation of Valerius Maximus (1430-75) in +the Harleian Collection[528]. + +I now pass to a series of pictures which illustrate the daily life of a +scholar or a writer who had few books, but who could live in a certain +ease--allowing himself a chair and a desk. Of these desks there is an +infinite variety, dictated, I imagine, by the fashion prevalent in +particular places at particular times. I have tried to arrange them in +groups. + +[Illustration: Fig. 136. A Carmelite in his study. + +From a MS. of _Le Miroir Historial_ in the British Museum.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 137. Three musicians in a library. + +From a MS. of a French translation of _Valerius Maximus_, in the British +Museum.] + +In the first place the chair is usually a rather elaborate piece of +furniture, with arms, a straight back, and, very frequently, a canopy. A +cushion to sit upon is sometimes permitted, but, as a general rule, these +chairs are destitute of stuffing, tapestry, or other device to conceal the +material of which they are made. Occasionally the canopy is richly carved +or painted in a pattern. + +The commonest form of desk is a modification of the lectern-system. It +consists of a double lectern, beneath which is a row of cupboards, or +rather a shelf protected by several doors, one of which is always at the +end of the piece of furniture. The triangular space under the lectern is +also used for books. This device is specially commended by Richard de Bury +in the _Philobiblon_[529]. "Moses," says he, "the gentlest of men, teaches +us to make bookcases most neatly, wherein they may be protected from any +injury: _Take_, he says, _this book of the law, and put it in the side of +the ark of the covenant of the Lord your God_." My illustration (fig. 138) +is taken from an edition of the _Ship of Fools_, printed at Basle by +Nicolas Lamparter in 1507. In this example the desk with its cupboards +stands on a plinth, and this again on a broad step. Both are probably +introduced to ensure steadiness. + +[Illustration: Fig. 138. A bibliomaniac at his desk. + +From the _Ship of Fools_.] + +The seated figure represents a bibliomaniac who treats his books as mere +curiosities from which he derives no mental improvement. He has put on his +spectacles and wielded his feather-brush, in order to dust the leaves of a +folio with greater care. Under the cut are the following explanatory +lines: + + Qui libros tyriis vestit honoribus + Et blattas abijt puluerulentulas + Nec discens animum litterulis colit: + Mercatur nimia stultieiam stipe. + +I append a rough translation: + + Who clothes his books in Tyrian dyes, + Then brushes off the dust and flies, + Nor reads one line to make him wise, + Spends lavish gold and--FOLLY buys. + +Such a desk as this was used in the succeeding century in at least two +libraries belonging to ladies of high rank. The first belonged to Margaret +of Austria, daughter of Maximilian, Emperor of Germany. She had been the +wife of Philibert II., Duke of Savoy, and after his death, 10 September, +1504, her father made her regent of the Netherlands. She died at Malines +30 November, 1530, at the age of fifty. She seems to have been a liberal +patroness of literature and the arts, and the beautiful church that she +built at Brou in memory of her husband bears witness to her architectural +taste and skill. + +The inventory, out of which I hope to reconstruct her library, is dated 20 +April, 1524[530]. It is headed: "Library," and begins with the following +entry: "The first desk (_pourpitre_) begins over the door, and goes all +round up to the fireplace." On this desk or shelf are enumerated fifty-two +volumes, all bound in velvet with gilt bosses. This entry is succeeded by: +"here follow the Books of Hours, being on a desk high up in continuation +of the preceding one between the windows and the fireplace." This desk +contains twenty-six volumes bound in velvet, red satin, or cloth of gold, +with gilt bosses. + +We come next to "the first desk below (_d'ambas_) beginning near the door +at the first seat." This desk carries nine books, presumably on the +sloping portion, because we presently come to a paragraph headed "here +follow the books covered with leather &c., which are underneath the desks +beginning near the door." The author of the inventory then returns to the +first desk, and enumerates eleven volumes. He next goes round to "the +other side of the said desk," and enumerates thirteen volumes. In this +way six desks are gone through. All have books bound in black, blue, +crimson, or violet, velvet laid out upon them, while those in plainer +dress are consigned to the shelves beneath. It should be added that the +fourth desk is described as being near the fireplace (_empres la +chemynee_). + +The desks having been gone through, we come to "the books which are within +the iron trellis beginning near the door." This piece of furniture +contained twenty-seven volumes. + +The number of books accommodated in the whole room was as follows: + + First shelf 52 + Second shelf 26 78 + First desk (sloping portion) 9 + Under desk: one side 11 + " " other side 13 24 33 + -------- + Second desk 21 + 11 + 10 21 42 + -------- + Third " " 26 + 13 + 10 23 49 + -------- + Fourth " " 15 + 18 + 14 32 47 + -------- + Fifth " " 19 + 11 + 10 21 40 + -------- + Sixth " " 20 + 9 + 10 19 39 250 + -------- + Within the trellis-work 27 + 355 + +We will next try to form some idea of the way in which this library was +arranged; and first of the two shelves which begin "over the door." A +shelf in this position is shewn in Carpaccio's well-known picture of S. +Jerome in his study. It is set deskwise against the wall supported on iron +brackets. As a large proportion of the fifty-two volumes on our shelf are +described as of large size (_grant_), we shall be justified in assuming +that each was 10 in. broad. The total therefore would occupy 520 in. or +say 43 ft. at least, not allowing for intervals between them. This shelf +extended from the door round the room to the fireplace, by which I suppose +we are to understand that it began on the wall which contained the door, +and was carried round the corner of the room up to the fireplace. + +The second shelf, at the same height as the preceding, contained only +twenty-six volumes, fifteen of which are described as small (_petit_). A +space of thirteen feet or even less will therefore be amply sufficient to +contain them. + +The six desks which stood on the floor were, I imagine, constructed in +some such way as that which I have figured above from the _Ship of Fools_. +It is evident that books in velvet bindings and adorned with gilt bosses +would be set out where they could be seen, and for such a purpose what +could be better than a lectern? The table I have given above shews that +there were 110 volumes thus disposed, or an average of say 18 to each +desk. A careful analysis of the inventory, where the size of each book is +always set down, shews me that there were very few small books in this +part of the library, but that they were divided between large (_grant_) +and medium size (_moien_). If we allow 8 in. for each book, we get an +average of 144 in. = 12 ft. for each desk, that is, as the desk was +double, the piece of furniture was 6 ft. long. Under the sloping portion +it had a shelf on each side. Four such desks stood between the door and +the fireplace, and two between the fireplace and the window, which seems +to have been opposite the door. + +We are not told where the "trellis of iron" was. I suppose these words +mean some shelves set against the wall with ironwork in front of them. As +the enumeration of the books begins "near the door" the piece of furniture +may be placed on the side of the door opposite to the former desks. + +The inventory further shews that this library did duty as a museum. It was +in fact filled with rare and beautiful objects, and must have presented a +singularly rich appearance. In the middle of the hood over the fireplace +was a stag's head and horns bearing a crucifix. There was a bust of the +Duke of Savoy, in white marble, forming a pendant to one of the Duchess +Margaret herself, and in the same material a statuette of a boy extracting +a thorn from his foot, probably a copy of the antique in the Ducal Gallery +at Florence. There were also twenty oil paintings in the room, some of +which were hung round the hood of the fireplace. Besides these works of +art there were several pieces of furniture, as, for instance, a large +press containing a complete set of armour, a sideboard "a la mode +d'Italie," given as a present by the viceroy of Naples; a square table of +inlaid work; a smaller table bearing the arms of Burgundy and Spain; three +mirrors; a number of objects in rock-crystal; and lastly some feather +dresses from India (S. America?), presented by the Emperor. + +It is provoking that the inventory, minute as it is, should desert us at +the most important point, and give insufficient data for estimating the +size of the room. I conjecture that it was about 46 ft. long from the +following considerations. In the first place, I allow 2 ft. for the width +of each desk. Of these there were four between the door and the fireplace += 8 ft. Secondly, I allow 3 ft. each for the five intervals = 15 ft., or a +total of 23 ft. from the door to the fireplace. For the fireplace itself I +allow 10 ft. Between the fireplace and the wall containing the window or +windows, there were two desks and three intervals = 13 ft. I pointed out +above that 43 ft. at least might be allowed for the shelf extending from +the door to the fireplace. Of this I have absorbed 23 ft., leaving 20 ft. +for the distance from the door to the corner of the room. As we are not +told anything about the position of the door my estimate of the size of +the room cannot be carried further. + +A similar arrangement obtained in the library of Anne de France, daughter +of Louis XI., or as she is usually called Anne de Beaujeu[531]. Her +catalogue made 19 September, 1523, records 314 titles, which I need hardly +say represent a far larger number of books. They were arranged like those +of the Duchess Margaret, on eleven desks (_poulpitres_). These were set +round a room, with the exception of two which were placed in the middle of +it. It is interesting to note respecting one of these, that it had a +cupboard at the end, for the contents are entered as follows: _au bout +dudit poulpitre sont enclos les livres qui s'ensuivent_, and sixteen +volumes are enumerated. There was also a shelf set against the wall, +described as _le plus hault poulpitre le long de la dite muraille_, which +contained fifty-five volumes. This desk was probably high up, like the +one in the library of the Duchess Margaret. The books upon it are noted as +being all covered with red velvet, and ornamented with clasps, bosses, and +corner-pieces of metal. There were also in this library an astrolabe, and +a sphere with the signs of the Zodiac. + +[Illustration: Fig. 139. S. John writing his Gospel. + +From a MS. _Hours_ in the Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge.] + +A desk, similar in general character to that figured in the _Ship of +Fools_, but of a curiously modern type, occurs in an Hours in the +Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge, executed about 1445 for Isabel, Duchess of +Brittany. The picture (fig. 139) represents S. John writing his Gospel. + +A modification of this form of desk was common in Italy. It is often used +by painters of the fifteenth century in pictures of the Annunciation, +where it does duty as a prie-dieu. The example I have selected (fig. 140) +is from a painting by Benedetto Bonfigli, in the church of S. Peter at +Perugia. It represents S. Jerome writing. A small circular revolving desk, +at the left-hand corner of the larger desk, holds the work he is copying +or referring to. On the desk near the inkstand lies the pointed _stylus_ +mentioned above. Below the cupboard containing books is a drawer. +Projecting from the top of the revolving desk, there is a vertical rod of +iron with a long horizontal arm. This is no doubt intended to carry a +lantern. I shall shortly give an example of one in such a position. + +[Illustration: Fig. 141. Circular book-desk. + +From a MS. of _Fais et Gestes du Roi Alexandre_, in the British Museum.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 140. S. Jerome writing. + +From an oil painting by Benedetto Bonfigli, in the Church of S. Peter at +Perugia.] + +I now return to the wheel-desk, of which I have already figured one +specimen (fig. 135). A piece of furniture consisting of one or more tables +which could be raised or depressed by means of a central screw, was very +generally used by scholars in the Middle Ages. I shall present a few of +the most common forms. + +[Illustration: Fig. 142. S. Luke writing his Gospel. + +From the Dunois _Horae_, a MS. in the possession of H. Y. Thompson, Esq.] + +My first specimen is from a manuscript in the British Museum, written and +illuminated in England in the middle of the fifteenth century. It is +called _Fais et Gestes du Roi Alexandre_[532]. The picture (fig. 141) +represents Alexander as a little child, standing in front of his tutor, +who is seated in one of the chairs I described above. On the learned man's +right is his book-desk. A circular table with a rim round it to prevent +the books falling off, is supported on a central pedestal, which contains +the screw. The top of the said screw is concealed by the little Gothic +turret in the centre of the table. This turret also supports the book +which the reader has in use. + +[Illustration: Fig. 143. A lady seated in her chair reading. + +From a MS. written in France, early in the fifteenth century.] + +My next example is from a miniature in a volume of Hours known as the +Dunois _Horae_, also written in the middle of the fifteenth century. It has +been slightly enlarged in order to bring out the details more clearly. The +subject is S. Luke writing his Gospel, but the background represents a +scholar's room. There is a bookcase of a very modern type, a table with +two folio volumes lying upon it, and in the centre a hexagonal book-desk, +with a little Gothic turret as in the last example. Round the screw under +the table are four cylindrical supports, the use of which I fail to +understand, but they occur frequently on desks of this type. The whole +piece of furniture rests on a heavy cylindrical base, and that again on a +square platform. + +I now pass to a variety of the screw-desk, which has a small book-rest +above the table. The whole structure rests upon a prolongation of the +solid platform on which the reader's chair is placed, so that it is really +exactly in front of the reader. My illustration (fig. 143) is from "The +booke of the noble ladyes in frensh," a work by Boccacio; it was written +in France early in the fifteenth century[533]. + +[Illustration: Fig. 144. Screw-desk. + +From a fifteenth century MS. in the Bibliotheque de l'Arsenal, Paris.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 145. Hexagonal desk, with central spike, probably for +a candle. + +From a French MS. of _Le Miroir Historial_.] + +These double desks are exceedingly common, and I might fill a large number +of pages with figures and descriptions of the variety which the ingenuity +of the cabinet-makers of the fifteenth century managed to impart to +combinations of a screw and two or more tables. I will content myself +with one more example (fig. 144) which shews the screw exceedingly well, +and the two tables above it. The uppermost of these serves as a ledge to +rest the books on, as does also the hexagonal block above it which +conceals the top of the screw[534]. + +We meet occasionally with a solid desk, by which I mean one the level of +which cannot be altered. In the example here given (fig. 145) from a +French MS. of _Le Miroir Historial_, there is a central spike which I +suspect to have been intended to carry a candle[535]. + +In some examples of these book-desks the pedestal is utilized as a +book-cupboard (fig. 146). The picture which I have selected as shewing a +desk of this peculiarity is singularly beautiful, and finished in the +highest style of art available at the end of the fifteenth century in +France. It forms half of the frontispiece to a fine manuscript of +Boccacio's _Livre des cas des malheureux nobles hommes et femmes_[536]. +The central figure is apparently lecturing on that moving theme, for in +front of him, in the other half of the picture, is a crowd of men +exhibiting their interest by the violence of their gestures. On his left +is the desk I mentioned; it stands on an unusually firm base, and one side +of the vertical portion is pierced by an arch, so as to make the central +cavity available for putting books in. From the centre of the table rises +a tall spike, apparently of iron, to which is attached a horizontal arm, +bearing a lighted lantern. On the table, in addition to three books, is an +inkstand and pen-case. In front of the lecturer is a carved chest, +probably one of those book-coffers which I have already mentioned. The +chair and canopy are richly carved, and the back of the seat is partially +covered by a piece of tapestry. Further, the lecturer is allowed the +unusual luxury of a cushion. + +I will next deal with the appliances for reading and writing directly +connected with the chairs in which scholars sat, and I will begin with the +desk. + +[Illustration: Fig. 146. A lecturer addressing an audience. + +From a MS. of _Livre des cas des malheureux nobles hommes et femmes_, +written in France at end of fifteenth century.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 148. The author of _The Chronicles of Hainault_ in his +study (1446).] + +[Illustration: Fig. 150. A writer with his desk and table. + +From a MS. of _Le Livre des Proprietes des Choses_ in the British +Museum.] + +The simplest form of desk is a plain board, set at a suitable angle by +means of a chain or cord extending from one of its corners to the back of +the chair, while the opposite corner rests against a peg driven into the +arm of the chair. This arrangement, variously modified, occurs very +frequently; sometimes there are two pegs and two chains, but what I may +term the normal form is shewn in my illustration (fig. 147)[537]. It is +difficult to understand how the desk was kept steady. + +[Illustration: Fig. 147. S. Mark writing his Gospel. + +From a MS. _Hours_ written in France in the fifteenth century.] + +The author whose study I shall figure next (fig. 148) is engaged in +writing the Chronicles of Hainault[538]. His desk rests securely on two +irons fastened to the arms of his chair. On his right is a plain lectern +with an open volume on each side of it, and behind are two or more shelves +set against the wall with books lying on their sides. On his left is a +chest, presumably a book-chest, with books lying on its closed lid. One of +these is open. He has prudently placed his chair near the window in such a +position that the light falls upon his work from the left. It should be +noted that the upper part of the window only is glazed, the lower part +being closed by shutters. When these are thrown back, the lights are seen +to be filled to half their height with a trellis, such as was ordered for +the French king's library. + +My third example of a chair fitted with a desk (fig. 149) is taken from +_Les Miracles de Notre Dame_[539], a manuscript which belonged to Philip +the Good, Duke of Burgundy, and was written for him at the Hague in 1456. +The illustration represents S. Jerome seated in his study. From arm to arm +of the chair extends a desk of a very firm and solid construction. The +ends of this desk apparently drop into the heads of the small columns with +which the arms of the chair terminate. The saint has in his left hand a +pointed _stylus_, and in his right a pen, which he is holding up to the +light. On the desk beside the manuscript lies an ink-horn. To the right of +the saint's chair is a hexagonal table with a high ledge round it. There +is no evidence that this table has a screw; but the small subsidiary desk +above it seems to be provided with one. It will be observed that the +support of this desk is not directly over that of the table beneath it. +The desk is provided with two slits--an ingenious contrivance for dealing +with a roll. On the table, besides an open book, are a pair of spectacles, +four pens, a small box which may contain French chalk for pouncing, and +what looks like a piece of sponge. + +[Illustration: Fig. 149. S. Jerome in his study. + +From _Les Miracle de Nostre Dame_, written at the Hague in 1456.] + +I now figure two different sets of library appliances. The first (fig. +150) is from a manuscript of the _Livre des Proprietes des Choses_, in the +British Museum, written in the fifteenth century[540]. The writer is +seated in one of those low chairs which occur very frequently in +miniatures, and look as if they were cut out of a single block of wood. +His desk, which is quite independent of the chair, is of the simplest +design, consisting of a piece of wood supported at an angle on two carved +uprights. On his left stands a very elegant piece of furniture, a table +with a desk at a considerable height above it--so high, in fact, that it +could only be used standing. This upper desk is fitted with a little door +as though it served as a receptacle for small objects. + +[Illustration: Fig. 151. S. Luke writing his Gospel. + +MSS. Douce, Bodl. Lib. Oxf., No. 381.] + +The second example (fig. 151) shews S. Luke sitting on a bench writing at +a table[541]. The top, which is very massive, rests on four legs, morticed +into a frame. In front of this table is a desk of peculiar form; the lower +part resembles a reversed cone, and the upper part a second cone of +smaller diameter, so as to leave space enough between the two bases for a +ledge to rest books on. Round the base of the desk three quaint lions do +duty as feet. These lions occur again beneath the frame of the picture, +and may be connected with a former possessor of the manuscript. The +pedestal of the desk is a twisted column, which, like the base, and indeed +the whole structure, looks as though it were made of brass. + +[Illustration: Fig. 152. S. Augustine at his desk. + +From a painting by Fra Filippo Lippi at Florence.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 153. S. Jerome reading. + +From an oil painting by Catena, in the National Gallery, London.] + +[Illustration: Fig. 154. A writer at work. + +From a French translation of Valerius Maximus, written and illuminated in +Flanders in 1479, for King Edward IV.] + +I now pass to a totally different way of fitting up a study, which seems +to have been common in Italy, to judge by the number of paintings in which +it occurs. It consists of a massive desk of wood, one part of which is set +at right angles to the other, and is connected in various ways with +shelves, drawers, pigeon-holes, and other contrivances for holding books +and papers. In the example I here figure (fig. 152), from a painting by +Fra Filippo Lippi (1412-1469) representing S. Augustine's vision of the +Trinity, there are two small recesses above the desk on the saint's right, +both containing books, and behind the shorter portion of the desk, three +shelves also with books on them. Attached to the end of the desk is a +small tray, probably to contain pens. + +A similar desk occurs in the beautiful picture by Catena in the National +Gallery[542], representing S. Jerome reading, of which I give a +reproduction on a reduced scale (fig. 153). This picture also contains an +excellent example of a cupboard in the thickness of the wall, a +contrivance for taking care of books as common in the Middle Ages as it +had been in Roman times[543]. + +Cupboards in the thickness of the wall are also to be seen in the +frontispiece (fig. 154) to a copy of a French translation of Valerius +Maximus[544], written in Flanders in 1479 for King Edward IV. The +writer--probably intended for the author or the translator of the book--is +seated at a desk, consisting of a plank set at an angle and capable of +being turned aside by means of a central bracket, like that used by the +Carmelite (fig. 136). Observe the two weights hanging over the edge of the +desk and the ends of the two horns, intended to hold ink, projecting +through it. The window, as in the picture representing the author of the +Chronicles of Hainault at work, is glazed in the upper part only, while in +the lower are two framed trellises of wire-work. Behind the writer are two +cupboards in the thickness of the wall. One of these is open, and shews +books lying on their sides, upon which are some pomegranates. I cannot +suggest any reason for the introduction of these fruits, except that from +their colour they make a pleasing variety; but I ought to mention that +they occur very frequently in miniatures representing a writer at work. On +the other side of the window is a small hanging cupboard. Here again a +fruit is introduced on the lowest shelf. Round the room is a settle, +raised above the floor on blocks at intervals. The seat is probably a +chest, as in the settles described above in the Vatican Library. + +The last picture (fig. 155) in this series of illustrations represents +what I like to call a scholar's room, at the beginning of the fifteenth +century[545]. The owner of the apartment is busily writing at a desk +supported on a trestle-table. He holds a _stylus_ in his left hand, and a +pen in his right. The ink-horn he is using is inserted into the desk. +Above it are holes for two others, in case he should require ink of +different colours. Above the inkstand is a pen stuck in a hole, with +vacant holes beside it. The page on the desk is kept flat by a weight. +Above this desk is a second desk, of nearly equal size, on which lies an +open book, kept open by a large weight, extending over two-thirds of the +open pages. Behind the writer's chair is his book-chest. The background +represents a well-appointed chamber. The floor is paved with encaustic +tiles; a bright fire is burning on the hearth; the window, on the same +plan as that described in the last picture, is open; a comfortable--not to +say luxurious--bed invites repose. The walls are unplastered, but there is +a hanging under the window and over the head of the bed. + +With this simple room, containing a scholar's necessaries and no more, I +will contrast the study of the Duke of Urbino. + +This beautiful room, which still exists as the Duke left it, is on an +upper floor of the castle, commanding from its balcony, which faces the +south, an extensive view of the approach to the Castle, the city, and the +country beyond, backed by the Apennines. It is of small size, measuring +only 11 ft. 6 in. by 13 ft. 4 in., and is somewhat irregular in shape. It +is entered by a door from the Duke's private apartment. The floor is paved +with rough tiles set in patterns. The walls are panelled to a height of +about eight feet. The bare space between the top of the panel-work and the +ceiling was probably hung with tapestry. The ceiling is a beautiful +specimen of the most elaborate plaster-work, disposed in octagonal panels. +The decoration of the panel-work begins with a representation of a bench, +on which various objects are lying executed in intarsia work. Above this +bench is a row of small panels, above which again is a row of large +panels, each containing a subject in the finest intarsia, as for example a +portrait of Duke Frederick, figures of Faith, Hope, and other virtues, a +pile of books, musical instruments, armour, a parrot in a cage, etc. In +the cornice above these is the word FEDERICO, and the date 1476. + +[Illustration: Fig. 155. A scholar's room in the fifteenth century. + +From a MS. in the Royal Library at Brussels.] + +Opposite the window there is a small cupboard, and on the opposite side of +the projection containing it there are a few shelves. These are the only +receptacles for books in the room. From its small size it could have +contained but little furniture, and was probably intended for the purpose +traditionally ascribed to it, namely as a place of retirement for the Duke +when he wished to be alone. + +Another specimen of a library so arranged as to provide a peaceful retreat +is afforded a century later by that of Montaigne, of which he has +fortunately left a minute description. + + [My library is] in the third story of a Tower, of which + the Ground-room is my Chappel, the second story an + Apartment with a withdrawing Room and Closet, where I + often lie to be more retired. Above it is a great + Wardrobe, which formerly was the most useless part of + the House. I there pass away both the most of the Days + of my Life, and most of the Hours of those Days. In the + Night I am never there. There is within it a Cabinet + handsome and neat enough, with a Fire-place very + commodiously contriv'd, and Light very finely fitted. + And was I not more afraid of the Trouble than the + Expence, the Trouble that frights me from all Business, + I could very easily adjoyn on either side, and on the + same Floor, a Gallery of an hundred paces long, and + twelve broad, having found Walls already rais'd for some + other Design, to the requisite height. Every place of + retirement requires a Walk. My Thoughts sleep if I sit + still; my Fancy does not go by itself, as when my Legs + move it: and all those who study without a Book are in + the same Condition. + + The figure of my Study is round, and has no more flat + Wall than what is taken up by my Table, and my Chairs; + so that the remaining parts of the Circle present me a + view of all my books at once, set up upon five degrees + of Shelves round about me. It has three noble and free + Prospects, and is sixteen paces[546] Diameter. I am not + so continually there in Winter; for my House is built + upon an Eminence, as its Name imports, and no part of it + is so much expos'd to the Wind and Weather as that, + which pleases me the better, for being of a painful + access, and a little remote, as well upon the account of + Exercise, as being also there more retir'd from the + Crowd. 'Tis there that I am in my Kingdom, as we say, + and there I endeavour to make myself an absolute + Monarch, and so sequester this one Corner from all + Society both Conjugal, Filial, and Civil[547]. + +The notices of libraries which I have collected have brought me to the end +of the sixteenth century, by which time most of the appliances in use in +the Middle Ages had been given up. I hope that I have not exhausted the +patience of my readers by presenting too long a series of illustrations +extracted from manuscripts. I love, as I look at them, to picture to +myself the medieval man of letters, laboriously penning voluminous +treatises in the writing room of a monastery, or in his own study, with +his scanty collection of books within his reach, on shelves, or in a +chest, or lying on a table. We sometimes call the ages dark in which he +lived, but the mechanical ingenuity displayed in the devices by which his +studies were assisted might put to shame the cabinet-makers of our own +day. + +As the fashion of collecting books, and of having them bound at a lavish +expense, increased, it was obvious that they must be laid out so as to be +seen and consulted without the danger of spoiling their costly covers. +Hence the development of the lectern-system in private houses, and the +arrangement of a room such as the Duchess Margaret possessed at Malines. +Gradually, however, as books multiplied, and came into the possession of +persons who could not afford costly bindings, lecterns were abandoned, and +books were ranged on shelves against the wall, as in the public libraries +which I described in the last chapter. + +There is still in existence, on an upper floor in the Palazzo Barberini at +Rome, a library of this description, which has probably not been altered +in any way since it was fitted up by Cardinal Francesco Barberini about +1630. The room is 105 ft. long by 28 ft. broad, and is admirably lighted +by two windows in the south wall, and seven in the gallery. The shelves +are set round three sides of the room at a short distance from the wall, +so as to leave space for a gallery and the stairs to it. The cases are +divided into compartments by fluted Ionic columns 5 ft. high. These rest +upon a flat shelf 14 in. wide, beneath which are drawers for papers and a +row of folios. This part of the structure is 3 ft. high from the floor to +the base of the columns. Above the columns is a cornice, part of which is +utilized for books; and above this again is the gallery, where the +arrangement of the shelves is a repetition of what I have described in the +lower part of the room. Dwarf cases in a plainer style and of later date +are set along the sides and ends of the room. Upon these are desks for the +catalogue, a pair of globes, some astronomical instruments, and some +sepulchral urns found at Praeneste. The older woodwork in this library has +never been painted or varnished, and the whole aspect of the room is +singularly old-world and delightful. + +[Illustration: Fig. 156 Dean Boys in his Library, 1622.] + +Another instance is afforded by the sketch of the library of John Boys, +Dean of Canterbury, who died in 1625. It occurs on the title-page of his +works dated 1622, and I may add on his tomb in Canterbury Cathedral also. +He clung to ancient fashions so far as to set his books with their +fore-edge outwards, but in other respects his book-shelves are of a modern +type. + + * * * * * + +I have now reached the limit which I imposed upon myself when I began this +essay. But before I conclude let me say a few last words. I wish to point +out that collectors and builders in the Middle Ages did not guard their +manuscripts with jealous care merely because they had paid a high price to +have them written; they recognised what I may call the personal element in +them; they invested them with the senses and the feelings of human +beings; and bestowed them like guests whom they delighted to honour. No +one who reads the _Philobiblon_ can fail to see that every page of it is +pervaded by this sentiment; and this I think explains the elaborate +precautions against theft; the equally elaborate care taken to arrange a +library in so orderly a fashion that each book might be accessible with +the least difficulty and the least delay; and the exuberant gratitude with +which the arrival of a new book was welcomed. + +In my present work I have looked at libraries from the technical side +exclusively. It would have been useless to try to combine fire and water, +sentiment and fact. But let me remind my readers that we are not so far +removed from the medieval standpoint as some of us perhaps would wish. +When we enter the library of Queens' College, or the older part of the +University Library, at Cambridge, where there has been continuity from the +fifteenth century to the present day, are we not moved by feelings such as +I have tried to indicate, such in fact as moved John Leland when he saw +the library at Glastonbury for the first time? + +Moreover, there is another sentiment closely allied to this by which +members of a College or a University are more deeply moved than others--I +mean the sentiment of association. The most prosaic among them cannot fail +to remember that the very floors were trodden by the feet of the great +scholars of the past; that Erasmus may have sat at that window on that +bench, and read the very book which we are ourselves about to borrow. + +But in these collections the present is not forgotten; the authors of +to-day are taking their places beside the authors of the past, and are +being treated with the same care. On all sides we see progress: the +lecterns and the stalls are still in use and keep green the memory of old +fashions; while near them the plain shelving of the twentieth century +bears witness to the ever-present need for more space to hold the invading +hordes of books that represent the literature of to-day. On the one hand, +we see the past; on the other, the present; and both are animated by full, +vigorous life. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[521] MSS. Mus. Brit., MSS. Cotton, Claudius E. 4, part 1. fol. 124. I +have to thank my friend, Mr Hubert Hall, of the Public Record Office, for +drawing my attention to this illustration. + +[522] _Gesta Abbatum_, ed. Rolls series, I. p. 184. I owe this reference +and its translation to the Reverend F. A. Gasquet, _Medieval Monastic +Libraries_, p. 89, in _Downside Review_, 1891, Vol. X. No. 2. + +[523] Henri Havard, _Dict. de l' Ameublement_, s. v. Librairie. The first +chest is described in the following words: "Livres estans en la grant +chambre dudit Seigneur, en ung escrin assiz sur deux crampons, lequel est +a la fenestre empres la cheminee de ladite chambre, et est a deux +couvescles, en l'une des parties dequel coffre estoient les parties qui +s'ensuivent." See also J. Labarle: _Inventaire du Mobilier de Charles V._ +4to. Paris, 1879, p. 336. + +[524] Franklin, _Anc. Bibl. de Paris_, Vol. II. p. 112. A copy of this +account is in the _Bibliotheque de l'Arsenal_, No. 6362. This I have +collated with M. Franklin's text. The most important passage is the +following: A Jacques du Parvis et Jean Grosbois, huchiers, pour leur peine +d'avoir dessemble tous les bancs et deux roes qui estoient en la librairie +du Roy au palais, et iceux faict venir audit Louvre, avec les lettrins et +icelles roes estrecies chacune d'un pied tout autour; et tout rassemble et +pendu les lettrins es deux derraines estages de la tour, devers la +Fauconnerie, pour mettre les livres du Roy; et lambroissie de bort +d'Illande le premier d'iceux deux estages tout autour par dedans, au pris +de L. francs d'or, par marche faict a eux par ledit maistre Jacques, XIV^e +jour de mars 1367. + +[525] A. Berty, _Topographie historique du vieux Paris_, 4to. Paris, 1866, +Vol. I. pp. 143-146. He considers that the "bort d'Illande" was Dutch oak, +480 pieces of which had been given to the king by the officer called +Senechal of Hainault. + +[526] MSS. Mus. Brit. 14 E. V. + +[527] MSS. Mus. Brit. 14 E. 1. This miniature has been reproduced by +Father Gasquet in the paper quoted above. + +[528] MSS. Mus. Brit., MSS. Harl. 4375, f. 151 _b_. + +[529] _The Philobiblon of Richard de Bury_: ed. E. C. Thomas, London, +1888. + +[530] Printed in _Jahrbuch der Kunsthistorischen Sammlungen des +Allerhoechsten Kaiserhauses_, Band III. 4to. Wien, 1885. + +[531] Lerou de Lincey, _Melanges de la Societe des Bibliophiles_, 1850, p. +231. + +[532] MSS. Mus. Brit. 15 E. VI. + +[533] MS. Mus. Brit. 20 C. V. + +[534] Paris, Bibliotheque de l'Arsenal, MS. 5193, fol. 311. Boccacio: _Cas +des malheureux nobles hommes et femmes_. + +[535] Paris, Bibl. Nat., MSS. Francais, 50, _Le Miroir Historial_, by +Vincent de Beauvais, fol. 340. Probably written in cent. XV. + +[536] MSS. Mus. Brit. Add. 35321. MSS. Waddesdon, No. 12. Bequeathed by +Baron Ferdinand Rothschild. + +[537] MSS. Bodl. Lib. Oxf., MSS. Rawl. Liturg. e. 24, fol. 17 _b_. + +[538] MSS. Bibliotheque Royale de Bruxelles, No. 9242. _Chroniques de +Hainaut_, Pt. I. fol. 2, 1446. + +[539] MSS. Bibl. Nat. Paris, MSS. Fran. 9198. See _Miracles de Nostre +Dame_, by J. Mielot, Roxburghe Club, 1885; with introduction by G. F. +Warner, M.A. + +[540] MSS. Cotton, Augustus, VI. fol. 213 _b_. There is a beautiful +example of a table and desk on this plan in a MS. of _La Cite des Dames_, +from the old Royal Library of France in the Bibl. Nat., MSS. Fran. 1177. + +[541] MSS. Bodl. Lib. Oxf., MSS. Douce, No. 381, fol. 159. A second +example occurs in the same MS., fol. 160. + +[542] I have to thank my friend Sidney Colvin, M.A., for drawing my +attention to this picture. + +[543] See above, pp. 37, 38. + +[544] MSS. Mus. Brit. 18 E. IV. + +[545] _Le Debat de l'honneur entre trois Princes chevalereux_. Bibil. Roy. +Bruxelles, No. 9278, fol. 10. The MS. is from the library of the Dukes of +Burgundy, and may be dated in the second third of the fifteenth century. + +[546] The original words are 'seize pas de vuide.' The substantive 'pas' +must I think mean a foot, the length a foot makes when set upon the +ground. The word pace, the length of which is 2 ft. 6 in. or 3 ft., is +inapplicable here. + +[547] _Essays of Michael Seigneur de Montaigne._ Made English by Ch. +Cotton, Vol. III. pp. 53, 54. 8vo. London, 1741. I have to thank my friend +Mr A. F. Sieveking for this reference. + + + + +INDEX. + + + Abingdon, Berks, Benedictine House at: + customs in force respecting books, 68; + carrells set up, 98 + + Abingdon: School library, 262 + + Actor and masks: relief representing in Lateran Museum, Rome, 36 + + Agapetus, pope: his intended college and library, 44 + + Albans (S.): form of curse used, 78; + endowment of _scriptorium_, 80; + library built 1452-3, 108; + stained glass, 241 + + Alencon: town library, 287 + + Alexandria: account of libraries, 6; + in museum, _ibid._; + in temple of Serapis, 7 + + All Souls' Coll., Oxf.: library statute, 137; + special provisions, 138 + + Ambrosian Library, Milan: description, 271; + may have been copied by Wren at S. Paul's, London, 282 + + _analogium_: a book-desk, 105, 197, 243 + + Anne de Beaujeu: her library, 302 + + Antony, Mark: gives library at Pergamon to Cleopatra, 8 + + Apollo: temple and area on Palatine Hill at Rome, 14; + composition of the library, 18, 19; + allusions to, by Ovid and Horace, _ibid._ + + Apollonius Thyaneus: commemorated in Roman library, 23 + + Apse, triple: how treated in early times, 63; + De Rossi's theory, _ibid._; + description by Paulinus of Nola, _ibid._; + view of Lenoir, 64, _note_ + + Aristotle: said to have been a book-collector, 5; + his methods adopted by the Ptolemies, _ibid._ + + Ark: desk on pattern of, 297 + + armarium: in Ulpian library, 20; + described by Nibby, 37; + to contain _codices_, _ibid._; + held by jurist Ulpian to be part of the library, _ibid._; + description by Pliny of one sunk in wall of a room, 38; + on sarcophagus in Museo Nazionale, Rome, with shoemaker at work, + _ibid._; + on do. in Villa Balestra, Rome, with physician reading, _ibid._; + on tomb of Galla Placidia, 39; + in Jewish synagogues, _ibid._ note; + in Codex Amiatinus, 40, 41; + verses composed for his own presses by Isidore, Bp of Seville, 45; + called _fenestra_ by Pachomius, 64, 65, _note_; + alluded to by S. Benedict, 66; + word used for a library by the Cluniacs, 67; + placed in charge of precentor, who is called also _armarius_, _ibid._; + same provisions in force at Abingdon, 68; + at Evesham, 69; + word used for a library by the Carthusians, 69; + described in Augustinian Customs, 71; + what this piece of furniture was, 81-96; + the _armarium commune_, 82; + this described and figured at Fossa Nuova, _ibid._; + Worcester Cathedral, 84; + Kirkstall, 85; + Meaux, 86; + at Titchfield, 87; + Durham, 93; + book-presses in cloister at Durham and Westminster, 90-94; + in France, 94; + examples of presses at Bayeux, Obazine, and S. Germain l'Auxerrois, + 94-96; + supervision of press at S. Augustine's, Canterbury, 99 + + _armarius_ (who is also Precentor): + has charge of library in Cluniac Houses, 67, 73; + in Augustinian, 71; + provides for borrowing as well as lending books among the + Premonstratensians, 72 + + Arts: books required for course in, at Cambridge, 147 + + Assisi: library at, catalogued 1381, 73; + analysis of this, 206, 207 + + Assur-bani-pal, King of Nineveh: library in his palace, 2 + + Astrolabe: in library of Anne de Beaujeu, 303 + + Athens: notices of ancient libraries at, 5; + library built by Hadrian, 6, 16 + + Attalus, King: note on his stoa at Athens, 11, _note_ + + Augustine (S.): directions about church library at Hippo, 63 + + Augustine (S.), Benedictine House at Canterbury: + extract from custumary on care of MSS., 76; + rules for use of carrells, 99; + organisation of library in cloister, _ibid._ + + Augustinians: rules for books in force among, 71 + + Augustus: builds libraries in Rome, 12; + porticus Octaviae, _ibid._; + temple and area of Apollo Palatinus, 14; + their organisation, 18 + + Autun, College d', Paris: library at, 166 + + + Bale, John, laments loss of monastic libraries, 246 + + Bamberg: chained book from monastery, 159 + + _banca_ or _bancus_: meaning discussed, 242 + + Bancroft, Abp, his library brought to Cambridge, 253 + + Barber Surgeons, Lond.: books in their library chained 1639, 265 + + Barberini: library in their palace at Rome, 316 + + Bateman, Will., Bp of Norwich: his library statute for Trinity Hall, 136; + division of his library, 144 + + Bayeux, Cathedral: press called _Le Chartrier_ described and figured, 94; + library at, 125 + + Beaulieu, Cistercian Abbey: book-room, 86; + book-recesses in wall of cloister, 89 + + Benedict (S.): passage in his Rule respecting study, 66 + + Benedictines: + decrees given to English monks of the Order by Abp Lanfranc, 67; + customs in force at S. Benoit-sur-Loire, 68, _note_; + at Abingdon, Berks, _ibid._; + at Evesham, Worcestershire, 69; + their books bestowed in wooden presses, 84; + arrangement adopted at Durham, 90 + + Benoit (S.)-sur-Loire: customs quoted, 68, _note_; + endowment of library, 79 + + Bicester: school library, 262 + + Bobbio: library, 102 + + Bodleian Library, Oxf.: description, as fitted up by Sir T. Bodley, 185; + chains taken off 1757, 266; + inconvenience of chaining, 266; + new bookcases on wall-system, 275 + + Boethius: decoration of his library, 41; + view of a library in MS. of his _Cons. of Phil._, 163, 164 + + Bolton, Lanc.: school, 264 + + Book-room: in Cistercian Houses, 84-89; + at Fossa Nuova, 83 + + Boys, John: his library, 317 + + Brandolini, A.: epigram on library of Sixtus IV., 211 + + Brasenose Coll., Oxf.: library statute, 137; + chains taken off 1780, 266 + + _breve_ or _brevis_ = a book-ticket: in Cluniac Customs, 67; + in Lanfranc's decrees for Benedictines, 68 + + Brewster, Will.: bequeathes books to All Saints' Ch., Hereford, 262 + + Budge, Dr Wallis: note on Mesopotamian discoveries, 4 + + Bury, Lanc.: library in school, 263 + + Bury S. Edmunds: use of carrells, 98; + cloister glazed with stained glass, 100; + library built 1429-45, 108 + + Busts in Roman libraries: _see_ Portraits + + + Caesar, Julius: intends to build public library in Rome, 12 + + Caesarea: library, 62 + + Calder Abbey: portion of book-room, 88 + + Canterbury; _see_ Christ Church, Canterbury + + Canterbury Coll., Oxf.: + library furnished from Christ Church, Canterbury, 143 + + _capsa_; box for carrying rolls, 30 + + Cardinal Coll., Oxf.; library statute, 137 + + Carols: _see_ Carrells + + Carpenter, John (Bp of Worcester): his library foundation, 126 + + Carpet: books to be laid out on, in Chapter House for annual audit + in Cluniac Houses, 67; + in Benedictine, 68 + + Carrells: in cloister at Durham, 90; + detailed account of, with ground plan of a window, 96; + at Westminster Abbey, 92, 93; + series of, in stone, at Gloucester, 96-98; + general considerations as to arrangement, 98; + instances of their use in various houses, _ibid._; + by whom to be used, 99 + + Carthusians: rules for books in force among, 69 + + Cartmel, Lanc.: books to be chained in churchwarden's pew, 258 + + Cassiodorus: his _Codex grandior_ mentioned, 40; + intended college in Rome, 44; + monastery, library, and _scriptorium_ at Vivarium, _ibid._ + + Catharine (S.) Coll., Camb.: number of books in library, 145; + new cases, 285 + + Cedar: _see_ Citrus + + Cesena: description of library, 199-203 + + Chaining: books chained in S. Mary's Ch., Oxf., cent, xiii., 132; + at Peterhouse, Camb., 135, 145; + Trinity Hall, 136, 168; + New Coll., Oxf., 137; + indiscriminate chaining forbidden, 138; + system in use at Zutphen explained, 153-159; + in Stadtbibliothek at Nuremberg, 163; + at Sorbonne, Paris, 164; + College d'Autun, 166; + S. Victor, _ibid._; + inconvenience of, at Oxf., 172; + at Hereford described, 174-8; + at Merton Coll., Oxf., 181, 182; + traces of, at S. John's Coll., Oxf., 185; + at Cathedral Library, Wells, 189; + at Cesena, 203; + on printed book from Hungary now at Ghent, 204; + chains bought for Vatican Library, 219; + at Medicean library, Florence, 238-240; + at Grantham, 257; + Cartmel, 258; + Gorton, 259; + Chetham library, Manchester, 260; + Wimborne, 261; + Denchworth, 262; + All Saints', Hereford, _ibid._; + Abingdon, Berks, _ibid._; + Bicester, _ibid._; + Guildford, 263; + instances of late use of chaining, 264; + Faculty of Medicine, Paris, _ibid._; + Corpus Christi Coll., Camb., _ibid._; + Gray's Inn, _ibid._; + S. John's Coll., Gonville and Caius Coll., + Peterhouse, Trinity Coll., Camb., 265; + Library of Barber Surgeons, _ibid._; + wills of Sir M. Hale and M. Scrivener, _ibid._; + chains taken off at various places, 266; + inconvenience of, at Bodleian, _ibid._, note + + Chair with desk: figured in MSS., 309-312 + + Chapter-House: + spaces divided off at west end for book-rooms in monasteries, 87-89; + books read in neighbourhood of, 89 + + Charles V., King of France: book-chest, 293; + fits up library in Louvre, _ibid._ + + Chest for books: bought for Vatican Library, 218; + used by Simon, Abbat of S. Albans, 292; + in France, 293 + + Chester Cathedral: arches in cloister, possibly used for books, 89 + + Chetham, Humphry: provisions of will, 259; + library in Manchester, 260 + + Chichele, Abp: builds library at Canterbury, 106; + account of this, 190 + + Christ Church, Canterbury: curse from a MS., 78; + library-walk of cloister, 91; + sets of nine holes, 92; + carrells in use, 99; + glass in cloister, 100; + catalogue, saec. xii., 102; + library, 106; + probable extent and arrangement of this described, 190-194; + Howley-Harrison library, 256 + + Christopher Le Stocks (S.), Lond.: library, 244 + + Christ's Hospital, Lond.: library, 108 + + Churches: libraries built in or near, 61, 64 + + Cirta: library, 62 + + Cistercians: rules for books, 70; + evolution of book-room, 84-89; + plan of this at Fossa Nuova, 85; + Kirkstall, _ibid._; + arrangement of books in, at Meaux, 86; + Titchfield, 87; + book-rooms at west end of Chapter House, Furness, _ibid._; + Calder Abbey, 88; + Fountains, _ibid._; + Beaulieu, 89; + Hayles _ibid._; + Chester Cathedral, _ibid._ + + Citeaux: books chained near Chapter House, 89; + arrangement of books, saec. xv., 103-106; + permanent library, 109-112 + + Citrus: identification of tree so called, 22, _note_; + used to preserve rolls, 29 + + Clairvaux: curse used, 78; + books chained near Chapter House, 89; + library, 112-4; + catalogue of this discussed, 196-8; + nature of fittings, 198 + + Clare Coll., Camb.: account of old library, 186; + new cases put up 1627, + _ibid._; + their plan discussed, 187; + new library fitted up, 285 + + _class_: meaning of word discussed, 243 + + _claustrum sine armario_ etc., 75 + + Cleopatra: receives library of Pergamon from Antony, 8 + + Cloister: the centre of monastic life, 80; + work interrupted by cold and bad weather, _ibid._; + activity at S. Martin's, Tournai, 81; + arrangements at Durham described, 90; + illustrated by reference to Westminster Abbey, 91-94; + was glazed at Durham, 90; + in other Houses, 100 + + Cluniacs: regulations in their Customs respecting books, 67; + date of these Customs, 68, _note_; + book-room in their priory at Much Wenlock, 87 + + Cobham, Thomas: library, Oxf., 148-151; + stained glass in windows, 242 + + Codex, a book: how accommodated, 36, 37; + figured on tomb of Galla Placidia, 39 + + Codex Amiatinus: representation of _armarium_ described, 40 + + Cold, in cloister, 80 + + _columpna_: a set of shelves, 87 + + _communes libri_; meaning of term, 82 + + Corbie: note from MS. once belonging to, 75, _note_; + injunction to use a MS. at, carefully, 77 and _note_; + endowment of library, 79 + + _cornua_: used for the knobs of a roll, 28 + + Corpus Christi Coll., Camb.: books chained 1523, 264 + + Corpus Christi Coll., Oxf.: library statute, 137, 138; + provisions against indiscriminate chaining, 138; + fittings supplied 1517, 172; + a type of the stall-system, _ibid._; + elevation of one bookcase, 173 + + Cosma e Damiano: church of, in Rome, 25, 26 + + Crates (of Mallus): his visit to Rome and influence there, 14 + + Creighton, Rob., Bp of Wells: fits up cathedral library, 188 + + Croxden, Cistercian Abbey: book-room, 86 + + Cruas, on the Rhone: book-press in the church, 94 + + Cupboards: in thickness of wall, 313 + + Curses, on those who steal or damage MSS., 77 + + Cuthbert, Abbat of Wearmouth: his scribes paralysed with cold, 80 + + + Damasus, Pope: his archivum or Record Office, 42 + + _demonstratio_: meaning discussed, 243 + + Demosthenes: statue of, to shew way of holding roll, 27; + replica of his statue at Knowle Park, _ibid._, note + + Denchworth: library in church, 262 + + De Rossi: theory respecting S. Lorenzo in Damaso, 42; + of the use of a triple apse, 63 + + Derr: library at, explored by Dr W. Budge, 4 + + _descus_: meaning discussed, 242 + + _distinctio_: word used in catalogue of Dover Priory, 194-196; + meaning discussed, 196, 243 + + [Greek: Diphthera] = cover of a roll, 29; + coloured purple, 29 + + Dolci, Giovannino dei: supplies bookcases to Vatican Library, 218 + + _domuncula_: a compartment of a bookcase, 244 + + Dover, Priory of S. Martin at: introduction to catalogue translated, 194 + + Durham: description of the book-presses and carrells in the cloister, 90; + _armarium commune_, 93; + plan of window and account of carrells, 96-99; + library at, saec. xii., 102; + enumeration of books at, saec. xiv., 103; + library at, built 1446, 107; + library fitted up by Dean Sudbury, saec. xvii., 189 + + Durham Coll., Oxf.: library, 142 + + + Ely: endowment of _scriptorium_ at, 79 + + Emmanuel Coll., Camb.: bookcases at, 54; + new cases in library, 285 + + Endowment of libraries: at Corbie, 79; + S. Martin des Champs, _ibid._; + S. Benoit-sur-Loire (Fleury), _ibid._; + at Ely, _ibid._ + + Entreaties to use books carefully, 76 + + [Greek: Epistulion]: use of word explained, 32, _note_ + + Escorial: built by Philip II., 267; + description of library, 268; + of bookcases, 269; + cases copied at Bibliotheque Mazarine, 273 + + Eton College: stained glass in Election Hall, 242; + chains taken off 1719, 266 + + Eucherius, Bp of Lyons: describes a private library, 43 + + Euripides: said to have been a book-collector, 5; + lines from the _Frogs_ about him quoted, _ibid._ + + Euthydemus, follower of Socrates: his library, 5 + + Evesham, Benedictine House in Worcestershire: + customs respecting books, 69; + carrells, 99 + + _fenestra_ = cupboard: in rule of S. Pachomius, 64; + meaning of word discussed, 65, note + + Fleury, Abbey at: _see_ Benoit (S.)-sur-Loire + + _forulus_ = cell: receptacle for rolls in Roman libraries, 31 + + Fossa Nuova: book-press at, described and figured, 82; + plan and description of book-room, 85 + + Fountains Abbey: position of book-rooms at, 89 + + foxtails: bought to dust Vatican Library, 232 + + Francis (S.): reproves a brother who asked for a psalter, 72, _note_ + + Franciscans: provisions respecting books, 72; + their libraries described in the _Philobiblon_, _ibid._ + + Froidmont: glass in library, 242 + + _frons_: used for the edge of a roll, 28; + was evidently visible, 34 + + Furness Abbey: book-rooms at west end of chapter-house, 87 + + + Gall (S.): library at, 102 + + Galla Placidia: book-press on her tomb, 39 + + Gatien, S., Tours, church of: chained library at, 1718, 266 + + Genevieve, S., Paris: description of library, 289 + + Germain (S.) des Pres, Paris: library open to strangers, 75; + expansion of library at, 114-6; + fittings described, 289 + + Germain (S.) l'Auxerrois, church of: wooden press in, described, 95 + + Ghirlandajo, the brothers: engaged to decorate Vatican Library, 211; + their work described, 213 + + Glass: in certain cloisters, 100 + + Glastonbury: feelings of Leland on entering Library, 194 + + Globes: in Vatican Library, 229; + in library of S. Genevieve, 289 + + Gloucester Cathedral: library-walk of cloister, 91; + sets of nine holes, 92; + stone carrells described and figured, 96-98; + library, 107 + + Gonville Hall, Camb.: curse from breviary used at, 79 + + Gonville and Caius Coll., Camb.: bookcases at, 254; + chaining of books bequeathed by Dr Caius, 265 + + Gorton: bookcase, 259 + + _gradus_ = a shelf, 87, _note_; + used with same meaning at Dover Priory, 194-196; + a side of a lectern, 167 + + Grammar Schools: _see_ Libraries + + Grantham: library, 257 + + Gray's Inn: bequest of books to be chained, 264 + + Gregory (S.) the Great: notice of his monastery at Rome, 44 + + Groenendaal: library, 108 + + Guildford: chain in library of Grammar School, 157; + further account of this, 263 + + + Hadrian: library built by him in Athens, 16-18; + similarity of plan between it and Pergamon, 18 + + Hale, Sir Matt.: his books given to Lincoln's Inn 1676 to be chained, 265 + + Hawkesmoore, N.: + builds library and bookcases at Queen's College, Oxford, 256 + + Hayles, Cistercian Abbey: book-room, 86; + arches possibly used as book-recesses, 89 + + Herculaneum: library, 23-25 + + Hereford, All Saints' Ch.: library, 262 + + Hereford Chapter Library: notes on, 174; + chaining described, 174-8 + + Hippo: library, 63 + + Hobart, Nich.: his bookcase at King's College, Cambridge, 254 + + Honywood, Mich.: builds library at Lincoln Cathedral, 276 + + Hook, to hold up desk, 179 + + Horace: advice to his friend Celsus respecting the Palatine library, 19 + + Howley-Harrison Library, Canterbury, 256 + + Humphrey, D. of Gloucester: his MSS. at Oxford, 247 + + + _index_ = ticket bearing the title of a roll, 28; + of some bright colour, 29; + used in Cicero's library, 33 + + Isidore, Bp of Seville: on library of Pollio at Rome, 12; + on decoration of libraries, 41; + account of his own library, 45, 46 + + Ivory: books written on, 20 + + + Jerome (S.): advises consultation of church-libraries, 62; + on library at Caesarea, _ibid._; + collated there MSS. used by Origen, _ibid._ + + Jerusalem: library, 62 + + Jervaulx, Cistercian Abbey: book-room, 86 + + Jesus Coll., Camb.: equidistant windows of library, 148; + glass in library, 242; + bookcases, 254 + + Jews: used _armaria_ in synagogues to contain the rolls of the law, 39, + _note_ + + John (S.) the Baptist, Coll., Oxf.: library statute at, 137; + library described, 185; + + John (S.) the Evangelist, Coll., Camb.: + equidistant windows in old library, 148; + contract for desks, 160; + book chained at, 1564, 265; + library built 1623-1628, 248-251 + + Jumieges: curse from MS. at, 78 + + Juniper: bought to fumigate Vatican Library, 232 + + + Kederminster, Sir John: founds library at Langley, 258 + + Kempis, Thomas a: + quotation from, on desolate condition of priest and convent without + books, 75; + injunction to use MSS. carefully, 77 + + King's Coll., Camb.: library statute, 137; + number of books in library 1453, 145; + bookcase by bequest from N. Hobart, 254; + Cole's account of library, 255; + chains taken off 1777, 266 + + Kirkstall Abbey: the _armarium commune_, 85 + + Kouyunjik: library, discovered by Layard, 2; + criticised by Dr W. Budge, 4 + + + Lanciani. R.: discovers a private library in Rome, 22; + describes record-house of Vespasian, 26 + + Lanfranc, Abp: decree respecting use of books, 67 + + Langley Marye: library, 258 + + Lateran Museum, Rome: sculpture representing actor with masks, 36 + + Layard: library discovered by him at Kouyunjik, 2 + + Leaver, James: gives press to Bolton school, Lancashire, 264 + + Lectern-system: fittings in early libraries so named, 151-153; + at Zutphen, 153-159; + Queens' Coll., Camb., 151, 159; + Pembroke Coll., S. John's Coll., Peterhouse, Camb., 160; + Lincoln Cathedral, 161; + MS. Mus. Brit., 162; + Nuremberg, 163; + the Sorbonne, Paris, 164; + the College d'Autun, Paris, 166; + Monastery of S. Victor, Paris, 166; + Trinity Hall, Camb., 168; + MS. Fitzwilliam Mus., 169; + at University of Leyden, 170; + Cesena, 199-203; + S. Mark, Florence, 203; + Monte Oliveto, _ibid._; + Assisi, 206; + Vatican, 225; + Medicean Library, Florence, 235-240; + in private houses, 297-301 + + _lectrinum_ = desk, 161 + + Leland, John: his feelings on entering library at Glastonbury, 194 + + Lepidus, Domitius: temple built by him in Rome, 13 + + _liber_ = book: decision of the jurist Ulpian as to what is included + under this category, 37 + + Librarian: _see_ Precentor--Armarius + + LIBRARIES, Assyrian: at Kouyunjik, discovered by Layard, 2-4; + at Derr, 4 + + Libraries of Cathedrals: 116-128; + Lincoln, 117, 161; + Salisbury, 121; + Old S. Paul's, 122; + Wells, 123; + Lichfield, 123; + Noyon, 124; + Bayeux, 125; + York, 125; + Troyes, 126; + Worcester, 126; + Rouen, 128 + + Libraries, Christian: situated in or near churches, 61; + at Jerusalem, 62; + at Caesarea, _ibid._; + at Cirta, _ibid._; + at Hippo, 63; + use of the triple apse, 63 + + Libraries of Colleges: statutes of Merton Coll., Oxford, 133; + University, 133; + Oriel, 133; + Peterhouse, Cambridge, 134; + Trinity Hall, 136; + New Coll., Oxford, 137; + All Souls', 137; + Magdalen Coll., Oxford, 138; + Corpus Christi Coll., Oxford, 137, 138; + Pembroke Coll., Cambridge, 139; + resume of regulations, _ibid._; + loan of books from, 140; + rules copied from monasteries, 141; + a real library an after-thought, 143; + characteristics of this, 143; + number of books, 143-148; + divided into lending and reference departments, 145; + examples of such libraries, 148; + Bp Cobham's library, Oxf., _ibid._; + Queens' Coll., Camb., a type, 151, 159; + fittings at Pembroke and other Coll., 160; + S. John's Coll., Camb., 248-250; + at Peterhouse, 251; + at Gonville and Caius, Emmanuel, Jesus, Pembroke, 254; + King's Coll., Camb., _ibid._; + Queen's Coll., Oxf., 255 + + Libraries, Greek: notices of, in Athens and elsewhere, 4, 5; + at Alexandria, 6; + at Pergamon, 7-12 + + Libraries, medieval: general characteristics, 240-244 + + Libraries, monastic: rule of Pachomius, 64; + general considerations 65; + Benedictine Rule, 66; + Cluniac Customs, _ibid._; + decrees given to English Benedictines by Lanfranc, 67; + Customs of Benedictine Houses, 68; + of Carthusians, 69; + of Cistercians, 70; + of Augustinians, _ibid._; + of Premonstratensians, 72; + of Mendicants, _ibid._; + general conclusions, 73; + divided into library of reference and library for lending, 74; + open to strangers, 75; + books a necessary possession, _ibid._; + protection of books, 76; + curses, 77; + endowment of libraries, 79; + work done and books kept in the cloister, 80; + furniture used, 81; + _armarium commune_, 82; + at Fossa Nuova, _ibid._; + at Worcester, 84; + evolution of Cistercian book-room, 84-89; + arrangements in Benedictine Houses, 90; + at Westminster Abbey, 91-94; + supervision at S. Augustine's, Canterbury, 99; + decoration, 100; + growth of, 101; + at S. Riquier, S. Gall, Bobbio, Lorsch, Durham, Canterbury, 102; + construction of a special library, 106; + at Canterbury, _ibid._; + Durham and Gloucester, 107; + Winchester, S. Albans, Worcester, Bury S. Edmunds, S. Victor, Paris, + Franciscans of London, 108; + Citeaux, 109-112; + Clairvaux, 112-114; + S. Germain des Pres, Paris, 114; + destruction in England, 246; + extension of their libraries in France in 17th cent., 287; + library of Jesuits at Rheims, 287-289; + of S. Genevieve, Paris, 289; + S. Germain des Pres, _ibid._; + Monte Cassino, 290 + + Libraries, parochial: at Grantham, 257; + at Langley Marye, 258; + Cartmel, _ibid._; + will of H. Chetham, 259; + Gorton, _ibid._; + Turton, _ibid._; + Wimborne Minster, 261; + Denchworth, 262; + All Saints', Hereford, _ibid._; + Abingdon, _ibid._ + + Libraries, private: books kept in chests, 292; + tower in Louvre fitted up as library, 293; + illustration of this, 294; + a Carmelite in his study, 296; + a scholar's chair, 297; + lectern, 297-9; + _Ship of Fools_, 298; + library of Margaret of Austria, 299-302; + of Anne de Beaujeu, 302; + Italian lectern, 304; + wheel-desk, 304-8; + chairs with desk, 309-312; + desks used in Italy, 312; + wall-cupboards, 313; + scholar's room, 314; + study of Duke of Urbino, _ibid._; + of Montaigne, 315; + Palazzo Barberini, 316; + library of Dean Boys, 317 + + Libraries, Roman (B.C.): + intention of Julius Caesar to build a library, 12; + library of C. Asinius Pollio, _ibid._; + decorated with busts of departed authors, _ibid._; + works of Augustus, _ibid._; + Porticus Octaviae, 12-14; + temple and area of Apollo, 14; + other public libraries, 15; + of Tiberius, Vespasian, Trajan, _ibid._; + of Hadrian at Athens, 16-18; + organisation of Roman libraries, 18; + composition of Palatine library, _ibid._; + description by Ovid, _ibid._; + advice of Horace respecting, 19; + library of Tiberius, _ibid._; + of Vespasian in templo Pacis, _ibid._; + of Trajan (bibliotheca Ulpia), _ibid._; + loan of books from public collections, 20; + fittings, 36; + private libraries: of Lucullus, 20, 21; + fashion for book-collecting denounced by Seneca, 21; + library in Via dello Statuto discovered by Lanciani, 22; + at Herculaneum, 23; + near Rome, as described by Martial, 31; + record-house of Vespasian, 26, 27; + contents of Roman libraries, 27-30; + fittings of Roman libraries: discussion of words used, 30-33; + what the furniture so designated was, 34, 35; + representation found at Neumagen, 35; + desk for rolls in Lateran Museum, 36; + presses (_armaria_), 36-41 + + Libraries, Roman (A.D.): decoration mentioned by Boethius, 41; + by Isidore, 41, 42; + library described by Eucherius, 43; + of pope Agapetus, 44; + of Isidore, Bp of Seville, 45; + summary of pagan conception of a library, 47; + illustrated by Vatican Library of Sixtus V., 47-60 + + Libraries of Schools: Abingdon, 262; + Bicester, _ibid._; + Rivington, _ibid._; + Guildford, 263; + Bury, _ibid._; + Bolton, 264 + + _Library_ = bookcase, 244 + + Lichfield Cathedral: library, 123 + + Lincoln Cathedral: library, 117; + desks described, 161 + + _linea_: a shelf for books, 105, _note_; + at Saint Ouen, 244 + + Linen: books written on, 20 + + L'Isle, Roger: gives books to Oxford, 132 + + Loan of books: from public libraries in Rome, 20 + + Loan of books (for external use): allowed at Abingdon, 68; + Evesham, 69; + among Carthusians, 70; + Augustinians, 71; + Premonstratensians, 72; + enjoined on monks by Council of Paris 1212, 74; + books bequeathed that they may be lent, 75; + one House lent to another, _ibid._; + to Oxford scholars, 132; + prescribed in College Statutes, 133-137; + instances of, at Merton Coll., 140; + from Vatican Library, 230-1 + + Loan of books (to brethren on written attestation): among Cluniacs, 67; + Benedictines, 68; + Augustinians, 71; + probable meaning of this provision, 74, note + + _loculamentum_ = pigeon-hole: + receptacle for rolls in Roman libraries, 31, 32 + + _lora_ = straps to keep rolls closed, 29 + + Lorenzo in Damaso: church, 42 + + Lorsch: library, 102 + + Louvre: library fitted up, 293 + + Lucullus: library described, 20, 21 + + _Lumen animae_: chained book so called, 203 + + + Magdalen Coll., Oxf.: library statute at, 137 + + Margaret of Austria: library described, 299-302 + + Mark, S., Florence, Dominican Convent of: library, 205 + + Martin (S.) des Champs, Paris: endowment of library, 79 + + Martin (S.), at Tournai: literary work in cloister, 81 + + Mary (S.) Church in Oxf.: books chained, 132 + + Matthew (S.): Hebrew original of his Gospel at Caesarea, 62 + + Mazarin, Cardinal, library of: described, 272-274; + furniture noted by Wren, 276 + + Meaux, in Holderness: book-room at, and arrangement, 86 + + Medicean Library, Florence: described, 234-240 + + Medicine, Faculty of, Paris: books chained in library 1509, 264 + + Melozzo da Forli: engaged to paint in Vatican Library, 212; + his work described, 214 + + Mendicants: libraries, 72 + + Merton Coll., Oxf.: library statute, 133; + choice and loan of books, 140; + reception of a gift, 141; + description of library, 178-185; + history, 183; + sale of old bookcases, _ibid._; + new cases supplied to south library 1623, 184; + chains taken off 1792, 266 + + Mesmin (Saint): curse from MS., 77, 78, and _note_ + + Metellus, Quintus: share in building the Porticus Octaviae, 13; + plan may have been derived from Pergamon, 14 + + Michelangelo: + builds Medicean Library, 234; + his sketch for the bookcases, 236 + + Micklethwaite, J. T.: his plan of Westminster Abbey, 91 + + Monastic influence at Oxf. and Camb., 142 + + Montaigne: visits Vatican Library 6 March, 1581, 230; + describes his own library, 315 + + Monte Cassino: library described, 290 + + Monte Oliveto, Benedictine Convent of: library, 205 + + Much Wenlock, Cluniac Priory: book-room, 87 + + + Navarre, College de: library, 165 + + Netley, Cistercian Abbey: book-room, 86 + + Neumagen near Treves: + representation of a library found at, 34, and _note_ + + New College, Oxford: library statute, 137 + + _nidus_ = pigeon-hole: receptacle for rolls in Roman libraries, 30, 31 + + Noyon Cathedral: library, 124 + + Nuremberg: chained books in Stadtbibliothek, 163 + + Nuzio, Matteo: builds library at Cesena, 199 + + + Obazine, in Central France: book-press described and figured, 95 + + Odo, Abbat of S. Martin at Tournai: promotes work in cloister, 81 + + Ordericus Vitalis: his work stopped by cold, 80 + + _ordo_: a shelf, 244 + + Oriel Coll., Oxf.: library statute, 133-134 + + Ouen, Saint: library, 244 + + Ovid: lines from the _Tristia_ describing Palatine library, 18 + + Oxford: destruction of MSS. 1549, 247 + + + Pachomius (S.): provisions of his rule, 64, 65, _note_ + + Palatine library, Rome: _see_ Apollo + + Pamphilus: founds library at Caesarea, 62 + + Parchment: story of its invention at Pergamon, 8 + + Parkhurst, Bp John: bequeathes books to Guildford school, 263 + + Paul, S., London, Cathedral: library, 122; + library built by Wren, 282-4 + + Paulinus, Bp of Nola: + describes use of apse in basilica built by himself, 63 + + Peace, library in Temple of, at Rome: _see_ Vespasian + + _pegmata_ = shelves: use and meaning discussed, 32; + in Cicero's library, 33; + conclusion respecting, 34 + + Peisistratus, tyrant of Athens: said to have collected a library, 5 + + Pembroke Coll., Camb.: library statute, 139; + library fittings, 160; + bookcases at, 254 + + Peniscola: library of Boniface XIII., 244 + + Pergamon: description of site, 7; + foundation of library by Eumenes II., 8; + given to Cleopatra by Antony, _ibid._; + plan of temple and precinct of Athena, 9; + account of German exploration, 9-11; + plan possibly copied at Rome by Q. Metellus, 14; + described to Romans by Crates of Mallus, _ibid._; + copied by Hadrian at Athens, 18; + by Pope Damasus at Rome, 42 + + Peter (S.), Liverpool, Ch. of: + books bequeathed by John Fells, mariner, 1815, to be chained, 266 + + Peterborough: cloister windows glazed, 100 + + Peterhouse, Camb.: library statutes, 134-136; + discussion of catalogue dated 1418, 145-148; + lecterns in old library, 160; + bookcases put up between 1641 and 1648, 251; + chaining of books bequeathed by Dr Perne 1588, 265 + + Peter (S.) Mancroft, Norwich: wooden press in vestry, 96, _note_ + + Philobiblon: description of libraries of Mendicants quoted from, 72; + injunction to handle MSS. carefully, 76, _note_; + book-chest prescribed in, 297 + + Pigeon-hole system: used in Roman libraries, 47 + + Pilkington, Bp James: statutes for school at Rivington, 262 + + Platina, Bartolommeo: appointed librarian of Vatican, 208; + engages a binder, 209; + writes inscription in Latin library, 215; + rooms for himself and his assistants, 216; + orders desks for Latin library, 217; + selects subjects for frescoes in Ospedale di Santo Spirito, 225; + his assistants, 231-2; + provides all articles required for maintenance, 232 + + Pliny (the younger): describes _armarium_ sunk in wall of his bedroom, 38 + + _pluteus_ = shelf: use of word discussed and illustrated, 32, 33, 34 + + Pollio, C. Asinius: + builds a library and an _atrium libertatis_ in Rome B.C. 39, 12 + + Polycrates, tyrant of Samos: said to have collected a library, 4 + + Pompeii: reproduction of fresco shewing way to hold roll, 27 + + Pontis, Wm.: builds staircase in Rouen Cathedral, 129 + + Porticus Octaviae, 12-14 + + Portraits of departed authors used to decorate libraries: + at Pergamon, 11; + by C. Asinius Pollio, 12; + by Augustus, 14; + in private libraries, 35; + inscriptions accompanying them, _ibid._; + described by Eucherius, Bp of Lyons, in a private library, 43; + in library designed by pope Agapetus, 44 + + Precentor: called also _armarius_ and entrusted with care of books by + Cluniacs, 67; + Benedictines, 68; + Augustinians, 71; + Premonstratensians, 72; + supervises use of press at S. Augustine's, Canterbury, 99 + + Premonstratensians: rules for books among, 72 + + _Procurator bibliothecarum_: officer appointed by Augustus, 18 + + Protection of MSS.: rule for holding a MS., 76; + hands to be clean, _ibid._; + handkerchiefs to be wrapped round, _ibid._; + entreaties to use carefully, _ibid._; + curses on those who damage or steal, 77 + + + Queens' Coll., Camb.: number of books in library 1472, 145; + equidistant windows of library, 148; + library selected as type, 151; + analysis of catalogue dated 1472, 167 + + Queen's Coll., Oxf.: library built by Hawkesmoore, 255 + + + Ramsey Abbey, Hunts: bad weather in cloister at, 80 + + Remi, S., at Rheims: library belonging to, 286 + + Reserved library: in collegiate libraries, 145; + at Assisi, 207; + at Vatican, 211 + + Rheims: library of S. Remi, 286; of the Jesuits, 287 + + Riquier (S.): library, 102 + + Rivington: school library, 262; + Bp Pilkington's statute for, _ibid._ + + Roche, Cistercian Abbey: book-room, 86 + + _roe_, a wheel = a book-desk, 294; + explained, 295; + illustrated, 304-308 + + Rolls: dimensions, use, etc., 27; + fastened to stick, 28; + this decorated with knobs (_cornua_), _ibid._; + edges (_frontes_) of roll cut, _ibid._; + ticket (_index_) appended, 29; + closed with straps (_lora_), _ibid._; + wrapped in covers, _ibid._; + carried in a _capsa_ or _scrinium_, 30; + receptacles for, 30-34; + desk for reading, 36; + _armarium_ to contain, 37 + + Rome: _see_ Libraries, Roman + + Rouen: Cathedral library, 128-130 + + + Salisbury: Cathedral library, 121 + + Sarcophagus: + in Mus. Naz., Rome, with shoemaker at work in front of a press, 38; + in Villa Balestra, with physician reading, _ibid._ + + _scrinium_: box for carrying rolls, 30 + + Scriptorium: endowment, at Ely, 79; + at S. Albans, 80 + + Scrivener, Matt.: + bequeathes L50 to Univ. Library, Camb., 1687, to buy chains, 265 + + _sedile_: meaning discussed, 243 + + Sellyng, Prior, at Canterbury: sets up carrells in the cloister, 99; + glazes the windows, 100; + fits up library, 106 + + Seneca: denounces fashion for book-collecting, 21 + + _Ship of Fools_: lectern used in, 297 + + Shiryngton, Walt.: builds library at Old S. Paul's Cathedral, 122 + + [Greek: sillibos] = ticket bearing the name of a roll, 29; + used in Cicero's library, 33 + + Simon, abbat of S. Albans: book-chest, 292 + + _solarium_ = press, 207 + + Sorbonne: library, 164; + glass in windows of library, 242 + + _spalera_ or _spalliera_: a settle, 228 + + Stained glass: instances of, in libraries, 241 + + _stalla_ or _stallum_: meaning discussed, 242 + + Stall-system: term explained, 172; + type at Corp. Chr. Coll., Oxf., _ibid._; + description of these cases, 173; + chaining used, 174-8; + fittings at Merton Coll., Oxf., 178-185; + at S. John the Baptist Coll., Trinity Coll., + Bodl. Library, Oxford, 185; + at Clare Coll., Camb., 186; + Westminster Abbey, 187; + Wells Cathedral, 188; + Durham Cath., 189; + origin probably monastic, 190; + Christ Church, Cant., 190-4; + Clairvaux, 196-8; + Howley-Harrison library at Canterbury, 256 + + Student-monks: at Oxf. and Camb., 142 + + Sudbury, John, dean of Durham: fits up Frater as library, 189 + + + _tabula_, board covered with wax and parchment to record loan of + books, 139 + + _textus_ = bookshelf: at Ch. Ch., Canterbury, 192, 243 + + _theca_: a shelf or cupboard, 87, _note_ + + Theodmarus Cassinensis: his letter to Charlemagne quoted, 76 and _note_ + + Tiberius, Emperor: his library in Rome, 15, 16; + this mentioned by Aulus Gellius, 19; + contained public records, _ibid._ + + Tibur = Tivoli: story of library in temple of Hercules, 20 + + Tintern, Cistercian Abbey: book-room, 86 + + Titchfield: book-room and arrangement, 87 + + _titulus_ = ticket bearing the name of a roll, 28 + + Tournai: _see_ Martin (S.) + + Trajan: library in his forum in Rome, 15; + statements of Aulus Gellius and Vopiscus respecting, 19; + described by Nibby, 37 + + _trichora_; applied to a triple apse, 63; + use of the word by Dioscorides, 64 + + Trigg, Fra.: founds library at Grantham, 257 + + Trinity Coll., Camb.: chaining of books given in 1601, 265; + Wren's library built, 277-281 + + Trinity Hall, Camb.: library statute, 136; + library described, 168 + + Troyes: library in Cathedral, 126 + + Turton: library, 259 + + + Udine, Giovanni da: supplies stained glass to Medicean Library, 235 + + Ulpian, jurist: decisions respecting libraries and their furniture, 37 + + Ulpian library, at Rome: _see_ Trajan + + _umbilicus_ = stick to which roll was fastened, 28 + + Universities: visited by Commissioners of Edward VI., 247 + + University Coll., Oxf.: library statute, 133 + + University Library, Camb.: subjects of books catalogued 1424, 144; + ditto 1473, 145; + bookcases supplied to, 1731-4, 285 + + Urbino: account of library, 233; + private study of Duke, 314 + + + Varro, M. Terentius: + employed by C. Julius Caesar to collect books for his intended + library, 12; + his bust admitted into Pollio's library, _ibid._ + + Vatican Library of Sixtus IV.: description of, 208-32; + appointment of Platina as librarian, 208; + selection of site, 209; + fourfold division, 211; + purchase of materials, _ibid._; + engagement of artists, _ibid._; + door of entrance made, 212; + Latin Library described, _ibid._; + its decoration, 213; + Greek Library described, _ibid._; + its decoration, 215; + Bibliotheca secreta described, _ibid._; + Bibliotheca pontificia, _ibid._; + glazing of the windows, 216; + rooms for librarians, _ibid._; + bookcases for Latin library ordered, 217; + for _Bibliotheca secreta_, _ibid._; + catalogue-frames and coffers ordered, 218; + cases for _Bibliotheca pontificia_ ordered, _ibid._; + chains bought, 219; + information derived from catalogues, 220-4; + contemporary fresco representing library, 225; + arrangement of cases in the four rooms, 226-9; + globes and brazier, 229; + rule for good behaviour in, 1513, _ibid._; + visit of Montaigne, 230; + loans from, 230-1; + staff of library, 231; + maintenance of, 232 + + Vatican Library of Sixtus V.: type of an ancient Roman library, 47; + summary account of decoration, 48; + detailed do., 49-60 + + Versailles: libraries of Louis XVI. and Marie Antoinette, 287 + + Verses: by Martial, to be placed under his own portrait, 35; + by Isidore of Seville, for the presses in his library, 45 + + Vespasian: his library in Rome _in templo Paris_, 15; + statement of Aulus Gellius respecting, 19; + his record-office, now church of SS. Cosma e Damiano, 25 + + Victor (S.), Paris: books bequeathed to, on condition of loan, 75; + library open to strangers, _ibid._; + lines from MSS. at, admonishing readers to be careful, 76; + curse habitually used at, 77, _note_; + library built at, 1501-8, 108; + catalogue of library analysed, 166-7 + + Villa Balestra, Rome: sarcophagus, 38 + + Vivarium, near Squillace: monastery of Cassiodorus near, 44 + + _volumen_ = roll, 27-30; + box for, 30; + fittings of libraries adapted to, 34; + representation of one of these, 35 + + + Wall-system: name proposed, 267; + library of Escorial, 267-270; + Ambrosian Library at Milan, 271; + Bibliotheque Mazarine, 272-274 + + Wells Cathedral: library at, 123; + described, 188 + + Wessyngton, Prior: builds library at Durham, 107 + + Westminster Abbey: plan of cloister at, 91; + account of library in, 91-94; + carrells, 92, 93; + resemblance to Gloucester, 98; + library fitted up 1623-4, 187 + + Wheel-desk: _see_ roe + + Whethamstede, John: builds library at S. Albans, 108; + at Gloucester House, Oxf., 142 + + Whittington, Sir R.: builds library at Christ's Hospital 1421, 108 + + Williams, John, Bp of Lincoln: + fits up dorter at Westminster Abbey as library 1623-4, 187; + builds library at S. John's Coll., Camb., 248-251 + + Wimborne: Minster library, 261 + + Winchester: position of library, 108 + + Winckelmann, J. J.: description of library at Herculaneum, 25 + + Wings, attached to bookcases: at Peterhouse, Camb., 252; + at University Library, 253; + at Pembroke Coll., 254 + + Worcester Cathedral: book-recesses in cloister at, 84; + library at, 108; + Bishop Carpenter's library-foundation, 126-8 + + Wren, Sir C.: visits Paris, 276; + builds library at Lincoln Cathedral, 277; + at Trinity College, Cambridge, 277-281; + at S. Paul's Cathedral, London, 282-4 + + Wren, Matt.: account of Pembroke Coll. library, 139, 160 + + + York: Cathedral library, 125 + + + Zutphen: library described, 153-159 + + +CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED BY J. AND C. F. CLAY, AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Care of Books, by John Willis Clark + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CARE OF BOOKS *** + +***** This file should be named 26378.txt or 26378.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/6/3/7/26378/ + +Produced by Sigal Alon, Christine D. and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This +file was produced from images generously made available +by The Internet Archive/Canadian Libraries) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. |
